604255
708
Zoom out
Zoom in
Previous page
1/712
Next page
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Pictorial index
Search by illustration
1
For safety
and security
Make sure to read through them
2
Instrument
cluster
How to read the gauges and meters, the variety of
warning lights and indicators, etc.
3
Operation of
each
component
Opening and closing the doors and windows,
adjustment before driving, etc.
4
Driving
Operations and advices which are necessary for
driving
5
Audio system
Operating the audio system
6
Interior features
Usage of the interior features, etc.
7
Maintenance
and care
Caring for your vehicle and maintenance
procedures
8
When trouble
arises
What to do in case of malfunction or emergency
9
Vehicle
specifications
Vehicle specifications, customizable features, etc.
10
For owners
Reporting safety defects for U.S. owners, and seat
belt and SRS airbag instructions for Canadian
owners
Index
Search by symptom
Search alphabetically
TABLE OF CONTENTS
2
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
For your information....................... 8
Reading this manual.................... 12
How to search.............................. 13
Pictorial index .............................. 14
1-1. For safe use
Before driving...................... 26
For safety drive ................... 28
Seat belts ............................ 30
SRS airbags........................ 40
Front passenger occupant
classification system ......... 53
Safety information for
children ............................. 60
Child restraint systems........ 61
Installing child restraints...... 65
Exhaust gas precautions..... 79
1-2. Theft deterrent system
Engine immobilizer
system............................... 80
Alarm................................... 82
Theft prevention labels
(U.S.A.) ............................. 85
2. Instrument cluster
Warning lights and
indicators...........................88
Gauge and meters...............94
Multi-information display
(with monochrome
display)..............................97
Multi-information display
(with color display)...........101
Eco Driving Indicator .........107
Fuel consumption
information.......................109
3-1. Key information
Keys...................................114
3-2. Opening, closing and
locking the doors
Side doors .........................121
Back door ..........................129
Glass hatch........................142
Smart key system..............147
3-3. Adjusting the seats
Front seats.........................155
Rear seats .........................157
Driving position memory....164
Head restraints ..................168
1
For safety and security
2
Instrument cluster
3
Operation of each
component
3
1
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
9
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
10
3-4. Adjusting the steering
wheel and mirrors
Steering wheel .................. 172
Inside rear view mirror....... 174
Outside rear view
mirrors............................. 176
3-5. Opening and closing the
windows
Power windows ................. 178
Moon roof.......................... 182
Panoramic moon roof........ 186
4-1. Before driving
Driving the vehicle............. 192
Cargo and luggage............ 201
Vehicle load limits ............. 206
Trailer towing..................... 207
Dinghy towing.................... 224
4-2. Driving procedures
Engine (ignition) switch
(vehicles without a
smart key system)........... 225
Engine (ignition) switch
(vehicles with a smart
key system)..................... 228
Automatic transmission..... 234
Turn signal lever................ 239
Parking brake.................... 240
4-3. Operating the lights and
wipers
Headlight switch ................241
Automatic High Beam........246
Fog light switch..................252
Windshield wipers and
washer.............................253
Rear window wiper and
washer.............................255
4-4. Refueling
Opening the fuel tank
cap...................................257
4-5. Using the driving support
systems
Cruise control ....................261
Dynamic radar cruise
control..............................266
LDA
(Lane Departure Alert).....280
Rear view monitor
system.............................288
All-wheel drive lock
switch ..............................297
Driving assist systems.......298
Downhill assist control
system.............................304
PCS
(Pre-Collision System).....306
BSM
(Blind Spot Monitor).........313
The Blind Spot Monitor
function......................... 317
The Rear Cross Traffic
Alert function ................ 320
4-6. Driving tips
Winter driving tips..............323
Utility vehicle
precautions......................327
4
Driving
TABLE OF CONTENTS
4
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
5-1. Basic Operations
Audio system types........... 334
Audio system..................... 338
Steering wheel audio
switches .......................... 341
AUX Port/USB Port ........... 342
Basic audio operations...... 343
5-2. Setup
Setup menu....................... 345
General settings................ 346
Audio settings.................... 347
Display settings................. 348
Voice settings.................... 349
5-3. Using the Multimedia
system
Selecting the audio
source ............................. 350
List screen operation......... 351
Optimal use of the
audio system................... 353
5-4. Using the radio
Radio operation................. 354
5-5. Playing an audio CD and
MP3/WMA/AAC discs
CD player operation...........356
5-6. Using an external device
Listening to an iPod...........362
Listening to a USB
memory device................366
Using the AUX port............370
5-7. Connecting Bluetooth
®
Preparations to use
wireless
communication ................371
Registering a
Bluetooth
®
audio player
for the first time................375
Registering a Bluetooth
®
phone for the first time.....376
Registering a Bluetooth
®
device..............................377
Connecting a Bluetooth
®
device..............................379
Displaying a Bluetooth
®
device details...................381
Detailed Bluetooth
®
system settings................382
5
Audio system
5
1
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
9
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
10
5-8. Bluetooth
®
Audio
Listening to Bluetooth
®
Audio............................... 383
5-9. Bluetooth
®
phone
Using a Bluetooth
®
Phone.............................. 384
Making a call ..................... 386
Receiving a call................. 389
Speaking on the phone ..... 390
Bluetooth
®
phone
message function............ 393
Using the steering
wheel switches................ 397
Bluetooth
®
phone
settings............................ 398
Contact/Call History
Settings........................... 399
What to do if...
(Troubleshooting)............ 408
5-10.Bluetooth
®
Bluetooth
®
......................... 412
5-11.Using the voice
command system
Voice command system.... 417
6-1. Using the air conditioning
system and defogger
Front manual air
conditioning system.........422
Front automatic air
conditioning system.........428
Rear manual air
conditioning system.........435
Rear automatic air
conditioning system.........438
Heated steering
wheel/seat heaters/seat
ventilators........................441
6-2. Using the interior lights
Interior lights list.................444
Interior lights................. 444
Personal lights.............. 445
6-3. Using the storage features
List of storage features......446
Glove box ..................... 447
Console box ................. 447
Bottle holders ............... 448
Cup holders.................. 449
Auxiliary boxes ............. 451
Open tray ..................... 452
Luggage compartment
features ...........................453
6
Interior features
TABLE OF CONTENTS
6
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
6-4. Using the other interior
features
Other interior features ....... 455
Sun visors .................... 455
Vanity mirrors............... 455
Conversation mirror ..... 456
Clock............................ 457
Outside temperature
display.......................... 458
Power outlets ............... 459
Rear sunshades........... 462
Armrest ........................ 463
Coat hooks................... 464
Assist grips .................. 464
Side table..................... 465
Garage door opener.......... 466
Safety Connect.................. 473
Compass........................... 479
7-1. Maintenance and care
Cleaning and protecting
the vehicle exterior ..........484
Cleaning and protecting
the vehicle interior ...........487
7-2. Maintenance
Maintenance
requirements ...................490
General maintenance ........493
Emission inspection and
maintenance (I/M)
programs .........................497
7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
Do-it-yourself service
precautions......................498
Hood..................................500
Positioning a floor jack.......502
Engine compartment .........503
Tires...................................515
Tire inflation pressure........525
Wheels...............................528
Air conditioning filter ..........530
Wireless remote control/
electronic key battery ......532
Checking and replacing
fuses................................535
Light bulbs .........................539
7
Maintenance and care
7
1
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
9
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
10
8-1. Essential information
Emergency flashers .......... 554
If your vehicle has to be
stopped in an
emergency ...................... 555
8-2. Steps to take in
an emergency
If your vehicle needs to
be towed ......................... 557
If you think something
is wrong........................... 561
Fuel pump shut off
system............................. 562
If a warning light turns on
or a warning buzzer
sounds ............................ 563
If a warning message is
displayed......................... 572
If you have a flat tire.......... 590
If the engine will not
start................................. 615
If the shift lever cannot
be shifted from P............. 617
If the electronic key does
not operate properly........ 618
If the vehicle battery is
discharged ...................... 621
If your vehicle overheats ... 626
If the vehicle becomes
stuck................................ 629
9-1. Specifications
Maintenance data
(fuel, oil level, etc.) ..........632
Fuel information.................646
Tire information..................649
9-2. Customization
Customizable features.......662
9-3. Initialization
Items to initialize................672
Reporting safety defects
for U.S. owners................674
Seat belt instructions
for Canadian owners
(in French).......................675
SRS airbag instructions
for Canadian owners
(in French).......................678
What to do if...
(Troubleshooting).....................688
Alphabetical index......................694
8
When trouble arises
9
Vehicle specifications
10
For owners
Index
8
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Please note that this manual applies to all models and all equipment, includ-
ing options. Therefore, you may find some explanations for equipment not
installed on your vehicle.
All specifications provided in this manual are current at the time of printing.
However, because of the Toyota policy of continual product improvement, we
reserve the right to make changes at any time without notice.
Depending on specifications, the vehicle shown in the illustrations may differ
from your vehicle in terms of color and equipment.
Approximately five hours after the engine is turned off, you may hear sound
coming from under the vehicle for several minutes. This is the sound of a fuel
evaporation leakage check and, it does not indicate a malfunction.
A wide variety of non-genuine spare parts and accessories for Toyota vehi-
cles are currently available in the market. You should know that Toyota does
not warrant these products and is not responsible for their performance,
repair, or replacement, or for any damage they may cause to, or adverse
effect they may have on, your Toyota vehicle.
This vehicle should not be modified with non-genuine Toyota products. Modi-
fication with non-genuine Toyota products could affect its performance, safety
or durability, and may even violate governmental regulations. In addition,
damage or performance problems resulting from the modification may not be
covered under warranty.
For your information
Main Owners Manual
Noise from under vehicle after turning off the engine
Accessories, spare parts and modification of your Toyota
9
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
The installation of a mobile two-way radio system in your vehicle could affect
electronic systems such as:
Multiport fuel injection system/sequential multiport fuel injection system
Dynamic radar cruise control system (if equipped)
Cruise control system (if equipped)
Anti-lock brake system
SRS airbag system
Seat belt pretensioner system
Be sure to check with your Toyota dealer for precautionary measures or spe-
cial instructions regarding installation of a mobile two-way radio system.
Your Toyota is equipped with several sophisticated computers that will record
certain data, such as:
Engine speed
Accelerator status
Brake status
Vehicle speed
Shift position
The recorded data varies according to the vehicle grade level and options
with which it is equipped. Furthermore, these computers do not record con-
versations, sounds or pictures.
Data usage
Toyota may use the data recorded in these computers to diagnose malfunc-
tions, conduct research and development, and improve quality.
Toyota will not disclose the recorded data to a third party except:
With the consent of the vehicle owner or with the consent of the lessee if
the vehicle is leased
In response to an official request by the police, a court of law or a govern-
ment agency
For use by Toyota in a law suit
For research purposes where the data is not tied to a specific vehicle or
vehicle owner
Usage of data collected through Safety Connect (U.S. mainland only)
If your Toyota has Safety Connect and if you have subscribed to those ser-
vices, please refer to the Safety Connect Telematics Subscription Service
Agreement for information on data collected and its usage.
Installation of a mobile two-way radio system
Vehicle data recordings
10
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
This vehicle is equipped with an event data recorder (EDR). The main pur-
pose of an EDR is to record, in certain crash or near crash-like situations,
such as an air bag deployment or hitting a road obstacle, data that will assist
in understanding how a vehicle’s systems performed. The EDR is designed to
record data related to vehicle dynamics and safety systems for a short period
of time, typically 30 seconds or less.
The EDR in this vehicle is designed to record such data as:
How various systems in your vehicle were operating;
Whether or not the driver and passenger safety belts were buckled/fas-
tened;
How far (if at all) the driver was depressing the accelerator and/or brake
pedal; and,
How fast the vehicle was traveling.
These data can help provide a better understanding of the circumstances in
which crashes and injuries occur.
NOTE: EDR data are recorded by your vehicle only if a non-trivial crash situ-
ation occurs; no data are recorded by the EDR under normal driving condi-
tions and no personal data (e.g., name, gender, age, and crash location) are
recorded. However, other parties, such as law enforcement, could combine
the EDR data with the type of personally identifying data routinely acquired
during a crash investigation.
To read data recorded by an EDR, special equipment is required, and access
to the vehicle or the EDR is needed. In addition to the vehicle manufacturer,
other parties, such as law enforcement, that have the special equipment, can
read the information if they have access to the vehicle or the EDR.
Disclosure of the EDR data
Toyota will not disclose the data recorded in an EDR to a third party except
when:
An agreement from the vehicle’s owner (or the lessee for a leased vehi-
cle) is obtained
In response to an official request by the police, a court of law or a govern-
ment agency
For use by Toyota in a law suit
However, if necessary, Toyota may:
Use the data for research on vehicle safety performance
Disclose the data to a third party for research purposes without disclosing
information about the specific vehicle or vehicle owner
Event data recorder
11
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
The SRS airbag and seat belt pretensioner devices in your Toyota contain
explosive chemicals. If the vehicle is scrapped with the airbags and seat belt
pretensioners left as they are, this may cause an accident such as fire. Be
sure to have the systems of the SRS airbag and seat belt pretensioner
removed and disposed of by a qualified service shop or by your Toyota dealer
before you scrap your vehicle.
Special handling may apply, See www.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/perchlor-
ate.
Your vehicle has components that may contain perchlorate. These compo-
nents may include airbag, seat belt pretensioners, and wireless remote con-
trol batteries.
Scrapping of your Toyota
Perchlorate Material
WARNING
General precautions while driving
Driving under the influence: Never drive your vehicle when under the influ-
ence of alcohol or drugs that have impaired your ability to operate your vehi-
cle. Alcohol and certain drugs delay reaction time, impair judgment and
reduce coordination, which could lead to an accident that could result in
death or serious injury.
Defensive driving: Always drive defensively. Anticipate mistakes that other
drivers or pedestrians might make and be ready to avoid accidents.
Driver distraction: Always give your full attention to driving. Anything that
distracts the driver, such as adjusting controls, talking on a cellular phone or
reading can result in a collision with resulting death or serious injury to you,
your occupants or others.
General precaution regarding children’s safety
Never leave children unattended in the vehicle, and never allow children to
have or use the key.
Children may be able to start the vehicle or shift the vehicle into neutral.
There is also a danger that children may injure themselves by playing with
the windows, the moon roof, or other features of the vehicle. In addition,
heat build-up or extremely cold temperatures inside the vehicle can be fatal
to children.
12
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
WARNING:
Explains something that, if not obeyed, could cause death or
serious injury to people.
NOTICE:
Explains something that, if not obeyed, could cause damage to
or a malfunction in the vehicle or its equipment.
Indicates operating or working procedures. Follow the steps
in numerical order.
Indicates the action (push-
ing, turning, etc.) used to
operate switches and other
devices.
Indicates the outcome of an
operation (e.g. a lid opens).
Indicates the component or
position being explained.
Means “Do not”, “Do not do
this”, or “Do not let this hap-
pen”.
Reading this manual
1
2
3
13
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Searching by name
Alphabetical index.......P. 694
Searching by installation
position
Pictorial index................P. 14
Searching by symptom or
sound
What to do if...
(Troubleshooting)........P. 688
Searching by title
Table of contents.............P. 2
How to search
14
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Pictorial index
Pictorial index
Exterior
Doors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 121
Locking/unlocking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 121
Opening/closing the side windows. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 178
Locking/unlocking by using the mechanical key
* . . . . . . . . . . P. 618
Warning lights/warning messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 565, 574
Back door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 129
Locking/unlocking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 121
Warning lights/warning messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 565, 575
Glass hatch
* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 142
Warning lights/warning messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 565, 576
Outside rear view mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 176
Adjusting the mirror angle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 176
Folding the mirrors. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 176
Driving position memory
* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 164
Defogging the mirrors
* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 424, 430
Windshield wipers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 253
Precautions against winter season . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 323
To prevent freezing (windshield wiper de-icer)
*. . . . . . . . P. 424, 431
1
2
3
4
5
15
Pictorial index
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Fuel filler door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 257
Refueling method. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 257
Fuel type/fuel tank capacity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 635
Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 515
Tire size/inflation pressure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 642
Winter tires/tire chain. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 323
Checking/rotation/tire pressure warning system . . . . . . . . . . . P. 515
Coping with flat tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 590
Hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 500
Opening . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 500
Engine oil. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 636
Coping with overheat. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 626
Warning messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 575
Headlights/daytime running lights. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 241
Front fog lights
*. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 252
Turn signal lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 239
Stop/tail lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 241
Hill-start assist control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 298
Downhill assist control system
*. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 304
License plate lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 241
Back-up lights
Shifting the shift lever to R. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 234
Side marker lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 241
6
7
8
Light bulbs of the exterior lights for driving
(Replacing method: P. 539, Watts: P. 645)
*: If equipped
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
Pictorial index
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Instrument panel
Engine switch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 225, 228
Starting the engine/changing the modes . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 225, 228
Emergency stop of the engine. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 555
When the engine will not start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 615
Warning messages
*
1
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 586
Shift lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 234
Changing the shift position. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 234
Precautions against towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 557
When the shift lever does not move. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 617
Meters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 94
Reading the meters/adjusting the meter light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 94
Warning lights/indicator lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 88
When the warning lights come on . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 563
Multi-information display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 97, 101
Display. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 97, 101
When a warning message or indicator is displayed. . . . . . . . . P. 572
1
2
3
17
Pictorial index
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Parking brake. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 240
Applying/releasing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 240
Precautions against winter season . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 324
Warning buzzer/message . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 572
Turn signal lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 239
Headlight switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 241
Headlights/tail lights/daytime running lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 241
Front fog lights
*
1
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 252
Wiper and washer switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 253, 255
Usage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 253, 255
Adding washer fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 514
Warning messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 582
Emergency flasher switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 554
Hood lock release lever. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 500
Tilt and telescopic steering lock release lever . . . . . . . . . . P. 172
Adjustment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 172
Manual air conditioning system
*
1
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 422
Automatic air conditioning system
*
1
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 428
Usage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 422, 428
Rear window defogger. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 424, 430
Audio system
*
1, 2
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 338
Navigation system
*
1, 3
Clock. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 457
Power back door main switch
*
1
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 132
Fuel filler door opener switch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 259
*
1
: If equipped
*
2
: For Entune Audio Plus, refer to “Navigation and Multimedia System Owner’s Manual”.
*
3
: Refer to “Navigation and Multimedia System Owner’s Manual”.
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
18
Pictorial index
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Switches
Automatic High Beam switch*
1
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 246
BSM (Blind Spot Monitor) main switch
*
1
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 313
LDA (Lane Departure Alert) switch
*
1
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 280
Power back door switch
*
1
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 129
Windshield wiper de-icer switch
*
1
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 424, 431
Heated steering wheel switch
*
1
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 442
Intuitive parking assist switch
*
1, 2
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
19
Pictorial index
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Inside lock buttons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 125
Driving position memory switches
*
1
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 164
Outside rear view mirror switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 176
Door lock switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 125
Power window switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 178
Window lock switch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 179
Tire pressure warning reset switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 517
PCS OFF switch
*
1
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 307
*
1
: If equipped
*
2
: Refer to “Navigation and Multimedia System Owner’s Manual”.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
20
Pictorial index
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Talk switch
*
1
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 417
Audio remote control switches
*
1
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 341
“DISP” switch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 97
Cruise control switch
Cruise control. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 261
Telephone switches
*
1
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 397
Meter control switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 102
Vehicle-to-vehicle distance button
*
2
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 269
Cruise control switch
Cruise control
*
2
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 261
Dynamic radar cruise control
*
2
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 266
Type A
Type B
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
21
Pictorial index
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
VSC OFF switch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 300
“SNOW” button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 235
“DAC” switch
*
2
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 304
All-wheel drive lock switch
*
2
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 297
Seat heater/ventilator switches
*
2
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 442
Seat heater switches
*
2
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 442
*
1
: For vehicles with a navigation system or Entune Audio Plus, refer to
“Navigation and Multimedia System Owner’s Manual”.
*
2
: If equipped
Type A
Type B
1
2
3
4
5
6
22
Pictorial index
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Interior
SRS airbags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 40
Floor mats. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 26
Front seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 155
Head restraints. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 168
Seat belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 30
Console box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 447
Cup holders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 449
Rear seats. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 157
Rear manual air conditioning switches
*
1
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 435
Rear automatic air conditioning switches
*
1
. . . . . . . . . . . . P. 438
Second seat heater switches
*
1
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 443
Armrest. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 463
Side table
*
1
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 465
Rear seat entertainment system
*
1, 2
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
23
Pictorial index
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Inside rear view mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 174
Sun visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 455
Vanity mirrors. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 455
Interior lights/personal lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 444
Moon roof switches
*
1
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 182
Panoramic moon roof switches
*
1
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 186
Auxiliary boxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 451
Conversation mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 456
“SOS” button
*
1
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 473
Garage door opener switches
*
1
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 466
Assist grips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 464
*
1
: If equipped
*
2
: Refer to “Navigation and Multimedia System Owner’s Manual”.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
24
Pictorial index
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
25
For safety and security
1
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
1-1. For safe use
Before driving...................... 26
For safety drive ................... 28
Seat belts............................ 30
SRS airbags........................ 40
Front passenger occupant
classification system......... 53
Safety information for
children ............................. 60
Child restraint systems........ 61
Installing child restraints...... 65
Exhaust gas precautions..... 79
1-2. Theft deterrent system
Engine immobilizer
system .............................. 80
Alarm................................... 82
Theft prevention labels
(U.S.A.)............................. 85
26
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
1-1. For safe use
Use only floor mats designed specifically for vehicles of the same
model and model year as your vehicle. Fix them securely in place
onto the carpet.
Insert the retaining hooks (clips)
into the floor mat eyelets.
Turn the upper knob of each
retaining hook (clip) to secure
the floor mats in place.
*: Always align the marks.
The shape of the retaining hooks (clips) may differ from that shown in the
illustration.
Before driving
Floor mat
1
*
2
27
1-1. For safe use
1
For safety and security
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
WARNING
Observe the following precautions.
Failure to do so may cause the driver’s floor mat to slip, possibly interfering
with the pedals while driving. An unexpectedly high speed may result or it may
become difficult to stop the vehicle, leading to an accident, or leading to death
or a serious injury.
When installing the drivers floor mat
Do not use floor mats designed for other models or different model year
vehicles, even if they are Toyota Genuine floor mats.
Only use floor mats designed for the driver’s seat.
Always install the floor mat securely using the retaining hooks (clips) pro-
vided.
Do not use two or more floor mats on top of each other.
Do not place the floor mat bottom-side up or upside-down.
Before driving
Check that the floor mat is securely
fixed in the correct place with all the
provided retaining hooks (clips). Be
especially careful to perform this check
after cleaning the floor.
With the engine stopped and the shift
lever in P, fully depress each pedal to
the floor to make sure it does not inter-
fere with the floor mat.
28
1-1. For safe use
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Adjust the angle of the seat-
back so that you are sitting
straight up and so that you do
not have to lean forward to
steer. (P. 155)
Adjust the seat so that you can
depress the pedals fully and so
that your arms bend slightly at
the elbow when gripping the
steering wheel. (P. 155)
Lock the head restraint in place with the center of the head restraint
closest to the top of your ears. (P. 168)
Wear the seat belt correctly. (P. 30)
Make sure that all occupants are wearing their seat belts before driv-
ing the vehicle. (P. 30)
Use a child restraint system appropriate for the child until the child
becomes large enough to properly wear the vehicle’s seat belt.
(P. 61)
For safety drive
For safe driving, adjust the seat and mirror to an appropriate
position before driving.
Correct driving posture
1
2
Correct use of the seat belts
3
4
29
1-1. For safe use
1
For safety and security
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Make sure that you can see backward clearly by adjusting the inside
and outside rear view mirrors properly. (P. 174, 176)
Adjusting the mirrors
WARNING
Observe the following precautions.
Failure to do so may result in death or serious injury.
Do not adjust the position of the driver’s seat while driving.
Doing so could cause the driver to lose control of the vehicle.
Do not place a cushion between the driver or passenger and the seatback.
A cushion may prevent correct posture from being achieved, and reduce
the effectiveness of the seat belt and head restraint.
Do not place anything under the front seats.
Objects placed under the front seats may become jammed in the seat
tracks and stop the seat from locking in place. This may lead to an acci-
dent and the adjustment mechanism may also be damaged.
When driving over long distances, take regular breaks before you start to
feel tired.
Also, if you feel tired or sleepy while driving, do not force yourself to con-
tinue driving and take a break immediately.
30
1-1. For safe use
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Extend the shoulder belt so that
it comes fully over the shoulder,
but does not come into contact
with the neck or slide off the
shoulder.
Position the lap belt as low as
possible over the hips.
Adjust the position of the seat-
back. Sit up straight and well
back in the seat.
Do not twist the seat belt.
To fasten the seat belt, push the
plate into the buckle until a click
sound is heard.
To release the seat belt, press
the release button.
Seat belts
Make sure that all occupants are wearing their seat belts before
driving the vehicle.
Correct use of the seat belts
Fastening and releasing the seat belt (except for the third center
seat)
Release button
1
2
31
1-1. For safe use
1
For safety and security
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Take the plate out of the holder,
and then pull down the seat
belt.
Push plate “A” into buckle “A”
until a click sound is heard.
Push plate “B” into buckle “B”
until a click sound is heard.
Fastening the seat belt (for the third center seat)
1
Plate “A”
Buckle “A”
2
Plate “B”
Buckle “B”
3
32
1-1. For safe use
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
To release plate “B”, press the
release button on buckle “B”.
To release plate “A”, insert the
key (P. 114) or plate “B” into
the hole on buckle “A”.
Retract the belt slowly when
releasing and stowing the seat
belt.
Holding plate “A” and “B”
together, insert both plates into
the holder on the roof.
Releasing and stowing the seat belt (for the third center seat)
Release button
Plate “B”
Buckle “B”
1
Buckle “A”
Buckle “A”
Plate “B”
Plate “A”
Plate “A”
2
3
33
1-1. For safe use
1
For safety and security
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Push the seat belt shoulder
anchor down while pressing the
release button.
Push the seat belt shoulder
anchor up.
Move the height adjuster up and
down as needed until you hear a
click.
If the shoulder belt sits close to a person's neck, use the seat belt
comfort guide.
Pull the comfort guide from the
pocket.
Slide the belt past the slot of the
guide.
The elastic cord must be behind
the seat belt.
Buckle the seat belt and posi-
tion it comfortably.
Adjusting the seat belt shoulder anchor height (front seats)
1
2
Seat belt comfort guide (for the third center seat)
1
2
3
34
1-1. For safe use
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
The pretensioners help the seat
belts to quickly restrain the occu-
pants by retracting the seat belts
when the vehicle is subjected to
certain types of severe frontal col-
lision or a vehicle rollover.
The pretensioners do not activate
in the event of a minor frontal
impact, a side impact or a rear
impact.
Seat belt pretensioners (front seats)
35
1-1. For safe use
1
For safety and security
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Emergency locking retractor (ELR)
The retractor will lock the belt during a sudden stop or on impact. It may also
lock if you lean forward too quickly. A slow, easy motion will allow the belt to
extend so that you can move around fully.
Automatic locking retractor (ALR)
When a passenger’s shoulder belt is completely extended and then retracted
even slightly, the belt is locked in that position and cannot be extended. This
feature is used to hold the child restraint system (CRS) firmly. To free the belt
again, fully retract the belt and then pull the belt out once more. (P. 65)
When not using the rear seat belts
Second seat belts
Third seat belts
Pass the outer seat belts through the seat
belt hangers and secure the seat belt
plates to prevent the shoulder belts from
being damaged.
Pass the outer seat belts through the seat
belt hangers and secure the seat belt
plates to prevent the shoulder belts from
being damaged.
36
1-1. For safe use
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Child seat belt usage
The seat belts of your vehicle were principally designed for persons of adult
size.
Use a child restraint system appropriate for the child, until the child
becomes large enough to properly wear the vehicle’s seat belt. (P. 61)
When the child becomes large enough to properly wear the vehicle’s seat
belt, follow the instructions regarding seat belt usage. (P. 30)
Replacing the belt after the pretensioner has been activated (front seats)
If the vehicle is involved in multiple collisions, the pretensioner will activate for
the first collision, but will not activate for the second or subsequent collisions.
Seat belt extender
If your seat belts cannot be fastened
securely because they are not long
enough, a personalized seat belt extender
is available from your Toyota dealer free
of charge.
37
1-1. For safe use
1
For safety and security
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
WARNING
Observe the following precautions to reduce the risk of injury in the event of
sudden braking, sudden swerving or an accident.
Failure to do so may cause death or serious injury.
Wearing a seat belt
Ensure that all passengers wear a seat belt.
Always wear a seat belt properly.
Each seat belt should be used by one person only. Do not use a seat belt
for more than one person at once, including children.
Toyota recommends that children be seated in the rear seat and always
use a seat belt and/or an appropriate child restraint system.
To achieve a proper seating position, do not recline the seat more than
necessary. The seat belt is most effective when the occupants are sitting
up straight and well back in the seats.
Do not wear the shoulder belt under your arm.
Always wear your seat belt low and snug across your hips.
Pregnant women
People suffering illness
Obtain medical advice and wear the seat belt in the proper way. (P. 30)
Obtain medical advice and wear the seat
belt in the proper way. (P. 30)
Women who are pregnant should posi-
tion the lap belt as low as possible over
the hips in the same manner as other
occupants, extending the shoulder belt
completely over the shoulder and avoid-
ing belt contact with the rounding of the
abdominal area.
If the seat belt is not worn properly, not
only the pregnant woman, but also the
fetus could suffer death or serious injury
as a result of sudden braking or a colli-
sion.
38
1-1. For safe use
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
WARNING
When children are in the vehicle
Do not allow children to play with the seat belt. If the seat belt becomes
twisted around a child’s neck, it may lead to choking or other serious injuries
that could result in death.
If this occurs and the buckle cannot be unfastened, scissors should be used
to cut the belt.
Seat belt pretensioners (front seats)
If the pretensioner has activated, the SRS warning light will come on. In that
case, the seat belt cannot be used again and must be replaced at your
Toyota dealer.
Adjustable shoulder anchor (front seats)
Always make sure the shoulder belt is positioned across the center of your
shoulder. The belt should be kept away from your neck, but not falling off
your shoulder. Failure to do so could reduce the amount of protection in an
accident and cause death or serious injuries in the event of a sudden stop,
sudden swerve or accident. (P. 33)
Seat belt damage and wear
Do not damage the seat belts by allowing the belt, plate, or buckle to be
jammed in the door.
Inspect the seat belt system periodically. Check for cuts, fraying, and loose
parts. Do not use a damaged seat belt until it is replaced. Damaged seat
belts cannot protect an occupant from death or serious injury.
Ensure that the belt and plate are locked and the belt is not twisted.
If the seat belt does not function correctly, immediately contact your Toyota
dealer.
Replace the seat assembly, including the belts, if your vehicle has been
involved in a serious accident, even if there is no obvious damage.
Do not attempt to install, remove, modify, disassemble or dispose of the
seat belts. Have any necessary repairs carried out by your Toyota dealer.
Inappropriate handling may lead to incorrect operation.
39
1-1. For safe use
1
For safety and security
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
WARNING
Using a seat belt comfort guide (third center seat)
Failure to observe the following precautions could reduce the effectiveness
of the seat belt in an accident, causing death or serious injury.
Make sure the belt is not twisted and that it lies flat. The elastic cord must
be behind the belt and the guide must be on the front.
To reduce the chance of injury in case of a sudden stop, sudden swerve or
accident while driving, remove and store the comfort guide in its pocket
when it is not in use.
Always make sure the shoulder belt is positioned across the center of the
shoulder. The belt should be kept away from the neck, and should not fall
off the shoulder.
Using a seat belt extender
Do not wear the seat belt extender if you can fasten the seat belt without
the extender.
Do not use the seat belt extender when installing a child restraint system
because the belt will not securely hold the child restraint system, increas-
ing the risk of death or serious injury in the event of an accident.
The personalized extender may not be safe on another vehicle, when
used by another person, or at a different seating position other than the
one originally intended.
When using the third center seat belt
NOTICE
When using a seat belt extender
When releasing the seat belt, press on the buckle release button on the
extender, not on the seat belt.
This helps prevent damage to the vehicle interior and the extender itself.
Do not use the third center seat belt with
either buckle released. Fastening only
one of the buckles may result in death or
serious injury in case of sudden braking,
sudden swerving or a collision.
40
1-1. For safe use
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
SRS airbags
The SRS airbags inflate when the vehicle is subjected to certain
types of severe impacts that may cause significant injury to the
occupants. They work together with the seat belts to help reduce
the risk of death or serious injury.
41
1-1. For safe use
1
For safety and security
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
SRS front airbags
SRS driver airbag/front passenger airbag
Can help protect the head and chest of the driver and front pas-
senger from impact with interior components
SRS driver’s knee airbag
Can help provide driver protection
SRS seat cushion airbag
Can help restrain the front passenger
SRS side and curtain shield airbags
SRS side airbags
Can help protect the torso of the front seat occupants
SRS curtain shield airbags
Can help protect primarily the head of occupants in the outer
seats
Can prevent the occupants from being thrown from the vehicle
in the event of vehicle rollover
1
2
3
4
5
42
1-1. For safe use
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
SRS airbag system components
Front passenger airbag
Curtain shield airbags
Side impact sensors (front
doors)
“AIR BAG ON” and “AIR BAG
OFF” indicator lights
Seat belt pretensioners and
force limiters
Side airbags
Seat cushion airbag
SRS warning light
Driver airbag
Side impact sensors (rear)
Front passenger’s seat belt
buckle switch
Driver’s seat position sensor
Driver’s seat belt buckle
switch
Driver’s knee airbag
Front passenger occupant
classification system (ECU
and sensors)
Front impact sensors
Airbag sensor assembly
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
43
1-1. For safe use
1
For safety and security
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Your vehicle is equipped with ADVANCED AIRBAGS designed based
on the US motor vehicle safety standards (FMVSS208). The airbag
sensor assembly (ECU) controls airbag deployment based on infor-
mation obtained from the sensors etc. shown in the system compo-
nents diagram above. This information includes crash severity and
occupant information. As the airbags deploy, a chemical reaction in
the inflators quickly fills the airbags with non-toxic gas to help restrain
the motion of the occupants.
WARNING
SRS airbag precautions
Observe the following precautions regarding the SRS airbags.
Failure to do so may cause death or serious injury.
The driver and all passengers in the vehicle must wear their seat belts
properly.
The SRS airbags are supplemental devices to be used with the seat belts.
The SRS driver airbag deploys with considerable force, and can cause
death or serious injury especially if the driver is very close to the airbag.
The National Highway Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSA) advises:
Since the risk zone for the driver’s airbag is the first 2 - 3 in. (50 - 75 mm)
of inflation, placing yourself 10 in. (250 mm) from your driver airbag pro-
vides you with a clear margin of safety. This distance is measured from
the center of the steering wheel to your breastbone. If you sit less than 10
in. (250 mm) away now, you can change your driving position in several
ways:
Move your seat to the rear as far as you can while still reaching the ped-
als comfortably.
Slightly recline the back of the seat.
Although vehicle designs vary, many drivers can achieve the 10 in. (250
mm) distance, even with the driver seat all the way forward, simply by
reclining the back of the seat somewhat. If reclining the back of your
seat makes it hard to see the road, raise yourself by using a firm, non-
slippery cushion, or raise the seat if your vehicle has that feature.
If your steering wheel is adjustable, tilt it downward. This points the air-
bag toward your chest instead of your head and neck.
The seat should be adjusted as recommended by NHTSA above, while
still maintaining control of the foot pedals, steering wheel, and your view
of the instrument panel controls.
44
1-1. For safe use
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
WARNING
SRS airbag precautions
The SRS front passenger airbag also deploys with considerable force, and
can cause death or serious injury especially if the front passenger is very
close to the airbag. The front passenger seat should be as far from the air-
bag as possible with the seatback adjusted, so the front passenger sits
upright.
Improperly seated and/or restrained infants and children can be killed or
seriously injured by a deploying airbag. An infant or child who is too small
to use a seat belt should be properly secured using a child restraint sys-
tem. Toyota strongly recommends that all infants and children be placed in
the rear seats of the vehicle and properly restrained. The rear seats are
safer for infants and children than the front passenger seat. (P. 61)
If the seat belt extender has been con-
nected to the front seat belt buckles but
the seat belt extender has not also been
fastened to the latch plate of the seat
belt, the SRS front airbags will judge
that the driver and front passenger are
wearing the seat belt even though the
seat belt has not been connected. In
this case, the SRS front airbags may
not activate correctly in a collision,
resulting in death or serious injury in the
event of a collision. Be sure to wear the
seat belt with the seat belt extender.
Do not sit on the edge of the seat or
lean against the dashboard.
45
1-1. For safe use
1
For safety and security
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
WARNING
SRS airbag precautions
Do not allow a child to stand in front of
the SRS front passenger airbag unit or
sit on the knees of a front passenger.
Do not allow the front seat occupants to
hold items on their knees.
Do not lean against the door, the roof
side rail or the front, side and rear pil-
lars.
Do not allow anyone to kneel on the
passenger seat toward the door or put
their head or hands outside the vehicle.
Do not attach anything to or lean any-
thing against areas such as the dash-
board, steering wheel pad and lower
portion of the instrument panel.
These items can become projectiles
when the SRS driver, front passenger
and driver’s knee airbags deploy.
46
1-1. For safe use
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
WARNING
SRS airbag precautions
Do not hang coat hangers or other hard objects on the coat hooks. All of
these items could become projectiles and may cause death or serious
injury, should the SRS curtain shield airbags deploy.
If a vinyl cover is put on the area where the SRS driver’s knee airbag will
deploy, be sure to remove it.
Do not use seat accessories which cover the parts where the SRS side
airbags and SRS seat cushion airbag inflate as they may interfere with
inflation of the airbags. Such accessories may prevent the side airbags
and seat cushion airbag from activating correctly, disable the system or
cause the side airbags and seat cushion airbag to inflate accidentally,
resulting in death or serious injury.
Do not strike or apply significant levels of force to the area of the SRS air-
bag components.
Doing so can cause the SRS airbags to malfunction.
Do not touch any of the component parts immediately after the SRS air-
bags have deployed (inflated) as they may be hot.
If breathing becomes difficult after the SRS airbags have deployed, open a
door or window to allow fresh air in, or leave the vehicle if it is safe to do
so. Wash off any residue as soon as possible to prevent skin irritation.
Do not attach anything to areas such as
a door, windshield, side window, front or
rear pillar, roof side rail and assist grip.
Vehicles without a smart key system:
Do not attach any heavy, sharp or hard
objects such as keys and accessories
to the key. The objects may restrict the
SRS driver’s knee airbag inflation or be
thrust into the driver’s seat area by the
force of the deploying airbag, thus caus-
ing a danger.
47
1-1. For safe use
1
For safety and security
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
WARNING
SRS airbag precautions
If the areas where the SRS airbags are stored, such as the steering wheel
pad and front and rear pillar garnishes, are damaged or cracked, have
them replaced by your Toyota dealer.
Do not place anything, such as a cushion, on the front passenger’s seat.
Doing so will disperse the passenger’s weight, which prevents the sensor
from detecting the passenger’s weight properly. As a result, the SRS front
airbags for the front passenger may not deploy in the event of a collision.
Modification and disposal of SRS airbag system components
Do not dispose of your vehicle or perform any of the following modifications
without consulting your Toyota dealer. The SRS airbags may malfunction or
deploy (inflate) accidentally, causing death or serious injury.
Installation, removal, disassembly and repair of the SRS airbags
Repairs, modifications, removal or replacement of the steering wheel,
instrument panel, dashboard, seats or seat upholstery, front, side and rear
pillars or roof side rails
Repairs or modifications of the front fender, front bumper or side of the
occupant compartment
Installation of a grille guard (bull bars, kangaroo bar, etc.), snow plows,
winches or roof luggage carrier
Modifications to the vehicle’s suspension system
Installation of electronic devices such as mobile two-way radios and CD
players
Modifications to your vehicle for a person with a physical disability
48
1-1. For safe use
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
If the SRS airbags deploy (inflate)
Bruising and slight abrasions may result from contact with a deploying
(inflating) SRS airbag.
A loud noise and white powder will be emitted.
Parts of the airbag module (steering wheel hub, airbag cover and inflator) as
well as the front seats, parts of the front and rear pillars, and roof side rails
may be hot for several minutes. The airbag itself may also be hot.
The windshield may crack.
For U.S.A.: For Safety Connect subscribers, if the SRS airbags deploy or in
the event of a severe rear-end collision, the system is designed to send an
emergency call to the response center, notifying them of the vehicle's loca-
tion (without needing to push the “SOS” button) and an agent will attempt to
speak with the occupants to ascertain the level of emergency and assis-
tance required. If the occupants are unable to communicate, the agent auto-
matically treats the call as an emergency and helps to dispatch the
necessary emergency services. (P. 473)
SRS airbag deployment conditions (SRS front airbags)
The SRS front airbags will deploy in the event of an impact that exceeds the
set threshold level (the level of force corresponding to an approximately 12 -
18 mph [20 - 30 km/h] frontal collision with a fixed wall that does not move or
deform).
However, this threshold velocity will be considerably higher in the following
situations:
If the vehicle strikes an object, such as a parked vehicle or sign pole,
which can move or deform on impact
If the vehicle is involved in an underride collision, such as a collision in
which the front of the vehicle “underrides”, or goes under, the bed of a
truck
Depending on the type of collision, it is possible that only the seat belt pre-
tensioners will activate.
The SRS front airbags for the front passenger will not activate if there is no
passenger sitting in the front passenger seat. However, the SRS front air-
bags for the front passenger may deploy if luggage is put in the seat, even if
the seat is unoccupied. (P. 53)
The SRS seat cushion airbag on the front passenger’s seat will not operate
if the occupant is not wearing a seat belt.
49
1-1. For safe use
1
For safety and security
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
SRS airbag deployment conditions (SRS side and curtain shield airbags)
The SRS side and curtain shield airbags will deploy in the event of an
impact that exceeds the set threshold level (the level of force corresponding
to the impact force produced by an approximately 3300 lb. [1500 kg] vehicle
colliding with the vehicle cabin from a direction perpendicular to the vehicle
orientation at an approximate speed of 12 - 18 mph [20 - 30 km/h]).
The SRS curtain shield airbags will deploy in the event of vehicle rollover.
The SRS side and curtain shield airbags may also deploy in the event of a
severe frontal collision.
Conditions under which the SRS airbags may deploy (inflate), other than
a collision
The SRS front airbags and SRS side and curtain shield airbags may also
deploy if a serious impact occurs to the underside of your vehicle. Some
examples are shown in the illustration.
The SRS curtain shield airbags may also deploy under the situations shown
in the illustration.
Hitting a curb, edge of pavement or hard
surface
Falling into or jumping over a deep hole
Landing hard or falling
The angle of vehicle tip-up is marginal
The vehicle skids and hits a curb stone
50
1-1. For safe use
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Types of collisions that may not deploy the SRS airbags (SRS front air-
bags)
The SRS front airbags do not generally inflate if the vehicle is involved in a
side or rear collision, if it rolls over, or if it is involved in a low-speed frontal
collision. But, whenever a collision of any type causes sufficient forward
deceleration of the vehicle, deployment of the SRS front airbags may occur.
Types of collisions that may not deploy the SRS airbags (SRS side and
curtain shield airbags)
The SRS side and curtain shield airbags may not activate if the vehicle is
subjected to a collision from the side at certain angles, or a collision to the
side of the vehicle body other than the passenger compartment.
The SRS side airbags do not generally inflate if the vehicle is involved in a
rear collision, if it rolls over, or if it is involved in a low-speed side or low-
speed frontal collision.
Collision from the side
Collision from the rear
Vehicle rollover
Collision from the side to the vehicle
body other than the passenger compart-
ment
Collision from the side at an angle
Collision from the rear
Vehicle rollover
51
1-1. For safe use
1
For safety and security
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
The SRS curtain shield airbags do not generally inflate if the vehicle is
involved in a rear collision, if it pitches end over end, or if it is involved in a
low-speed side or low-speed frontal collision.
When to contact your Toyota dealer
In the following cases, the vehicle will require inspection and/or repair. Con-
tact your Toyota dealer as soon as possible.
Any of the SRS airbags have been inflated.
Collision from the rear
Pitching end over end
The front of the vehicle is damaged or
deformed, or was involved in an acci-
dent that was not severe enough to
cause the SRS front airbags to inflate.
A portion of a door or its surrounding
area is damaged or deformed, or the
vehicle was involved in an accident that
was not severe enough to cause the
SRS side and curtain shield airbags to
inflate.
52
1-1. For safe use
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
The pad section of the steering wheel,
dashboard near the front passenger air-
bag or lower portion of the instrument
panel is scratched, cracked, or other-
wise damaged.
The front passenger’s seat cushion sur-
face is scratched, cracked, or otherwise
damaged.
The surface of the seats with the side
airbag is scratched, cracked, or other-
wise damaged.
The portion of the front pillars, rear pil-
lars or roof side rail garnishes (padding)
containing the curtain shield airbags
inside is scratched, cracked, or other-
wise damaged.
53
1-1. For safe use
1
For safety and security
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Front passenger occupant classification
system
Your vehicle is equipped with a front passenger occupant classi-
fication system. This system detects the conditions of the front
passenger seat and activates or deactivates the devices for the
front passenger.
Seat belt reminder light
SRS warning light
“AIR BAG OFF” indicator light
“AIR BAG ON” indicator light
1
2
3
4
54
1-1. For safe use
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Adult*
1
Condition and operation in the front passenger occupant classi-
fication system
Indicator/
warning light
“AIR BAG ON” and “AIR BAG OFF”
indicator lights
“AIR BAG ON”
SRS warning light Off
Seat belt reminder light
Off*
2
or
flashing
*
3
Devices
Front passenger airbag
Activated
Side airbag
on the front passenger seat
Curtain shield airbag
in the front passenger side
Front passenger seat cushion airbag
Activated*
2
or
deactivated
*
3
Front passenger’s seat belt pretensioner
and force limiter
Activated
55
1-1. For safe use
1
For safety and security
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Child*
4
Child restraint system with infant*
5
Indicator/
warning light
“AIR BAG ON” and “AIR BAG OFF”
indicator lights
“AIR BAG OFF”
or
“AIR BAG ON”
*
4
SRS warning light Off
Seat belt reminder light
Off*
2
or
flashing
*
3
Devices
Front passenger airbag
Deactivated or
activated
*
4
Side airbag
on the front passenger seat
Activated
Curtain shield airbag
in the front passenger side
Front passenger seat cushion airbag
Deactivated or
activated
*
4, 2
Front passenger’s seat belt pretensioner
and force limiter
Activated
Indicator/
warning light
“AIR BAG ON” and “AIR BAG OFF”
indicator lights
“AIR BAG
OFF”
*
6
SRS warning light Off
Seat belt reminder light
Off*
2
or
flashing
*
3
Devices
Front passenger airbag Deactivated
Side airbag
on the front passenger seat
Activated
Curtain shield airbag
in the front passenger side
Front passenger seat cushion airbag Deactivated
Front passenger’s seat belt pretensioner
and force limiter
Activated
56
1-1. For safe use
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Unoccupied
Indicator/
warning light
“AIR BAG ON” and “AIR BAG OFF”
indicator lights
“AIR BAG OFF”
SRS warning light
Off
Seat belt reminder light
Devices
Front passenger airbag Deactivated
Side airbag
on the front passenger seat
Activated
Curtain shield airbag
in the front passenger side
Front passenger seat cushion airbag Deactivated
Front passenger’s seat belt pretensioner
and force limiter
Activated
57
1-1. For safe use
1
For safety and security
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
There is a malfunction in the system
*
1
: The system judges a person of adult size as an adult. When a smaller
adult sits in the front passenger seat, the system may not recognize him/
her as an adult depending on his/her physique and posture.
*
2
: In the event the front passenger is wearing a seat belt.
*
3
: In the event the front passenger does not wear a seat belt.
*
4
: For some children, child in seat, child in booster seat or child in convert-
ible seat, the system may not recognize him/her as a child. Factors which
may affect this can be the physique or posture.
*
5
: Never install a rear-facing child restraint system on the front passenger
seat. A forward-facing child restraint system should only be installed on
the front passenger seat when it is unavoidable. (P. 61)
*
6
: In case the indicator light is not illuminated, consult this manual on how to
install the child restraint system properly. (P. 65)
Indicator/
warning light
“AIR BAG ON” and “AIR BAG OFF”
indicator lights
“AIR BAG OFF”
SRS warning light On
Seat belt reminder light Off
Devices
Front passenger airbag Deactivated
Side airbag
on the front passenger seat
Activated
Curtain shield airbag
in the front passenger side
Front passenger seat cushion airbag Deactivated
Front passenger’s seat belt pretensioner
and force limiter
Activated
58
1-1. For safe use
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
WARNING
Front passenger occupant classification system precautions
Observe the following precautions regarding the front passenger occupant
classification system.
Failure to do so may cause death or serious injury.
Wear the seat belt properly.
Make sure the front passenger’s seat belt plate has not been left inserted
into the buckle before someone sits in the front passenger seat.
Make sure the “AIR BAG OFF” indicator light is not illuminated when using
the seat belt extender for the front passenger seat. If the “AIR BAG OFF”
indicator light is illuminated, disconnect the extender tongue from the seat
belt buckle, and reconnect the seat belt. Reconnect the seat belt extender
after making sure the “AIR BAG ON” indicator light is illuminated. If you
use the seat belt extender while the “AIR BAG OFF” indicator light is illumi-
nated, the SRS airbags for the front passenger will not activate, which
could cause death or serious injury in the event of a collision.
Do not apply a heavy load to the front passenger seat or equipment (e.g.
seatback pockets).
Do not put weight on the front passenger seat by putting your hands or
feet on the front passenger seat seatback from the rear passenger seat.
Do not let a rear passenger lift the front passenger seat with their feet or
press on the seatback with their legs.
Do not put objects under the front passenger seat.
59
1-1. For safe use
1
For safety and security
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
WARNING
Front passenger occupant classification system precautions
Do not recline the front passenger seatback so far that it touches a rear
seat. This may cause the “AIR BAG OFF” indicator light to be illuminated,
which indicates that the SRS airbags for the front passenger will not acti-
vate in the event of a severe accident. If the seatback touches the rear
seat, return the seatback to a position where it does not touch the rear
seat. Keep the front passenger seatback as upright as possible when the
vehicle is moving. Reclining the seatback excessively may lessen the
effectiveness of the seat belt system.
If an adult sits in the front passenger seat, the “AIR BAG ON” indicator
light is illuminated. If the “AIR BAG OFF” indicator is illuminated, ask the
passenger to sit up straight, well back in the seat, feet on the floor, and
with the seat belt worn correctly. If the “AIR BAG OFF” indicator still
remains illuminated, either ask the passenger to move to the rear seat, or
if that is not possible, move the front passenger seat fully rearward.
When it is unavoidable to install a forward-facing child restraint system on
the front passenger seat, install the child restraint system on the front pas-
senger seat in the proper order. (P. 65)
Do not modify or remove the front seats.
Do not kick the front passenger seat or subject it to severe impact. Other-
wise, the SRS warning light may come on to indicate a malfunction of the
front passenger occupant classification system. In this case, contact your
Toyota dealer immediately.
Child restraint systems installed on the rear seat should not contact the
front seatbacks.
Do not use a seat accessory, such as a cushion and seat cover, that cov-
ers the seat cushion surface.
Do not modify or replace the upholstery of the front seat.
60
1-1. For safe use
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
It is recommended that children sit in the rear seats to avoid acci-
dental contact with the shift lever, wiper switch etc.
Use the rear door child-protector lock or the window lock switch to
avoid children opening the door while driving or operating the
power window accidentally.
Do not let small children operate equipment which may catch or
pinch body parts, such as the power window, hood, back door,
seats etc.
Safety information for children
Observe the following precautions when children are in the vehi-
cle.
Use a child restraint system appropriate for the child, until the
child becomes large enough to properly wear the vehicle’s seat
belt.
WARNING
Never leave children unattended in the vehicle, and never allow children to
have or use the key.
Children may be able to start the vehicle or shift the vehicle into neutral.
There is also a danger that children may injure themselves by playing with
the windows or other features of the vehicle. In addition, heat build-up or
extremely cold temperatures inside the vehicle can be fatal to children.
61
1-1. For safe use
1
For safety and security
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Studies have shown that installing a child restraint on a rear seat is
much safer than installing one on the front passenger seat.
Choose a child restraint system that suits your vehicle and is appro-
priate to the age and size of the child.
For installation details, follow the instructions provided with the child
restraint system.
General installation instructions are provided in this manual.
(P. 65)
Child restraint systems
A child restraint system for a small child or baby must itself be
properly restrained on the seat with the LATCH anchors or the
lap portion of the lap/shoulder belt.
The laws of all 50 states of the U.S.A. and Canada now require
the use of child restraint systems.
Points to remember
62
1-1. For safe use
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Child restraint systems are classified into the following 3 types
according to the age and size of the child:
Selecting an appropriate child restraint system
Use a child restraint system appropriate for the child until the child becomes
large enough to properly wear the vehicle’s seat belt.
If the child is too large for a child restraint system, sit the child on a rear seat
and use the vehicle’s seat belt. (P. 30)
Types of child restraints
Rear facing Infant seat/con-
vertible seat
Forward facing Convertible
seat
Booster seat
63
1-1. For safe use
1
For safety and security
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
WARNING
Child restraint precautions
For effective protection in automobile accidents and sudden stops, a child
must be properly restrained, using a seat belt or child restraint system
depending on the age and size of the child. Holding a child in your arms is
not a substitute for a child restraint system. In an accident, the child can be
crushed against the windshield, or between you and the vehicle’s interior.
Toyota strongly urges the use of a proper child restraint system that con-
forms to the size of the child, installed on the rear seat. According to acci-
dent statistics, the child is safer when properly restrained in the rear seat
than in the front seat.
Never install a rear-facing child restraint system on the front passenger
seat even if the “AIR BAG OFF” indicator light is illuminated.
In the event of an accident, the force of the rapid inflation of the front pas-
senger airbag can cause death or serious injury to the child if the rear-fac-
ing child restraint system is installed on the front passenger seat.
A forward-facing child restraint system may be installed on the front pas-
senger seat only when it is unavoidable. A child restraint system that
requires a top tether strap should not be used in the front passenger seat
since there is no top tether strap anchor for the front passenger seat.
Adjust the seatback as upright as possible and always move the seat as
far back as possible even if the “AIR BAG OFF” indicator light is illumi-
nated, because the front passenger airbag could inflate with considerable
speed and force. Otherwise, the child may be killed or seriously injured.
Do not use the seat belt extender when installing a child restraint system
on the front or rear passenger seat. If installing a child restraint system
with the seat belt extender connected to the seat belt, the seat belt will not
securely hold the child restraint system, which could cause death or seri-
ous injury to the child or other passengers in the event of an accident.
64
1-1. For safe use
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
WARNING
Child restraint precautions
Do not allow the child to lean his/her head or any part of his/her body
against the door or the area of the seat, front and rear pillars or roof side
rails from which the SRS side airbags or SRS curtain shield airbags deploy
even if the child is seated in the child restraint system. It is dangerous if
the SRS side airbags and curtain shield airbags inflate, and the impact
could cause death or serious injury to the child.
Make sure you have complied with all installation instructions provided by
the child restraint manufacturer and that the system is properly secured. If
it is not secured properly, it may cause death or serious injury to the child
in the event of a sudden stop or accident.
When children are in the vehicle
Do not allow children to play with the seat belt. If the seat belt becomes
twisted around a child’s neck, it may lead to choking or other serious injuries
that could result in death.
If this occurs and the buckle cannot be unfastened, scissors should be used
to cut the belt.
When the child restraint system is not in use
Keep the child restraint system properly secured on the seat even if it is
not in use. Do not store the child restraint system unsecured in the pas-
senger compartment.
If it is necessary to detach the child restraint system, remove it from the
vehicle or store it securely in the luggage compartment. If a head restraint
was removed when installing a child restraint system, always install the
head restraint before driving. This will prevent it from injuring passengers
in the event of a sudden stop or accident.
65
1-1. For safe use
1
For safety and security
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Child restraint LATCH anchors
8-seat models
LATCH anchors are provided for
the outboard second seats. (But-
tons displaying the location of the
anchors are attached to the seats.)
7-seat models
LATCH anchors are provided for
both second seats. (Buttons dis-
playing the location of the anchors
are attached to the seats.)
Seat belts equipped with a child
restraint locking mechanism
(ALR/ELR belts except driver's
seat belt) (P. 35)
Installing child restraints
Follow the child restraint system manufacturers instructions.
Firmly secure child restraints to the seats using the LATCH
anchors or a seat belt. Attach the top tether strap when installing
a child restraint.
The lap/shoulder belt can be used if your child restraint system
is not compatible with the LATCH (Lower Anchors and Tethers
for Children) system.
66
1-1. For safe use
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Anchor brackets (for top tether strap)
Second seats (8-seat models)
An anchor bracket is provided for
each second seat.
Second seats (7-seat models)
An anchor bracket is provided for
both second seats.
Third seats
An anchor bracket is provided for
the third center seat.
67
1-1. For safe use
1
For safety and security
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Fold the seatback while pulling
the lever. Return the seatback
and secure it at the 1st lock
position (most upright position).
Move the seat as far back as
possible.
If your child restraint system inter-
feres with a head restraint and can-
not be installed properly, install the
child restraint system after remov-
ing the head restraint. (P. 169)
Widen the gap between the seat cushion and seatback slightly.
Type A
Latch the hooks of the lower
straps onto the LATCH
anchors.
If the child restraint has a top
tether strap, the top tether strap
should be latched onto the top
tether strap anchor.
For owners in Canada:
The symbol on a child restraint
system indicates the presence
of a lower connector system.
Installation with LATCH system
1
2
Canada only
3
68
1-1. For safe use
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Type B
Latch the buckles onto the
LATCH anchors.
If the child restraint has a top
tether strap, the top tether strap
should be latched onto the top
tether strap anchor.
For owners in Canada:
The symbol on a child restraint
system indicates the presence
of a lower connector system.
Canada only
3
69
1-1. For safe use
1
For safety and security
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Rear-facing Infant seat/convertible seat
Adjusting the seat
Second seats
Fold the seatback while pull-
ing the lever. Return the
seatback and secure it at the
1st lock position (most
upright position).
Move the seat as far back as
possible.
Third seats
Fold the seatback while pull-
ing the strap. Return the
seatback and secure it at the
1st lock position (most
upright position).
Place the child restraint sys-
tem on the rear seat facing
the rear of the vehicle.
Installing child restraints using a seat belt (child restraint lock
function belt)
1
2
70
1-1. For safe use
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Run the seat belt through the
child restraint system and
insert the plate into the
buckle. Make sure that the
belt is not twisted.
Fully extend the shoulder belt
and allow it to retract to put it
in lock mode. In lock mode,
the belt cannot be extended.
While pushing the child
restraint system down into
the rear seat, allow the
shoulder belt to retract until
the child restraint system is
securely in place.
After the shoulder belt has
retracted to a point where there
is no slack in the belt, pull the
belt to check that it cannot be
extended.
3
4
5
71
1-1. For safe use
1
For safety and security
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Forward-facing Convertible seat
Adjusting the seat
Second seats
Fold the seatback while pull-
ing the lever. Return the
seatback and secure it at the
1st lock position (most
upright position).
Move the seat as far back as
possible.
Third seats
Fold the seatback while pull-
ing the strap. Return the
seatback and secure it at the
1st lock position (most
upright position).
Place the child restraint sys-
tem on the seat facing the
front of the vehicle.
If your child restraint system
interferes with a head restraint
and cannot be installed properly,
install the child restraint system
after removing the head
restraint. (P. 169)
1
2
72
1-1. For safe use
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Run the seat belt through the
child restraint system and
insert the plate into the
buckle. Make sure that the
belt is not twisted.
Fully extend the shoulder belt
and allow it to retract to put it
in lock mode. In lock mode,
the belt cannot be extended.
While pushing the child
restraint system into the rear
seat, allow the shoulder belt
to retract until the child
restraint system is securely
in place.
After the shoulder belt has
retracted to a point where there
is no slack in the belt, pull the
belt to check that it cannot be
extended.
If the child restraint has a top tether strap, the top tether strap
should be latched onto the top tether strap anchor. (P. 75)
3
4
5
6
73
1-1. For safe use
1
For safety and security
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Booster seat
Adjusting the seat
Second seats
Fold the seatback while pull-
ing the lever. Return the
seatback and secure it at the
1st lock position (most
upright position).
Move the seat as far back as
possible.
Third seats
Fold the seatback while pulling
the strap. Return the seatback
and secure it at the 1st lock
position (most upright position).
Place the child restraint system on the seat facing the front of the
vehicle.
If your child restraint system interferes with a head restraint and cannot
be installed properly, install the child restraint system after removing the
head restraint. (P. 169)
1
2
High back type Booster type
74
1-1. For safe use
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Sit the child in the child
restraint system. Fit the seat
belt to the child restraint sys-
tem according to the manu-
facturer’s instructions and
insert the plate into the
buckle. Make sure that the
belt is not twisted.
Check that the shoulder belt is correctly positioned over the child’s
shoulder and that the lap belt is as low as possible. (P. 30)
Push the buckle release button
and fully retract the seat belt.
3
Removing a child restraint installed with a seat belt
75
1-1. For safe use
1
For safety and security
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Raise the head restraint so that
the top tether strap can easily
be passed between the head
restraint and seatback.
If your child restraint system inter-
feres with a head restraint and can-
not be installed properly, install the
child restraint system after remov-
ing the head restraint. (P. 169)
Secure the child restraint sys-
tem using the seat belt or
LATCH anchors.
Open the anchor bracket cover,
latch the hook onto the anchor
bracket and tighten the top
tether strap.
Run the top tether strap under the
head restraint.
Make sure the top tether strap is
securely latched.
Laws and regulations pertaining to anchorages
The LATCH system conforms to FMVSS225 or CMVSS210.2.
Child restraint systems conforming to FMVSS213 or CMVSS213 specifica-
tions can be used.
This vehicle is designed to conform to the SAE J1819.
Child restraint systems with a top tether strap
1
2
3
76
1-1. For safe use
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
WARNING
When installing a booster seat
To prevent the belt from going into ALR lock mode, do not fully extend the
shoulder belt. ALR mode causes the belt to tighten only. This could cause
injury or discomfort to the child. (P. 35)
When installing a child restraint system
Follow the directions given in the child restraint system installation manual
and fix the child restraint system securely in place.
If the child restraint system is not correctly fixed in place, the child or other
passengers may be seriously injured or even killed in the event of a sudden
braking, sudden swerving or an accident.
If the driver’s seat interferes with the
child restraint system and prevents it
from being attached correctly, attach the
child restraint system to the right-hand
second seat.
Adjust the front passenger seat so that
it does not interfere with the child
restraint system.
Only put a forward-facing child restraint
system on the front seat when unavoid-
able. When installing a forward-facing
child restraint system on the front pas-
senger seat, move the seat as far back
as possible even if the “AIR BAG OFF”
indicator light is illuminated. Failure to
do so may result in death or serious
injury if the airbags deploy (inflate).
77
1-1. For safe use
1
For safety and security
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
WARNING
When installing a child restraint system
When installing a child restraint system on the center second and third
seat, adjust both seat cushions to the same position (second seat only)
and align both seatbacks at the same angle. The seatbacks must be
adjusted to the same angle. Otherwise, the child restraint system cannot
be securely restrained and this may cause death or serious injury in the
event of sudden braking, sudden swerving or an accident.
When using the LATCH anchors for a child restraint system, move the seat
as far back as possible (second seat only), with the seatback close to the
child restraint system.
When a booster seat is installed, always ensure that the shoulder belt is
positioned across the center of the child’s shoulder. The belt should be
kept away from the child’s neck, but not so that it could fall off the child’s
shoulder. Failing to do so may result in death or serious injury in the event
of sudden braking, sudden swerving or an accident.
Ensure that the belt and plate are securely locked and the seat belt is not
twisted.
Shake the child restraint system left and right, and forward and backward
to ensure that it has been securely installed.
After securing a child restraint system, never adjust the seat.
Follow all installation instructions provided by the child restraint system
manufacturer.
When using the right-hand second and
third seat for the child restraint system,
do not sit in the center second and third
seat. Seat belt function may be
impaired, such as being positioned
overly high or loose-fitting, which may
result in death or serious injury in the
event of sudden braking, sudden swerv-
ing or an accident.
78
1-1. For safe use
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
WARNING
Do not use a seat belt extender
If a seat belt extender is used when installing a child restraint system, the
seat belt will not securely hold the child restraint system, which could cause
death or serious injury to the child or other passengers in the event of a sud-
den braking, sudden swerving or an accident.
To correctly attach a child restraint system to the anchors
When using the LATCH anchors, be sure that there are no foreign objects
around the anchors and that the seat belt is not caught behind the child
restraint system. Make sure the child restraint system is securely attached,
or it may cause death or serious injury to the child or other passengers in
the event of sudden braking, sudden swerving or an accident.
79
1-1. For safe use
1
For safety and security
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Exhaust gas precautions
Harmful substance to the human body is included in exhaust
gases if inhaled.
WARNING
Exhaust gases include harmful carbon monoxide (CO), which is colorless and
odorless. Observe the following precautions.
Failure to do so may cause exhaust gases enter the vehicle and may lead to
an accident caused by light-headedness, or may lead to death or a serious
health hazard.
Important points while driving
Keep the back door and glass hatch closed.
If you smell exhaust gases in the vehicle even when the back door and
glass hatch are closed, open the windows and have the vehicle inspected
at your Toyota dealer as soon as possible.
When parking
If the vehicle is in a poorly ventilated area or a closed area, such as a
garage, stop the engine.
Do not leave the vehicle with the engine on for a long time.
If such a situation cannot be avoided, park the vehicle in an open space
and ensure that exhaust fumes do not enter the vehicle interior.
Do not leave the engine running in an area with snow build-up, or where it
is snowing. If snowbanks build up around the vehicle while the engine is
running, exhaust gases may collect and enter the vehicle.
Exhaust pipe
The exhaust system needs to be checked periodically. If there is a hole or
crack caused by corrosion, damage to a joint or abnormal exhaust noise, be
sure to have the vehicle inspected and repaired by your Toyota dealer.
80
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
1-2. Theft deterrent system
Vehicles without a smart key sys-
tem:
The indicator light flashes after
the key has been removed from
the engine switch to indicate that
the system is operating.
The indicator light stops flashing
after the registered key has been
inserted into the engine switch to
indicate that the system has been
canceled.
Vehicles with a smart key system:
The indicator light flashes after the engine switch has been turned off
to indicate that the system is operating.
The indicator light stops flashing after the engine switch has been
turned to ACCESSORY or IGNITION ON mode to indicate that the
system has been canceled.
Engine immobilizer system
The vehicle’s keys have built-in transponder chips that prevent
the engine from starting if a key has not been previously regis-
tered in the vehicle’s on-board computer.
Never leave the keys inside the vehicle when you leave the vehi-
cle.
This system is designed to help prevent vehicle theft but does
not guarantee absolute security against all vehicle thefts.
81
1-2. Theft deterrent system
1
For safety and security
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
System maintenance
The vehicle has a maintenance-free type engine immobilizer system.
Conditions that may cause the system to malfunction
If the grip portion of the key is in contact with a metallic object
If the key is in close proximity to or touching a key to the security system
(key with a built-in transponder chip) of another vehicle
Certification for the engine immobilizer system
For vehicles sold in the U.S.A.
FCC ID: WRKRI-44BTY FCC ID: NI4TMIMB-3
This device complies with part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to
the following two conditions: (1) This device may not cause harmful interfer-
ence, and (2) this device must accept any interference received, including
interference that may cause undesired operation.
FCC WARNING
Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for
compliance could void the user's authority to operate the equipment.
For vehicles sold in Canada
This device complies with Industry Canada licence-exempt RSS standard(s).
Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) this device may not
cause interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference, includ-
ing interference that may cause undesired operation of the device.
NOTICE
To ensure the system operates correctly
Do not modify or remove the system. If modified or removed, the proper
operation of the system cannot be guaranteed.
82
1-2. Theft deterrent system
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
The alarm uses light and sound to give an alert when an intrusion is
detected.
The alarm is triggered in the following situations when the alarm is
set:
A locked door is unlocked or opened in any way other than using
the entry function (vehicles with smart key system), wireless remote
control or mechanical key.
The hood is opened.
The locked glass hatch (if equipped) is opened in any way other
than using the entry function (vehicles with smart key system).
The battery is reconnected.
Close the doors, glass hatch (if
equipped) and hood, and lock all
the doors. The system will be set
automatically after 30 seconds.
The indicator light changes from
being on to flashing when the sys-
tem is set.
Alarm
The alarm
: If equipped
Setting the alarm system
83
1-2. Theft deterrent system
1
For safety and security
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Do one of the following to deactivate or stop the alarms:
Unlock the doors.
Vehicles without a smart key system: Turn the engine switch to the
“ACC” or “ON” position, or start the engine. (The alarm will be deac-
tivated or stopped after a few seconds.)
Vehicles with a smart key system: Turn the engine switch to
ACCESSORY or IGNITION ON mode, or start the engine. (The
alarm will be deactivated or stopped after a few seconds.)
Open the glass hatch (if equipped) using the entry function (vehi-
cles with smart key system).
System maintenance
The vehicle has a maintenance-free type alarm system.
Items to check before locking the vehicle
To prevent unexpected triggering of the alarm and vehicle theft, make sure of
the following:
Nobody is in the vehicle.
The windows and the following openings are closed before the alarm is set.
The glass hatch (if equipped)
The moon roof (if equipped)
The panoramic moon roof (if equipped)
No valuables or other personal items are left in the vehicle.
Deactivating or stopping the alarm
84
1-2. Theft deterrent system
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Triggering of the alarm
The alarm may be triggered in the following situations:
(Stopping the alarm deactivates the alarm system.)
Alarm-operated door lock
In the following situations, the doors are locked automatically:
When a person inside the vehicle triggers the alarm by unlocking a door or
the back door.
When a person inside the vehicle unlocks a door or the back door while the
alarm is operating.
A person inside the vehicle opens a door
or hood, or unlocks the vehicle using a
inside lock button.
The battery is recharged or replaced
when the vehicle is locked. (P. 624)
NOTICE
To ensure the system operates correctly
Do not modify or remove the system. If modified or removed, the proper
operation of the system cannot be guaranteed.
85
1-2. Theft deterrent system
1
For safety and security
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
These labels are attached to the
vehicle to reduce vehicle theft by
facilitating the tracing and recov-
ery of parts from stolen vehicles.
Do not remove under penalty of
law.
Theft prevention labels (U.S.A.)
86
1-2. Theft deterrent system
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
87
Instrument cluster
2
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
2. Instrument cluster
Warning lights and
indicators .......................... 88
Gauge and meters .............. 94
Multi-information display
(with monochrome
display) ............................. 97
Multi-information display
(with color display) .......... 101
Eco Driving Indicator......... 107
Fuel consumption
information...................... 109
88
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
2. Instrument cluster
Vehicles with monochrome display
Vehicles with color display
The units used on the meters and some indicators may differ depending on
the target region.
Warning lights and indicators
The warning lights and indicators on the instrument cluster and
center panel inform the driver of the status of the vehicle’s vari-
ous systems.
For the purpose of explanation, the following illustration dis-
plays all warning lights and indicators illuminated.
89
2. Instrument cluster
2
Instrument cluster
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Warning lights inform the driver of malfunctions in the indicated vehi-
cle’s systems.
Warning lights
*
1
(U.S.A.)
Brake system warning
light (P. 563)
*
1
Electric power steering
system warning light
(P. 564)
*
1
(Canada)
Brake system warning
light (P. 563)
*
1, 2, 3
Pre-collision system
warning light (P. 564)
*
1, 2
Charging system warn-
ing light (P. 563)
*
1
Slip indicator (P. 564)
*
1, 2
Low engine oil pressure
warning light (P. 563)
*
2
Open door warning light
(P. 565)
*
1
(U.S.A.)
Malfunction indicator
lamp (P. 563)
Low fuel level warning
light (P. 565)
*
1
(Canada)
Malfunction indicator
lamp (P. 563)
Seat belt reminder light
(P. 565)
*
1
SRS warning light
(P. 564)
*
1
Master warning light
(P. 565)
*
1
(U.S.A.)
ABS warning light
(P. 564)
*
1
Tire pressure warning
light (P. 565)
*
1
(Canada)
ABS warning light
(P. 564)
90
2. Instrument cluster
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
*
1
: Vehicles without a smart key system:
These lights turn on when the engine switch is turned to the “ON” position
to indicate that a system check is being performed. They will turn off after
the engine is started, or after a few seconds. There may be a malfunction
in a system if a light does not come on, or if the lights do not turn off. Have
the vehicle inspected by your Toyota dealer.
Vehicles with a smart key system:
These lights turn on when the engine switch is turned to IGNITION ON
mode to indicate that a system check is being performed. They will turn off
after the engine is started, or after a few seconds. There may be a mal-
function in a system if a light does not come on, or if the lights do not turn
off. Have the vehicle inspected by your Toyota dealer.
*
2
: If equipped
*
3
: The light flashes to indicate a malfunction.
91
2. Instrument cluster
2
Instrument cluster
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
The indicators inform the driver of the operating state of the vehicle’s
various systems.
Indicators
Turn signal indicator
(P. 239)
*
1, 4
Slip indicator (P. 300)
(U.S.A.)
Headlight indicator
(P. 241)
*
1
VSC OFF indicator
(P. 300)
(Canada)
Tail light indicator
(P. 241)
*
1, 2, 5
Pre-collision system
warning light (P. 306)
Headlight high beam
indicator (P. 242)
*
1, 2
All-wheel drive lock indi-
cator (P. 297)
*
2
Automatic High Beam
indicator (P. 246)
*
2
Downhill assist control
system indicator
(P. 304)
*
2
Front fog light indicator
(P. 252)
*
2, 6, 7
BSM (Blind Spot Moni-
tor) outside rear view
mirror indicators
(P. 313)
*
2
Cruise control indicator
(P. 261)
*
8
Security indicator
(P. 80, 82)
*
2
Cruise control “SET”
indicator (P. 261)
*
1, 9
Eco Driving Indicator
Light (P. 107)
*
2
LDA (Lane Departure
Alert) indicator
(P. 280)
Snow mode indicator
(P. 235)
*
2, 3
Intuitive parking assist
indicator
*
1, 8
“AIR BAG ON/
OFF” indicator
(P. 53)
92
2. Instrument cluster
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
*
1
: Vehicles without a smart key system:
These lights turn on when the engine switch is turned to the “ON” position
to indicate that a system check is being performed. They will turn off after
the engine is started, or after a few seconds. There may be a malfunction
in a system if a light does not come on, or if the lights do not turn off. Have
the vehicle inspected by your Toyota dealer.
Vehicles with a smart key system:
These lights turn on when the engine switch is turned to IGNITION ON
mode to indicate that a system check is being performed. They will turn off
after the engine is started, or after a few seconds. There may be a mal-
function in a system if a light does not come on, or if the lights do not turn
off. Have the vehicle inspected by your Toyota dealer.
*
2
: If equipped
*
3
: Refer to “Navigation and Multimedia System Owner’s Manual”.
*
4
: The light flashes to indicate that the system is operating.
*
5
: The light comes on when the system is turned off. The light flashes faster
than usual to indicate that the system is operating.
*
6
: In order to confirm operation, the BSM outside rear view mirror indicators
illuminate in the following situations:
Vehicles without a smart key system
When the engine switch is turned to the “ON” position while the BSM
main switch is set to ON.
When the BSM main switch is set to ON while the engine switch is in the
“ON” position
Vehicles with a smart key system
When the engine switch is turned to IGNITION ON mode while the BSM
main switch is set to ON.
When the BSM main switch is set to ON while the engine switch is in
IGNITION ON mode.
If the system is functioning correctly, the BSM outside rear view mirror indi-
cators will turn off after a few seconds.
If the BSM outside rear view mirror indicators do not illuminate or do not
turn off, there may be a malfunction in the system.
If this occurs, have the vehicle inspected by your Toyota dealer.
*
7
: This light illuminates on the outside rear view mirrors.
*
8
: This light illuminates on the center panel.
*
9
: The light does not turn on when the system is disabled.
93
2. Instrument cluster
2
Instrument cluster
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
WARNING
If a safety system warning light does not come on
Should a safety system light such as the ABS and SRS warning lights not
come on when you start the engine, this could mean that these systems are
not available to help protect you in an accident, which could result in death
or serious injury. Have the vehicle inspected by your Toyota dealer immedi-
ately if this occurs.
94
2. Instrument cluster
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Vehicles with monochrome display
Vehicles with color display
Gauge and meters
The displayed content may differ depending on the type of
meter.
95
2. Instrument cluster
2
Instrument cluster
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Tachometer
Displays the engine speed in revolutions per minute.
Multi-information display
Presents the driver with a variety of driving-related data.
Speedometer
Fuel gauge
Trip meter reset knob
Switches the trip information.
Outside temperature
Odometer and trip meter display
Shift position and shift range
Displays the selected shift position or selected shift range. (P. 234)
Meter panel lights control button
Engine coolant temperature gauge
Displays the engine coolant temperature.
Switches between the trip meter
“A” and “B” displays. When the trip
meter is displayed, pressing and
holding the knob will reset the trip
meter.
Changing the trip meter display
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
96
2. Instrument cluster
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
The brightness of the meter panel lights can be adjusted.
Pressing the button will adjust the
brightness of the meter panel
lights.
The brightness level of the meters
when the surroundings are bright
(day mode) and dark (night mode)
can be adjusted individually. How-
ever, when in day mode, adjusting
the brightness level will also
change the brightness level of
night mode.
The meters and display illuminate when
Vehicles without a smart key system
The engine switch is in the “ON” position.
Vehicles with a smart key system
The engine switch is in IGNITION ON mode.
Outside temperature display
In the following situations, the correct outside temperature may not be dis-
played, or the display may take longer than normal to change.
When stopped, or driving at low speeds (less than 12 mph [20 km/h])
When the outside temperature has changed suddenly (at the entrance/exit
of a garage, tunnel, etc.)
Instrument panel light control
NOTICE
To prevent damage to the engine and its components
Do not let the indicator needle of the tachometer enter the red zone, which
indicates the maximum engine speed.
The engine may be overheating if the engine coolant temperature gauge is
in the red zone (H). In this case, immediately stop the vehicle in a safe
place, and check the engine after it has cooled completely. (P. 626)
97
2. Instrument cluster
2
Instrument cluster
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
The multi-information display presents the driver with a variety of
driving-related data.
Drive information
Warning messages (P. 572)
Eco Driving Indicator Zone Dis-
play (P. 107)
Items displayed can be switched
by pressing the “DISP” switch.
Multi-information display (with mono-
chrome display)
Display contents
Drive information
98
2. Instrument cluster
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Current fuel consumption
Displays the current rate of fuel consumption.
Average fuel economy (after reset
*)
Displays the average fuel economy since the function was reset
respectively
Use the displayed average fuel economy as a reference.
Distance (driving range)
Displays the estimated maximum distance that can be driven with
the quantity of fuel remaining and the distance driven after the func-
tion was reset respectively
This distance is computed based on your average fuel consumption. As
a result, the actual distance that can be driven may differ from that dis-
played.
When only a small amount of fuel is added to the tank, the display may
not be updated.
When refueling, turn the engine switch off. If the vehicle is refueled with-
out turning the engine switch off, the display may not be updated.
Average fuel economy (after refuel)
Displays the average fuel economy since the vehicle was refueled
respectively
Use the displayed average fuel economy as a reference.
Distance (after reset*)
Displays the estimated maximum distance driven after the function
was reset respectively
Average vehicle speed (after reset
*)
Displays the average vehicle speed since the function was reset
Customization
Eco Driving Indicator Light, Language and Units settings can be
changed. (P. 100)
Eco Driving Indicator Zone Display
P. 107
*: Press and hold the “DISP” switch to reset.
99
2. Instrument cluster
2
Instrument cluster
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Changing the settings
Press the “DISP” switch to
display the setting display
while the vehicle is stopped,
and then press and hold the
“DISP” switch to display the
customize mode display.
Press the “DISP” switch to
select the item to be set, then
press and hold the “DISP”
switch.
Press the “DISP” switch to
select the desired setting,
and then press and hold the
“DISP” switch.
To go back to the previous screen or exit the customize mode,
press the “DISP” switch to select “EXIT”, and then press and hold
the “DISP” switch.
Settings display
1
2
3
100
2. Instrument cluster
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Customizable items
Eco Driving Indicator Light
Select to activate/deactivate the Eco Driving Indicator Light.
Language
Select to change the language on the display.
Units
Select to change the unit of measure for fuel consumption.
Settings can be changed. (Customizable features: P. 663)
Setting display automatic cancelation
In the following situations, setting display in which the settings can be
changed through the “DISP” switch will automatically be turned off.
When a warning message appears while the setting display is displayed
When the vehicle begins to move while the setting display is displayed
Liquid crystal display
Small spots or light spots may appear on the display. This phenomenon is
characteristic of liquid crystal displays, and there is no problem continuing to
use the display.
WARNING
The information display at low temperatures
Allow the interior of the vehicle to warm up before using the liquid crystal
information display. At extremely low temperatures, the display monitor may
respond slowly, and display changes may be delayed.
For example, there is a lag between the driver’s shifting and the new gear
number appearing on the display. This lag could cause the driver to down-
shift again, causing rapid and excessive engine braking and possibly an
accident resulting in death or injury.
Cautions during setting up the display
As the engine needs to be running during setting up the display, ensure that
the vehicle is parked in a place with adequate ventilation. In a closed area
such as a garage, exhaust gases including harmful carbon monoxide (CO)
may collect and enter the vehicle. This may lead to death or a serious
health hazard.
NOTICE
During setting up the display
To prevent battery discharge, ensure that the engine is running while setting
up the display features.
101
2. Instrument cluster
2
Instrument cluster
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Drive information
Select to display various drive
data. (P. 103)
Navigation system-
linked display (if
equipped)
Select to display the following navigation system-linked information.
Route guidance
Compass display (north-up display/heading-up display)
Audio system-linked display
Select to enable selection of an audio source or track on the meter
using the meter control switches.
Dynamic radar cruise control operation guide (if equipped)
Select to display operation procedures of the dynamic radar cruise
control. (P. 266)
The tab will change to when the vehicle is in constant
speed control mode. (P. 282)
If activated, the operational status of the LDA (Lane Departure Alert)
system will also be displayed. (If equipped) (P. 282)
LDA (Lane Departure Alert) operational status (if equipped)*
Select to display the operational status of the LDA (Lane Departure
Alert). (P. 280)
If activated, the operation procedures of the dynamic radar cruise
control system will also be displayed. (If equipped) (P. 266)
*: The LDA operational status will not be displayed if the dynamic radar
cruise control operation guide is displayed.
Multi-information display (with color dis-
play)
Display contents
102
2. Instrument cluster
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Warning message display
Select to display warning messages and measures to be taken if a
malfunction is detected. (P. 572)
Settings display
Select to change the meter display settings. (P. 104)
Operating the meter control switches
Enter/Set/Reset
Select an item/change pages
Return to the previous
screen
Press: Displays the screen
registered as the top screen
When no screen has been regis-
tered, the drive information
screen will be displayed.
Press and hold: Registers the currently displayed screen as the
top screen
When the confirmation screen is displayed, select yes to register the
screen. If the selected screen cannot be registered, a registration failure
message will be shown.
1
2
3
4
103
2. Instrument cluster
2
Instrument cluster
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Current fuel consumption*
1
Displays the current rate of fuel consumption
Average fuel economy (after reset
*
2
/after start/after refuel)*
1
Displays the average fuel economy since the function was reset,
the engine was started, and the vehicle was refueled, respectively
Use the displayed average fuel economy as a reference.
Average vehicle speed (after reset*
2
/after start)*
1
Displays the average vehicle speed since the function was reset
and the engine was started, respectively
Elapsed time (after reset
*
2
/after start)*
1
Displays the elapsed time since the function was reset and the
engine was started, respectively
Distance (driving range/after start/after reset
*
2
)*
1
Displays the estimated maximum distance that can be driven with
the quantity of fuel remaining and the distance driven after the
engine was started, respectively.
This distance is computed based on your average fuel consumption. As
a result, the actual distance that can be driven may differ from that dis-
played.
When only a small amount of fuel is added to the tank, the display may
not be updated.
When refueling, turn the engine switch off. If the vehicle is refueled with-
out turning the engine switch off, the display may not be updated.
Eco Driving Indicator
P. 107
AWD control (if equipped)
Displays the torque distribution between the front and rear axles of
the AWD control system
*
1
: Can be registered to Drive information 1 through 3. (P. 104)
*
2
: Resetting procedures:
Select a function to be reset using the meter control switches and then
press and hold to reset.
If there is more than one function that can be reset, check boxes will be
displayed next to those functions.
Drive information
104
2. Instrument cluster
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Changing the settings
Select using the meter control switches.
Select an item and then set it with the center button.
Customizable items
Language
Select to change the language on the display.
Units
Select to change the unit of measure for fuel consumption.
Maintenance system (for U.S.A.)
Select to reset the maintenance data after the required mainte-
nance is performed. (
P. 491)
Eco Driving Indicator Light
Select to activate/deactivate the Eco Driving Indicator Light.
(
P. 107)
switch settings
You can register 1 screen as the top screen. To register, press
and hold while the desired screen is displayed.
Drive information 1 through 3
Select to select up to 2 items that will be displayed on a Drive
information screen, up to 3 Drive information screens can be set.
Pop-up display
Select to set the following pop-up displays, which may appear in
some situations, on/off.
Route guidance display of the navigation system-linked sys-
tem (if equipped)
Incoming call display of the hands-free phone system
Cruise control operation display
Instrument panel brightness adjustment display
Accent color
Select to change the accent colors on the screen, such as the
cursor color.
Settings display
1
2
105
2. Instrument cluster
2
Instrument cluster
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Speed limit display*
Select to set the display of speed limit information stored in the
navigation system to on with the speed limit caution indicator
(yellow) enabled, on with the speed limit caution not enabled, or
off. If enabled, the speed limit caution indicator will come on if the
vehicle speed exceeds the displayed speed limit.
Initialization
Registered or changed meter settings will be deleted or returned
to their default setting.
Settings can be changed. (Customizable features: P. 663)
*: Speed limit display may not be available for some regions.
Pop-up display
In some situations, such as when a switch operation is performed, a pop-up
display, such as the operating cruise control switch, will be temporarily dis-
played on the multi-information display.
The pop-up display function can be set on/off.
Setting display automatic cancelation
In the following situations, setting display in which the settings can be
changed through the meter control switch will automatically be turned off.
When a warning message appears while the setting display is displayed
When the vehicle begins to move while the setting display is displayed
Liquid crystal display
Small spots or light spots may appear on the display. This phenomenon is
characteristic of liquid crystal displays, and there is no problem continuing to
use the display.
106
2. Instrument cluster
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
WARNING
The information display at low temperatures
Allow the interior of the vehicle to warm up before using the liquid crystal
information display. At extremely low temperatures, the display monitor may
respond slowly, and display changes may be delayed.
For example, there is a lag between the driver’s shifting and the new gear
number appearing on the display. This lag could cause the driver to down-
shift again, causing rapid and excessive engine braking and possibly an
accident resulting in death or injury.
Cautions during setting up the display
As the engine needs to be running during setting up the display, ensure that
the vehicle is parked in a place with adequate ventilation. In a closed area
such as a garage, exhaust gases including harmful carbon monoxide (CO)
may collect and enter the vehicle. This may lead to death or a serious
health hazard.
NOTICE
During setting up the display
To prevent battery discharge, ensure that the engine is running while setting
up the display features.
107
2. Instrument cluster
2
Instrument cluster
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
During Eco-friendly acceleration
operation (Eco driving), Eco Driv-
ing Indicator Light will turn on.
When the acceleration exceeds
Zone of Eco driving, and when the
vehicle is stopped, the light turns
off.
Suggests Zone of Eco driving with
current Eco driving ratio based on
acceleration.
Eco driving ratio based on
acceleration
If the acceleration exceeds Zone of
Eco driving, the right side of Eco
Driving Indicator Zone Display
blinks.
Zone of Eco driving
Eco Driving Indicator
Eco Driving Indicator Light
Eco Driving Indicator Zone Display
Monochrome display
Color display
1
2
108
2. Instrument cluster
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Operation of Eco Driving Indicator
Eco Driving Indicator will not operate in the following conditions:
The shift lever is anything other than D.
The vehicle speed is approximately 80 mph (130 km/h) or higher.
Eco Driving Indicator Light customization
Monochrome display
P. 99
Color display
P. 104
109
2. Instrument cluster
2
Instrument cluster
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Audio system
Audio system with “APPS” button
Press the “APPS” button.
Touch “ECO” on the “Apps”
screen.
If the “Past Record” screen is
displayed, select “Trip Informa-
tion”.
Fuel consumption information
Fuel consumption information can be displayed on the audio
system screen.
Trip information
1
2
110
2. Instrument cluster
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Audio system with “CAR” button
Press the “CAR” button.
If the “Past Record” screen is
displayed, select “Trip Informa-
tion”.
Resetting the consumption data
Fuel consumption in the past 15
minutes
Average vehicle speed since
the engine was started.
Elapsed time since the engine
was started.
Cruising range (P. 111)
Vehicles without a smart key system:
Average fuel consumption for the past 15 minutes is divided by color
into past averages and averages attained since the engine switch was
last turned to the “ON” position. Use the displayed average fuel con-
sumption as a reference.
Vehicles with a smart key system:
Average fuel consumption for the past 15 minutes is divided by color
into past averages and averages attained since the engine switch was
last turned to IGNITION ON mode. Use the displayed average fuel
consumption as a reference.
This image is an example only.
1
2
3
4
5
111
2. Instrument cluster
2
Instrument cluster
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Audio system with “APPS” button
Press the “APPS” button.
Touch “ECO” on the “Apps” screen.
If the “Trip Information” screen is displayed, select “Past Record”.
Audio system with “CAR” button
Press the “CAR” button.
If the “Trip Information” screen is displayed, select “Past Record”.
Resetting the past record
data
Best recorded fuel consump-
tion
Average fuel consumption
Previous fuel consumption
record
Updating the average fuel
consumption data
The average fuel consumption history is divided by color into past
averages and the average fuel consumption since the last updated.
Use the displayed average fuel consumption as a reference.
This image is an example only.
Updating the past record data
Update the average fuel consumption by selecting “Update” to measure the
current fuel consumption again.
Resetting the data
The fuel consumption data can be deleted by selecting “Clear”.
Cruising range
Displays the estimated maximum distance that can be driven with the quan-
tity of fuel remaining.
This distance is computed based on your average fuel consumption.
As a result, the actual distance that can be driven may differ from that dis-
played.
Past record
1
2
1
2
3
4
5
112
2. Instrument cluster
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
113
3
Operation of
each component
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
3-1. Key information
Keys.................................. 114
3-2. Opening, closing and
locking the doors
Side doors......................... 121
Back door.......................... 129
Glass hatch....................... 142
Smart key system ............. 147
3-3. Adjusting the seats
Front seats........................ 155
Rear seats......................... 157
Driving position memory ... 164
Head restraints.................. 168
3-4. Adjusting the steering
wheel and mirrors
Steering wheel .................. 172
Inside rear view mirror ...... 174
Outside rear view
mirrors............................. 176
3-5. Opening and closing the
windows
Power windows................. 178
Moon roof.......................... 182
Panoramic moon roof........ 186
114
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
3-1. Key information
The following keys are provided with the vehicle.
Vehicles without a smart key system
Master keys
Operating the wireless remote con-
trol function (P. 115)
Valet key
Key number plate
Vehicles with a smart key system
Electronic keys
Operating the smart key system
(P. 147)
Operating the wireless remote
control function (P. 115)
Mechanical keys
Key number plate
Keys
The keys
1
2
3
1
2
3
115
3-1. Key information
3
Operation of each component
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Vehicles without a smart key system
Locks the doors (P. 122)
Unlocks the doors (P. 122)
Opens the windows and moon
roof
* (P. 122)
Sounds the alarm (P. 116)
Opens and closes the power
back door (if equipped)
(P. 130)
*: This setting must be customized at your Toyota dealer.
Vehicles with a smart key system
Locks the doors (P. 122)
Unlocks the doors (P. 122)
Opens the windows and moon
roof
* (P. 122)
Opens and closes the power
back door (P. 130)
Sounds the alarm (P. 116)
*: This setting must be customized at your Toyota dealer.
Wireless remote control
1
2
3
4
5
1
2
3
4
5
116
3-1. Key information
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
To take out the mechanical key,
push the release button and take
the key out.
The mechanical key can only be
inserted in one direction, as the
key only has grooves on one side.
If the key cannot be inserted in a
lock cylinder, turn it over and re-
attempt to insert it.
After using the mechanical key, store it in the electronic key. Carry the
mechanical key together with the electronic key. If the electronic key bat-
tery is depleted or the entry function does not operate properly, you will
need the mechanical key. (P. 618)
Panic mode
Vehicles without a smart key system
Vehicles with a smart key system
Using the mechanical key (vehicles with a smart key system)
When is pressed for longer than
about one second, an alarm will sound
intermittently and the vehicle lights will
flash to deter any person from trying to
break into or damage your vehicle.
To stop the alarm, press any button on the
wireless remote control.
When is pressed for longer than
about one second, an alarm will sound
intermittently and the vehicle lights will
flash to deter any person from trying to
break into or damage your vehicle.
To stop the alarm, press any button on the
electronic key.
117
3-1. Key information
3
Operation of each component
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
When required to leave the vehicle’s key with a parking attendant
Lock the glove box as circumstances demand. (P. 447)
Vehicles without a smart key system: Carry the master key for your own use
and provide the attendant with the valet key.
Vehicles with a smart key system: Remove the mechanical key for your own
use and provide the attendant with the electronic key only.
If you lose your keys
New genuine keys can be made by your Toyota dealer using a master key
(vehicles without a smart key system) or the other key (vehicles with a smart
key system) and the key number stamped on your key number plate. Keep
the plate in a safe place such as your wallet, not in the vehicle.
When riding in an aircraft
When bringing a key with wireless remote control function onto an aircraft,
make sure you do not press any buttons on the key while inside the aircraft
cabin. If you are carrying the key in your bag etc., ensure that the buttons are
not likely to be pressed accidentally. Pressing a button may cause the key to
emit radio waves that could interfere with the operation of the aircraft.
Conditions affecting operation
Vehicles without a smart key system
The wireless remote control function may not operate normally in the follow-
ing situations:
When the wireless key battery is depleted
Near a TV tower, electric power plant, gas station, radio station, large dis-
play, airport or other facility that generates strong radio waves or electrical
noise
When carrying a portable radio, cellular phone or other wireless communi-
cation device
When multiple wireless keys are in the vicinity
When the wireless key is in contact with, or is covered by a metallic object
When a wireless key (that emits radio waves) is being used nearby
When the wireless key has been left near an electrical appliance such as a
personal computer
If window tint with a metallic content or metallic objects are attached to the
rear window
Vehicles with a smart key system
P. 150
118
3-1. Key information
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Key battery depletion
Vehicles without a smart key system
If the wireless remote control function does not operate, the battery may be
depleted. Replace the battery when necessary. (P. 532)
Vehicles with a smart key system
The standard battery life is 1 to 2 years.
If the battery becomes low, an alarm will sound in the cabin when the engine
stops. (P. 587)
As the electronic key always receives radio waves, the battery will become
depleted even if the electronic key is not used. The following symptoms indi-
cate that the electronic key battery may be depleted. Replace the battery
when necessary. (P. 532)
The smart key system or the wireless remote control does not operate.
The detection area becomes smaller.
The LED indicator on the key surface does not turn on.
To avoid serious deterioration, do not leave the electronic key within 3 ft. (1
m) of the following electrical appliances that produce a magnetic field:
•TVs
Personal computers
Cellular phones, cordless phones and battery chargers
Recharging cellular phones or cordless phones
Table lamps
Induction cookers
When the key battery is fully depleted
P. 532
Confirmation of the registered key number (vehicles with a smart key
system)
The number of electronic keys already registered to the vehicle can be con-
firmed. Ask your Toyota dealer for details.
If a wrong key is used (vehicles with a smart key system)
The key cylinder rotates freely to isolate inside mechanism.
Customization
Settings (e.g. wireless remote control system) can be changed.
(Customizable features: P. 662)
119
3-1. Key information
3
Operation of each component
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Certification for wireless remote control (vehicles without a smart key
system)
For vehicles sold in the U.S.A. and Canada
<RKE Transmitter, TPM/RKE Integrated Receiver>
TRW Automotive
Automobile Entry/Security Transmitter
Model: 226624-101, 226624-102
FCC ID: GQ4-52T
IC: 1470A-33T
Auto Alarm/Security system Receiver
Model: 230433
FCC ID: GQ4-45R
MADE IN U.S.A.
This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules and with Industry Canada
license-exempt RSS standard(s). Operation is subject to the following two
conditions:
(1) This device may not cause harmful interference, and
(2) This device must accept any interference received, including interference
that may cause undesired operation of the device.
Le présent appareil est conforme aux CNR d’Industrie Canada applicables
aux appareils radio exempts de licence. L’exploitation est autorisée aux deux
conditions suivantes:
(1) l’appareil ne doit pas produire de brouillage, et
(2) l’utilisateur de l’appareil doit accepter tout brouillage radioélectrique subi,
même si le brouillage est susceptible d’en compromettre le fonctionnement.
WARNING: Changes or modifications not expresly approved by TRW Auto-
motive U.S. LLC could void the user's authority to operate the equipment.
Certification for wireless remote control (vehicles with a smart key sys-
tem)
P. 153
120
3-1. Key information
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
NOTICE
To prevent key damage
Do not drop the keys, subject them to strong shocks or bend them.
Do not expose the keys to high temperatures for long periods of time.
Do not get the keys wet or wash them in an ultrasonic washer etc.
Do not attach metallic or magnetic materials to the keys or place the keys
close to such materials.
Do not disassemble the keys.
Do not attach a sticker or anything else to the surface of the key with a
wireless remote control function.
Vehicles with a smart key system: Do not place the keys near objects that
produce magnetic fields, such as TVs, audio systems and induction cook-
ers, or medical electrical equipment, such as low-frequency therapy equip-
ment.
Carrying the electronic key on your person (vehicles with a smart key
system)
Carry the electronic key 3.9 in. (10 cm) or more away from electric appli-
ances that are turned on. Radio waves emitted from electric appliances
within 3.9 in. (10 cm) of the electronic key may interfere with the key, caus-
ing the key to not function properly.
In case of a smart key system malfunction or other key-related prob-
lems (vehicles with a smart key system)
Take your vehicle with all the electronic keys provided with your vehicle to
your Toyota dealer.
When an electronic key is lost (vehicles with a smart key system)
If the electronic key remains lost, the risk of vehicle theft increases signifi-
cantly. Visit your Toyota dealer immediately with all remaining electronic
keys that was provided with your vehicle.
121
3
Operation of each component
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
3-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors
Entry function (vehicles with a smart key system)
Carry the electronic key to enable this function.
Front doors
Grip the drivers door handle
to unlock the door. Grip the
passenger's door handle to
unlock all the doors.
*
Make sure to touch the sensor
on the back of the handle.
The doors cannot be unlocked
for 3 seconds after the doors are
locked.
*: The door unlock settings can be changed. (P. 127)
Touch the lock sensor (indentation on the upper part of the door
handle) to lock all the doors.
Back door
Press the unlock button to
unlock all the doors.
The doors cannot be unlocked
for 3 seconds after the doors are
locked.
Press the lock button to lock
all the doors.
Side doors
Unlocking and locking the doors from the outside
1
2
1
2
122
3-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Wireless remote control
Vehicles without a smart key system
Locks all the doors
Unlocks the door
Pressing the button unlocks the
driver’s door. Pressing the but-
ton again within 5 seconds
unlocks the other doors.
Press and hold to open the win-
dows and moon roof.
*
(P. 180183)
*: This setting must be customized at your Toyota dealer.
Vehicles with a smart key system
Locks all the doors
Unlocks the door
Pressing the button unlocks the
driver’s door. Pressing the but-
ton again within 5 seconds
unlocks the other doors.
Press and hold to open the win-
dows and moon roof.
*
(P. 180183)
*: This setting must be customized at your Toyota dealer.
1
2
1
2
123
3-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors
3
Operation of each component
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Key
Vehicles without a smart key system
Locks all the doors
Turn and hold to close the win-
dows and moon roof.
*
(P. 180183)
Unlocks the door
Turning the key unlocks the
driver's door. Turning the key
again within 5 seconds unlocks
the other doors.
Turn and hold to open the windows and moon roof.
* (P. 180183)
*: This setting must be customized at your Toyota dealer.
Vehicles with a smart key system
The doors can also be locked and unlocked with the mechanical
key. (P. 618)
Operation signals
Doors: A buzzer sounds and the emergency flashers flash to indicate that
the doors have been locked/unlocked using the entry function or wireless
remote control. (Locked: once; Unlocked: twice)
Windows and moon roof: A buzzer sounds to indicate that the windows and
moon roof are operating.
Security feature
If a door is not opened within approximately 60 seconds after the doors are
unlocked using the entry function or wireless remote control, the security fea-
ture automatically locks the doors again.
1
2
124
3-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
When the door cannot be locked by the lock sensor on the upper part of
the front door handle (vehicles with a smart key system)
Door lock buzzer (vehicles with a smart key system)
If an attempt to lock the doors using the entry function or wireless remote
control is made when a door is not fully closed, a buzzer will sound continu-
ously for 5 seconds. Fully close the door to stop the buzzer, and lock the
doors again.
Wireless reservation lock (vehicles without a smart key system)
If a door is not fully closed and the wireless remote control is used to lock the
doors, the doors other than the open door will be locked. The open door will
be locked after it is fully closed.
Power back door reservation lock (vehicles with a power back door)
Vehicles without a smart key system
If the wireless remote control is used to lock the doors while the power back
door is closing with all side doors fully closed, the side doors are locked. The
back door will be locked when it is fully closed.
Vehicles with a smart key system
If the wireless remote control is used to lock the doors while the power back
door is closing with all side doors fully closed, a buzzer will sound and the
emergency flashers will flash to indicate that the reservation lock is activated.
At this time the side doors are locked. The back door will be locked when it is
fully closed.
Alarm (if equipped)
Locking the doors will set the alarm system. (P. 82)
If the smart key system or the wireless remote control does not operate
properly
Vehicles with a smart key system: Use the mechanical key to lock and unlock
the doors. (P. 618)
Replace the key battery with a new one if it is depleted. (P. 532)
If the door will not lock even when the top-
side sensor area is touched, try touching
both the topside and underside sensor
areas at the same time.
125
3-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors
3
Operation of each component
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Door lock switch
Locks all the doors
Unlocks all the doors
Inside lock buttons
Locks the doors
Unlocks the doors
The front doors can be opened
by pulling the inside handle
even if the lock buttons are in
the lock position.
Move the inside lock button to the lock position.
Close the door.
Vehicles without a smart key system
The door cannot be locked if the key is in the engine switch.
Vehicles with a smart key system
The door cannot be locked if the engine switch is in ACCESSORY or
IGNITION ON mode, or the electronic key is left inside the vehicle.
The key may not be detected correctly and the door may be locked.
Unlocking and locking the doors from the inside
1
2
1
2
Locking the front doors from the outside without a key
1
2
126
3-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
The door cannot be opened from
inside the vehicle when the lock is
set.
Unlock
Lock
These locks can be set to prevent
children from opening the rear
doors. Push down on each rear
door switch to lock both rear doors.
The following functions can be set or canceled:
For instructions on customizing, refer to P. 662.
Rear door child-protector lock
1
2
Automatic door locking and unlocking systems
Function Operation
Speed linked door locking function
All doors are automatically locked
when vehicle speed is approxi-
mately 12 mph (20 km/h) or higher.
Shift position linked door locking
function
All doors are automatically locked
when shifting the shift lever to a
position other than P.
Shift position linked door unlocking
function
All doors are automatically unlocked
when shifting the shift lever to P.
Driver's door linked door unlocking
function
All doors are automatically unlocked
when the driver's door is opened.
127
3-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors
3
Operation of each component
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Switching the door unlock function (vehicles with a smart key system)
It is possible to set which doors the entry function unlocks using the wireless
remote control.
Turn the engine switch off.
When the indicator light on the key surface is not on, press and hold ,
or for approximately 5 seconds while pressing and holding
.
The setting changes each time an operation is performed, as shown below.
(When changing the setting continuously, release the buttons, wait for at least
5 seconds, and repeat step .)
For vehicles with an alarm: To prevent unintended triggering of the alarm,
unlock the doors using the wireless remote control and open and close a door
once after the settings have been changed. (If a door is not opened within 60
seconds after is pressed, the doors will be locked again and the alarm
will automatically be set.)
In case that the alarm is triggered, immediately stop the alarm. (P. 83)
Impact detection door lock release system
In the event that the vehicle is subject to a strong impact, all the doors are
unlocked. Depending on the force of the impact or the type of accident, how-
ever, the system may not operate.
1
2
2
Multi-information display
Unlocking function Beep
Mono-
chrome
display
Color
display
Holding the driver’s door handle
unlocks only the driver's door.
Exterior:
Beeps 3 times
Interior:
Pings once
Holding a passenger’s door
handle unlocks all the doors.
Holding a door handle unlocks
all the doors.
Exterior:
Beeps twice
Interior:
Pings once
128
3-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Conditions affecting the operation of the smart key system or wireless
remote control
Vehicles without a smart key system
P. 117
Vehicles with a smart key system
P. 150
Customization
Settings (e.g. unlocking function using a key) can be changed.
(Customizable features: P. 662)
WARNING
To prevent an accident
Observe the following precautions while driving the vehicle.
Failure to do so may result in a door opening and an occupant falling out of
the vehicle, resulting in death or serious injury.
Ensure that all doors are properly closed and locked.
Do not pull the inside handle of the doors while driving.
Be especially careful for the front doors, as the doors may be opened even
if the inside lock buttons are in locked position.
Set the rear door child-protector locks when children are seated in the rear
seats.
129
3-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors
3
Operation of each component
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Door lock switch
P. 125
Entry function (vehicles with a smart key system)
P. 121
Wireless remote control
P. 122
Key
P. 123
Press and hold the switch to open
or close the back door, when the
back door is unlocked.
Pressing the switch while the back
door is opening/closing stops the
operation.
To operate the back door again,
press and hold the switch. The
back door will then move in the
opposite direction.
Back door
The back door can be locked/unlocked and opened/closed by
the following procedures.
Locking and unlocking the back door
Opening/closing the back door from inside the vehicle (vehicles
with a power back door)
130
3-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Back door opener
Vehicles without a power
back door
Raise the back door while
pressing up the back door
opener switch.
Vehicles with a power back
door
When the back door is
unlocked: Press the back door
opener switch.
When the back door is locked (vehicles with a smart key system):
While carrying the electronic key on your person, press and hold
the back door opener switch.
Pressing the switch while the back door is opening/closing stops the
operation.
Wireless remote control (vehicles with a power back door)
Vehicles without a smart key system
Opens and closes the power
back door (press and hold)
Pressing the button while the
back door is opening/closing
stops the operation.
To operate the back door again,
press and hold the button. The
back door will then move in the
opposite direction.
Opening the back door from outside the vehicle
131
3-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors
3
Operation of each component
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Vehicles with a smart key system
Opens and closes the power
back door (press and hold)
Pressing the button while the
back door is opening/closing
stops the operation.
To operate the back door again,
press and hold the button. The
back door will then move in the
opposite direction.
Quickly press and release the
switch to close the back door.
Pressing the switch while the back
door is opening/closing stops the
operation.
To operate the back door again,
quickly press and release the
switch. The back door will then
move in the opposite direction. (If
the back door is stopped at a posi-
tion close to the fully closed posi-
tion, the back door will only open
when the switch is quickly pressed
and released.)
Lower the back door using either
back door handle.
Vehicles without a power back
door
Make sure to push the back door
down from the outside to close it.
Vehicles with a power back
door
The back door closing assist will activate and the back door will fully
close automatically.
Power back door switch (vehicles with a power back door)
When closing the back door
132
3-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Turn the main switch in the glove
box off to disable the power back
door system.
On (enabled)
Off (disabled)
The open position of the power back door can be adjusted.
Open the back door and adjust it to the desired position.
Press and hold the power back door switch on the back door
approximately 2 seconds until a buzzer sounds 4 times.
Canceling the power back door system (vehicles with a power
back door)
1
2
Adjusting the open position of the back door (vehicles with a
power back door)
1
2
133
3-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors
3
Operation of each component
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Luggage compartment light
The luggage compartment light turns on when the back door or glass hatch is
opened with the luggage compartment light switch on.
After the back door has been opened and then closed
Lock the back door again as the back door will not lock automatically.
If the back door opener is inoperative
The back door can be unlocked from the inside.
Move the lever for the back door motor.
On
Off
When the engine switch is turned off, the
light will go off automatically after 20 min-
utes.
Remove the cover on the back door
trim.
Use a cloth to prevent scratches.
Vehicles without a power back door
Vehicles with a power back door
1
2
1
2
134
3-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
The power back door can be operated when (vehicles with a power back
door)
The power back door main switch is turned on and the glass hatch is closed.
The power back door can be opened when (vehicles with a power back
door)
Vehicles without a smart key system
The engine switch is in the “ON” position and the shift lever is in P.
The engine switch is in the “ACC” or “LOCK” position.
Vehicles with a smart key system
The engine switch is in IGNITION ON mode and the shift lever is in P.
The engine switch is in ACCESSORY mode or off.
Back door closer (vehicles with a power back door)
In the event that the back door is left slightly open, the back door closer will
automatically close it to the fully closed position.
The back door closer will operate regardless of the engine switch mode.
The back door can be opened while the back door closer is operating by
pressing the back door opener button.
Power back door operation (vehicles with a power back door)
A buzzer sounds and the emergency flashers flash twice to indicate that the
back door is opening/closing.
The back door can be opened and closed manually even when the power
back door main switch is off.
Power back door operation using the entry function or wireless remote
control (vehicles with a power back door)
The back door can be opened even if it is locked. All the doors are unlocked
when the power back door is operated. Make sure to lock all the doors again
when you leave the vehicle. The doors will not lock automatically after the
back door has been closed.
Back door closing assist (vehicles with a power back door)
If the back door is lowered manually when the back door is stopped at an
open position, the back door will fully close automatically.
Jam protection function (vehicles with a power back door)
If anything obstructs the power back door while it is closing, the back door
will open slightly then stop.
If anything obstructs the power back door while it is opening, the back door
will immediately stop.
Fall-down protection function (vehicles with a power back door)
While the power back door is opening automatically, applying excessive force
to it will stop the opening operation to prevent the power back door from sud-
denly shutting.
135
3-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors
3
Operation of each component
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Canceling the adjusted open position of the back door (vehicles with a
power back door)
Press and hold the power back door switch on the back door until a buzzer
sounds 4 times, pauses momentarily, and then sounds 2 times. The open
position is initialized to the fully opened position.
When reconnecting the battery or changing a fuse while the back door is
open (vehicles with a power back door)
To enable the power back door to operate properly, initialize the system by
completely closing the back door manually. If the battery is reconnected or a
fuse is changed while the back door is closed, initializing the system is not
necessary.
Customization (vehicles with a power back door)
Settings (e.g. power back door opening angle) can be changed.
(Customizable features: P. 662)
WARNING
Observe the following precautions.
Failure to do so may result in death or serious injury.
Before driving
Make sure that the back door is fully closed. If the back door is not fully
closed, it may open unexpectedly while driving and hit near-by objects or
luggage in the luggage compartment may be thrown out, causing an acci-
dent.
Do not allow children to play in the luggage compartment.
If a child is accidentally locked in the luggage compartment, they could
have heat exhaustion or other injuries.
Do not allow a child to open or close the back door.
Doing so may cause the back door to move unexpectedly, or cause the
child’s hands, head, or neck to be caught by the closing back door.
Important points while driving
Never let anyone sit in the luggage compartment. In the event of sudden
braking, sudden swerving or a collision, they are susceptible to death or
serious injury.
136
3-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
WARNING
Operating the back door
Observe the following precautions.
Failure to do so may cause parts of the body to be caught, resulting in death
or serious injury.
Remove any heavy loads, such as snow and ice, from the back door
before opening it. Failure to do so may cause the back door to suddenly
shut again after it is opened.
When opening or closing the back door, thoroughly check to make sure
the surrounding area is safe.
If anyone is in the vicinity, make sure they are safe and let them know that
the back door is about to open or close.
Use caution when opening or closing the back door in windy weather as it
may move abruptly in strong wind.
Vehicles without a power back door:
The back door may suddenly shut if it is
not opened fully. It is more difficult to
open or close the back door on an
incline than on a level surface, so
beware of the back door unexpectedly
opening or closing by itself. Make sure
that the back door is fully open and
secure before using the luggage com-
partment.
When closing the back door, take extra
care to prevent your fingers etc. from
being caught.
Vehicles without a power back door:
When closing the back door, make sure
to press it lightly on its outer surface. If
the back door handle is used to fully
close the back door, it may result in
hands or arms being caught.
137
3-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors
3
Operation of each component
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
WARNING
Do not pull on the back door damper stay (vehicles without a power back
door) or back door spindle (vehicles with a power back door) to close the
back door, and do not hang on the back door damper stay (vehicles with-
out a power back door) or back door spindle (vehicles with a power back
door).
Doing so may cause hands to be caught or the back door damper stay
(vehicles without a power back door) or back door spindle (vehicles with a
power back door) to break, causing an accident.
Vehicles without a power back door: If a bicycle carrier or similar heavy
object is attached to the back door, it may suddenly shut again after being
opened, causing someone’s hands, head or neck to be caught and
injured. When installing an accessory part to the back door, using a genu-
ine Toyota part is recommended.
Back door closer (vehicles with a power back door)
Use caution when using the back door closer as it still operates when the
power back door system is canceled.
In the event that the back door is left
slightly open, the back door closer will
automatically close it to the fully closed
position. It takes several seconds
before the back door closer begins to
operate. Be careful not to catch fingers
or anything else in the back door, as this
may cause bone fractures or other seri-
ous injuries.
138
3-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
WARNING
Power back door (if equipped)
Observe the following precautions when operating the power back door.
Failure to do so may cause death or serious injury.
Check the safety of the surrounding area to make sure there are no obsta-
cles or anything that could cause any of your belongings to get caught.
If anyone is in the vicinity, make sure they are safe and let them know that
the back door is about to open or close.
If the power back door system is turned off with the main switch while the
back door is operating automatically, the automatic operation is stopped.
The back door then has to be operated manually. Take extra care when on
an incline, as the back door may open or close unexpectedly.
If the operating conditions of the power back door are no longer met, a
buzzer may sound and the back door may stop opening or closing. The
back door then has to be operated manually. Take extra care when on an
incline, as the back door may open or close abruptly.
On an incline, the back door may suddenly shut after it opens. Make sure
the back door is fully open and secure.
In the following situations, the power back door may detect an abnormality
and automatic operation may be stopped. In this case, the back door has
to be operated manually. Take extra care when on an incline, as the back
door may open or close abruptly.
When the back door contacts an obstacle
When the battery voltage suddenly drops, such as when the engine
switch is turned to the “ON” position (vehicles without a smart key sys-
tem) or IGNITION ON mode (vehicles with a smart key system) or the
engine is started during automatic operation
If a bicycle carrier or similar object is attached to the back door, the power
back door may not operate, causing itself to malfunction, or the back door
may move in the closing direction after being opened, causing someone’s
hands, head or neck to be caught and injured. When installing an acces-
sory part to the back door, ask your Toyota dealer for details.
139
3-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors
3
Operation of each component
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
WARNING
Jam protection function (vehicles with a power back door)
Observe the following precautions.
Failure to do so may cause death or serious injury.
Never use any part of your body to intentionally activate the jam protection
function.
The jam protection function may not work if something gets caught just
before the back door fully closes. Be careful not to catch fingers or any-
thing else.
The jam protection function may not work depending on the shape of the
object that is caught. Be careful not to catch fingers or anything else.
140
3-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
NOTICE
Back door damper stays (vehicles without a power back door)
The back door is equipped with damper stays that hold the back door in
place.
Observe the following precautions.
Failure to do so may cause damage to the back door damper stay, resulting
in malfunction.
Do not place your hand on the damper stay or apply lateral forces to it.
Back door spindles (vehicles with a power back door)
The back door is equipped with spindles that hold the back door in place.
Observe the following precautions.
Failure to do so may cause damage to the back door spindle, resulting in
malfunction.
Do not place your hand on the spindle or apply lateral forces to it.
Do not attach any foreign objects, such
as stickers, plastic sheets, or adhesives
to the damper stay rod.
Do not touch the damper stay rod with
gloves or other fabric items.
Do not attach any accessories other
than genuine Toyota parts to the back
door.
Do not attach any foreign objects, such
as stickers, plastic sheets, or adhesives
to the spindle rod.
Do not touch the spindle rod with gloves
or other fabric items.
Do not attach any accessories to the
back door. When attaching, ask your
Toyota dealer for details.
141
3-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors
3
Operation of each component
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
NOTICE
To prevent back door closer malfunction (vehicles with a power back
door)
Do not apply excessive force to the back door while the back door closer is
operating.
To prevent damage to the power back door (if equipped)
Make sure that there is no ice between the back door and frame that
would prevent movement of the back door. Operating the power back door
when excessive load is present on the back door may cause a malfunc-
tion.
Do not apply excessive force to the back door while the power back door
is operating.
Take care not to damage the sensors (installed on the right and left edges
of the power back door) with a knife or other sharp object. If the sensor is
disconnected, the power back door will not close automatically.
142
3-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
The glass hatch can be opened using the glass hatch opener.
Vehicles without a smart key system
Press the button to pop up the
glass hatch.
Raise the glass hatch using the
knob
The glass hatch cannot be open
when the back door is locked.
Unlock the back door to open the
glass hatch. (P. 121)
Vehicles with a smart key system
When the back door is unlocked: Press the button to pop up the
glass hatch.
When the back door is locked: While carrying the electronic key on
your person, press the button to pop up the glass hatch.
Raise the glass hatch using the knob
Glass hatch
: If equipped
Opening the glass hatch
1
2
1
2
143
3-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors
3
Operation of each component
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Luggage compartment light
P. 133
The glass hatch can be opened when
The back door is closed.
Opening and closing the glass hatch
Open the glass hatch slowly and carefully.
Make sure that the rear window wiper is switched off.
Do not rotate the rear wiper arm when the glass hatch is open. (If the rear
wiper arm is rotated, turn the wiper switch on after closing the glass hatch.
The rear wiper arm will return to the correct position automatically after
operating once.)
Make sure that the back door is closed before closing the glass hatch.
After closing the glass hatch
Check that the glass hatch is firmly closed. If it is not firmly closed, the rear
window wiper and washer will not operate correctly.
Function to prevent the glass hatch being locked with the electronic key
inside (vehicles with a smart key system)
When all doors are locked, closing the glass hatch with the electronic key
left inside the luggage compartment will sound an alarm.
In this case, the glass hatch can be opened by pressing the glass hatch
opener.
If the spare electronic key is put in the luggage compartment with all the
doors locked, the key confinement prevention function will activate and the
glass hatch can be opened. In order to prevent theft, take all electronic keys
with you when leaving the vehicle.
If the electronic key is put in the luggage compartment with all the doors
locked, the key may not be detected depending on the location of the key
and the surrounding radio wave conditions. In this case, the key confine-
ment prevention function cannot be activated, causing the doors to lock
when the glass hatch is closed. Make sure to check where the key is before
closing the glass hatch.
144
3-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
WARNING
Observe the following precautions.
Failure to do so may result in death or serious injury.
Before driving
Make sure that the glass hatch is fully closed. If the glass hatch is not fully
closed, it may open unexpectedly while driving and hit near-by objects or
luggage in the luggage compartment may be thrown out, causing an acci-
dent.
Do not allow a child to open or close the glass hatch.
Doing so may cause the glass hatch to move unexpectedly, or cause the
child’s hands, head, or neck to be caught by the closing glass hatch.
Operating the glass hatch
Observe the following precautions.
Failure to do so may cause parts of the body to be caught, resulting in death
or serious injury.
Remove any heavy loads, such as snow and ice, from the glass hatch
before opening it. Failure to do so may cause the glass hatch to suddenly
shut again after it is opened.
When opening or closing the glass hatch, thoroughly check to make sure
the surrounding area is safe.
If anyone is in the vicinity, make sure they are safe and let them know that
the glass hatch is about to open or close.
Use caution when opening or closing the glass hatch in windy weather as
it may move abruptly in strong wind.
145
3-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors
3
Operation of each component
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
WARNING
Do not pull on the glass hatch damper stay to close the glass hatch, and
do not hang on the glass hatch damper stay.
Doing so may cause hands to be caught or the glass hatch damper stay to
break, causing an accident.
Do not attach any accessories other than genuine Toyota parts to the
glass hatch. Such additional weight on the glass hatch may cause the
glass hatch to suddenly shut again after it is opened, resulting in death or
serious injury.
Do not open the glass hatch while the rear wiper is switched on. (If the rear
wiper is switched on while the glass hatch is open, the wiper motor drive
disc will be rotating on the door panel.)
The glass hatch may suddenly shut if it
is not opened fully. It is more difficult to
open or close the glass hatch on an
incline than on a level surface, so
beware of the glass hatch unexpectedly
open or close by itself. Make sure that
the glass hatch is fully open and secure
before using the luggage compartment.
Also pay attention to your personal
belongings such as bags and ties.
When closing the glass hatch, take
extra care to prevent your fingers etc.
from being caught. Also pay attention to
your personal belongings such as bags
and ties.
When closing the glass hatch, make
sure to press it lightly on its outer sur-
face.
146
3-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
WARNING
Do not close the glass hatch while the rear wiper is switched on. The rear
wiper arm may be restarted suddenly after closing the glass hatch.
NOTICE
Glass hatch damper stays
The glass hatch is equipped with damper stays that hold the glass hatch in
place. Observe the following precautions.
Failure to do so may cause damage to the glass hatch damper stay, result-
ing in malfunction.
Do not place your hand or foot on the damper stay or apply lateral forces
to it.
Do not insert any object in the wiper
motor drive disc.
Do not attach any foreign objects, such
as stickers, plastic sheets, or adhesives
to the damper stay rod.
Do not touch the damper stay rod with
gloves or other fabric items.
Do not attach any accessories other
than genuine Toyota parts to the glass
hatch.
147
3-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors
3
Operation of each component
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Locking and unlocking the doors (P. 121)
Opening the back door (P. 130)
Opening the glass hatch (P. 142)
Starting the engine (P. 228)
Antenna location
Smart key system
: If equipped
The following operations can be performed simply by carrying
the electronic key on your person, for example in your pocket.
The driver should always carry the electronic key.
Antennas outside the cabin
Antennas inside the cabin
Antenna outside the luggage compart-
ment
1
2
3
148
3-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Effective range (areas within which the electronic key is detected)
Alarms and warning indicators
An alarm sounds and warning messages are displayed on the multi-informa-
tion display are used to protect against unexpected accidents or theft of the
vehicle resulting from erroneous operation. When a warning message is dis-
played, take appropriate measures based on the displayed message.
(P. 572)
When only an alarm sounds, circumstances and correction procedures are as
follows:
When locking or unlocking the doors
The system can be operated when
the electronic key is within about 2.3
ft. (0.7 m) of an outside front door
handle. (Only the doors detecting the
key can be operated.)
When starting the engine or changing engine switch modes
The system can be operated when the electronic key is inside the
vehicle.
When opening the glass hatch and locking or unlocking the doors
This system can be operated when the electronic key is within about
2.3 ft. (0.7 m) of the back door opener switch.
Alarm Situation Correction procedure
Exterior alarm sounds
once for 5 seconds
The glass hatch was
closed while the elec-
tronic key was still
inside the vehicle and
all the doors were
locked.
Retrieve the electronic
key from the vehicle
and close the glass
hatch.
An attempt was made
to lock the vehicle while
a door was open.
Close all of the doors
and lock the doors
again.
Interior alarm sounds
continuously
The engine switch was
turned to ACCESSORY
mode while the driver’s
door was open (or the
driver’s door was
opened while the
engine switch was in
ACCESSORY mode).
Turn the engine switch
off and close the
driver’s door.
149
3-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors
3
Operation of each component
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Battery-saving function
The battery-saving function will be activated in order to prevent the electronic
key battery and the vehicle battery from being discharged while the vehicle is
not in operation for a long time.
In the following situations, the smart key system may take some time to
unlock the doors.
The electronic key has been left in an area of approximately 6 ft. (2 m) of
the outside of the vehicle for 10 minutes or longer.
The smart key system has not been used for 5 days or longer.
If the smart key system has not been used for 14 days or longer, the doors
cannot be unlocked at any doors except the driver’s door. In this case, take
hold of the driver’s door handle, or use the wireless remote control or the
mechanical key, to unlock the doors.
Electronic Key Battery-Saving Function
When battery-saving mode is set, battery depletion is minimized by stopping
the electronic key from receiving radio waves.
Press twice while pressing and
holding . Confirm that the electronic
key indicator flashes 4 times.
While the battery-saving mode is set, the
smart key system cannot be used. To
cancel the function, press any of the elec-
tronic key buttons.
150
3-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Conditions affecting operation
The smart key system uses weak radio waves. In the following situations, the
communication between the electronic key and the vehicle may be affected,
preventing the smart key system, wireless remote control and engine immobi-
lizer system from operating properly. (Ways of coping: P. 618)
When the electronic key battery is depleted
Near a TV tower, electric power plant, gas station, radio station, large dis-
play, airport or other facility that generates strong radio waves or electrical
noise
When carrying a portable radio, cellular phone, cordless phone or other
wireless communication device
When the electronic key is in contact with, or is covered by the following
metallic objects
Cards to which aluminum foil is attached
Cigarette boxes that have aluminum foil inside
Metallic wallets or bags
Coins
Hand warmers made of metal
Media such as CDs and DVDs
When other wireless keys (that emit radio waves) are being used nearby
When carrying the electronic key together with the following devices that
emit radio waves
Another vehicle’s electronic key or a wireless key that emits radio waves
Personal computers or personal digital assistants (PDAs)
Digital audio players
Portable game systems
If window tint with a metallic content or metallic objects are attached to the
rear window
When the electronic key is placed near a battery charger or electronic
devices
151
3-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors
3
Operation of each component
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Note for the entry function
Even when the electronic key is within the effective range (detection areas),
the system may not operate properly in the following cases:
The electronic key is too close to the window or outside door handle, near
the ground, or in a high place when the doors are locked or unlocked.
The electronic key is near the ground or in a high place, or too close to
the rear bumper center when the back door is opened.
The electronic key is on the instrument panel or floor, or in the auxiliary
box of the driver's side instrument panel, door pockets or glove box when
the engine is started or engine switch modes are changed.
Do not leave the electronic key on top of the instrument panel or near the
door pockets when exiting the vehicle. Depending on the radio wave recep-
tion conditions, it may be detected by the antenna outside the cabin and the
door will become lockable from the outside, possibly trapping the electronic
key inside the vehicle.
As long as the electronic key is within the effective range, the doors may be
locked or unlocked by anyone. However, only the doors detecting the elec-
tronic key can be used to unlock the vehicle.
Even if the electronic key is not inside the vehicle, it may be possible to start
the engine if the electronic key is near the window.
The doors may unlock or lock if a large amount of water splashes on the
door handle, such as in the rain or in a car wash when the electronic key is
within the effective range. (The doors will automatically be locked after
approximately 60 seconds if the doors are not opened and closed.)
If the wireless remote control is used to lock the doors when the electronic
key is near the vehicle, there is a possibility that the door may not be
unlocked by the entry function. (Use the wireless remote control to unlock
the doors.)
Touching the door lock or unlock sensor while wearing gloves may prevent
lock or unlock operation. Remove the gloves and touch the lock or unlock
sensor again.
When the lock operation is performed using the lock sensor, recognition sig-
nals will be shown up to two consecutive times. After this, no recognition
signals will be given.
If the door handle becomes wet while the electronic key is within the effec-
tive range, the door may lock and unlock repeatedly. In that case, follow the
following correction procedures to wash the vehicle:
Place the electronic key in a location 6 ft. (2 m) or more away from the
vehicle. (Take care to ensure that the key is not stolen.)
Set the electronic key to battery-saving mode to disable the smart key
system. (P. 149)
152
3-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
If the electronic key is inside the vehicle and a door handle becomes wet
during a car wash, a message may be shown on the multi-information dis-
play and a buzzer will sound outside the vehicle. To turn off the alarm, lock
all the doors.
The lock sensor may not work properly if it comes into contact with ice,
snow, mud, etc. Clean the lock sensor and attempt to operate it again, or
use the lock sensor on the lower part of the door handle.
A sudden handle operation or a handle operation immediately after entering
the effective range may prevent the doors from being unlocked. Touch the
door unlock sensor and check that the doors are unlocked before pulling the
door handle again.
Unlocking the vehicle may take more time if another electronic key is within
the effective range.
When the vehicle is not driven for extended periods
To prevent theft of the vehicle, do not leave the electronic key within 6 ft. (2
m) of the vehicle.
The smart key system can be deactivated in advance. (P. 662)
To operate the system properly
Make sure to carry the electronic key when operating the system. Do not get
the electronic key too close to the vehicle when operating the system from the
outside of the vehicle.
Depending on the position and holding condition of the electronic key, the key
may not be detected correctly and the system may not operate properly. (The
alarm may go off accidentally, or the door lock prevention function may not
operate.)
If the smart key system does not operate properly
Locking and unlocking the doors: Use the mechanical key. (P. 618)
Starting the engine: P. 619
Customization
Settings (e. g. smart key system) can be changed.
(Customizable features: P. 662)
If the smart key system has been deactivated in a customized setting
Locking and unlocking the doors:
Use the wireless remote control or mechanical key. (P. 122, 618)
Starting the engine and changing engine switch modes: P. 619
Stopping the engine: P. 229
153
3-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors
3
Operation of each component
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Certification for the smart key system
For vehicles sold in the U.S.A.
FCC ID: HYQ23AAB FCC ID: HYQ14FBA
NOTE:
This device complies with part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to
the following two conditions: (1) This device may not cause harmful interfer-
ence, and (2) this device must accept any interference received, including
interference that may cause undesired operation.
FCC WARNING:
Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for
compliance could void the user’s authority to operate the equipment.
For vehicles sold in Canada
NOTE:
This device complies with Industry Canada licence-exempt RSS standard(s).
Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) this device may not
cause interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference, includ-
ing interference that may cause undesired operation of the device.
For vehicles sold in the U.S.A.
FCC ID: NI4TMLF12-1 FCC ID: NI4TMLF12-2
This device complies with part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to
the following two conditions: (1) This device may not cause harmful interfer-
ence, and (2) this device must accept any interference received, including
interference that may cause undesired operation.
Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for
compliance could void the user’s authority to operate the equipment.
For vehicles sold in Canada
This device complies with Industry Canada licence-exempt RSS standard(s).
Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) this device may not
cause interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference, includ-
ing interference that may cause undesired operation of the device.
154
3-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
WARNING
Caution regarding interference with electronic devices
People with implantable cardiac pacemakers, cardiac resynchronization
therapy-pacemakers or implantable cardioverter defibrillators should keep
away from the smart key system antennas. (P. 147)
The radio waves may affect the operation of such devices. If necessary,
the entry function can be disabled. Ask your Toyota dealer for details, such
as the frequency of radio waves and timing of the emitted radio waves.
Then, consult your doctor to see if you should disable the entry function.
Users of any electrical medical device other than implantable cardiac
pacemakers, cardiac resynchronization therapy-pacemakers or implant-
able cardioverter defibrillators should consult the manufacturer of the
device for information about its operation under the influence of radio
waves.
Radio waves could have unexpected effects on the operation of such
medical devices.
Ask your Toyota dealer for details on disabling the entry function.
155
3
Operation of each component
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
3-3. Adjusting the seats
Manual seat
Power seat
Front seats
Adjustment procedure
Seat position adjustment lever
Seatback angle adjustment
lever
Vertical height adjustment
lever (driver’s side only)
1
2
3
Seat position adjustment
switch
Seatback angle adjustment
switch
Seat cushion (front) angle
adjustment switch (driver’s
side only)
Vertical height adjustment
switch (driver’s side only)
Seat cushion length adjust-
ment switch (if equipped, for
driver’s seat only)
Lumbar support adjustment
switch (driver’s side only)
1
2
3
4
5
6
156
3-3. Adjusting the seats
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
WARNING
When adjusting the seat position
Take care when adjusting the seat position to ensure that other passen-
gers are not injured by the moving seat.
Do not put your hands under the seat or near the moving parts to avoid
injury.
Fingers or hands may become jammed in the seat mechanism.
Make sure to leave enough space around the feet so they do not get stuck.
Seat adjustment
Be careful that the seat does not hit passengers or luggage.
To reduce the risk of sliding under the lap belt during a collision, do not
recline the seat more than necessary.
If the seat is too reclined, the lap belt may slide past the hips and apply
restraint forces directly to the abdomen, or your neck may contact the
shoulder belt, increasing the risk of death or serious injury in the event of
an accident.
Adjustments should not be made while driving as the seat may unexpect-
edly move and cause the driver to lose control of the vehicle.
Manual seat only: After adjusting the seat, make sure that the seat is
locked in position.
157
3-3. Adjusting the seats
3
Operation of each component
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Second seats
Third seats
Seatback angle adjustment
strap
Rear seats
Adjustment procedure
Without a side table With a side table
Seat position adjustment lever
Seatback angle adjustment lever
Pull the lever until the lock is completely released.
1
2
158
3-3. Adjusting the seats
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Getting in the vehicle
Pull the lever and tilt the seat-
back forward.
Move the seat to the front-most
position.
Getting out of the vehicle
Pull the lever on the side of the
seatback and tilt the seatback
forward.
Move the seat to the front-most
position.
After passengers have entered/exited the vehicle
Lift up the seatback and slide the seat backward until it locks.
Moving a second seat for third seat access
159
3-3. Adjusting the seats
3
Operation of each component
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Before folding down the second seats
Stow the armrest. (P. 463)
With a side table: Stow the side table. (P. 465)
Stow the second seat belt buckles.
Pass the outer seat belts
through the seat belt hangers
and secure the seat belt
plates.
This prevents the shoulder belts
from being damaged.
Make sure that the seat belts
are removed from the hangers
before using them.
Lower the head restraints to the lowest position. (P. 168)
Folding down the second seats
1
2
3
Without a side table With a side table
4
5
160
3-3. Adjusting the seats
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Folding down the second seats
Pull the lever and tilt the seatback forward.
Each seatback may be folded separately.
Pull the lever to unlock the
seatback. The seatback will
be folded down.
After folding down the second seats
Slide the folded second seats
backward until they lock.
1
From inside From outside
2
161
3-3. Adjusting the seats
3
Operation of each component
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Returning the second seats
Lift up the seatbacks until they
lock.
Before folding down the third seats
Stow the third seat belt buck-
les.
Pass the outer seat belts
through the seat belt hangers
and secure the seat belt
plates.
This prevents the shoulder belts
from being damaged.
Make sure that the seat belts
are removed from the hangers
before using them.
Lower the head restraints to the lowest position. (P. 168)
Folding down the third seats
1
2
3
162
3-3. Adjusting the seats
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Folding down the third seats
While pulling the straps, fold
down the seatbacks.
Returning the third seats
From inside From outside
Lift up the seatbacks until they
lock.
Pull the straps and raise the
seatbacks until they lock.
After using either strap, use the
Velcro on the end of the strap to
attach it to the seatback.
163
3-3. Adjusting the seats
3
Operation of each component
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
WARNING
When folding the rear seatbacks down
Observe the following precautions. Failure to do so may result in death or
serious injury.
Do not fold the seatbacks down while driving.
Stop the vehicle on level ground, set the parking brake and shift the shift
lever to P.
Do not allow anyone to sit on a folded seatback or in the luggage compart-
ment while driving.
Do not allow children to enter the luggage compartment.
Do not fold down a rear seatback when there are passengers sitting in the
rear seats or when there is luggage placed on the rear seats.
Be careful not to catch your hand when folding the rear seatbacks.
Seat adjustment
To reduce the risk of sliding under the lap belt during a collision, do not
recline the seat more than necessary.
If the seat is too reclined, the lap belt may slide past the hips and apply
restraint forces directly to the abdomen, or your neck may contact the
shoulder belt, increasing the risk of death or serious injury in the event of
an accident.
Adjustments should not be made while driving as the seat may unexpect-
edly move and cause the driver to lose control of the vehicle.
Be careful that the seat does not hit passengers or luggage.
Be careful not to get your hands or feet caught in the seat.
After adjusting or returning the seats
Observe the following precautions. Failure to do so may result in death or
serious injury.
Make sure that the seat and seatback are securely locked in position by
lightly rocking them back and forth.
Check that the seat belts are not twisted or caught in the seatback.
164
3-3. Adjusting the seats
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Your preferred driving position (the position of the driver’s seat and
outside rear view mirrors) can be recorded and recalled by pressing a
button.
Two different driving positions can be recorded into memory.
Recording procedure
Turn the engine switch to IGNITION ON mode.
Adjust the driver’s seat and outside rear view mirrors to the
desired positions.
While pressing the “SET”
button, or within 3 seconds
after the “SET” button is
pressed, press button “1” or
“2” until the buzzer sounds.
If the selected button has
already been preset, the previ-
ously recorded position will be
overwritten.
Driving position memory
: If equipped
This feature automatically adjusts the driver’s seat and outside
rear view mirrors to make entering and exiting the vehicle easier
or to suit your preferences.
Driving position memory
1
2
3
165
3-3. Adjusting the seats
3
Operation of each component
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Recall procedure
Check that the shift lever is in P.
Turn the engine switch to IGNITION ON mode.
Press one of the buttons for
the driving position you want
to recall until the buzzer
sounds.
To stop the position recall operation part-way through
Perform any of the following:
Press the “SET” button.
Press button “1” or “2”.
Operate any of the seat adjustment switches (only cancels seat position
recall).
Seat positions that can be memorized (P. 155)
The seat position, with the exception of the portions adjusted by the seat
cushion length switch and lumbar support switch, can be recorded.
Operating the driving position memory after turning the engine switch
off
Recorded seat positions can be activated up to 180 seconds after the driver’s
door is opened and another 60 seconds after it is closed again.
In order to correctly use the driving position memory function
If a seat position is already in the furthest possible position and the seat is
operated in the same direction, the recorded position may be slightly different
when it is recalled.
1
2
3
166
3-3. Adjusting the seats
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Each electronic key can be registered to recall your preferred driving
position.
Registering procedure
Record your driving position to button “1” or “2” before performing
the following:
Carry only the key you want to register, and then close the driver’s
door.
If 2 or more keys are in the vehicle, the driving position cannot be
recorded properly.
Check that the shift lever is in P.
Turn the engine switch to IGNITION ON mode.
Recall the driving position that you want to record.
While pressing the recalled
button, press and hold the
door lock switch (either lock
or unlock) until the buzzer
sounds.
If the button could not be regis-
tered, the buzzer sounds contin-
uously for approximately 3
seconds.
Recall procedure
Carry the electronic key that has been registered to the driving
position, and then unlock and open the drivers door using the
smart key system or wireless remote control.
The driving position will move to the recorded position.
If the driving position is in a position that has already been recorded, the
seat and outside rear view mirrors will not move.
Memory recall function
1
2
3
4
167
3-3. Adjusting the seats
3
Operation of each component
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Cancelation procedure
Carry only the key you want to cancel and then close the driver’s
door.
If 2 or more keys are in the vehicle, the driving position cannot be
canceled properly.
Check that the shift lever is in P.
Turn the engine switch to IGNITION ON mode.
While pressing the “SET” button, press and hold the door lock
switch (either lock or unlock) until the buzzer sounds twice.
If the button could not be canceled, the buzzer sounds continuously for
approximately 3 seconds.
Recalling the driving position using the memory recall function
Different driving positions can be registered for each electronic key. There-
fore, the driving position that is recalled may be different depending on the
key being carried.
If a door other than the driver’s door is unlocked with the smart key system,
the driving position cannot be recalled. In this case, press the driving posi-
tion button which has been set.
Customization
The unlock door settings of the memory recall function can be customized.
(Customizable features: P. 662)
WARNING
Seat adjustment caution
Take care during seat adjustment so that the seat does not strike the rear
passenger or squeeze your body against the steering wheel.
1
2
3
168
3-3. Adjusting the seats
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Up
Pull the head restraints up.
Down
Push the head restraint down while
pressing the lock release button.
Up
Pull the head restraints up.
Down
Push the head restraint down while
pressing the lock release button.
Up
Pull the head restraints up.
Down
Push the head restraint down while
pressing the lock release button.
Head restraints
Head restraints are provided for all seats.
Front seats and second seats (with a side table)
Lock release button
1
2
Second seats (without a side table)
Lock release button
1
2
Third seats
Lock release button
1
2
169
3-3. Adjusting the seats
3
Operation of each component
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Removing the head restraints
Front seats and second seats (with a side table)
Second seats (without a side table)
Third seats
Pull the head restraint up while pressing
the lock release button.
Pull the head restraint up while pressing
the lock release button.
Pull the head restraint up while pressing
the lock release button.
170
3-3. Adjusting the seats
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Installing the head restraints
Front seats and second seats (with a side table)
Second seats (without a side table)
Third seats
Align the head restraint with the installa-
tion holes and push it down while press-
ing the lock release button.
Align the head restraint with the installa-
tion holes and push it down while press-
ing the lock release button.
Align the head restraint with the installa-
tion holes and push it down while press-
ing the lock release button.
171
3-3. Adjusting the seats
3
Operation of each component
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Adjusting the height of the head restraints
Adjusting the third seat head restraints
Always raise the head restraint one level from the stowed position when
using.
Make sure that the head restraints are
adjusted so that the center of the head
restraint is closest to the top of your ears.
WARNING
Head restraint precautions
Observe the following precautions regarding the head restraints. Failure to
do so may result in death or serious injury.
Use the head restraints designed for each respective seat.
Adjust the head restraints to the correct position at all times.
After adjusting the head restraints, push down on them and make sure
they are locked in position.
Do not drive with the head restraints removed.
172
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
3-4. Adjusting the steering wheel and mirrors
Hold the steering wheel and
push the lever down.
Adjust to the ideal position by
moving the steering wheel hori-
zontally and vertically.
After adjustment, pull the lever up
to secure the steering wheel.
To sound the horn, press on or
close to the mark.
Steering wheel
Adjustment procedure
1
2
Horn
173
3-4. Adjusting the steering wheel and mirrors
3
Operation of each component
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
WARNING
Caution while driving
Do not adjust the steering wheel while driving.
Doing so may cause the driver to mishandle the vehicle and cause an acci-
dent, resulting in death or serious injury.
After adjusting the steering wheel
Make sure that the steering wheel is securely locked.
Otherwise, the steering wheel may move suddenly, possibly causing an
accident, and resulting in death or serious injury. Also, the horn may not
sound if the steering wheel is not securely locked.
174
3-4. Adjusting the steering wheel and mirrors
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
The height of the rear view mirror can be adjusted to suit your driving
posture.
Adjust the height of the rear view
mirror by moving it up and down.
Manual anti-glare inside rear view mirror
Reflected light from the headlights of vehicles behind can be reduced
by operating the lever.
Normal position
Anti-glare position
Inside rear view mirror
The rear view mirror’s position can be adjusted to enable suffi-
cient confirmation of the rear view.
Adjusting the height of rear view mirror
Anti-glare function
1
2
175
3-4. Adjusting the steering wheel and mirrors
3
Operation of each component
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Auto anti-glare inside rear view mirror
Responding to the level of brightness of the headlights of vehicles
behind, the reflected light is automatically reduced.
Changing automatic anti-glare function mode
ON/OFF
To prevent sensor error (vehicles with an auto anti-glare inside rear view
mirror)
Type A: Type B:
When the automatic anti-glare function is in ON mode, the indicator illumi-
nates.
The function will set to ON mode each time the engine switch is turned to
IGNITION ON mode.
Pressing the button turns the function to OFF mode. (The indicator also
turns off.)
To ensure that the sensors operate prop-
erly, do not touch or cover them.
WARNING
Do not adjust the position of the mirror while driving.
Doing so may lead to mishandling of the vehicle and cause an accident,
resulting in death or serious injury.
Indicator
Indicator
176
3-4. Adjusting the steering wheel and mirrors
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
To select a mirror to adjust, turn
the switch.
Left
Right
To adjust the mirror, move the
switch.
Up
Right
Down
Left
Push the mirror back in the direc-
tion of the vehicle’s rear.
Outside rear view mirrors
Adjustment procedure
1
1
2
2
1
2
3
4
Folding the mirrors
177
3-4. Adjusting the steering wheel and mirrors
3
Operation of each component
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Mirror angle can be adjusted when
Vehicles without a smart key system
The engine switch is in the “ACC” or “ON” position.
Vehicles with a smart key system
The engine switch is in ACCESSORY or IGNITION ON mode.
When the mirrors are fogged up (vehicles with outside rear view mirror
defoggers)
The outside rear view mirrors can be cleared using the mirror defoggers. Turn
on the rear window defogger to turn on the outside rear view mirror defog-
gers. (P. 424430)
Automatic adjustment of the mirror angle (if equipped)
A desired mirror face angle can be entered to memory and recalled automati-
cally by the driving position memory. (P. 164)
WARNING
Important points while driving
Observe the following precautions while driving.
Failure to do so may result in loss of control of the vehicle and cause an
accident, resulting in death or serious injury.
Do not adjust the mirrors while driving.
Do not drive with the mirrors folded.
Both the driver and passenger side mirrors must be extended and properly
adjusted before driving.
When the mirror defoggers are operating (vehicles with outside rear
view mirror defoggers)
Do not touch the rear view mirror surfaces, as they can become very hot
and burn you.
178
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
3-5. Opening and closing the windows
The power windows can be opened and closed using the switches.
Operating the switch moves the windows as follows:
Models available with one touch opening/closing on the front side
windows
Closing
One-touch closing (front side
windows only)
*
Opening
One-touch opening (front side
windows only)
*
*
: To stop the window partway, oper-
ate the switch in the opposite direc-
tion.
Models available with one touch opening/closing on all side win-
dows
Closing
One-touch closing
*
Opening
One-touch opening
*
*
: To stop the window partway, oper-
ate the switch in the opposite direc-
tion.
Power windows
Opening and closing procedures
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
4
179
3-5. Opening and closing the windows
3
Operation of each component
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Press the switch to lock the pas-
senger window switches.
Use this switch to prevent children
from accidentally opening or clos-
ing a passenger window.
Models available with one touch
opening/closing on the front side
windows: If the lock switch is on,
the passenger window switches on
the driver’s side are also locked.
Models available with one touch opening/closing on all side windows: If the
lock switch is on, the passenger windows can still be opened and closed
using the power window switches on the driver’s side.
The power windows can be operated when
Vehicles without a smart key system
The engine switch is in the “ON” position.
Vehicles with a smart key system
The engine switch is in IGNITION ON mode.
Operating the power windows after turning the engine off
Vehicles without a smart key system
The power windows can be operated for approximately 45 seconds even
after the engine switch is turned to the “ACC” or “LOCK” position. They can-
not, however, be operated once either front door is opened.
Vehicles with a smart key system
The power windows can be operated for approximately 45 seconds even
after the engine switch is turned to ACCESSORY mode or turned off. They
cannot, however, be operated once either front door is opened.
Jam protection function (windows with one-touch closing function only)
If an object becomes caught between the window and the window frame, win-
dow travel is stopped and the window is opened slightly.
Window lock switch
180
3-5. Opening and closing the windows
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
When the power window does not close normally (windows with one-
touch closing function only)
If the jam protection function is operating abnormally and a window cannot be
closed, perform the following operations using the power window switch on
the relevant door.
Vehicles without a smart key system: After stopping the vehicle, the window
can be closed by holding the power window switch in the one-touch closing
position while the engine switch is turned to the “ON” position.
Vehicles with a smart key system: After stopping the vehicle, the window
can be closed by holding the power window switch in the one-touch closing
position while the engine switch is turned to IGNITION ON mode.
If the window still cannot be closed even by carrying out the operation
explained above, initialize the function by performing the following proce-
dure.
Hold the power window switch in the one-touch closing position. Continue
holding the switch for a further 6 seconds after the window has closed.
Hold the power window switch in the one-touch opening position. Con-
tinue holding the switch for a further 2 seconds after the window has
opened completely.
Hold the power window switch in the one-touch closing position once
again. Continue holding the switch for a further 2 seconds after the win-
dow has closed.
If you release the switch while the window is moving, start again from the
beginning.
If the window continues to close but then re-open slightly even after perform-
ing the above procedure correctly, have the vehicle inspected by your Toyota
dealer.
Door lock linked window operation (windows with one-touch closing
function only)
The power windows can be opened and closed using the key or mechanical
key.
* (P. 123, 618)
The power windows can be opened using the wireless remote control.
*
(P. 122)
*: These settings must be customized at your Toyota dealer.
Customization
Settings (e.g. linked door lock operation) can be changed.
(Customizable features: P. 662)
1
2
3
181
3-5. Opening and closing the windows
3
Operation of each component
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
WARNING
Observe the following precautions.
Failure to do so may result in death or serious injury.
Closing the windows
Check to make sure that all passengers do not have any part of their body
in a position where it could be caught when a window is being operated.
Do not allow children to operate the power windows.
Closing a power window on someone can cause death or serious injury.
The driver is responsible for instructing children not to operate the power
windows.
Jam protection function (windows with one-touch closing function
only)
Never use any part of your body to intentionally activate the jam protection
function.
The jam protection function may not work if something gets caught just
before the window fully closes.
182
3-5. Opening and closing the windows
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Opening and closing
Opens
the moon roof
*
The moon roof stops slightly
before the fully open position to
reduce wind noise.
Press the switch again to fully
open the moon roof.
Closes
the moon roof
*
*
: Lightly press either side of the
moon roof switch to stop the
moon roof partway.
Tilting up and down
T
ilts the moon roof up
*
Tilts the moon roof down
*
*: Lightly press either side of the
moon roof switch to stop the
moon roof partway.
Moon roof
: If equipped
Use the overhead switches to open and close the moon roof and
tilt it up and down.
1
2
1
2
183
3-5. Opening and closing the windows
3
Operation of each component
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
The moon roof can be operated when
Vehicles without a smart key system
The engine switch is in the “ON” position.
Vehicles with a smart key system
The engine switch is in IGNITION ON mode.
Operating the moon roof after turning the engine off
Vehicles without a smart key system
The moon roof can be operated for approximately 45 seconds after the
engine switch is turned to the “ACC” or “LOCK” position. It cannot, however,
be operated once either front door is opened.
Vehicles with a smart key system
The moon roof can be operated for approximately 45 seconds after the
engine switch is turned to ACCESSORY mode or turned off. It cannot, how-
ever, be operated once either front door is opened.
Jam protection function
If an object is detected between the moon roof and the frame while the moon
roof is closing or tilting down, travel is stopped and the moon roof opens
slightly.
Sunshade
The sunshade can be opened and closed manually. However, the sunshade
will open automatically when the moon roof is opened.
Door lock linked moon roof operation
The moon roof can be opened and closed using the key or mechanical key.
*
(P. 123, 618)
The moon roof can be opened using the wireless remote control.
*
(P. 122)
*: These settings must be customized at your Toyota dealer.
184
3-5. Opening and closing the windows
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
When the moon roof does not close normally
Perform the following procedure:
If the moon roof closes but then re-opens slightly
Stop the vehicle.
Press and hold the “CLOSE” switch.
*
1
The moon roof will close, reopen and pause for approximately 10 sec-
onds.
*
2
Then it will close again, tilt up and pause for approximately 1 sec-
ond. Finally, it will tilt down, open and close.
Check to make sure that the moon roof is completely closed and then
release the switch.
If the moon roof tilts down but then tilts back up
Stop the vehicle.
Press and hold the “UP” switch
*
1
until the moon roof moves into the tilt
up position and stops.
Release the “UP” switch once and then press and hold the “UP” switch
again.
*
1
The moon roof will pause for approximately 10 seconds in the tilt up posi-
tion.
*
2
Then it will adjust slightly and pause for approximately 1 second.
Finally, it will tilt down, open and close.
Check to make sure that the moon roof is completely closed and then
release the switch.
*
1
: If the switch is released at the incorrect time, the procedure will have to
be performed again from the beginning.
*
2
: If the switch is released after the above mentioned 10 second pause,
automatic operation will be disabled. In that case, press and hold the
open/close switch in the close position or press and hold the “UP” switch.
The moon roof will tilt up and pause for approximately 1 second. Then it
will tilt down, open and close. Check to make sure that the moon roof is
completely closed and then release the switch.
If the moon roof does not fully close even after performing the above proce-
dure correctly, have the vehicle inspected by your Toyota dealer.
1
2
3
1
2
3
4
185
3-5. Opening and closing the windows
3
Operation of each component
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Moon roof open warning buzzer
The buzzer sounds and a message is shown on the multi-information display
in the instrument cluster when the engine switch is turned off and the driver’s
door is opened with the moon roof open.
Customization
Settings (e.g. linked door lock operation) can be changed.
(Customizable features: P. 662)
WARNING
Observe the following precautions.
Failure to do so may cause death or serious injury.
Opening the moon roof
Do not allow any passengers to put their hands or heads outside the vehi-
cle while it is moving.
Do not sit on top of the moon roof.
Closing the moon roof
Check to make sure that all passengers do not have any part of their bod-
ies in a position where they could be caught when the moon roof is being
operated.
Do not allow children to operate the moon roof.
Closing the moon roof on someone can cause death or serious injury. The
driver is responsible for instructing children not to operate the moon roof.
Jam protection function
Never use any part of your body to intentionally activate the jam protection
function.
The jam protection function may not work if something gets caught just
before the moon roof fully closes.
186
3-5. Opening and closing the windows
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Opening and closing the shade
Open
*
Close*
*
: To stop operation partway,
quickly slide and release the
switch again.
Tilting up and down the moon roof
Tilt up (press)
*
If the moon roof is open, press-
ing the switch closes it up to the
tilt-up position.
If the shade is closed past the
half-open position when the
switch is pressed, it will open up
to the half-open position.
Tilt down (press and hold)
The moon roof can be tilted down only when it is in the tilt-up posi-
tion.
*: To stop operation partway, lightly press the switch again.
Panoramic moon roof
: If equipped
Use the overhead switches to operate the panoramic moon roof.
1
2
187
3-5. Opening and closing the windows
3
Operation of each component
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Opening and closing the moon roof
Open (slide backward)
*
The moon roof stops slightly
before the fully open position to
reduce wind noise and the
shade opens fully.
Slide the switch again to fully
open the moon roof.
The moon roof can also be
opened from the tilt-up position.
Close (slide forward)*
The moon roof stops at the tilt-
up position.
Slide and hold the switch again
to fully close the moon roof.
*: To stop operation partway, quickly
slide and release the switch again.
The shade and moon roof can be operated when
The engine switch is in IGNITION ON mode.
Operating the shade and moon roof after turning the engine off
The shade and moon roof can be operated for approximately 45 seconds
after the engine switch is turned to ACCESSORY mode or turned off. It can-
not, however, be operated once either front door is opened.
Closing the shade when the moon roof is open
Slide the shade switch forward.
The shade closes up to its half-closed position and then the moon roof
closes up to the tilt-up position.
Slide and hold the shade switch again.
The moon roof closes as long as the switch is being held. After the moon
roof is fully closed, the shade will fully close automatically.
1
2
188
3-5. Opening and closing the windows
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Jam protection function
Shade
If an object is detected between the shade and the roof frame while the shade
is closing, the shade stops and then opens slightly.
Moon roof
If an object is detected between the moon roof and the roof frame while the
moon roof is closing or tilting down, the moon roof stops and then opens
slightly. At this time, if the shade is closed past the half-open position, it may
also open slightly.
When the moon roof does not close normally
Perform the following procedure:
If the moon roof closes but then re-opens slightly
Stop the vehicle.
Slide the moon roof switch forward and hold it.
*
The moon roof will close then reopen and pause for approximately 10
seconds. Then it will close up to the tilt-up position.
Release the switch and then slide it forward and hold it again.
The moon roof will close as long as the switch is being held.
Check to make sure that the moon roof is completely closed and then
release the switch.
If the moon roof tilts down but then tilts back up
Stop the vehicle.
Slide the moon roof switch forward and hold it.
*
The moon roof will tilt down then tilt up and pause for approximately 10
seconds. Then it will close.
Check to make sure that the moon roof is completely closed and then
release the switch.
*: If the switch is released at the incorrect time, the procedure will have to
be performed again from the beginning.
If the moon roof does not fully close even after performing the above proce-
dure correctly, have the vehicle inspected by your Toyota dealer.
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
189
3-5. Opening and closing the windows
3
Operation of each component
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
When the shade does not close normally
Perform the following procedure:
Stop the vehicle.
Close the moon roof.
Slide the shade switch forward and hold it.
*
The shade will close then reopen and pause for approximately10 seconds.
Then it will close.
Check to make sure that the shade is completely closed and then release
the switch.
*: If the switch is released at the incorrect time, the procedure will have to be
performed again from the beginning.
If the shade continues to close but then reopens slightly even after perform-
ing the above procedure correctly, have the vehicle inspected by your Toyota
dealer.
Moon roof open warning buzzer
The buzzer sounds and a message is shown on the multi-information display
in the instrument cluster when the engine switch is turned off and the driver’s
door is opened with the moon roof open.
1
2
3
4
190
3-5. Opening and closing the windows
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
WARNING
Observe the following precautions.
Failure to do so may result in death or serious injury.
Closing the shade
Check to make sure that all passengers do not have any part of their body
in a position where it could be caught when the shade is being operated.
Do not allow children to operate the shade.
Closing a shade on someone can cause death or serious injury. The driver
is responsible for instructing children not to operate the shade.
Opening the moon roof
Do not allow any passengers to put their hands or heads outside the vehi-
cle while it is moving.
Do not sit on top of the moon roof.
Closing the moon roof
Check to make sure that all passengers do not have any part of their body
in a position where it could be caught when the moon roof is being oper-
ated.
Do not allow children to operate the moon roof.
Closing the moon roof on someone can cause death or serious injury. The
driver is responsible for instructing children not to operate the moon roof.
Jam protection function
Never use any part of your body to intentionally activate the jam protection
function.
The jam protection function may not work if something gets caught just
before the shade or moon roof is fully closed.
NOTICE
To prevent damage to the moon roof
Before opening, make sure that there are no foreign objects such as
stones or ice around the opening.
Do not hit the face or edge of the moon roof with hard objects.
191
4
Driving
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
4-1. Before driving
Driving the vehicle............. 192
Cargo and luggage ........... 201
Vehicle load limits ............. 206
Trailer towing..................... 207
Dinghy towing ................... 224
4-2. Driving procedures
Engine (ignition) switch
(vehicles without a
smart key system)........... 225
Engine (ignition) switch
(vehicles with a smart
key system)..................... 228
Automatic transmission..... 234
Turn signal lever................ 239
Parking brake.................... 240
4-3. Operating the lights and
wipers
Headlight switch................ 241
Automatic High Beam ....... 246
Fog light switch ................. 252
Windshield wipers and
washer ............................ 253
Rear window wiper and
washer ............................ 255
4-4. Refueling
Opening the fuel tank
cap .................................. 257
4-5. Using the driving support
systems
Cruise control.................... 261
Dynamic radar cruise
control............................. 266
LDA
(Lane Departure Alert).... 280
Rear view monitor
system ............................ 288
All-wheel drive lock
switch.............................. 297
Driving assist systems ...... 298
Downhill assist control
system ............................ 304
PCS
(Pre-Collision System) .... 306
BSM
(Blind Spot Monitor)........ 313
The Blind Spot Monitor
function ......................... 317
The Rear Cross Traffic
Alert function................. 320
4-6. Driving tips
Winter driving tips ............. 323
Utility vehicle
precautions ..................... 327
192
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
4-1. Before driving
P. 225, 228
With the brake pedal depressed, shift the shift lever to D.
(P. 234)
Release the parking brake. (P. 240)
Gradually release the brake pedal and gently depress the accelera-
tor pedal to accelerate the vehicle.
With the shift lever in D, depress the brake pedal.
If necessary, set the parking brake.
If the vehicle is to be stopped for an extended period of time, shift the shift
lever to P or N. (P. 234)
With the shift lever in D, depress the brake pedal.
Shift the shift lever to P. (P. 234)
Set the parking brake. (P. 240)
Vehicles without a smart key system:
Turn the engine switch to the “LOCK” position to stop the engine.
Vehicles with a smart key system:
Press the engine switch to stop the engine.
Lock the door, making sure that you have the key on your person.
If parking on a hill, block the wheels as needed.
Driving the vehicle
The following procedures should be observed to ensure safe
driving:
Starting the engine
Driving
Stopping
Parking the vehicle
1
2
3
1
2
1
2
3
4
5
193
4-1. Before driving
4
Driving
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Make sure that the parking brake is set and shift the shift lever to D.
Gently depress the accelerator pedal.
Release the parking brake.
When starting off on an uphill
The hill-start assist control will activate. (P. 298)
Driving in the rain
Drive carefully when it is raining, because visibility will be reduced, the win-
dows may become fogged-up, and the road will be slippery.
Drive carefully when it starts to rain, because the road surface will be espe-
cially slippery.
Refrain from high speeds when driving on an expressway in the rain,
because there may be a layer of water between the tires and the road sur-
face, preventing the steering and brakes from operating properly.
Engine speed while driving
In the following conditions, the engine speed may become high while driving.
This is due to automatic up-shifting control or down-shifting implementation to
meet driving conditions. It does not indicate sudden acceleration.
The vehicle is judged to be driving uphill or downhill
When the accelerator pedal is released
Breaking in your new Toyota
To extend the life of the vehicle, observing the following precautions is recom-
mended:
For the first 186 miles (300 km):
Avoid sudden stops.
For the first 500 miles (800 km):
Do not tow a trailer.
For the first 621 miles (1000 km):
Do not drive at extremely high speeds.
Avoid sudden acceleration.
Do not drive continuously in low gears.
Do not drive at a constant speed for extended periods.
Starting off on a steep uphill
1
2
3
194
4-1. Before driving
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Drum-in-disc type parking brake system
Your vehicle has a drum-in-disc type parking brake system. This type of brake
system needs bedding-down of the brake shoes periodically or whenever the
parking brake shoes and/or drum are replaced. Have your Toyota dealer per-
form the bedding down operation.
Operating your vehicle in a foreign country
Comply with the relevant vehicle registration laws and confirm the availability
of the correct fuel. (P. 635)
WARNING
Observe the following precautions.
Failure to do so may result in death or serious injury.
When starting the vehicle
Always keep your foot on the brake pedal while stopped with the engine
running. This prevents the vehicle from creeping.
When driving the vehicle
Do not drive if you are unfamiliar with the location of the brake and accel-
erator pedals to avoid depressing the wrong pedal.
Accidentally depressing the accelerator pedal instead of the brake
pedal will result in sudden acceleration that may lead to an accident.
When backing up, you may twist your body around, leading to a diffi-
culty in operating the pedals. Make sure to operate the pedals properly.
Make sure to keep a correct driving posture even when moving the
vehicle only slightly. This allows you to depress the brake and accelera-
tor pedals properly.
Depress the brake pedal using your right foot. Depressing the brake
pedal using your left foot may delay response in an emergency, result-
ing in an accident.
Do not drive the vehicle over or stop the vehicle near flammable materials.
The exhaust system and exhaust gases can be extremely hot. These hot
parts may cause a fire if there is any flammable material nearby.
During normal driving, do not turn off the engine. Turning the engine off
while driving will not cause loss of steering or braking control, but the
power assist to these systems will be lost. This will make it more difficult to
steer and brake, so you should pull over and stop the vehicle as soon as it
is safe to do so.
However, in the event of an emergency, such as if it becomes impossible
to stop the vehicle in the normal way: P. 555
195
4-1. Before driving
4
Driving
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
WARNING
Observe the following precautions.
Failure to do so may result in death or serious injury.
When driving the vehicle
Use engine braking (downshift) to maintain a safe speed when driving
down a steep hill.
Using the brakes continuously may cause the brakes to overheat and lose
effectiveness. (P. 234)
Do not adjust the positions of the steering wheel, the seat, or the inside or
outside rear view mirrors while driving.
Doing so may result in a loss of vehicle control.
Always check that all passengers’ arms, heads or other parts of their body
are not outside the vehicle.
Do not drive in excess of the speed limit. Even if the legal speed limit per-
mits it, do not drive over 85 mph (140 km/h) unless your vehicle has high-
speed capability tires. Driving over 85 mph (140 km/h) may result in tire
failure, loss of control and possible injury. Be sure to consult a tire dealer
to determine whether the tires on your vehicle are high-speed capability
tires or not before driving at such speeds.
When driving on slippery road surfaces
Sudden braking, acceleration and steering may cause tire slippage and
reduce your ability to control the vehicle.
Sudden acceleration, engine braking due to shifting, or changes in engine
speed could cause the vehicle to skid.
After driving through a puddle, lightly depress the brake pedal to make
sure that the brakes are functioning properly. Wet brake pads may prevent
the brakes from functioning properly. If the brakes on only one side are wet
and not functioning properly, steering control may be affected.
196
4-1. Before driving
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
WARNING
Observe the following precautions.
Failure to do so may result in death or serious injury.
When shifting the shift lever
Do not let the vehicle roll backward while the shift lever is in a driving posi-
tion, or roll forward while the shift lever is in R.
Doing so may cause the engine to stall or lead to poor brake and steering
performance, resulting in an accident or damage to the vehicle.
Do not shift the shift lever to P while the vehicle is moving.
Doing so can damage the transmission and may result in a loss of vehicle
control.
Do not shift the shift lever to R while the vehicle is moving forward.
Doing so can damage the transmission and may result in a loss of vehicle
control.
Do not shift the shift lever to D while the vehicle is moving backward.
Doing so can damage the transmission and may result in a loss of vehicle
control.
Moving the shift lever to N while the vehicle is moving will disengage the
engine from the transmission. Engine braking is not available when N is
selected.
Be careful not to shift the shift lever with the accelerator pedal depressed.
Shifting the shift lever to a gear other than P or N may lead to unexpected
rapid acceleration of the vehicle that may cause an accident and result in
death or serious injury.
197
4-1. Before driving
4
Driving
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
WARNING
Observe the following precautions.
Failure to do so may result in death or serious injury.
If you hear a squealing or scraping noise (brake pad wear limit indica-
tors)
Have the brake pads checked and replaced by your Toyota dealer as soon
as possible.
Rotor damage may result if the pads are not replaced when needed.
It is dangerous to drive the vehicle when the wear limits of the brake pads
and/or those of the brake discs are exceeded.
When the vehicle is stopped
Do not race the engine.
If the vehicle is in any gear other than P or N, the vehicle may accelerate
suddenly and unexpectedly, causing an accident.
In order to prevent accidents due to the vehicle rolling away, always keep
depressing the brake pedal while the engine is running, and apply the
parking brake as necessary.
If the vehicle is stopped on an incline, in order to prevent accidents caused
by the vehicle rolling forward or backward, always depress the brake pedal
and securely apply the parking brake as needed.
Avoid revving or racing the engine.
Running the engine at high speed while the vehicle is stopped may cause
the exhaust system to overheat, which could result in a fire if combustible
material is nearby.
198
4-1. Before driving
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
WARNING
Observe the following precautions.
Failure to do so may result in death or serious injury.
When the vehicle is parked
Do not leave glasses, cigarette lighters, spray cans, or soft drink cans in
the vehicle when it is in the sun.
Doing so may result in the following:
Gas may leak from a cigarette lighter or spray can, and may lead to a
fire.
The temperature inside the vehicle may cause the plastic lenses and
plastic material of glasses to deform or crack.
Soft drink cans may fracture, causing the contents to spray over the
interior of the vehicle, and may also cause a short circuit in the vehicle’s
electrical components.
Do not leave cigarette lighters in the vehicle. If a cigarette lighter is in a
place such as the glove box or on the floor, it may be lit accidentally when
luggage is loaded or the seat is adjusted, causing a fire.
Do not attach adhesive discs to the windshield or windows. Do not place
containers such as air fresheners on the instrument panel or dashboard.
Adhesive discs or containers may act as lenses, causing a fire in the vehi-
cle.
Do not leave a door or window open if the curved glass is coated with a
metallized film such as a silver-colored one. Reflected sunlight may cause
the glass to act as a lens, causing a fire.
Always apply the parking brake, shift the shift lever to P, stop the engine
and lock the vehicle.
Do not leave the vehicle unattended while the engine is running.
Do not touch the exhaust pipe while the engine is running or immediately
after turning the engine off.
Doing so may cause burns.
When taking a nap in the vehicle
Always turn the engine off. Otherwise, if you accidentally move the shift
lever or depress the accelerator pedal, this could cause an accident or fire
due to engine overheating. Additionally, if the vehicle is parked in a poorly
ventilated area, exhaust gases may collect and enter the vehicle, leading to
death or a serious health hazard.
199
4-1. Before driving
4
Driving
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
WARNING
Observe the following precautions.
Failure to do so may result in death or serious injury.
When braking
When the brakes are wet, drive more cautiously.
Braking distance increases when the brakes are wet, and this may cause
one side of the vehicle to brake differently than the other side. Also, the
parking brake may not securely hold the vehicle.
If the power brake assist function does not operate, do not follow other
vehicles closely and avoid hills or sharp turns that require braking.
In this case, braking is still possible, but the brake pedal should be
depressed more firmly than usual. Also, the braking distance will increase.
Have your brakes fixed immediately.
Do not pump the brake pedal if the engine stalls.
Each push on the brake pedal uses up the reserve for the power-assisted
brakes.
The brake system consists of 2 individual hydraulic systems; if one of the
systems fails, the other will still operate. In this case, the brake pedal
should be depressed more firmly than usual and the braking distance will
increase.
Have your brakes fixed immediately.
If the vehicle becomes stuck (AWD models)
Do not spin the wheels excessively when any of the tires is up in the air, or
the vehicle is stuck in sand, mud, etc. This may damage the driveline com-
ponents or propel the vehicle forward or backward, causing an accident.
NOTICE
When driving the vehicle
Do not depress the accelerator and brake pedals at the same time during
driving, as this may restrain driving torque.
Do not use the accelerator pedal or depress the accelerator and brake
pedals at the same time to hold the vehicle on a hill.
200
4-1. Before driving
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
NOTICE
When parking the vehicle
Always shift the shift lever to P. Failure to do so may cause the vehicle to
move or the vehicle may accelerate suddenly if the accelerator pedal is
accidentally depressed.
Avoiding damage to vehicle parts
Do not turn the steering wheel fully in either direction and hold it there for
an extended period of time.
Doing so may damage the power steering motor.
When driving over bumps in the road, drive as slowly as possible to avoid
damaging the wheels, underside of the vehicle, etc.
If you get a flat tire while driving
A flat or damaged tire may cause the following situations. Hold the steering
wheel firmly and gradually depress the brake pedal to slow down the vehi-
cle.
It may be difficult to control your vehicle.
The vehicle will make abnormal sounds or vibrations.
The vehicle will lean abnormally.
Information on what to do in case of a flat tire (P. 590)
When encountering flooded roads
Do not drive on a road that has flooded after heavy rain etc. Doing so may
cause the following serious damage to the vehicle:
Engine stalling
Short in electrical components
Engine damage caused by water immersion
In the event that you drive on a flooded road and the vehicle is flooded, be
sure to have your Toyota dealer check the following:
Brake function
Changes in quantity and quality of oil and fluid used for the engine, tran-
saxle, transfer (AWD models), differential (AWD models), etc.
Lubricant condition for the propeller shaft (AWD models), bearings and
suspension joints (where possible), and the function of all joints, bearings,
etc.
201
4-1. Before driving
4
Driving
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Cargo capacity depends on the total weight of the occupants.
(Cargo capacity) = (Total load capacity) — (Total weight of occupants)
Steps for Determining Correct Load Limit —
(1) Locate the statement “The combined weight of occupants and
cargo should never exceed XXX kg or XXX lbs.” on your vehicle’s
placard.
(2) Determine the combined weight of the driver and passengers that
will be riding in your vehicle.
(3) Subtract the combined weight of the driver and passengers from
XXX kg or XXX lbs.
(4) The resulting figure equals the available amount of cargo and lug-
gage load capacity.
For example, if the “XXX” amount equals 1400 lbs. and there will be
five 150 lb passengers in your vehicle, the amount of available
cargo and luggage load capacity is 650 lbs. (1400 750 (5150) =
650 lbs.)
(5) Determine the combined weight of luggage and cargo being loaded
on the vehicle. That weight may not safely exceed the available
cargo and luggage load capacity calculated in Step 4.
(6) If your vehicle will be towing a trailer, load from your trailer will be
transferred to your vehicle. Consult this manual to determine how
this reduces the available cargo and luggage load capacity of your
vehicle.
(P. 206)
Cargo and luggage
Take notice of the following information about storage precau-
tions, cargo capacity and load:
Capacity and distribution
202
4-1. Before driving
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Cargo capacity
Total load capacity (vehicle
capacity weight) (P. 632)
When 2 people with the combined weight of A lb. (kg) are riding in
your vehicle, which has a total load capacity (vehicle capacity weight)
of B lb. (kg), the available amount of cargo and luggage load capacity
will be C lb. (kg) as follows:
B*
2
lb. (kg) - A*
1
lb. (kg) = C*
3
lb. (kg)
*
1
: A =Weight of people
*
2
: B =Total load capacity
*
3
: C =Available cargo and luggage load
In this condition, if 3 more passengers with the combined weight of D
lb. (kg) get on, the available cargo and luggage load will be reduced E
lb. (kg) as follows:
C lb. (kg) - D*
4
lb. (kg) = E*
5
lb. (kg)
*
4
: D =Additional weight of people
*
5
: E =Available cargo and luggage load
As shown in the example above, if the number of occupants
increases, the cargo and luggage load will be reduced by an amount
that equals the increased weight due to the additional occupants. In
other words, if an increase in the number of occupants causes an
excess of the total load capacity (combined weight of occupants plus
cargo and luggage load), you must reduce the cargo and luggage on
your vehicle.
Calculation formula for your vehicle
1
2
203
4-1. Before driving
4
Driving
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
WARNING
Things that must not be carried in the luggage compartment
The following things may cause a fire if loaded in the luggage compart-
ment:
Receptacles containing gasoline
Aerosol cans
Storage precautions
Observe the following precautions.
Failure to do so may prevent the pedals from being depressed properly,
may block the driver’s vision, or may result in items hitting the driver or
passengers, possibly causing an accident.
Stow cargo and luggage in the luggage compartment whenever possi-
ble.
Do not stack cargo and luggage in the luggage compartment higher
than the seatbacks.
Do not place cargo or luggage in or on the following locations.
At the feet of the driver
On the front passenger or rear seats (when stacking items)
On the instrument panel
On the dashboard
Secure all items in the occupant compartment.
When you fold down the rear seats, long items should not be placed
directly behind the front seats.
Never allow anyone to ride in the luggage compartment. It is not
designed for passengers. They should ride in their seats with their seat
belts properly fastened.
204
4-1. Before driving
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
WARNING
Capacity and distribution
Do not exceed the maximum axle weight rating or the total vehicle
weight rating.
Even if the total load of occupant’s weight and the cargo load is less
than the total load capacity, do not apply the load unevenly. Improper
loading may cause deterioration of steering or braking control which
may cause death or serious injury.
Roof luggage carrier precautions (vehicles with roof rails)
To use the roof rails as a roof luggage carrier, you must fit the roof rails
with two or more genuine Toyota cross rails or their equivalent.
When you load cargo on the roof luggage carrier, observe the following:
Loading cargo on the roof luggage carrier will make the center of the
vehicle gravity higher. Avoid high speeds, sudden starts, sharp turns,
sudden braking or abrupt maneuvers, otherwise it may result in loss of
control or vehicle rollover due to failure to operate this vehicle correctly
and result in death or serious injury.
If driving for a long distance, on rough roads, or at high speeds, stop
the vehicle now and then during the trip to make sure the cargo
remains in its place.
Do not exceed 165 lb. (75 kg) cargo weight on the roof luggage carrier.
Place the cargo so that its weight is
distributed evenly between the front
and rear axles.
If loading long or wide cargo, never
exceed the vehicle overall length or
width. (P. 632)
Before driving, make sure the cargo is
securely fastened on the roof luggage
carrier.
205
4-1. Before driving
4
Driving
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
WARNING
When installing cross rails (vehicles with roof rails)
Make sure the cross bars are installed securely by pushing them forward
and rearward.
Failure to do so may cause an unexpected accident.
NOTICE
When loading cargo
Be careful not to scratch the surface of the moon roof or panoramic moon
roof.
206
4-1. Before driving
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Total load capacity (vehicle capacity weight): P. 632
Total load capacity means the combined weight of occupants, cargo
and luggage.
Seating capacity: 7 or 8 occupants (Front 2, Rear 5 or 6)
Seating capacity means the maximum number of occupants whose
estimated average weight is 150 lb. (68 kg) per person.
TWR (Trailer Weight Rating): P. 212, 632
TWR means the maximum gross trailer weight (trailer weight plus
its cargo weight) that your vehicle is able to tow.
Cargo capacity
Cargo capacity may increase or decrease depending on the weight
and the number of occupants.
Total load capacity and seating capacity
These details are also described on the tire and loading information label.
(P. 525)
Vehicle load limits
Vehicle load limits include total load capacity, seating capacity,
TWR (Trailer Weight Rating) and cargo capacity.
WARNING
Overloading the vehicle
Do not overload the vehicle.
It may not only cause damage to the tires, but also degrade steering
and braking ability, resulting in an accident.
207
4-1. Before driving
4
Driving
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Contact your Toyota dealer for further information about additional
requirements such as a towing kit, etc.
Trailer towing
Your vehicle is designed primarily as a passenger-and-load-car-
rying vehicle. Towing a trailer can have an adverse impact on
handling, performance, braking, durability, and fuel consump-
tion. For your safety and the safety of others, you must not over-
load your vehicle or trailer. You must also ensure that you are
using appropriate towing equipment, that the towing equipment
has been installed correctly and used properly, and that you
employ the requisite driving habits.
Vehicle-trailer stability and braking performance are affected by
trailer stability, brake performance and setting, trailer brakes,
the hitch and hitch systems (if equipped).
To tow a trailer safely, use extreme care and drive the vehicle in
accordance with your trailer’s characteristics and operating
conditions.
Toyota warranties do not apply to damage or malfunction
caused by towing a trailer for commercial purposes.
208
4-1. Before driving
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
GCWR (Gross Combination Weight Rating)
The maximum allowable gross
combination weight. The gross
combination weight is the sum
of the total vehicle weight
(including the occupants, cargo
and any optional equipment
installed on the vehicle) and the
weight of the trailer being towed
(including the cargo in the
trailer).
GVWR (Gross Vehicle Weight Rating)
The maximum allowable gross
vehicle weight. The gross vehi-
cle weight is the total weight of
the vehicle. When towing a
trailer, it is the sum of the vehi-
cle weight (including the occu-
pants, cargo and any optional
equipment installed on the vehi-
cle) and the tongue weight.
Towing related terms
209
4-1. Before driving
4
Driving
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
GAWR (Gross Axle Weight Rating)
The maximum allowable gross
axle weight. The gross axle
weight is the load placed on
each axle (front and rear).
TWR (Trailer Weight Rating)
The maximum allowable gross
trailer weight. The gross trailer
weight is the sum of the trailer
weight and the weight of the
cargo in the trailer.
TWR is calculated assuming
base vehicle with one driver,
one front passenger, towing
package (if available), hitch and
hitch systems (if required).
Additional optional equipment, passengers and cargo in the vehicle will
reduce the trailer weight rating so as not to exceed GCWR, GVWR and
GAWR.
If the gross trailer weight exceeds 3000 lb. (1360 kg), it is recommended
to use a trailer with 2 or more axles.
Front GAWR
Rear GAWR
(With brakes)
210
4-1. Before driving
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Unbraked TWR (Unbraked Trailer Weight Rating)
The trailer weight rating for tow-
ing a trailer without a trailer ser-
vice brake system.
Tongue Weight
The load placed on the trailer
hitch ball. (P. 214)
(Without brakes)
211
4-1. Before driving
4
Driving
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
The gross trailer weight must never exceed the TWR described in
the table. (P. 212)
The gross combination weight must never exceed the GCWR
described in the table. (P. 212)
The gross vehicle weight must
never exceed the GVWR indi-
cated on the Certification Label.
The gross axle weight on each
axle must never exceed the
GAWR indicated on the Certifi-
cation Label.
If the gross trailer weight is over the unbraked TWR, trailer service
brakes are required.
If the gross trailer weight is over 2000 lb. (907 kg), a sway control
device with sufficient capacity is required.
If the gross trailer weight is over 5000 lb. (2268 kg), a weight distrib-
uting hitch with sufficient capacity is required.
Weight limits
212
4-1. Before driving
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Confirm that the gross trailer weight, gross combination weight, gross
vehicle weight, gross axle weight and tongue weight are all within the
limits.
GCWR*
1
and TWR*
1
GCWR, TWR and Unbraked TWR
*
1
: These models meet the tow-vehicle trailering requirement of SAE Interna-
tional per SAE J2807.
*
2
: The model code is indicated on the Certification Label. (P. 633)
*
3
: Without a towing package
*
4
: With a towing package
Model code*
2
Engine
Driving
system
GCWR TWR
ASU50L-ARTNKA
2.7L L4
(1AR-FE)
engine
FF
6010 lb.
(2725 kg)
1500 lb.
(680 kg)
GSU50L-ARTNKA
3.5L V6
(2GR-FE)
engine
FF
6660 lb.
(3020 kg)
*
3
2000 lb.
(900 kg)
*
3
9690 lb.
(4395 kg)
*
4
5000 lb.
(2000 kg)
*
4
GSU50L-ARTMKA
3.5L V6
(2GR-FE)
engine
FF
6720 lb.
(3045 kg)
*
3
2000 lb.
(900 kg)
*
3
9740 lb.
(4415 kg)
*
4
5000 lb.
(2000 kg)
*
4
GSU50L-ARTGKA
3.5L V6
(2GR-FE)
engine
FF
6760 lb.
(3065 kg)
*
3
2000 lb.
(900 kg)
*
3
9780 lb.
(4435 kg)
*
4
5000 lb.
(2000 kg)
*
4
213
4-1. Before driving
4
Driving
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Unbraked TWR*
1
1000 lb. (450 kg)
GSU55L-ARTNKA
3.5L V6
(2GR-FE)
engine
AWD
6820 lb.
(3090 kg)
*
3
2000 lb.
(900 kg)
*
3
9840 lb.
(4460 kg)
*
4
5000 lb.
(2000 kg)
*
4
GSU55L-ARTMKA
3.5L V6
(2GR-FE)
engine
AWD
6880 lb.
(3120 kg)
*
3
2000 lb.
(900 kg)
*
3
9900 lb.
(4490 kg)
*
4
5000 lb.
(2000 kg)
*
4
GSU55L-ARTGKA
3.5L V6
(2GR-FE)
engine
AWD
6920 lb.
(3135 kg)
*
3
2000 lb.
(900 kg)
*
3
9940 lb.
(4505 kg)
*
4
5000 lb.
(2000 kg)
*
4
*
1
: These models meet the tow-vehicle trailering requirement of SAE Interna-
tional per SAE J2807.
*
2
: The model code is indicated on the Certification Label. (P. 633)
*
3
: Without a towing package
*
4
: With a towing package
Model code*
2
Engine
Driving
system
GCWR TWR
214
4-1. Before driving
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
A recommended tongue weight varies in accordance with the types
of trailers or towing as described below.
To ensure the recommended values shown below, the trailer must
be loaded by referring to the following instructions.
Tongue Weight
The gross trailer weight should be distributed so that the tongue
weight is 9% to 11%.
(Tongue weight /Gross trailer weight x 100 = 9% to 11%)
Gross trailer weight
Tongue weight
If using a weight distributing hitch when towing, return the front
axle to the same weight as before the trailer connection.
If front axle weight cannot be measured directly, measure the
front fender height above the front axle before connection. Adjust
weight distributing hitch torque until front fender is returned to the
same height as before connection.
The gross trailer weight, gross axle weight and tongue weight
can be measured with platform scales found at a highway weigh-
ing station, building supply company, trucking company, junk
yard, etc.
Trailer Tongue Weight
1
2
215
4-1. Before driving
4
Driving
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Trailer hitch assemblies have different weight capacities. Toyota rec-
ommends the use of Toyota hitch/bracket for your vehicle. For details,
contact your Toyota dealer.
If you wish to install a trailer hitch, contact your Toyota dealer.
Use only a hitch that conforms to the gross trailer weight require-
ment of your vehicle.
Follow the directions supplied by the hitch manufacturer.
Lubricate the hitch ball with a light coating of grease.
Remove the trailer hitch whenever you are not towing a trailer. After
removing the hitch, seal any mounting hole in the vehicle body to
prevent entry of any substances into the vehicle.
When removing the hitch cover,
contact your Toyota dealer.
Hitch
Hitch cover
216
4-1. Before driving
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Use the correct trailer ball for your application.
Trailer ball load rating
Matches or exceeds the gross
trailer weight rating of the trailer.
Ball diameter
Matches the size of the trailer cou-
pler. Most couplers are stamped
with the required trailer ball size.
Shank length
Protrudes beyond the bottom of the lock washer and nut by at least 2
threads.
Shank diameter
Matches the ball mount hole diameter size.
Weight carrying ball position:
49.73 in. (1263.1 mm)
Selecting trailer ball
1
2
Trailer class Typical trailer ball size
IV
2 5/16 in.
II and III
2 in.
I
1 7/8 in.
Position for towing hitch ball
3
4
1
217
4-1. Before driving
4
Driving
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Use the wire harness stored in the
rear end under body.
Your vehicle will handle differently when towing a trailer. Help to avoid
an accident, death or serious injury, keep the following in mind when
towing:
Speed limits for towing a trailer vary by state or province. Do not
exceed the posted towing speed limit.
Toyota recommends that the vehicle-trailer speed limit is 65 mph
(104 km/h) on a flat, straight, dry road. Do not exceed this limit, the
posted towing speed limit or the speed limit for your trailer as set
forth in your trailer owners manual, whichever is lowest. Instability
of the towing vehicle-trailer combination (trailer sway) increases as
speed increases. Exceeding speed limits may cause loss of control.
Before starting out, check the trailer lights, tires and the vehicle-
trailer connections. Recheck after driving a short distance.
Practice turning, stopping and reversing with the trailer attached in
an area away from traffic until you become accustomed to the feel
of the vehicle-trailer combination.
Reversing with a trailer attached is difficult and requires practice.
Grip the bottom of the steering wheel and move your hand to the
left to move the trailer to the left. Move your hand to the right to
move the trailer to right. (This is generally opposite to reversing
without a trailer attached.) Avoid sharp or prolonged turning. Have
someone guide you when reversing to reduce the risk of an acci-
dent.
Connecting trailer lights
Trailer towing tips
218
4-1. Before driving
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
As stopping distance is increased when towing a trailer, vehicle-to
vehicle distance should be increased. For each 10 mph (16 km/h)
of speed, allow at least one vehicle and trailer length.
Avoid sudden braking as you may skid, resulting in the trailer jack-
knifing and a loss of vehicle control. This is especially true on wet or
slippery surfaces.
Avoid jerky starts or sudden acceleration.
Avoid jerky steering and sharp turns, and slow down before making
turn.
Note that when making a turn, the trailer wheels will be closer than
the vehicle wheels to the inside of the turn. Compensate by making
a wider than normal turning radius.
Slow down before making a turn, in cross winds, on wet or slippery
surfaces, etc.
Increasing vehicle speed can destabilize the trailer.
Take care when passing other vehicles. Passing requires consider-
able distance. After passing a vehicle, do not forget the length of
your trailer, and be sure you have plenty of room before changing
lanes.
To maintain engine braking efficiency and charging system perfor-
mance when using engine braking, do not put the transmission in
D. If in the S mode, the transmission shift range position must be in
4 or lower.
Instability happens more frequently when descending steep or long
downhill grades. Before descending, slow down and downshift. Do
not make sudden downshifts while descending steep or long down-
hill grades.
Avoid holding the brake pedal down too long or applying the brakes
too frequently. This could cause the brakes to overheat and result in
reduced braking efficiency.
219
4-1. Before driving
4
Driving
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Due to the added load of the trailer, your vehicle’s engine may over-
heat on hot days (at temperatures over 85F [30C]) when driving
up a long or steep grade. If the engine coolant temperature gauge
indicates overheating, immediately turn off the air conditioning (if in
use), pull your vehicle off the road and stop in a safe spot.
(P. 626)
Always place wheel blocks under both the vehicle’s and the trailer’s
wheels when parking. Apply the parking brake firmly, and put the
transmission in P. Avoid parking on a slope, but if unavoidable, do
so only after performing the following:
Apply the brakes and keep them applied.
Have someone place wheel blocks under both the vehicle’s and
trailer’s wheels.
When the wheel blocks are in place, release the brakes slowly
until the blocks absorb the load.
Apply the parking brake firmly.
Shift into P and turn off the engine.
When restarting after parking on a slope:
With the transmission in P, start the engine. Be sure to keep the
brake pedal depressed.
Shift into a forward gear. If reversing, shift into R.
Release the parking brake and brake pedal, and slowly pull or
back away from the wheel blocks. Stop and apply the brakes.
Have someone retrieve the blocks.
1
2
3
4
5
1
2
3
4
220
4-1. Before driving
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Matching trailer ball height to trailer coupler height
Before towing
Check that the following conditions are met:
Ensure that your vehicle’s tires are properly inflated. (P. 642)
Trailer tires are inflated according to the trailer manufacturer’s recommen-
dation.
All trailer lights work as required by law.
All lights work each time you connect them.
The trailer ball is set at the proper height for the coupler on the trailer.
The trailer is level when it is hitched.
Do not drive if the trailer is not level, and check for improper tongue weight,
overloading, worn suspension, or other possible causes.
The trailer cargo is securely loaded.
The rear view mirrors conform to all applicable federal, state/provincial or
local regulations. If they do not, install rear view mirrors appropriate for tow-
ing purposes.
No matter which class of tow hitch
applies, for a more safe trailer hookup,
the trailer ball setup must be the proper
height for the coupler on the trailer.
Coupler
Trailer ball
1
2
221
4-1. Before driving
4
Driving
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Break-in schedule
If your vehicle is new or equipped with any new power train components
(such as an engine, transmission, differential or wheel bearing), Toyota rec-
ommends that you do not tow a trailer until the vehicle has been driven for
over 500 miles (800 km).
After the vehicle has been driven for over 500 miles (800 km), you can start
towing. However, for the next 500 miles (800 km), drive the vehicle at a speed
of less than 50 mph (80 km/h) when towing a trailer, and avoid full throttle
acceleration.
Maintenance
If you tow a trailer, your vehicle will require more frequent maintenance due
to the additional load. (See “Scheduled Maintenance Guide” or “Owner’s
Manual Supplement”.)
Retighten the fixing bolts of the towing ball and bracket after approximately
600 miles (1000 km) of trailer towing.
If trailer sway occurs
One or more factors (crosswinds, passing vehicles, rough roads, etc.) can
adversely affect handling of your vehicle and trailer, causing instability.
If trailer swaying occurs:
Firmly grip the steering wheel. Steer straight ahead.
Do not try to control trailer swaying by turning the steering wheel.
Begin releasing the accelerator pedal immediately but very gradually to
reduce speed.
Do not increase speed. Do not apply vehicle brakes.
If you make no extreme correction with the steering or brakes, your vehicle
and trailer should stabilize.
After the trailer swaying has stopped:
Stop in a safe place. Get all occupants out of the vehicle.
Check the tires of the vehicle and the trailer.
Check the load in the trailer.
Make sure the load has not shifted.
Make sure the tongue weight is appropriate, if possible.
Check the load in the vehicle.
Make sure the vehicle is not overloaded after occupants get in.
If you cannot find any problems, the speed at which trailer swaying occurred
is beyond the limit of your particular vehicle-trailer combination. Drive at a
lower speed to prevent instability. Remember that swaying of the towing vehi-
cle-trailer increases as speed increases.
222
4-1. Before driving
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
WARNING
Trailer towing precautions
To tow a trailer safely, use extreme care and drive the vehicle in accordance
with the trailer’s characteristics and operating conditions. Failure to do so
could cause an accident resulting in death or serious injury. Vehicle stability
and braking performance are affected by trailer stability, brake setting and
performance, and the hitch. Your vehicle will handle differently when towing
a trailer.
To avoid accident or injury
Do not exceed the TWR, unbraked TWR, GCWR, GVWR or GAWR.
If the gross trailer weight is over 2000 lb. (907 kg), a sway control device
with sufficient capacity is required.
If the gross trailer weight is over 5000 lb. (2268 kg), a weight distributing
hitch with sufficient capacity is required.
Adjust the tongue weight within the appropriate range. Place heavier loads
as close to the trailer axle as possible.
Do not exceed 65 mph (104 km/h), the posted towing speed limit or the
speed limit for your trailer as set forth in your trailer owner’s manual,
whichever is lowest. Slow down sufficiently before making a turn, in cross
winds, on wet or slippery surface, etc. to help avoid an accident. If you
experience a vehicle-trailer instability from reducing a certain speed, slow
down and make sure you keep your vehicle speed under the speed of
which you experience the instability.
Do not make jerky, abrupt or sharp turns.
Do not apply the brakes suddenly as you may skid, resulting in jackknifing
and loss of vehicle control. This is especially true on wet or slippery sur-
faces.
Do not exceed the trailer hitch assembly weight, gross vehicle weight,
gross axle weight and trailer tongue weight capacities.
Do not use cruise control when towing.
Slow down and downshift before descending steep or long downhill
grades. Do not make sudden downshifts while descending steep or long
downhill grades.
223
4-1. Before driving
4
Driving
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
WARNING
Vehicle-trailer instability is more likely on steep long downhills. Before
descending steep or long downhill grades, slow down and downshift. Do
not make sudden downshifts when descending steep or long downhill
grades. Avoid holding the brake pedal down too long or applying the
brakes too frequently. This could cause the brakes to overheat and result
in reduced braking efficiency.
Vehicles with a compact spare tire: Do not tow a trailer when the compact
spare tire is installed on your vehicle.
Hitch
Trailer hitch assemblies have different weight capacities established by the
hitch manufacturer. Even though the vehicle may be physically capable of
towing a higher weight, the operator must determine the maximum weight
rating of the particular hitch assembly and never exceed the maximum
weight rating specified for the trailer-hitch. Exceeding the maximum weight
rating set by the trailer-hitch manufacturer can cause an accident resulting
in death or serious personal injuries.
When towing a trailer
Toyota recommends trailers with brakes that conform to any applicable fed-
eral and state/provincial regulations.
If the gross trailer weight exceeds unbraked TWR, trailer brakes are
required. Toyota recommends trailers with brakes that conform to all appli-
cable federal and state/provincial regulations.
Never tap into your vehicle’s hydraulic system, as this will lower the vehi-
cle’s braking effectiveness.
Never tow a trailer without using a safety chain securely attached to both
the trailer and the vehicle. If damage occurs to the coupling unit or hitch
ball, there is danger of the trailer wandering into another lane.
NOTICE
When installing a trailer hitch
Use only the position recommended by your Toyota dealer. Do not install
the trailer hitch on the bumper; this may cause body damage.
Do not directly splice trailer lights
Do not directly splice trailer lights. Directly splicing trailer lights may damage
your vehicle’s electrical system and cause a malfunction.
224
4-1. Before driving
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Dinghy towing
Your vehicle is not designed to be dinghy towed (with 4 wheels
on the ground) behind a motor home.
NOTICE
To avoid serious damage to your vehicle
To prevent causing serious damage to the Dynamic Torque Control
AWD system (AWD models) and transmission
Do not tow your vehicle with 4 wheels on
the ground.
2WD models: Never tow this vehicle from
the rear with the front wheels on the
ground. This may cause serious damage
to the transmission.
AWD models: Never tow this vehicle with
any of the wheels on the ground. This
may cause serious damage to the
Dynamic Torque Control AWD system
and transmission.
225
4
Driving
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
4-2. Driving procedures
Check that the parking brake is set.
Check that the shift lever is set in P.
Firmly depress the brake pedal.
Turn the engine switch to the “START” position and start the
engine.
“LOCK”
The steering wheel is locked and
the key can be removed. (The key
can be removed only when the
shift lever is in P.)
“ACC”
Some electrical components such
as the power outlet can be used.
“ON”
All electrical components can be used.
“START”
For starting the engine.
Engine (ignition) switch (vehicles without a
smart key system)
Starting the engine
Changing the engine switch positions
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
4
226
4-2. Driving procedures
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Turning the key from “ACC” to “LOCK”
Shift the shift lever to P. (P. 234)
If the engine does not start
The engine immobilizer system may not have been deactivated. (P. 80)
Contact your Toyota dealer.
When the steering lock cannot be released
Key reminder function
A buzzer sounds if the driver’s door is opened while the engine switch is in
the “LOCK” or “ACC” position to remind you to remove the key.
Push in the key and turn it to the
“LOCK” position.
1
2
When starting the engine, the engine
switch may seem stuck in the “LOCK”
position. To free it, turn the key while turn-
ing the steering wheel slightly left and
right.
WARNING
When starting the engine
Always start the engine while sitting in the drivers seat. Do not depress the
accelerator pedal while starting the engine under any circumstances.
Doing so may cause an accident resulting in death or serious injury.
Caution when driving
Do not turn the engine switch to the “LOCK” position while driving. If, in an
emergency, you must turn the engine off while the vehicle is moving, turn
the engine switch only to the “ACC” position to stop the engine. An accident
may result if the engine is stopped while driving. (P. 555)
227
4-2. Driving procedures
4
Driving
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
NOTICE
To prevent battery discharge
Do not leave the engine switch in the “ACC” or “ON” position for long peri-
ods of time without the engine running.
When starting the engine
Do not crank the engine for more than 30 seconds at a time. This may
overheat the starter and wiring system.
Do not race a cold engine.
If the engine becomes difficult to start or stalls frequently, have your vehi-
cle checked by your Toyota dealer immediately.
228
4-2. Driving procedures
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Check that the parking brake is set.
Check that the shift lever is set in P.
Firmly depress the brake pedal.
Vehicles with monochrome display:
will be displayed on the multi-information display.
If it is not displayed, the engine cannot be started.
Vehicles with color display:
and a message will be displayed on the multi-information display.
If it is not displayed, the engine cannot be started.
Press the engine switch.
The engine will crank until it starts
or for up to 30 seconds, whichever
is less.
Continue depressing the brake
pedal until the engine is completely
started.
The engine can be started from
any engine switch mode.
Engine (ignition) switch (vehicles with a
smart key system)
Performing the following operations when carrying the elec-
tronic key on your person starts the engine or changes engine
switch modes.
Starting the engine
1
2
3
4
229
4-2. Driving procedures
4
Driving
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Stop the vehicle.
Shift the shift lever to P.
Set the parking brake. (P. 240)
Press the engine switch.
Release the brake pedal and check that “ACCESSORY” or “IGNI-
TION ON” on the multi-information display is off.
Modes can be changed by pressing the engine switch with brake
pedal released. (The mode changes each time the switch is pressed.)
Off*
The emergency flashers can be
used.
The multi-information display will
not be displayed.
ACCESSORY mode
Some electrical components such
as the power outlet can be used.
“ACCESSORY” will be displayed
on the multi-information display.
IGNITION ON mode
All electrical components can be
used.
“IGNITION ON” will be displayed on the multi-information display.
*: If the shift lever is in a position other than P when turning off the engine,
the engine switch will be turned to ACCESSORY mode, not to off.
Stopping the engine
Changing engine switch modes
1
2
3
4
5
1
2
3
230
4-2. Driving procedures
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
If the engine is stopped with the shift lever in a position other than P,
the engine switch will not be turned off but instead be turned to
ACCESSORY mode. Perform the following procedure to turn the
switch off:
Check that the parking brake is set.
Shift the shift lever to P.
Check that “Turn Power OFF” is displayed on the multi-information
display and then press the engine switch once.
Check that “Turn Power OFF” on the multi-information display is off.
Message displays
Message illustrations used in this section are intended as examples, and may
differ from the image that is actually displayed on the multi-information dis-
play.
Auto power off function
If the vehicle is left in ACCESSORY mode for more than 20 minutes or IGNI-
TION ON mode (the engine is not running) for more than an hour with the
shift lever in P, the engine switch will automatically turn off. However, this
function cannot entirely prevent battery discharge. Do not leave the vehicle
with the engine switch in ACCESSORY or IGNITION ON mode for long peri-
ods of time when the engine is not running.
Electronic key battery depletion
P. 118
Conditions affecting operation
P. 150
Note for the entry function
P. 151
If the engine does not start
The engine immobilizer system may not have been deactivated. (P. 80)
Contact your Toyota dealer.
Check that the shift lever is securely set in P. The engine may not start if the
shift lever is displaced out of P.
When stopping the engine with the shift lever in a position other
than P
1
2
3
4
231
4-2. Driving procedures
4
Driving
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Steering lock
After turning the engine switch off and opening and closing the doors, the
steering wheel will be locked due to the steering lock function. Operating the
engine switch again automatically cancels the steering lock.
When the steering lock cannot be released
Steering lock motor overheating prevention
To prevent the steering lock motor from overheating, operation of the motor
may be suspended if the engine is turned on and off repeatedly in a short
period of time. In this case, refrain from operating the engine switch. After
about 10 seconds, the steering lock motor will resume functioning.
When “Check SMART Key System” is displayed on the multi-information
display
The system may be malfunctioning. Have the vehicle inspected by your
Toyota dealer immediately.
If the electronic key battery is depleted
P. 532
Operation of the engine switch
When operating the engine switch, one short, firm press is enough. If the
switch is pressed improperly, the engine may not start or the engine switch
mode may not change. It is not necessary to press and hold the switch.
If attempting to restart the engine immediately after turning the engine
switch off, the engine may not start in some cases. After turning the engine
switch off, please wait a few seconds before restarting the engine.
If the smart key system has been deactivated in a customized setting
P. 618
“Steering Lock active” will be displayed on
the multi-information display.
Check that the shift lever is set in P. Press
the engine switch while turning the steer-
ing wheel left and right.
232
4-2. Driving procedures
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
WARNING
When starting the engine
Always start the engine while sitting in the drivers seat. Do not depress the
accelerator pedal while starting the engine under any circumstances.
Doing so may cause an accident resulting in death or serious injury.
Caution while driving
If engine failure occurs while the vehicle is moving, do not lock or open the
doors until the vehicle reaches a safe and complete stop. Activation of the
steering lock in this circumstance may lead to an accident, resulting in
death or serious injury.
Stopping the engine in an emergency
If you want to stop the engine in an emergency while driving the vehicle,
press and hold the engine switch for more than 2 seconds, or press it briefly
3 times or more in succession. (P. 555)
However, do not touch the engine switch while driving except in an emer-
gency. Turning the engine off while driving will not cause loss of steering or
braking control, but the power assist to these systems will be lost. This will
make it more difficult to steer and brake, so you should pull over and stop
the vehicle as soon as it is safe to do so.
233
4-2. Driving procedures
4
Driving
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
NOTICE
To prevent battery discharge
Do not leave the engine switch in ACCESSORY or IGNITION ON mode
for long periods of time without the engine running.
If “ACCESSORY” or “IGNITION ON” is displayed on the multi-information
display while the engine is not running, the engine switch is not off. Exit the
vehicle after turning the engine switch off.
Do not stop the engine when the shift lever is in a position other than P. If
the engine is stopped in another shift lever position, the engine switch will
not be turned off but instead be turned to ACCESSORY mode. If the vehi-
cle is left in ACCESSORY mode, battery discharge may occur.
When starting the engine
Do not race a cold engine.
If the engine becomes difficult to start or stalls frequently, have your vehi-
cle checked by your Toyota dealer immediately.
Symptoms indicating a malfunction with the engine switch
If the engine switch seems to be operating somewhat differently than usual,
such as the switch sticking slightly, there may be a malfunction. Contact
your Toyota dealer immediately.
234
4-2. Driving procedures
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Vehicles without a smart key system:
While the engine switch is in the “ON” position, depress the
brake pedal and move the shift lever.
When shifting the shift lever between P and D, make sure that the
vehicle is completely stopped.
Vehicles with a smart key system:
While the engine switch is in IGNITION ON mode, depress the
brake pedal and move the shift lever.
When shifting the shift lever between P and D, make sure that the
vehicle is completely stopped.
Automatic transmission
Shifting the shift lever
235
4-2. Driving procedures
4
Driving
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
*
1
: Shifting the shift lever to D allows the system to select a gear suitable for
the driving conditions.
Setting the shift lever to D is recommended for normal driving.
*
2
: Selecting shift ranges using S mode restricts the upper limit of the possible
gear ranges, controls engine braking force, and prevents unnecessary
upshifting.
Use snow mode for accelerating and driving on slippery road sur-
faces, such as on snow.
Press the “SNOW” button to
select snow mode.
The “SNOW” indicator will come
on
*
1
or will be displayed on the
multi-information display
*
2
.
Press the button again to cancel
snow mode.
*
1
: Vehicles with monochrome display
*
2
: Vehicles with color display
Shift position purpose
Shift position Objective or function
P Parking the vehicle/starting the engine
R Reversing
N Neutral
D Normal driving*
1
S S mode driving*
2
(P. 236)
Selecting snow mode
*
1
*
2
236
4-2. Driving procedures
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
To enter S mode, shift the shift lever to S. Shift ranges can be selected
by operating the shift lever, allowing you to drive in the shift range of
your choosing. The shift range can be selected by the shift lever.
Upshifting
Downshifting
The selected shift range, from 1 to
6, will be displayed on the multi-
information display.
The initial shift range in S mode is
set automatically to 5 or 4 accord-
ing to vehicle speed. However, the
initial shift range may be set to 3 if
AI-SHIFT has operated while the
shift lever was in D. (P. 238)
*
1
: Vehicles with monochrome display
*
2
: Vehicles with color display
Shift ranges and their functions
Automatically selecting shift ranges between 1 and 6 according
to vehicle speed and driving conditions. But the gear is limited
according to selected range.
You can choose from 6 levels of engine braking force.
A lower shift range will provide greater engine braking force than
a higher shift range, and the engine speed will also increase.
Selecting shift ranges in the S position
*
2
*
1
1
2
237
4-2. Driving procedures
4
Driving
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Message displays
Message illustrations used in this section are intended as examples, and may
differ from the image that is actually displayed on the multi-information dis-
play.
S mode
When the shift range is 5 or lower, holding the shift lever toward “+” sets the
shift range to 6.
To prevent excessive engine speed, a function was adopted that automati-
cally selects a higher shift range before engine speed becomes too high.
To protect the automatic transmission, a function is adopted that automati-
cally selects a higher shift range when the fluid temperature is high.
Downshifting restrictions warning buzzer
To help ensure safety and driving performance, downshifting operation may
sometimes be restricted. In some circumstances, downshifting may not be
possible even when the shift lever is operated. (A buzzer will sound twice.)
Snow mode automatic deactivation
Snow mode is automatically deactivated if the engine is turned off after driv-
ing in snow mode.
When driving with cruise control or dynamic radar cruise control acti-
vated
Even when performing the following actions with the intent of enabling engine
braking, engine braking will not activate while driving in S mode and down-
shifting to 5 or 4 because cruise control or dynamic radar cruise control will
not be canceled. (P. 261, 266)
If the shift lever cannot be shifted from P
P. 617
If the S indicator does not come on or the D indicator is displayed even
after shifting the shift lever to S
This may indicate a malfunction in the automatic transmission system. Have
the vehicle inspected by your Toyota dealer immediately.
(In this situation, the transmission will operate in the same manner as when
the shift lever is in D.)
238
4-2. Driving procedures
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
If the automatic transmission fluid temperature warning message is dis-
played
When the warning message goes out, the vehicle can be driven again.
If the warning message does not go out after waiting a while, have your vehi-
cle inspected by your Toyota dealer.
AI-SHIFT
The AI-SHIFT automatically selects the suitable gear according to driver per-
formance and driving conditions.
The AI-SHIFT automatically operates when the shift lever is in D. (Shifting the
shift lever to S cancels the function.)
If the automatic transmission fluid temper-
ature warning message is displayed while
driving, make sure to return to D position
driving and reduce speed by easing off
the accelerator pedal. Stop the vehicle in
a safe place, shift the shift lever to P and
let the engine idle until the warning mes-
sage goes out.
WARNING
When driving on slippery road surfaces
Do not accelerate or shift gears suddenly.
Sudden changes in engine braking may cause the vehicle to spin or skid,
resulting in an accident.
239
4-2. Driving procedures
4
Driving
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Right turn
Lane change to the right (move
the lever partway and release
it)
The right hand signals will flash 3
times.
Lane change to the left (move
the lever partway and release
it)
The left hand signals will flash 3
times.
Left turn
Turn signals can be operated when
Vehicles without a smart key system
The engine switch is in the “ON” position.
Vehicles with a smart key system
The engine switch is in IGNITION ON mode.
If the indicator flashes faster than usual
Check that a light bulb in the front or rear turn signal lights has not burned
out.
Customization
The number of times the turn signals flash during a lane change can be
changed. (Customizable feature P. 668)
Turn signal lever
Operating instructions
1
2
3
4
240
4-2. Driving procedures
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
To set the parking brake, fully
depress the parking brake pedal
with your left foot while depress-
ing the brake pedal with your right
foot.
(Depressing the pedal again
releases the parking brake.)
*
1
:For U.S.A.
*
2
: For Canada
Parking brake engaged warning buzzer
P. 577
Usage in winter time
P. 323
Parking brake
Operating instructions
*
1
*
2
NOTICE
Before driving
Fully release the parking brake.
Driving the vehicle with the parking brake set will lead to brake components
overheating, which may affect braking performance and increase brake
wear.
241
4
Driving
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
4-3. Operating the lights and wipers
Turning the end of the lever turns on the lights as follows:
The headlights, day-
time running lights and
all the lights listed
below turn on and off
automatically.
(Vehicles without a
smart key system:
When the engine
switch is in the “ON”
position)
(Vehicles with a smart
key system: When the
engine switch is in
IGNITION ON mode)
The side marker, parking, tail, license plate, daytime run-
ning lights and instrument panel lights turn on.
The headlights and all the lights listed above (except day-
time running lights) turn on.
*
1
The daytime running lights turn off.
*
2
The daytime running lights turn on.
*
1
:For U.S.A.
*
2
: For Canada
Headlight switch
The headlights can be operated manually or automatically.
Operating instructions
*
2
*
1
1
2
3
4
242
4-3. Operating the lights and wipers
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
With the headlights on, push
the lever away from you to turn
on the high beams.
Pull the lever toward you to the
center position to turn the high
beams off.
Pull the lever toward you and
release it to flash the high
beams once.
You can flash the high beams with the headlights on or off.
Daytime running light system
Type A: To make your vehicle more visible to other drivers, the headlights
turn on automatically (at a reduced intensity) whenever the engine is started
and the parking brake is released. Daytime running lights are not designed
for use at night.
For the U.S.A.: Daytime running lights can be turned off by operating the
switch.
Type B: To make your vehicle more visible to other drivers, the daytime run-
ning lights turn on automatically whenever the engine is started and the
parking brake is released. Daytime running lights are not designed for use at
night.
For the U.S.A.: Daytime running lights can be turned off by operating the
switch.
Compared to turning on the headlights, the daytime running light system
offers greater durability and consumes less electricity, so it can help improve
fuel economy.
Turning on the high beam headlights
1
2
243
4-3. Operating the lights and wipers
4
Driving
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Headlight control sensor
Automatic light off system
Vehicles without a smart key system
When the headlights are on: The headlights and tail lights turn off 30 sec-
onds after the engine switch is turned to the “ACC” or “LOCK” position and
any of the doors is opened and closed. (The lights turn off immediately if
on the key is pressed after all the doors are locked.)
When only the tail lights are on: The tail lights turn off automatically if the
engine switch is turned to the “ACC” or “LOCK” position and the driver’s
door is opened.
To turn the lights on again, turn the engine switch to “ON” position, or turn the
light switch off once and then back to or .
If any of the doors is kept open, the lights automatically turn off after 20 min-
utes.
Vehicles with a smart key system
When the headlights are on: The headlights and tail lights turn off 30 sec-
onds after the engine switch is turned to ACCESSORY mode or turned off
and any of the doors is opened and closed. (The lights turn off immediately if
on the key is pressed after all the doors are locked.)
When only the tail lights are on: The tail lights turn off automatically if the
engine switch is turned to ACCESSORY mode or turned off and the driver’s
door is opened.
To turn the lights on again, turn the engine switch to IGNITION ON mode, or
turn the light switch off once and then back to or .
If any of the doors is kept open, the lights automatically turn off after 20 min-
utes.
The sensor may not function properly if an
object is placed on the sensor, or anything
that blocks the sensor is affixed to the
windshield.
Doing so interferes with the sensor
detecting the level of ambient light and
may cause the automatic headlight sys-
tem to malfunction.
244
4-3. Operating the lights and wipers
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Light reminder buzzer
Vehicles without a smart key system
A buzzer sounds when the engine switch is turned to the “LOCK” or “ACC”
position and the driver’s door is opened while the lights are turned on.
Vehicles with a smart key system
A buzzer sounds when the engine switch is turned off or turned to ACCES-
SORY mode and the driver’s door is opened while the lights are turned on.
Battery-saving function
In the following conditions, the remaining lights will go off automatically after
20 minutes in order to prevent the vehicle battery from being discharged:
The headlights and/or tail lights are on.
Vehicles without a smart key system:
The engine switch is turned to the “ACC” or “LOCK” position.
Vehicles with a smart key system:
The engine switch is turned to ACCESSORY mode or turned off.
This function will be canceled in any of the following situations:
Vehicles without a smart key system:
When the engine switch is turned to the “ON” position.
Vehicles with a smart key system:
When the engine switch is turned to IGNITION ON mode.
When the light switch is operated.
When any of the doors is opened or closed.
245
4-3. Operating the lights and wipers
4
Driving
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Customization
Settings (e.g. light sensor sensitivity) can be changed.
(Customizable features: P. 669)
NOTICE
To prevent battery discharge
Do not leave the lights on longer than necessary when the engine is not
running.
246
4-3. Operating the lights and wipers
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Push the lever away from you
with the headlight switch in the
or position.
Press the Automatic High
Beam switch.
The Automatic High Beam indica-
tor will come on when the head-
lights are turned on automatically
to indicate that the system is
active.
Automatic High Beam
: If equipped
The Automatic High Beam uses an in-vehicle camera sensor to
assess the brightness of streetlights, the lights of oncoming and
preceding vehicles, etc., and automatically turns the high beam
on or off as necessary.
Activating the Automatic High Beam system
1
2
247
4-3. Operating the lights and wipers
4
Driving
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
When all of the following conditions are met, the high beam will be
automatically turned on (after approximately 1 second):
Vehicle speed is above approximately 21 mph (34 km/h).
The area ahead of the vehicle is dark.
There are no oncoming or preceding vehicles with headlights or tail
lights turned on.
There are few streetlights on the road ahead.
If any of the following conditions are met, the high beam will be auto-
matically turned off:
Vehicle speed drops below approximately 17 mph (27 km/h).
The area ahead of the vehicle is not dark.
Oncoming or preceding vehicles have headlights or tail lights
turned on.
There are many streetlights on the road ahead.
High beam automatic turning on or off conditions
248
4-3. Operating the lights and wipers
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Switching to low beam
Pull the lever to the original
position.
The Automatic High Beam indi-
cator will turn off.
Push the lever away from you to
activate the Automatic High
Beam system again.
Switching to high beam
Press the Automatic High
Beam switch.
The Automatic High Beam indi-
cator will turn off and the high
beam indicator will turn on.
Press the switch to activate the
Automatic High Beam system
again.
The Automatic High Beam can be operated when
The engine switch is in IGNITION ON mode.
Camera sensor detection information
High beam may not be automatically turned off in the following situations:
When oncoming vehicles suddenly appear from a curve
When the vehicle is cut in front of by another vehicle
• When oncoming or preceding vehicles are hidden from sight due to
repeated curves, road dividers or roadside trees
High beam may be turned off if an oncoming vehicle that is using fog lights
without using the headlights is detected.
House lights, street lights, red traffic signals, and illuminated billboards or
signs may cause the high beam to turn off.
Turning the high beam on/off manually
249
4-3. Operating the lights and wipers
4
Driving
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
The following factors may affect the amount of time taken to turn high beam
on or off:
The brightness of headlights, fog lights, and tail lights of oncoming and
preceding vehicles
The movement and direction of oncoming and preceding vehicles
When an oncoming or preceding vehicle only has operational lights on
one side
When an oncoming or preceding vehicle is a two-wheeled vehicle
The condition of the road (gradient, curve, condition of the road surface
etc.)
The number of passengers and amount of luggage
High beam may be turned on or off when unexpected by the driver.
Small vehicles, such as bicycles, may not be detected.
In the situations below, the system may not be able to correctly detect the
surrounding brightness levels, and may flash or expose nearby pedestrians
to the high beam. Therefore, you should consider turning the high beams on
or off manually rather than relying on the Automatic High Beam system.
In bad weather (rain, snow, fog, sandstorms etc.)
The windshield is obscured by fog, mist, ice, dirt etc.
The windshield is cracked or damaged.
The camera sensor is deformed or dirty.
Surrounding brightness levels are equal to those of headlights, tail lights
or fog lights.
Vehicles ahead have headlights or tail lights that are either switched off,
dirty, changing color, or have improperly adjusted aim.
When driving through an area of intermittently changing brightness and
darkness.
When frequently and repeatedly driving ascending/descending roads, or
roads with rough, bumpy or uneven surfaces (such as stone-paved
roads, gravel tracks etc.).
When frequently and repeatedly taking curves or driving on a winding
road.
There is a highly reflective object ahead of the vehicle, such as a sign or
a mirror.
The vehicle’s headlights are damaged or dirty.
The vehicle is listing or titling, due to a flat tire, a trailer being towed etc.
The driver believes that the high beam may be causing problems or dis-
tress to other drivers or pedestrians nearby.
250
4-3. Operating the lights and wipers
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Temporarily lowering sensor sensitivity
The sensitivity of the sensor can be temporarily lowered.
Turn the engine switch off while the following conditions are met.
The headlight switch is in or .
The headlight switch lever is in high beam position.
Automatic High Beam switch is on.
Turn the engine switch to IGNITION ON mode.
Within 5 seconds after , repeat pulling the headlight switch lever to the
original position then pushing it to the high beam position quickly 9 times,
then leave the lever in high beam position.
Automatic High Beam (headlights) may turn on even the vehicle is stopped.
If the Automatic High Beam indicator turns to yellow
It may indicate a malfunction in the system. Contact your Toyota dealer.
1
2
3 2
251
4-3. Operating the lights and wipers
4
Driving
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
WARNING
Limitations of the Automatic High Beam
Do not rely on the Automatic High Beam. Always drive safely, taking care to
observe your surroundings and turning high beam on or off manually if nec-
essary.
NOTICE
Notes when using the Automatic High Beam system
Do not touch the camera sensor.
Do not subject the camera sensor to a strong impact.
Do not disassemble the camera sensor.
Do not spill liquid onto the camera sensor.
Do not apply window tinting or stickers to the camera sensor or the area of
windshield near the camera sensor.
Do not install a parking tag or any other accessories near or around the
camera sensor.
Do not overload the vehicle.
Do not modify the vehicle.
Do not replace windshield with non-genuine windshield.
Contact your Toyota dealer.
Observe the following to ensure that the
Automatic High Beam functions correctly.
252
4-3. Operating the lights and wipers
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
*
1
or *
2
Turns the front fog lights
off
Turns the front fog lights
on
*
1
:For U.S.A.
*
2
: For Canada
Fog lights can be used when
The headlights are on in low beam.
Fog light switch
: If equipped
The fog lights secure excellent visibility in difficult driving con-
ditions, such as in rain and fog.
1
2
253
4-3. Operating the lights and wipers
4
Driving
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
The wiper operation is selected by moving the lever as follows.
*
1
or *
2
Intermittent windshield
wiper operation
*
1
or *
2
Low speed windshield
wiper operation
*
1
or *
2
High speed windshield
wiper operation
*
1
or *
2
Temporary operation
*
1
:For U.S.A.
*
2
: For Canada
Wiper intervals can be adjusted when intermittent operation is
selected.
Increases the intermittent wind-
shield wiper frequency
Decreases the intermittent
windshield wiper frequency
Washer/wiper dual operation
Wipers will automatically operate a
couple of times after the washer
squirts.
Windshield wipers and washer
Operating the wiper lever
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
254
4-3. Operating the lights and wipers
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
The windshield wiper and washer can be operated when
Vehicles without a smart key system
The engine switch is in the “ON” position.
Vehicles with a smart key system
The engine switch is in IGNITION ON mode.
If no windshield washer fluid sprays
Check that the washer nozzles are not blocked if there is washer fluid in the
windshield washer fluid reservoir.
WARNING
Caution regarding the use of washer fluid
When it is cold, do not use the washer fluid until the windshield becomes
warm. The fluid may freeze on the windshield and cause low visibility. This
may lead to an accident, resulting in death or serious injury.
NOTICE
When the windshield is dry
Do not use the wipers, as they may damage the windshield.
When the washer fluid tank is empty
Do not operate the switch continually as the washer fluid pump may over-
heat.
When a nozzle becomes blocked
In this case, contact your Toyota dealer.
Do not try to clear it with a pin or other object. The nozzle will be damaged.
255
4-3. Operating the lights and wipers
4
Driving
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
The wiper operation is selected by moving the lever as follows:
*
1
or *
2
Intermittent window
wiper operation
*
1
or *
2
Normal window wiper
operation
*
1
:For U.S.A.
*
2
: For Canada
Washer/wiper dual operation
The wiper will automatically oper-
ate a couple of times after the
washer squirts.
Rear window wiper and washer
Operating the wiper lever
1
2
3
256
4-3. Operating the lights and wipers
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
The rear window wiper and washer can be operated when
Vehicles without a smart key system:
The engine switch is in the “ON” position.
Vehicles with a smart key system:
The engine switch is in IGNITION ON mode.
The glass hatch is closed.
If no washer fluid sprays
Check that the washer nozzle is not blocked if there is washer fluid in the
washer fluid reservoir.
NOTICE
When the rear window is dry
Do not use the wiper, as it may damage the rear window.
When the washer fluid tank is empty
Do not operate the switch continually as the washer fluid pump may over-
heat.
When a nozzle becomes blocked
In this case, contact your Toyota dealer.
Do not try to clear it with a pin or other object. The nozzle will be damaged.
257
4
Driving
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
4-4. Refueling
Close all the doors and windows, and turn the engine switch to the
“LOCK” position (vehicles without a smart key system) or off (vehi-
cles with a smart key system).
Confirm the type of fuel.
Fuel types
Unleaded gasoline (Octane rating 87 [Research Octane Number 91] or
higher)
Opening the fuel tank cap
Perform the following steps to open the fuel tank cap:
Before refueling the vehicle
258
4-4. Refueling
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
WARNING
When refueling the vehicle
Observe the following precautions while refueling the vehicle. Failure to do
so may result in death or serious injury.
After exiting the vehicle and before opening the fuel door, touch an
unpainted metal surface to discharge any static electricity. It is important to
discharge static electricity before refueling because sparks resulting from
static electricity can cause fuel vapors to ignite while refueling.
Always hold the grips on the fuel tank cap and turn it slowly to remove it.
A whooshing sound may be heard when the fuel tank cap is loosened.
Wait until the sound cannot be heard before fully removing the cap. In hot
weather, pressurized fuel may spray out the filler neck and cause injury.
Do not allow anyone that has not discharged static electricity from their
body to come close to an open fuel tank.
Do not inhale vaporized fuel.
Fuel contains substances that are harmful if inhaled.
Do not smoke while refueling the vehicle.
Doing so may cause the fuel to ignite and cause a fire.
Do not return to the vehicle or touch any person or object that is statically
charged.
This may cause static electricity to build up, resulting in a possible ignition
hazard.
When refueling
Observe the following precautions to prevent fuel overflowing from the fuel
tank:
Securely insert the fuel nozzle into the fuel filler neck.
Stop filling the tank after the fuel nozzle automatically clicks off.
Do not top off the fuel tank.
NOTICE
Refueling
Do not spill fuel during refueling.
Doing so may damage the vehicle, such as causing the emission control
system to operate abnormally or damaging fuel system components or the
vehicle’s painted surface.
259
4-4. Refueling
4
Driving
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Press the opener switch.
Turn the fuel tank cap slowly to
remove it and hang it on the
back of the fuel filler door.
When the fuel filler door cannot be opened by pressing the inside switch
Opening the fuel tank cap
1
2
Remove the cover inside the luggage
compartment and pull the lever.
260
4-4. Refueling
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
After refueling, turn the fuel tank
cap until you hear a click. Once
the cap is released, it will turn
slightly in the opposite direction.
Closing the fuel tank cap
WARNING
When replacing the fuel tank cap
Do not use anything but a genuine Toyota fuel tank cap designed for your
vehicle. Doing so may cause a fire or other incident which may result in
death or serious injury.
261
4
Driving
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
4-5. Using the driving support systems
Use the cruise control to maintain a set speed without depressing the
accelerator pedal.
Indicators
Cruise control switch
*
1
: Vehicles with monochrome display
*
2
: Vehicles with color display
Cruise control
: If equipped
Summary of functions
*
1
*
2
1
2
262
4-5. Using the driving support systems
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Press the “ON-OFF” button to
activate the cruise control.
Cruise control indicator will come
on
*
1
or will be displayed on the
multi-information display
*
2
.
Press the button again to deacti-
vate the cruise control.
Accelerate or decelerate the
vehicle to the desired speed,
and push the lever down to set
the speed.
“SET” indicator will come on*
1
or
will be displayed on the multi-infor-
mation display
*
2
.
The vehicle speed at the moment
the lever is released becomes the
set speed.
*
1
: Vehicles with monochrome display
*
2
: Vehicles with color display
Setting the vehicle speed
*
1
*
2
1
*
1
*
2
2
263
4-5. Using the driving support systems
4
Driving
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
To change the set speed, operate the lever until the desired set speed
is obtained.
Increases the speed
Decreases the speed
Fine adjustment: Momentarily
move the lever in the desired direc-
tion.
Large adjustment: Hold the lever in
the desired direction.
The set speed will be increased or decreased as follows:
Fine adjustment: By approximately 1 mph (1.6 km/h) each time the lever is
operated.
Large adjustment: The set speed can be increased or decreased continu-
ally until the lever is released.
Pulling the lever toward you
cancels the constant speed
control.
The speed setting is also canceled
when the brakes are applied.
Pushing the lever up resumes
the constant speed control.
Resuming is available when the
vehicle speed is more than approx-
imately 25 mph (40 km/h).
Adjusting the set speed
1
2
Canceling and resuming the constant speed control
1
2
264
4-5. Using the driving support systems
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Cruise control can be set when
The shift lever is in the D or range 4 or higher of S has been selected.
Vehicle speed is above approximately 25 mph (40 km/h).
Accelerating after setting the vehicle speed
The vehicle can be accelerated normally. After acceleration, the set speed
resumes.
Even without canceling the cruise control, the set speed can be increased
by first accelerating the vehicle to the desired speed and then pushing the
lever down to set the new speed.
Automatic cruise control cancelation
Cruise control will stop maintaining the vehicle speed in any of the following
situations.
Actual vehicle speed falls more than approximately 10 mph (16 km/h) below
the preset vehicle speed.
At this time, the memorized set speed is not retained.
Actual vehicle speed is below approximately 25 mph (40 km/h).
Enhanced VSC is activated.
VSC is activated.
If the warning message for the cruise control is shown on the multi-
information display
Press the “ON-OFF” button once to deactivate the system, and then press
the button again to reactivate the system.
If the cruise control speed cannot be set or if the cruise control cancels imme-
diately after being activated, there may be a malfunction in the cruise control
system. Have the vehicle inspected by your Toyota dealer.
265
4-5. Using the driving support systems
4
Driving
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
WARNING
To avoid operating the cruise control by mistake
Switch the cruise control off using the “ON-OFF” button when not in use.
Situations unsuitable for cruise control
Do not use cruise control in any of the following situations.
Doing so may result in loss of control and could cause an accident resulting
in death or serious injury.
In heavy traffic
On roads with sharp bends
On winding roads
On slippery roads, such as those covered with rain, ice or snow
On steep hills
Vehicle speed may exceed the set speed when driving down a steep hill.
When your vehicle is towing a trailer or during emergency towing
266
4-5. Using the driving support systems
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Dynamic radar cruise control supplements conventional cruise control
with a vehicle-to-vehicle distance control. In vehicle-to-vehicle dis-
tance control mode, the vehicle automatically accelerates or deceler-
ates in order to maintain a set following distance from vehicles ahead.
Vehicle-to-vehicle distance but-
ton
Display
Set speed
Indicators
Cruise control switch
Dynamic radar cruise control
: If equipped
Summary of functions
1
2
3
4
5
267
4-5. Using the driving support systems
4
Driving
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Press the “ON-OFF” button to
activate the cruise control.
Radar cruise control indicator will
be displayed.
Press the button again to deacti-
vate the cruise control.
Accelerate or decelerate the
vehicle to the desired speed,
and push the lever down to set
the speed.
“SET” indicator will be displayed.
The vehicle speed at the moment
the lever is released becomes the
set speed.
Setting the vehicle speed (vehicle-to-vehicle distance control
mode)
1
2
268
4-5. Using the driving support systems
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
To change the set speed, operate the lever until the desired set speed
is displayed.
Increases the speed
Decreases the speed
Fine adjustment: Momentarily
move the lever in the desired direc-
tion.
Large adjustment: Hold the lever in
the desired direction.
In the vehicle-to-vehicle distance control mode, the set speed will be
increased or decreased as follows:
When the set speed is shown in “MPH”
Fine adjustment: By approximately 1 mph (1.6 km/h) each time the lever
is operated
Large adjustment: By approximately 5 mph (8 km/h) for each 0.75 sec-
onds the lever is held
When the set speed is shown in “km/h”
Fine adjustment: By approximately 0.6 mph (1 km/h) each time the lever
is operated
Large adjustment: By approximately 3.1 mph (5 km/h) for each 0.75
seconds the lever is held
In the constant speed control mode (P. 273), the set speed will be
increased or decreased as follows:
Fine adjustment: By approximately 1 mph (1.6 km/h) each time the lever is
operated
Large adjustment: The set speed can be increased or decreased continu-
ally until the lever is released.
Adjusting the set speed
1
2
269
4-5. Using the driving support systems
4
Driving
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Pressing the button changes the
vehicle-to-vehicle distance as fol-
lows:
Long
Medium
Short
The vehicle-to-vehicle distance is
set automatically to long mode
when the engine switch is turned to
IGNITION ON mode.
If a vehicle is running ahead of you, the preceding vehicle mark will also be
displayed.
Select a distance from the table below. Note that the distances shown
correspond to a vehicle speed of 50 mph (80 km/h). Vehicle-to-vehicle
distance increases/decreases in accordance with vehicle speed.
Changing the vehicle-to-vehicle distance
Preceding vehicle
mark
1
2
3
Vehicle-to-vehicle distance settings
Distance options Vehicle-to-vehicle distance
Long Approximately 160 ft. (50 m)
Medium Approximately 130 ft. (40 m)
Short Approximately 100 ft. (30 m)
270
4-5. Using the driving support systems
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Pulling the lever toward you
cancels the cruise control.
The speed setting is also canceled
when the brakes are applied.
Pushing the lever up resumes
the cruise control and returns
vehicle speed to the set speed.
Resuming is available when the
vehicle speed is more than approx-
imately 25 mph (40 km/h).
Canceling and resuming the speed control
1
2
271
4-5. Using the driving support systems
4
Driving
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
This mode employs a radar sensor to detect the presence of vehicles
up to approximately 400 ft. (120 m) ahead, determines the current
vehicle-to-vehicle following distance, and operates to maintain a suit-
able following distance from the vehicle ahead.
Note that vehicle-to-vehicle distance will close in when traveling on long
downhill slopes.
Example of constant speed cruising
When there are no vehicles ahead
The vehicle travels at the speed set by the driver. The desired vehicle-to-
vehicle distance can also be set by operating the vehicle-to-vehicle dis-
tance control.
Example of deceleration cruising
When the vehicle ahead is driving slower than the set speed
When a vehicle is detected running ahead of you, the system automatically
decelerates your vehicle. When a greater reduction in vehicle speed is
necessary, the system applies the brakes. A warning tone warns you when
the system cannot decelerate sufficiently to prevent your vehicle from clos-
ing in on the vehicle ahead.
Driving in vehicle-to-vehicle distance control mode
1
2
272
4-5. Using the driving support systems
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Example of follow-up cruising
When following a vehicle driving slower than the set speed
The system continues follow-up cruising while adjusting for changes in the
speed of the vehicle ahead in order to maintain the vehicle-to-vehicle dis-
tance set by the driver.
Example of acceleration
When there are no longer any vehicles ahead driving slower than
the set speed
The system accelerates until the set speed is reached. The system then
returns to constant speed cruising.
When your vehicle is too close to a vehicle ahead, and sufficient auto-
matic deceleration via the cruise control is not possible, the display
will flash and the buzzer will sound to alert the driver. An example of
this would be if another driver cuts in front of you while you are follow-
ing a vehicle. Apply the brakes to ensure an appropriate vehicle-to-
vehicle distance.
Warnings may not occur when
In the following instances, there is a possibility that the warnings will
not occur:
When the speed of the vehicle ahead matches or exceeds your
vehicle speed
When the vehicle ahead is traveling at an extremely slow speed
Immediately after the cruise control speed was set
At the instant the accelerator is applied
Approach warning
3
4
273
4-5. Using the driving support systems
4
Driving
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Constant speed control mode differs from vehicle-to-vehicle distance
control mode. When constant speed control mode is selected, your
vehicle will maintain a set speed regardless of whether or not there
are other vehicles in the lane ahead.
Press the “ON-OFF” button to
activate the cruise control.
Press the button again to deacti-
vate the cruise control.
Switch to constant speed con-
trol mode.
(Push the lever forward and
hold for approximately one sec-
ond.)
Constant speed control mode indicator will be displayed.
When in constant speed control mode, to return to vehicle-to-vehicle dis-
tance control mode, push the lever forward again and hold for approxi-
mately 1 second.
After the desired speed has been set, it is not possible to return to vehicle-
to-vehicle distance control mode.
If the engine switch is turned off and then turned to IGNITION ON mode
again, the vehicle will automatically return to vehicle-to-vehicle distance
control mode.
Adjusting the speed setting: P. 268
Canceling and resuming the speed setting: P. 270
Selecting conventional constant speed control mode
1
2
274
4-5. Using the driving support systems
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Dynamic radar cruise control can be set when
The shift lever is in the D or range 4 or higher of S has been selected.
Vehicle speed is above approximately 30 mph (50 km/h).
Accelerating after setting the vehicle speed
The vehicle can accelerate normally. After acceleration, the set speed
resumes. However, during vehicle-to-vehicle distance control mode, the vehi-
cle speed may decrease below the set speed in order to maintain the dis-
tance to the vehicle ahead.
Automatic cancelation of vehicle-to-vehicle distance control
Vehicle-to-vehicle distance control driving is automatically canceled in the fol-
lowing situations:
Actual vehicle speed falls below approximately 25 mph (40 km/h).
Enhanced VSC is activated.
VSC is activated.
The sensor cannot operate correctly because it is covered in some way.
The windshield wipers are operating at high speed (when the wiper switch is
set to the high speed wiper operation position).
If vehicle-to-vehicle distance control driving is automatically canceled for any
other reason, there may be a malfunction in the system. Contact your Toyota
dealer.
Automatic cancelation of constant speed control
The cruise control will stop maintaining the vehicle speed in the following situ-
ations:
Actual vehicle speed is more than approximately 10 mph (16 km/h) below
the set vehicle speed.
At this time, the memorized set speed is not retained.
Vehicle speed falls below approximately 25 mph (40 km/h).
Enhanced VSC is activated.
VSC is activated.
275
4-5. Using the driving support systems
4
Driving
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Radar sensor and grille cover
Always keep the sensor and grille cover clean to ensure that the vehicle-to-
vehicle distance control operates properly. (Some obstructions, such as
snow, ice and plastic objects, cannot be detected by the obstruction sensor.)
Dynamic radar cruise control is canceled if an obstruction is detected.
Operation guide display
When the dynamic radar cruise control switch is operated, a guidance display
is shown on the multi-information display for a few seconds as to how to oper-
ate the dynamic radar cruise control switch or distance switch. (P. 105)
Warning messages and buzzers for dynamic radar cruise control
Warning messages and buzzers are used to indicate a system malfunction or
to inform the driver of the need for caution while driving. (P. 579)
Grille cover
Radar sensor
1
2
276
4-5. Using the driving support systems
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Certification for dynamic radar cruise control
For vehicles sold in the U.S.A.
FCC ID: HYQDNMWR007
This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to
the following two conditions : (1) this device may not cause harmful interfer-
ence, and (2) this device must accept any interference received, including
interference that may cause undesired operation.
FCC WARNING
Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for
compliance could void the user’s authority to operate the equipment.
Radiofrequency radiation exposure Information:
This equipment complies with FCC radiation exposure limits set forth for an
uncontrolled environment.
This equipment should be installed and operated with minimum distance of
20 cm between the radiator (antenna) and your body.
This transmitter must not be co-located or operating in conjunction with any
other antenna or transmitter.
For vehicles sold in Canada
Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) this device may not
cause interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference, includ-
ing interference that may cause undesired operation of the device.
277
4-5. Using the driving support systems
4
Driving
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
WARNING
Before using dynamic radar cruise control
Do not overly rely on vehicle-to-vehicle distance control.
Be aware of the set speed. If automatic deceleration/acceleration is not
appropriate, adjust the vehicle speed, as well as the distance between your
vehicle and vehicles ahead by applying the brakes etc.
Cautions regarding the driving assist systems
Observe the following precautions.
Failure to do so may cause an accident resulting in death or serious injury.
Assisting the driver to measure following distance
The dynamic radar cruise control is only intended to help the driver in
determining the following distance between the driver’s own vehicle and a
designated vehicle traveling ahead. It is not a mechanism that allows care-
less or inattentive driving, and it is not a system that can assist the driver in
low-visibility conditions. It is still necessary for driver to pay close attention
to the vehicle’s surroundings.
Assisting the driver to judge proper following distance
The dynamic radar cruise control determines whether the following dis-
tance between the driver’s own vehicle and a designated vehicle traveling
ahead is appropriate or not. It is not capable of making any other type of
judgement. Therefore, it is absolutely necessary for the driver to remain
vigilant and to determine whether or not there is a possibility of danger in
any given situation.
Assisting the driver to operate the vehicle
The dynamic radar cruise control has no capability to prevent or avoid a
collision with a vehicle traveling ahead. Therefore, if there is ever any dan-
ger, the driver must take immediate and direct control of the vehicle and
act appropriately in order to ensure the safety of all involved.
To avoid inadvertent cruise control activation
Switch the cruise control off using the “ON-OFF” button when not in use.
278
4-5. Using the driving support systems
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
WARNING
Situations unsuitable for dynamic radar cruise control
Do not use dynamic radar cruise control in any of the following situations.
Doing so may result in inappropriate speed control and could cause an acci-
dent resulting in death or serious injury.
In heavy traffic
On roads with sharp bends
On winding roads
On slippery roads, such as those covered with rain, ice or snow
On steep downhills, or where there are sudden changes between sharp up
and down gradients
Vehicle speed may exceed the set speed when driving down a steep hill.
At entrances to expressways
When weather conditions are bad enough that they may prevent the sen-
sors from functioning correctly (fog, snow, sandstorm, heavy rain, etc.)
When an approach warning buzzer is heard often
When your vehicle is towing a trailer or during emergency towing
When the sensor may not be correctly detecting the vehicle ahead
Apply the brakes as necessary when any of the following types of vehicles
are in front of you.
As the sensor may not be able to correctly detect these types of vehicles,
the approach warning (P. 272) will not be activated, and a fatal or serious
accident may result.
Vehicles that cut in suddenly
Vehicles traveling at low speeds
Vehicles that are not moving
Vehicles with small rear ends (trailers with no load on board etc.)
Motorcycles traveling in the same lane
279
4-5. Using the driving support systems
4
Driving
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
WARNING
Conditions under which the vehicle-to-vehicle distance control may
not function correctly
Apply the brakes as necessary in the following conditions as the radar sen-
sor may not be able to correctly detect vehicles ahead, and a fatal or seri-
ous accident may result:
When water or snow thrown up by the surrounding vehicles hinders the
functioning of the sensor
When your vehicle is pointing upwards (caused by a heavy load in the lug-
gage compartment etc.)
When the road curves or when the lanes are narrow
When steering wheel operation or your position in the lane is unstable
When the vehicle ahead of you decelerates suddenly
Handling the radar sensor
Observe the following to ensure the cruise control system can function
effectively.
Otherwise, the system may not function correctly and could result in an
accident.
Keep the sensor and grille cover clean at all times.
Clean the sensor and grille cover with a soft cloth so you do not mark or
damage them.
Do not subject the sensor or surrounding area to a strong impact.
If the sensor moves even slightly off position, the system may malfunction.
If the sensor or surrounding area is subject to a strong impact, always
have the area inspected and adjusted by your Toyota dealer.
Do not disassemble the sensor.
Do not attach accessories or stickers to the sensor, grille cover or sur-
rounding area.
Do not modify or paint the sensor and grille cover.
Do not replace them with non-genuine parts.
280
4-5. Using the driving support systems
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
While driving on a road that has lane markers, this system recognizes
the lane markers using a camera as a sensor to alert the driver when
the vehicle deviates from its lane.
If the system judges that the vehicle has deviated from its lane, it
alerts the driver using a buzzer and indications on the multi-informa-
tion display.
Camera sensor
LDA (Lane Departure Alert)
: If equipped
Summary of function
281
4-5. Using the driving support systems
4
Driving
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Press the LDA switch to activate the system.
The LDA indicator and lane lines will come on.
Press the switch again to turn the LDA system off.
The LDA system will remain on or off even if the engine switch is turned to
IGNITION ON mode.
When the vehicle speed is approximately 32 mph (50 km/h) or
more
When the lane width is more than approximately 8.2 ft. (2.5 m)
When driving on a straight road or through a curve with a radius of
more than approximately 328 ft. (100 m)
Turning the LDA system on
Vehicles with monochrome dis-
play
Vehicles with color display
Operating conditions
282
4-5. Using the driving support systems
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
When the inside of both lane lines turn white:
Indicates that both right and left lane markers are recognized.
If the vehicle deviates from the lane, the lane line on the side the vehicle
has deviated from will flash. (P. 574)
When the inside of either lane line turns white:
Indicates that the lane marker on the white-marked side is recog-
nized.
If the vehicle deviates from the side of a lane with recognized lane mark-
ers, the lane line will flash. (P. 574)
Indication on the multi-information display
Vehicles with monochrome dis-
play
Vehicles with color display
Vehicles with monochrome dis-
play
Vehicles with color display
283
4-5. Using the driving support systems
4
Driving
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Vehicles with monochrome dis-
play
Vehicles with color display
When both lane lines are shown in
fine lines:
Indicates that no lane markers are
recognized or the LDA system is
temporarily canceled.
When the inside of both lane
lines are black:
Indicates that no lane markers
are recognized or the LDA sys-
tem is temporarily canceled.
284
4-5. Using the driving support systems
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Temporary cancelation of the LDA system functions
If any of the following occurs, the LDA system functions will be temporarily
canceled. The functions will resume after the necessary operating conditions
have returned.
The turn signal lever is operated.
The vehicle speed deviates from the operating range of the LDA system
functions.
When the lane lines cannot be recognized while driving.
When the lane departure warning function is activated.
The lane departure warning function will not operate again for a several sec-
onds after it has been activated, even if the vehicle leaves the lane again.
The lane departure warning
Depending on the audio system sound level or air conditioning fan noise
while the audio system or air conditioning system is in use, it may be difficult
to hear the warning sound.
After the vehicle has been parked in the sun
The LDA system may not be available and a warning message (P. 579) will
be displayed for a while after driving has started. When the temperature in the
cabin decreases and the temperature around the camera sensor (P. 280)
becomes suitable for its operation, the functions will begin to operate.
If there are lane markers on only one side of the vehicle
The lane departure warning will not operate for the side on which lane mark-
ers could not be recognized.
285
4-5. Using the driving support systems
4
Driving
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Conditions in which the function may not operate correctly
In the following situations, the camera sensor may be unable to recognize
lane markers causing the lane departure warning function to operate incor-
rectly. However, this does not indicate a malfunction.
When driving through an area with no lane markers, such as a tollbooth, a
crossing or before a ticket checkpoint
When driving on a sharp curve
When lane markers are extremely narrow or extremely wide
When the vehicle leans to one side an unusual amount due to a heavy load
or improper tire inflation pressure
When the following distance between your vehicle and the vehicle ahead is
extremely short
When the lane markers are yellow (These may be more difficult for the sys-
tem to recognize compared to white markers.)
When the lane markers are broken, Botts’ dots (raised pavement markers)
or stones
When the lane markers are on a curb etc.
When lane markers are obscured or partially obscured by sand, dirt, etc.
When there are shadows on the road running parallel with lane markers, or
if a shadow covers the lane markers
When driving on a particularly bright road surface, such as concrete
When driving on a road surface that is bright due to reflected light
When driving in a location where the light level changes rapidly, such as the
entrance to or exit from a tunnel
When sunlight or the headlights of oncoming vehicles are shining directly
into the camera lens
When driving on roads that are branching or merging
When driving on a road surface that is wet due to rain, previous rainfall,
standing water, etc.
When the vehicle experiences strong up-and-down motion such as when
driving on an extremely rough road or on a seam in the pavement
When headlight brightness at nighttime is reduced due to dirt on the lenses,
or when the headlights are misaligned
When driving on winding roads or roads that are uneven
When driving on rough or unpaved roads
When changing the tires
Depending on the tires used, sufficient performance may not be maintainable.
Warning messages for the LDA system
Warning messages are used to indicate a system malfunction or to inform the
driver of the need for caution while driving. (P. 578)
286
4-5. Using the driving support systems
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
WARNING
Before using the LDA system
Do not rely solely on the LDA system. The LDA system does not drive the
vehicle automatically, nor does it reduce the amount of care you need to
take. As such, the driver must always assume full responsibility for under-
standing his/her surroundings, for operating the steering wheel to correct
the driving line, and for driving safely.
Inappropriate or negligent driving could lead to an accident.
To avoid operating the LDA by mistake
Switch the LDA system off using the LDA switch when not in use.
Situations unsuitable for LDA system
Do not use the LDA system in any of the following situations.
Otherwise, the system may not function correctly and could result in an
accident.
When driving with tire chains, a spare tire, or similar equipment
When there are objects or structures along the roadside that might be mis-
interpreted as lane markers (such as guardrails, a curb, reflector posts,
etc.)
When driving on snowy roads
When pavement lane markers are difficult to see due to rain, snow, fog,
sand dust, etc.
When there are visible lines on the pavement from road repairs, or if the
remains of old lane markers are still visible on the road
When driving on a road with lane closures due to maintenance, or when
driving in a temporary lane
287
4-5. Using the driving support systems
4
Driving
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
NOTICE
To prevent damage to or incorrect operation of the LDA system
Do not modify the headlights or attach stickers to the surface of the lights.
Do not modify the suspension or replace it with non-genuine parts.
Do not install or place anything on the hood or the grille. Also, do not install
a grille guard (bull bars, kangaroo bar etc.).
If your windshield needs repairs, contact your Toyota dealer.
Camera sensor
Observe the following to ensure that the LDA system functions correctly.
Keep the windshield clean at all times.
Performance could be affected if the windshield is dirty, or if raindrops,
condensation or ice are adhering to the windshield.
Do not spill liquid onto the camera sensor
Do not attach window tinting to the windshield.
Do not install an antenna in front of the camera lens.
If the windshield is fogged up, use the windshield defogger to remove fog
from the windshield.
When it is cold, using the heater with air blowing to the feet may allow the
upper part of the windshield to fog up. This will have a negative effect on
the images.
Do not scratch the camera lens, or let it get dirty.
When cleaning the inside of the windshield, be careful not to get any glass
cleaner etc. on the lens. Also, do not touch the lens.
For lens repair, contact your Toyota dealer.
Do not change the installation position or direction of the camera sensor or
remove it. The direction of the camera sensor is precisely adjusted.
Do not subject the camera sensor to strong impact or force, and do not
disassemble the camera sensor.
Do not replace windshield with non-genuine windshield.
Contact your Toyota dealer.
Do not attach a sticker or other items to
the windshield near the camera sensor.
288
4-5. Using the driving support systems
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
The rear view image is displayed
when the shift position is in R and
the engine switch is in “ON” posi-
tion.
The rear view monitor system will
be deactivated when the shift lever
is in any position other than R.
Rear view monitor system
: If equipped
Audio system with “APPS” button
Refer to the “Navigation and Multimedia System Owners Man-
ual”.
Audio system with “CAR” button
The rear view monitor system assists the driver by displaying
guide lines and an image of the view behind the vehicle while
backing up, for example while parking.
The screen illustrations used in this text are intended as examples,
and may differ from the image that is actually displayed on the
screen.
289
4-5. Using the driving support systems
4
Driving
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Screen description
The rear view monitor system screen will be displayed if the shift
lever is shifted to R while the engine switch is in “ON” position.
Vehicle width guide lines
The line indicates a guide path when the vehicle is being backed
straight up.
The displayed width is wider than the actual vehicle width.
Vehicle center guide lines
These lines indicate the estimated vehicle center on the ground.
Distance guide line
The line shows points approximately 1.5 ft. (0.5 m) (red) from the center
of the edge of the bumper.
Distance guide line
The line shows distance behind the vehicle, a point approximately 3 ft.
(1 m) (blue) from the edge of the bumper.
Using the rear view monitor system
1
2
3
4
290
4-5. Using the driving support systems
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Area displayed on screen
The rear view monitor system
displays an image of the view
from the bumper of the rear
area of the vehicle.
To adjust the image on the rear
view monitor system screen.
(P. 348)
The area displayed on the
screen may vary according to
vehicle orientation conditions.
Objects which are close to either
corner of the bumper or under
the bumper cannot be seen on
the screen.
The camera uses a special lens. The distance of the image that appears
on the screen differs from the actual distance.
Items which are located higher than the camera may not be displayed
by the monitor.
Rear view monitor system camera
The camera for the rear view
monitor system is located
above the license plate.
Using the camera
If the camera lens becomes dirty, it cannot transmit a clear image. If
water droplets, snow or mud adhere to the lens, rinse it with water
and wipe with a soft cloth. If the lens is extremely dirty, wash it with
a mild cleanser and rinse.
Rear view monitor system precautions
Corners of bumper
291
4-5. Using the driving support systems
4
Driving
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Differences between the screen and the actual road
The distance guide lines and the vehicle width guide lines may not
actually be parallel with the dividing lines of the parking space, even
when they appear to be so. Be sure to check visually.
The distances between the vehicle width guide lines and the left
and right dividing lines of the parking space may not be equal, even
when they appear to be so. Be sure to check visually.
The distance guide lines give a distance guide for flat road sur-
faces. In any of the following situations, there is a margin of error
between the fixed guide lines on the screen and the actual dis-
tance/course on the road.
When the ground behind the vehicle slopes up sharply
The distance guide lines will
appear to be closer to the vehi-
cle than the actual distance.
Because of this, objects will
appear to be farther away than
they actually are. In the same
way, there will be a margin of
error between the guidelines
and the actual distance/course
on the road.
292
4-5. Using the driving support systems
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
When the ground behind the vehicle slopes down sharply
The distance guide lines will
appear to be further from the
vehicle than the actual dis-
tance. Because of this, objects
will appear to be closer than
they actually are. In the same
way, there will be a margin of
error between the guidelines
and the actual distance/course
on the road.
When any part of the vehicle sags
When any part of the vehicle
sags due to the number of pas-
sengers or the distribution of
the load, there is a margin of
error between the fixed guide
lines on the screen and the
actual distance/course on the
road.
When approaching three-dimensional objects
The distance guide lines are displayed according to flat surfaced
objects (such as the road). It is not possible to determine the posi-
tion of three-dimensional objects (such as vehicles) using the dis-
tance guide lines. When approaching a three-dimensional object
that extends outward (such as the flatbed of a truck), be careful of
the following.
A margin of error
293
4-5. Using the driving support systems
4
Driving
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Distance guidelines
Visually check the surroundings
and the area behind the vehi-
cle. On the screen, it appears
that a truck is parked at point
. However, in reality if you
back up to point , you will hit
the truck. On the screen, it
appears that is closest and
is furthest away. However,
in reality, the distance to
and is the same, and is
farther than and .
Vehicle width guide lines
Visually check the surroundings and the area behind the vehicle. In
the case shown below, the truck appears to be outside of the vehi-
cle width guide lines and the vehicle does not look as if it hits the
truck. However, the rear body of the truck may actually cross over
the vehicle width guide lines. In reality if you back up as guided by
the vehicle width guide lines, the vehicle may hit the truck.
Vehicle width guide lines
2
1
1
3
1
3 2
1 3
294
4-5. Using the driving support systems
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
If you notice any symptoms
If you notice any of the following symptoms, refer to the likely cause
and the solution, and re-check.
If the symptom is not resolved by the solution, have the vehicle
inspected by your Toyota dealer.
Things you should know
Likely cause Solution
The image is difficult to see
The vehicle is in a dark area
The temperature around the lens
is either high or low
The outside temperature is low
• There are water droplets on the
camera
It is raining or humid
Foreign matter (mud etc.) is
adhering to the camera
There are scratches on the cam-
era
Sunlight or headlights are shining
directly into the camera
• The vehicle is under fluorescent
lights, sodium lights, mercury
lights etc.
If this happens due to these causes,
it does not indicate a malfunction.
Back up while visually checking the
vehicle’s surroundings. (Use the
monitor again once conditions have
been improved.)
To adjust the image on the rear view
monitor system screen. (P. 348)
The image is blurry
Dirt or foreign matter (such as water
droplets, snow, mud etc.) is adher-
ing to the camera.
Rinse the camera lens with water
and wipe it clean with a soft cloth.
Wash with a mild soap if the dirt is
stubborn.
The image is out of alignment
The camera or surrounding area has
received a strong impact.
Have the vehicle inspected by your
Toyota dealer.
295
4-5. Using the driving support systems
4
Driving
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
The fixed guide lines are very far out of alignment
The vehicle is tilted (there is a
heavy load on the vehicle, tire
pressure is low due to a tire punc-
ture, etc.)
The vehicle is used on an incline.
If this happens due to these causes,
it does not indicate a malfunction.
Back up while visually checking the
vehicle's surroundings.
The camera position is out of align-
ment.
Have the vehicle inspected by your
Toyota dealer.
WARNING
When using the rear view monitor system
The rear view monitor system is a supplemental device intended to assist
the driver when backing up. When backing up, be sure to check visually
behind and all around the vehicle before proceeding.
Observe the following precautions to avoid an accident that could result in
death or serious injuries.
Never depend on the rear view monitor system entirely when backing up.
The image and the position of the guide lines displayed on the screen may
differ from the actual state.
Use caution, just as you would when backing up any vehicle.
Be sure to back up slowly, depressing the brake pedal to control vehicle
speed.
The instructions given are only guidelines.
When and how much to turn the steering wheel will vary according to traf-
fic conditions, road surface conditions, vehicle condition, etc. when park-
ing. It is necessary to be fully aware of this before using the rear view
monitor system.
When parking, be sure to check that the parking space will accommodate
your vehicle before maneuvering into it.
Do not use the rear view monitor system in the following cases:
On icy or slick road surfaces, or in snow
When using tire chains or the compact spare tire
When the back door is not closed completely
On roads that are not flat or straight, such as curves or slopes.
Likely cause Solution
296
4-5. Using the driving support systems
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
WARNING
In low temperatures, the screen may darken or the image may become
faint. The image could distort when the vehicle is moving, or you may
become unable to see the image on the screen. Be sure to check direct
visually and with the mirrors all around the vehicle before proceeding.
If the tire sizes are changed, the position of the fixed guide lines displayed
on the screen may change.
The camera uses a special lens. The distances between objects and
pedestrians that appear in the image displayed on the screen will differ
from the actual distances. (P. 291)
NOTICE
How to use the camera
The rear view monitor system may not operate properly in the following
cases.
If the back of the vehicle is hit, the position and mounting angle of the
camera may change.
As the camera has a water proof construction, do not detach, disassem-
ble or modify it. This may cause incorrect operation.
Do not strongly rub the camera lens. If the camera lens is scratched, it
cannot transmit a clear image.
Do not allow organic solvent, car wax, window cleaner or glass coat to
adhere to the camera. If this happens, wipe it off as soon as possible.
If the temperature changes rapidly, such as when hot water is poured
on the vehicle in cold weather, the system may not operate normally.
When washing the vehicle, do not apply intensive bursts of water to the
camera or camera area. Doing so may result in the camera malfunc-
tioning.
When the camera is used under fluorescent lights, sodium light or mer-
cury light etc., the lights and the illuminated areas may appear to flicker.
Do not expose the camera to strong impact as this could cause a malfunc-
tion. If this happens, have the vehicle inspected by your Toyota dealer as
soon as possible.
297
4-5. Using the driving support systems
4
Driving
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Press the switch.
The torque of the engine is distrib-
uted to the rear wheels to the max-
imum extent possible in
accordance with driving conditions.
Pressing the switch again cancels
all-wheel drive lock mode and
returns the Dynamic Torque Con-
trol AWD system to normal mode.
(P. 299)
All-wheel drive lock mode can be operated when
Vehicles without a smart key system
The engine switch is in the “ON” position.
Vehicles with a smart key system
The engine switch is in IGNITION ON mode.
All-wheel drive lock mode
All-wheel drive lock mode is canceled when the brakes are applied to
ensure the ABS and VSC systems operate effectively.
All-wheel drive lock mode is canceled when the vehicle speed exceeds 25
mph (40 km/h).
All-wheel drive lock switch (AWD models)
All-wheel drive lock mode can be used when a large amount of
drive power needs to be applied to all the wheels, such as when
the vehicle gets stuck in mud and you need to free it.
298
4-5. Using the driving support systems
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
ABS (Anti-lock Brake System)
Helps to prevent wheel lock when the brakes are applied suddenly,
or if the brakes are applied while driving on a slippery road surface
Brake assist
Generates an increased level of braking force after the brake pedal
is depressed when the system detects a panic stop situation
VSC (Vehicle Stability Control)
Helps the driver to control skidding when swerving suddenly or
turning on slippery road surfaces
Enhanced VSC (Enhanced Vehicle Stability Control)
Provides cooperative control of the ABS, TRAC, VSC and EPS.
Helps to maintain directional stability when swerving on slippery
road surfaces by controlling steering performance.
TRAC (Traction Control)
Helps to maintain drive power and prevent the drive wheels from
spinning when starting the vehicle or accelerating on slippery roads
Hill-start assist control
Prevents the vehicle from rolling backward when starting on an
incline or slippery slope
Downhill assist control system (AWD models)
P. 304
Driving assist systems
To help enhance driving safety and performance, the following
systems operate automatically in response to various driving
situations. Be aware, however, that these systems are supple-
mentary and should not be relied upon too heavily when operat-
ing the vehicle.
299
4-5. Using the driving support systems
4
Driving
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Dynamic Torque Control AWD system (AWD models)
Automatically switches from front-wheel drive to all-wheel drive
(AWD) according to the driving conditions, helping to ensure reli-
able handling and stability. Examples of conditions where the sys-
tem will switch to AWD are when cornering, going uphill, starting off
or accelerating, and when the road surface is slippery due to snow,
rain, etc.
EPS (Electric Power Steering)
Employs an electric motor to reduce the amount of effort needed to
turn the steering wheel
PCS (Pre-Collision System) (if equipped)
P. 306
300
4-5. Using the driving support systems
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
The slip indicator light will flash
while the TRAC/VSC systems are
operating.
If the vehicle gets stuck in mud, dirt or snow, the TRAC system may
reduce power from the engine to the wheels. Pressing to turn the
system off may make it easier for you to rock the vehicle in order to
free it.
To turn the TRAC system off,
quickly press and release .
The “TRAC OFF” will be shown on
the multi-information display. Press
again to turn the system back
on.
When the TRAC/VSC systems are operating
Disabling the TRAC system
301
4-5. Using the driving support systems
4
Driving
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Turning off both TRAC and VSC systems
To turn the TRAC and VSC systems off, press and hold for more than 3
seconds while the vehicle is stopped.
The VSC OFF indicator light will come on and the “TRAC OFF” will be shown
on the multi-information display.
*
Press again to turn the systems back on.
*: On vehicles with pre-collision system, pre-collision brake assist and pre-
collision braking will also be disabled. The pre-collision system warning
light will come on and the message will be shown on the multi-information
display. (P. 306)
When the message is displayed on the multi-information display show-
ing that TRAC has been disabled even if switch has not been
pressed
TRAC, hill-start assist control and downhill assist control cannot be operated.
Contact your Toyota dealer.
Sounds and vibrations caused by the ABS, brake assist, TRAC, VSC and
hill-start assist control systems
A sound may be heard from the engine compartment when the brake pedal
is depressed repeatedly, when the engine is started or just after the vehicle
begins to move. This sound does not indicate that a malfunction has
occurred in any of these systems.
Any of the following conditions may occur when the above systems are
operating. None of these indicates that a malfunction has occurred.
Vibrations may be felt through the vehicle body and steering.
A motor sound may be heard after the vehicle comes to a stop.
The brake pedal may pulsate slightly after the ABS is activated.
The brake pedal may move down slightly after the ABS is activated.
EPS operation sound
When the steering wheel is operated, a motor sound (whirring sound) may be
heard. This does not indicate a malfunction.
Automatic reactivation of TRAC and VSC systems
After turning the TRAC and VSC systems off, the systems will be automati-
cally re-enabled in the following situations:
Vehicles without a smart key system: When the engine switch is turned to
the “LOCK” position
Vehicles with a smart key system: When the engine switch is turned off
If only the TRAC system is turned off, the TRAC will turn on when vehicle
speed increases
If both the TRAC and VSC systems are turned off, automatic re-enabling will
not occur when vehicle speed increases.
302
4-5. Using the driving support systems
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Reduced effectiveness of the EPS system
The effectiveness of the EPS system is reduced to prevent the system from
overheating when there is frequent steering input over an extended period of
time. The steering wheel may feel heavy as a result. Should this occur, refrain
from excessive steering input or stop the vehicle and turn the engine off. The
EPS system should return to normal within 10 minutes.
Operating conditions of hill-start assist control
When the following four conditions are met, the hill-start assist control will
operate:
The shift lever is in a position other than P or N (when starting off forward/
backward on an upward incline).
The vehicle is stopped.
The accelerator pedal is not depressed.
The parking brake is not engaged.
Automatic system cancelation of hill-start assist control
The hill-start assist control will turn off in any of the following situations:
The shift lever is moved to P or N.
The accelerator pedal is depressed.
The parking brake is engaged.
Approximately 2 seconds elapse after the brake pedal is released.
WARNING
The ABS does not operate effectively when
The limits of tire gripping performance have been exceeded (such as
excessively worn tires on a snow covered road).
The vehicle hydroplanes while driving at high speed on wet or slick roads.
Stopping distance when the ABS is operating may exceed that of nor-
mal conditions
The ABS is not designed to shorten the vehicle’s stopping distance. Always
maintain a safe distance from the vehicle in front of you, especially in the
following situations:
When driving on dirt, gravel or snow-covered roads
When driving with tire chains
When driving over bumps in the road
When driving over roads with potholes or uneven surfaces
303
4-5. Using the driving support systems
4
Driving
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
WARNING
TRAC may not operate effectively when
Directional control and power may not be achievable while driving on slip-
pery road surfaces, even if the TRAC system is operating.
Drive the vehicle carefully in conditions where stability and power may be
lost.
Hill- start assist control
Do not overly rely on hill-start assist control. Hill-start assist control may
not operate effectively on steep inclines and roads covered with ice.
Unlike the parking brake, hill-start assist control is not intended to hold the
vehicle stationary for an extended period of time. Do not attempt to use
hill-start assist control to hold the vehicle on an incline, as doing so may
lead to an accident.
When the VSC is activated
The slip indicator light flashes. Always drive carefully. Reckless driving may
cause an accident. Exercise particular care when the indicator light flashes.
When the TRAC/VSC systems are turned off
Be especially careful and drive at a speed appropriate to the road condi-
tions. As these are the systems to help ensure vehicle stability and driving
force, do not turn the TRAC/VSC systems off unless necessary.
Replacing tires
Make sure that all tires are of the specified size, brand, tread pattern and
total load capacity. In addition, make sure that the tires are inflated to the
recommended tire inflation pressure level.
The ABS, TRAC and VSC systems will not function correctly if different tires
are installed on the vehicle.
Contact your Toyota dealer for further information when replacing tires or
wheels.
Handling of tires and the suspension
Using tires with any kind of problem or modifying the suspension will affect
the driving assist systems, and may cause a system to malfunction.
304
4-5. Using the driving support systems
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Activating the downhill assist control system
Press the “DAC” switch.
The downhill assist control sys-
tem indicator will come on to
indicate that the downhill assist
control system is activated.
Pressing the switch again turns
the system off.
The slip indicator will flash to indi-
cate that the downhill assist con-
trol system is operating, and the
stop lights and high mounted
stoplight will turn on.
Conditions in which the downhill assist control system does not operate
In the following situations, the downhill assist control system indicator
flashes and the downhill assist control system does not operate or will stop
operating:
The shift lever is not in 1 range of S mode or R.
The vehicle speed is higher than 15 mph (25 km/h).
If the accelerator or brake pedal is depressed, the downhill assist control
system will stop operating with the downhill assist control system indicator
still on.
Downhill assist control system (AWD mod-
els)
With the downhill assist control system, the vehicle is able to
descend a steep hill, maintaining a constant low speed of about
3 mph (5 km/h) without brake pedal operation.
While the downhill assist control system is operating
305
4-5. Using the driving support systems
4
Driving
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
If the “DAC” switch is turned off during operation of the downhill assist
control system
The downhill assist control system gradually ceases operation. The downhill
assist control system indicator will flash during the canceling operation, and
then go off when the system is fully off.
Downhill assist control system operation sound
A sound may be heard from the engine compartment during operation of the
downhill assist control system. This sound does not indicate a malfunction.
If the accelerator or brake pedal is depressed during operation of the down-
hill assist control system, a sound caused by the release of system opera-
tion may be heard, or you may feel the brake pedal push-back. This does
not indicate a malfunction.
When the downhill assist control system operates continuously
The brake actuator may overheat. In that case, the downhill assist control
system will stop operating, a buzzer will sound and the downhill assist control
system indicator will start flashing. Refrain from using the system until the
downhill assist control system indicator stays on. (There is no problem with
continuing to drive normally.)
If the slip indicator comes on
It may indicate a malfunction in the system. Contact your Toyota dealer.
WARNING
Conditions which may affect the downhill assist control system opera-
tion
Do not rely too heavily on the downhill assist control system. On extremely
steep inclines, icy surfaces or muddy roads, the vehicle may slip and the
system may not be able to maintain the constant low vehicle speed of
about 3 mph (5 km/h), leading to an accident causing death or serious
injury.
Do not shift the shift lever to R while driving forward, or to D while driving
backward. Doing so may cause the wheels to lock up, leading to an acci-
dent causing death or serious injury. In addition, excessive stress will be
applied to the automatic transmission, possibly resulting in damage.
306
4-5. Using the driving support systems
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Pre-collision warning
When a high possibility of a
frontal collision is detected, the
pre-collision system warning
light flashes, a buzzer sounds
and a message is shown on the
multi-information display to
urge the driver to take evasive
action.
Pre-collision brake assist
When there is a high possibility of a frontal collision, the system
applies greater braking force in relation to how strongly the brake
pedal is depressed.
The system may not warn the driver using a warning light, warning
display and buzzer when the system detects and judges braking
operations.
Pre-collision braking
When there is a high possibility of a frontal collision, the system
warns the driver using a warning light, warning display and buzzer.
If the system determines that a collision is unavoidable, the brakes
are automatically applied to reduce the collision speed.
PCS (Pre-Collision System)
: If equipped
When the radar sensor detects that a frontal collision is highly
likely or even unavoidable, safety systems such as the brakes
and seat belts are automatically engaged to lessen impact as
well as vehicle damage.
The pre-collision system can be turned on and off as necessary by
operating the switch. (P. 307)
307
4-5. Using the driving support systems
4
Driving
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Enabled
Disabled
The pre-collision system warning
light comes on when pre-collision
system is disabled.
The radar sensor detects vehi-
cles or other obstacles on or near
the road ahead and determines
whether a collision is imminent
based on the position, speed, and
heading of the obstacles.
Disabling pre-collision system
1
2
Radar sensor
308
4-5. Using the driving support systems
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
The pre-collision system is operational when
The PCS OFF switch is not pressed and the following conditions are met:
Pre-collision warning:
Vehicle speed is greater than about 10 mph (15 km/h).
The speed at which your vehicle is approaching the obstacle or the vehi-
cle running ahead of you is greater than about 10 mph (15 km/h).
Pre-collision brake assist:
The VSC OFF switch is not pressed.
Vehicle speed is greater than about 19 mph (30 km/h).
The speed at which your vehicle is approaching the obstacle or the vehi-
cle running ahead of you is greater than about 19 mph (30 km/h).
The brake pedal is depressed.
Pre-collision braking:
The VSC OFF switch is not pressed.
Vehicle speed is greater than about 10 mph (15 km/h).
The speed at which your vehicle is approaching the obstacle or the vehi-
cle running ahead of you is greater than about 10 mph (15 km/h).
Conditions that may trigger the system even if there is no danger of a
collision
When there is an object by the roadside at the entrance to a curve
When passing an oncoming vehicle on a curve
When driving over a narrow iron bridge
When there is a metal object on the road surface
When driving on an uneven road surface
When passing an oncoming vehicle on a left-turn
When your vehicle rapidly closes on the vehicle in front
When a grade separation/interchange, sign, billboard, or other structure
appears to be directly in the vehicle’s line of travel
When there is a metal plate in the road in front of the vehicle on a downhill
slope
When climbing a steep hill causes an overhead billboard or other metallic
structure to appear directly in the vehicle’s line of travel
When driving under an overpass
When an extreme change in vehicle height occurs
When passing through certain toll gates
When passing through a tunnel
When the radar sensor moves off position due to its surrounding area being
subjected to a strong impact
When the system is activated in the situations described above, there is also
a possibility that the brakes will be applied with a force greater than normal.
309
4-5. Using the driving support systems
4
Driving
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Obstacles not detected
The sensor cannot detect plastic obstacles such as traffic cones. There may
also be occasions when the sensor cannot detect pedestrians, animals, bicy-
cles, motorcycles, trees, or snowdrifts.
Situations in which the pre-collision system does not function properly
The system may not function effectively in situations such as the following:
On roads with sharp bends or uneven surfaces
If a vehicle suddenly moves in front of your vehicle, such as at an intersec-
tion
If a vehicle suddenly cuts in front of your vehicle, such as when overtaking
In inclement weather such as heavy rain, fog, snow or sand storms
If the vehicle is skidding when VSC is not operating
When an extreme change in vehicle height occurs
When only part of your vehicle’s front end collides with, or contacts, a vehi-
cle or object in a frontal collision
When the radar sensor moves off position due to its surrounding area being
subjected to a strong impact
Automatic cancelation of the pre-collision system
When a malfunction occurs due to sensor contamination, etc. that results in
the sensors being unable to detect obstacles, the pre-collision system will be
automatically disabled. In this case, the system will not activate even if there
is a collision possibility.
When there is a malfunction in the system
The pre-collision system warning light will flash and warning messages will be
displayed. (P. 564, 579)
310
4-5. Using the driving support systems
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Certification for the pre-collision system
For vehicles sold in the U.S.A.
FCC ID : HYQDNMWR007
This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to
the following two conditions :(1) this device may not cause harmful interfer-
ence, and (2) this device must accept any interference received, including
interference that may cause undesired operation.
FCC WARNING
Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for
compliance could void the user’s authority to operate the equipment.
Radiofrequency radiation exposure Information:
This equipment complies with FCC radiation exposure limits set forth for an
uncontrolled environment.
This equipment should be installed and operated with minimum distance of
20 cm between the radiator (antenna) and your body.
This transmitter must not be co-located or operating in conjunction with any
other antenna or transmitter.
For vehicles sold in Canada
Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) this device may not
cause interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference, includ-
ing interference that may cause undesired operation of the device.
311
4-5. Using the driving support systems
4
Driving
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
WARNING
Limitations of the pre-collision system
Do not overly rely on the pre-collision system. Always drive safely, taking
care to observe your surroundings and checking for any obstacles or other
road hazards.
Failure to do so may cause an accident resulting in death or serious injury.
When the sensor may not be correctly detecting the vehicle ahead
Apply the brakes as necessary in any of the following situations:
When water or snow thrown up by the surrounding vehicles hinders the
functioning of the sensor
When your vehicle is pointing upwards (caused by a heavy load in the lug-
gage compartment etc.)
Vehicles that cut in suddenly
Vehicles with small rear ends (trailers with no load on board etc.)
Motorcycles traveling in the same lane
Handling the radar sensor
Observe the following to ensure the pre-collision system can function effec-
tively.
Otherwise, the system may not function correctly and could result in an
accident.
Keep the sensor and grille cover clean at all times.
Clean the sensor and grille cover with a soft cloth so you do not mark or
damage them.
Do not subject the sensor or surrounding area to a strong impact.
If the sensor moves even slightly off position, the system may malfunction.
If the sensor or surrounding area is subject to a strong impact, always
have the area inspected and adjusted by your Toyota dealer.
Do not disassemble the sensor.
Do not attach accessories or stickers to the sensor, grille cover or sur-
rounding area.
Do not modify or paint the sensor and grille cover.
Do not replace them with non-genuine parts.
312
4-5. Using the driving support systems
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
WARNING
Cautions regarding the assist contents of the system
By means of alarms and brake control, the pre-collision system is intended
to assist the driver in avoiding collisions through the process of LOOK-
JUDGE-ACT. There are limits to the degree of assistance the system can
provide, so please keep in mind the following important points.
Assisting the driver in watching the road
The pre-collision system is only able to detect obstacles directly in front of
the vehicle, and only within a limited range. It is not a mechanism that
allows careless or inattentive driving, and it is not a system that can assist
the driver in low-visibility conditions. It is still necessary for the driver to
pay close attention to the vehicle’s surroundings.
Assisting the driver in making correct judgment
When attempting to estimate the possibility of a collision, the only data
available to the pre-collision system is that from obstacles it has detected
directly in front of the vehicle. Therefore, it is absolutely necessary for the
driver to remain vigilant and to determine whether or not there is a possi-
bility of collision in any given situation.
Assisting the driver in taking action
The pre-collision system’s braking assist feature is designed to help
reduce the severity of a collision, and so only acts when the system has
judged that a collision is unavoidable. This system by itself is not capable
of automatically avoiding a collision or bringing the vehicle to a stop safely.
For this reason, when encountering a dangerous situation the driver must
take direct and immediate action in order to ensure the safety of all
involved.
313
4-5. Using the driving support systems
4
Driving
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
The Blind Spot Monitor is a system that has 2 functions;
The Blind Spot Monitor function
Assists the driver in making the decision when changing lanes
The Rear Cross Traffic Alert function
Assists the driver when backing up
These functions use same sensors.
BSM (Blind Spot Monitor)
: If equipped
Summary of the Blind Spot Monitor
BSM main switch
Pressing the switch turns the system on or off. When the switch is set to
on, the switch’s indicator illuminates and the buzzer sounds. Common
switch for Blind Spot Monitor function and Rear Cross Traffic Alert func-
tion.
1
314
4-5. Using the driving support systems
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
The outside rear view mirror indicators visibility
When under strong sunlight, the outside rear view mirror indicator may be dif-
ficult to see.
Rear Cross Traffic Alert buzzer hearing
Rear Cross Traffic Alert function may be difficult to hear over loud noises
such as high audio volume.
When there is a malfunction in the Blind Spot Monitor
If a system malfunction is detected due to any of the following reasons, warn-
ing message will be displayed: (P. 578, 579)
There is a malfunction with the sensors
The sensors have become dirty
The outside temperature is extremely high or low
The sensor voltage has become abnormal
Outside rear view mirror indicators
Blind Spot Monitor function:
When a vehicle is detected in the blind spot, the outside rear view mirror
indicator comes on while the turn signal lever is not operated and the out-
side rear view mirror indicator flashes while the turn signal lever is oper-
ated.
Rear Cross Traffic Alert function:
When a vehicle approaching from the right or left rear of the vehicle is
detected, the outside rear view mirror indicators flash.
Rear Cross Traffic Alert buzzer (Rear Cross Traffic Alert function
only)
When a vehicle approaching from the right or left rear of the vehicle is
detected, a buzzer sounds from behind the left-hand third seat.
2
3
315
4-5. Using the driving support systems
4
Driving
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Certification for the Blind Spot Monitor
For vehicles sold in the U.S.A.
FCC ID: OAYSRR2A
This device complies with part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to
the following two conditions:
(1)This device may not cause harmful interference, and
(2)this device must accept any interference received, including interference
that may cause undesired operation.
FCC Warning
Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for
compliance could void the user’s authority to operate the equipment.
For vehicles sold in Canada
Applicable law: Canada 310
This device complies with Industry Canada licence-exempt RSS standard(s).
Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) this device may not
cause interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference, includ-
ing interference that may cause undesired operation of the device.
Frequency bands: 24.05-24.25 GHz
Output power: less than 20 milliwatts
316
4-5. Using the driving support systems
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
WARNING
Handling the radar sensor
One Blind Spot Monitor sensor is installed inside the left and right side of
the vehicle rear bumper respectively. Observe the following to ensure the
Blind Spot Monitor can function correctly.
Do not subject the sensor or surrounding area on the bumper to a strong
impact. If the sensor moves even slightly off position, the system may mal-
function and vehicles that enter the detection area may not be detected. If
the sensor or surrounding area is subject to a strong impact, always have
the area inspected by your Toyota dealer.
Do not disassemble the sensor.
Do not attach accessories or stickers to the sensor or surrounding area on
the bumper.
Do not modify the sensor or surrounding area on the bumper.
Do not paint the sensor or surrounding area on the bumper.
Keep the sensor and its surrounding
area on the bumper clean at all times.
317
4-5. Using the driving support systems
4
Driving
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
The Blind Spot Monitor function uses radar sensors to detect vehicles
that are traveling in an adjacent lane in the area that is not reflected in
the outside rear view mirror (the blind spot), and advises the driver of
the vehicles existence via the outside rear view mirror indicator.
The areas that vehicles can be detected in are outlined below.
The range of the detection area
extends to:
Approximately 11.5 ft. (3.5 m)
from the side of the vehicle
The first 1.6 ft. (0.5 m) from the
side of the vehicle is not in the
detection area
Approximately 9.8 ft. (3 m) from
the rear bumper
Approximately 3.3 ft. (1 m) for-
ward of the rear bumper
The Blind Spot Monitor function
The Blind Spot Monitor function detection areas
1
2
3
WARNING
Cautions regarding the use of the system
The driver is solely responsible for safe driving. Always drive safely, taking
care to observe your surroundings.
The Blind Spot Monitor function is a supplementary function which alerts the
driver that a vehicle is present in the blind spot. Do not overly rely on the
Blind Spot Monitor function. The function cannot judge if it is safe to change
lanes, therefore over reliance could cause an accident resulting in death or
serious injury.
According to conditions, the system may not function correctly. Therefore
the driver’s own visual confirmation of safety is necessary.
318
4-5. Using the driving support systems
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
The Blind Spot Monitor function is operational when
The BSM main switch is set to on
Vehicle speed is greater than approximately 10 mph (16 km/h).
The Blind Spot Monitor function will detect a vehicle when
A vehicle in an adjacent lane overtakes your vehicle.
Another vehicle enters the detection area when it changes lanes.
Conditions under which the Blind Spot Monitor function will not detect a
vehicle
The Blind Spot Monitor function is not designed to detect the following types
of vehicles and/or objects:
Small motorcycles, bicycles, pedestrians etc.
*
Vehicles traveling in the opposite direction
Guardrails, walls, signs, parked vehicles and similar stationary objects
*
Following vehicles that are in the same lane*
Vehicles driving 2 lanes across from your vehicle*
*
: Depending on conditions, detection of a vehicle and/or object may occur.
319
4-5. Using the driving support systems
4
Driving
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Conditions under which the Blind Spot Monitor function may not func-
tion correctly
The Blind Spot Monitor function may not detect vehicles correctly in the fol-
lowing conditions:
During bad weather such as heavy rain, fog, snow etc.
When ice or mud etc. is attached to the rear bumper
When driving on a road surface that is wet due to rain, standing water etc.
When there is a significant difference in speed between your vehicle and
the vehicle that enters the detection area
When a vehicle is in the detection area from a stop and remains in the
detection area as your vehicle accelerates
When driving up or down consecutive steep inclines, such as hills, a dip
in the road etc.
When multiple vehicles approach with only a small gap between each
vehicle
When vehicle lanes are wide, and the vehicle in the next lane is too far
away from your vehicle
When the vehicle that enters the detection area is traveling at about the
same speed as your vehicle
When there is a significant difference in height between your vehicle and
the vehicle that enters the detection area
Directly after the BSM main switch is set to on
When towing a trailer
Instances of the Blind Spot Monitor function unnecessarily detecting a vehi-
cle and/or object may increase under the following conditions:
When there is only a short distance between your vehicle and a guardrail,
wall etc.
When there is only a short distance between your vehicle and a following
vehicle
When vehicle lanes are narrow and a vehicle driving 2 lanes across from
your vehicle enters the detection area
When items such as a bicycle carrier are installed on the rear of the vehi-
cle
320
4-5. Using the driving support systems
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
The Rear Cross Traffic Alert functions when your vehicle is in reverse.
It can detect other vehicles approaching from the right or left rear of
the vehicle. It uses radar sensors to alert the driver of the other vehi-
cle’s existence through flashing the outside rear view mirror indicators
and sounding a buzzer.
The Rear Cross Traffic Alert function
Approaching vehicles Detection areas
1 2
WARNING
Cautions regarding the use of the system
The driver is solely responsible for safe driving. Always drive safely, taking
care to observe your surroundings.
The Rear Cross Traffic Alert function is only an assist and is not a replace-
ment for careful driving. Driver must be careful when backing up, even
when using Rear Cross Traffic Alert function. The driver’s own visual confir-
mation of behind you and your vehicle is necessary and be sure there are
no pedestrians, other vehicles etc. before backing up. Failure to do so could
cause death or serious injury.
According to conditions, the system may not function correctly. Therefore
the driver’s own visual confirmation of safety is necessary.
321
4-5. Using the driving support systems
4
Driving
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
The areas that vehicles can be detected in are outlined below.
To give the driver a more consistent time to react, the buzzer can alert
for faster vehicles from farther away.
Example:
The Rear Cross Traffic Alert function is operational when
The BSM main switch is set to on.
The shift lever is in R.
Vehicle speed is less than approximately 5 mph (8 km/h).
Approaching vehicle speed is between approximately 5 mph (8 km/h) and
18 mph (28 km/h).
The Rear Cross Traffic Alert function detection areas
Approaching vehicle Speed
Approximate
alert distance
Fast 18 mph (28 km/h) 65 ft. (20 m)
Slow 5 mph (8 km/h) 18 ft. (5.5 m)
1
322
4-5. Using the driving support systems
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Conditions under which the Rear Cross Traffic Alert function will not
detect a vehicle
The Rear Cross Traffic Alert function is not designed to detect the following
types of vehicles and/or objects.
Small motorcycles, bicycles, pedestrians etc.
*
Vehicles approaching from directly behind
Guardrails, walls, signs, parked vehicles and similar stationary objects
*
Vehicles moving away from your vehicle
Vehicles approaching from the parking spaces next to your vehicle
*
Vehicles backing up in the parking space next to your vehicle*
*
: Depending on conditions, detection of a vehicle and/or object may occur.
Conditions under which the Rear Cross Traffic Alert function may not
function correctly
The Rear Cross Traffic Alert function may not detect vehicles correctly in the
following conditions:
When ice or mud etc. is attached to the rear bumper
During bad weather such as heavy rain, fog, snow etc.
When multiple vehicles approach continuously
Shallow angle parking
When a vehicle is approaching at high speed
When parking on a steep incline, such as hills, a dip in the road etc.
Directly after the BSM main switch is set to on
Directly after the engine is started with the BSM main switch on
When towing a trailer
Vehicles that the sensors cannot detect
because of obstacles
323
4
Driving
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
4-6. Driving tips
Use fluids that are appropriate to the prevailing outside tempera-
tures.
Engine oil
Engine coolant
Washer fluid
Have a service technician inspect the condition of the battery.
Have the vehicle fitted with four snow tires or purchase a set of tire
chains for the front tires.
Ensure that all tires are the same size and brand, and that chains match
the size of the tires.
Winter driving tips
Carry out the necessary preparations and inspections before
driving the vehicle in winter. Always drive the vehicle in a man-
ner appropriate to the prevailing weather conditions.
Preparation for winter
324
4-6. Driving tips
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Perform the following according to the driving conditions:
Do not try to forcibly open a window or move a wiper that is frozen.
Pour warm water over the frozen area to melt the ice. Wipe away
the water immediately to prevent it from freezing.
To ensure proper operation of the climate control system fan,
remove any snow that has accumulated on the air inlet vents in
front of the windshield.
Check for and remove any excess ice or snow that may have accu-
mulated on the exterior lights, vehicle’s roof, chassis, around the
tires or on the brakes.
Remove any snow or mud from the bottom of your shoes before
getting in the vehicle.
Accelerate the vehicle slowly, keep a safe distance between you and
the vehicle ahead, and drive at a reduced speed suitable to road con-
ditions.
Park the vehicle and move the shift lever to P without setting the park-
ing brake. The parking brake may freeze up, preventing it from being
released. If necessary, block the wheels to prevent inadvertent sliding
or creeping.
Before driving the vehicle
When driving the vehicle
When parking the vehicle
325
4-6. Driving tips
4
Driving
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Use the correct tire chain size when mounting the snow chains.
Chain size is regulated for each tire size.
Side chain:
0.12 in. (3 mm) in diameter
0.39 in. (10 mm) in width
1.18 in. (30 mm) in length
Cross chain:
0.16 in. (4 mm) in diameter
0.55 in. (14 mm) in width
0.98 in. (25 mm) in length
Regulations regarding the use of tire chains vary depending on loca-
tion and type of road. Always check local regulations before installing
chains.
Tire chain installation
Observe the following precautions when installing and removing chains:
Install and remove tire chains in a safe location.
Install tire chains on the front tires. Do not install tire chains on the rear tires.
Install tire chains on front tires as tightly as possible. Retighten chains after
driving 1/4 1/2 mile (0.5 1.0 km).
Install tire chains following the instructions provided with the tire chains.
Selecting tire chains
1
2
3
4
5
6
Regulations on the use of tire chains
326
4-6. Driving tips
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
WARNING
Driving with snow tires
Observe the following precautions to reduce the risk of accidents.
Failure to do so may result in a loss of vehicle control and cause death or
serious injury.
Use tires of the size specified.
Maintain the recommended level of air pressure.
Do not drive in excess of 75 mph (120 km/h), regardless of the type of
snow tires being used.
Use snow tires on all, not just some wheels.
Driving with tire chains
Observe the following precautions to reduce the risk of accidents.
Failure to do so may result in the vehicle being unable to be driven safely,
and may cause death or serious injury.
Do not drive in excess of the speed limit specified for the tire chains being
used, or 30 mph (50 km/h), whichever is lower.
Avoid driving on bumpy road surfaces or over potholes.
Avoid sudden acceleration, abrupt steering, sudden braking and shifting
operations that cause sudden engine braking.
Slow down sufficiently before entering a curve to ensure that vehicle con-
trol is maintained.
Vehicles with LDA (Lane Departure Alert) system: Do not use LDA (Lane
Departure Alert) system.
NOTICE
Repairing or replacing snow tires
Request repairs or replacement of snow tires from Toyota dealers or legiti-
mate tire retailers.
This is because the removal and attachment of snow tires affects the opera-
tion of the tire pressure warning valves and transmitters.
Fitting tire chains
The tire pressure warning valves and transmitters may not function correctly
when tire chains are fitted.
327
4-6. Driving tips
4
Driving
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Specific design characteristics give it a higher center of gravity than
ordinary passenger cars. This vehicle design feature causes this
type of vehicle to be more likely to rollover. And, utility vehicles
have a significantly higher rollover rate than other types of vehicles.
An advantage of the higher ground clearance is a better view of the
road allowing you to anticipate problems.
It is not designed for cornering at the same speeds as ordinary pas-
senger cars any more than low-slung sports cars are designed to
perform satisfactorily under off-road conditions. Therefore, sharp
turns at excessive speeds may cause the vehicle to rollover.
Utility vehicle precautions
This vehicle belongs to the utility vehicle class, which has
higher ground clearance and narrower tread in relation to the
height of its center of gravity.
Utility vehicle feature
WARNING
Utility vehicle precautions
Always observe the following precautions to minimize the risk of death, seri-
ous injury or damage to your vehicle:
In a rollover crash, an unbelted person is significantly more likely to die
than a person wearing a seat belt. Therefore, the driver and all passengers
should fasten their seat belts whenever the vehicle is moving.
Avoid sharp turns or abrupt maneuvers, if at all possible.
Failure to operate this vehicle correctly may result in loss of control or
vehicle rollover causing death or serious injury.
Loading cargo on the roof luggage carrier (if equipped) will make the cen-
ter of the vehicle gravity higher. Avoid high speeds, sudden starts, sharp
turns, sudden braking or abrupt maneuvers, otherwise it may result in loss
of control or vehicle rollover due to failure to operate this vehicle correctly.
Always slow down in gusty crosswinds. Because of its profile and higher
center of gravity, your vehicle is more sensitive to side winds than an ordi-
nary passenger car. Slowing down will allow you to have better control.
Do not drive horizontally across steep slopes. Driving straight up or
straight down is preferred. Your vehicle (or any similar off-road vehicle)
can tip over sideways much more easily than forward or backward.
328
4-6. Driving tips
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Your vehicle is not designed to be driven off-road. However, in the
event that off-road driving cannot be avoided, please observe the fol-
lowing precautions to help avoid the areas prohibited to vehicles.
Drive your vehicle only in areas where off-road vehicles are permit-
ted to travel.
Respect private property. Get owners permission before entering
private property.
Do not enter areas that are closed. Honor gates, barriers and signs
that restrict travel.
Stay on established roads. When conditions are wet, driving tech-
niques should be changed or travel delayed to prevent damage to
roads.
Avoid driving on very steep, slippery roads and other surfaces,
such as sand, where the tires are liable to lose traction. Your vehi-
cle may not perform as well as conventional AWD on-road vehicles
on these surfaces.
Additional information for off-road driving
For owners in U.S. mainland, Hawaii and Puerto Rico:
To obtain additional information pertaining to driving your vehicle off-road,
consult the following organizations.
State and Local Parks and Recreation Departments
State Motor Vehicle Bureau
Recreational Vehicle Clubs
U.S. Forest Service and Bureau of Land Management
Off-road driving
329
4-6. Driving tips
4
Driving
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
WARNING
Off-road driving precautions
Always observe the following precautions to minimize the risk of death, seri-
ous injury or damage to your vehicle:
Drive carefully when off the road. Do not take unnecessary risks by driving
in dangerous places.
Do not grip the steering wheel spokes when driving off-road. A bad bump
could jerk the wheel and injure your hands. Keep both hands and espe-
cially your thumbs on the outside of the rim.
Always check your brakes for effectiveness immediately after driving in
sand, mud, water or snow.
After driving through tall grass, mud, rock, sand, rivers, etc., check that
there is no grass, bush, paper, rags, stone, sand, etc. adhering or trapped
on the underbody. Clear off any such matter from the underbody. If the
vehicle is used with these materials trapped or adhering to the underbody,
a breakdown or fire could occur.
When driving off-road or in rugged terrain, do not drive at excessive
speeds, jump, make sharp turns, strike objects, etc. This may cause loss
of control or vehicle rollover causing death or serious injury. You are also
risking expensive damage to your vehicle’s suspension and chassis.
330
4-6. Driving tips
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
NOTICE
To prevent water damage
Take all necessary safety measures to ensure that water damage to the
engine or other components does not occur.
Water entering the engine air intake will cause severe engine damage.
Water entering the automatic transmission will cause deterioration in shift
quality, locking up of your transmission accompanied by vibration, and ulti-
mately damage.
Water can wash the grease from wheel bearings, causing rusting and pre-
mature failure, and may also enter the differentials, transmission and
transfer case, reducing the gear oil’s lubricating qualities.
When you drive through water
If driving through water, such as when crossing shallow streams, first check
the depth of the water and the bottom of the riverbed for firmness. Drive
slowly and avoid deep water.
Inspection after off-road driving
Sand and mud that has accumulated in brake drums and around brake
discs may affect braking efficiency and may damage brake system compo-
nents.
Always perform a maintenance inspection after each day of off-road driv-
ing that has taken you through rough terrain, sand, mud, or water. For
scheduled maintenance information, refer to the “Scheduled Maintenance
Guide” or “Owner’s Manual Supplement”.
331
4-6. Driving tips
4
Driving
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
332
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
5-1. Basic Operations
Audio system types........... 334
Audio system .................... 338
Steering wheel audio
switches.......................... 341
USB Port/AUX Port........... 342
Basic audio operations...... 343
5-2. Setup
Setup menu....................... 345
General settings................ 346
Audio settings ................... 347
Display settings................. 348
Voice settings.................... 349
5-3. Using the Multimedia
system
Selecting the audio
source............................. 350
List screen operation......... 351
Optimal use of the
audio system................... 353
5-4. Using the radio
Radio operation................. 354
5
Audio system
333
5
Audio system
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
5-5. Playing an audio CD and
MP3/WMA/AAC discs
CD player operation.......... 356
5-6. Using an external device
Listening to an iPod .......... 362
Listening to a USB
memory device................ 366
Using the AUX port ........... 370
5-7. Connecting Bluetooth
®
Preparations to
use wireless
communication................ 371
Registering a Bluetooth
®
audio player for the
first time .......................... 375
Registering a Bluetooth
®
phone for the first time .... 376
Registering a Bluetooth
®
device.............................. 377
Connecting a Bluetooth
®
device.............................. 379
Displaying a Bluetooth
®
device details .................. 381
Detailed Bluetooth
®
system settings ............... 382
5-8. Bluetooth
®
Audio
Listening to Bluetooth
®
Audio............................... 383
5-9. Bluetooth
®
phone
Using a Bluetooth
®
Phone ............................. 384
Making a call..................... 386
Receiving a call................. 389
Speaking on the phone..... 390
Bluetooth
®
phone
message function............ 393
Using the steering wheel
switches.......................... 397
Bluetooth
®
phone
settings ........................... 398
Contact/Call History
Settings........................... 399
What to do if...
(Troubleshooting)............ 408
5-10.Bluetooth
®
Bluetooth
®
......................... 412
5-11.Using the voice
command system
Voice command system.... 417
334
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
5-1. Basic Operations
Entune Audio
P. 338
Entune Audio Plus/Entune Premium Audio with Navigation
Owners of models equipped with a navigation system should refer to
the “Navigation and Multimedia System Owner’s Manual”.
Using cellular phones
Interference may be heard through the audio system's speakers if a cellular
phone is being used inside or close to the vehicle while the audio system is
operating.
About Bluetooth
®
The Bluetooth wordmark and logo are owned by Bluetooth SIG. and permis-
sion has been granted to use the trademark of the licensee Panasonic
Corporation. Other trademarks and trade names are owned by various differ-
ent owners.
Audio system types
335
5-1. Basic Operations
5
Audio system
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Certification (caution)
U.S.A.
FCC ID: ACJ932YEAP01A473W
NOTE:
This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules.
Operation is subject to the following two conditions:
(1) this device may not cause harmful interference, and
(2) this device must accept any interference received, including interference
that may cause undesired operation.
FCC WARNING:
Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for
compliance could void the user’s authority to operate the equipmen
t.
Radiofrequency radiation exposure information:
This equipment complies with FCC radiation exposure limits set forth for an
uncontrolled environment.
This equipment
should be installed and operated with minimum distance of
7.9 in. (20cm) between the radiator and your body
.
This transmitter must not be co-located or operating in conjunction with any
other antenna or transmitter.
U.S.A. and Canada
Part 15 of the FCC Rules
FCC Warning:
Any unauthorized changes or modifications to this equipment will void the
user’s authority to operate this device.
336
5-1. Basic Operations
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Canada
IC: 216J-YEAP01A473W
NOTE:
This device complies with Industry Canada license-exempt RSS standard(s).
Operation is subject to the following two conditions:
(1) this device may not cause interference, and
(2) this device must accept any interference, including interference that may
cause undesired operation of the device.
Le présent appareil est conforme aux CNR d'Industrie Canada applicables
aux appareils radio exempts de licence. L'exploitation est autorisée aux deux
conditions suivantes :
(1) l'appareil ne doit pas produire de brouillage, et
(2) l'utilisateur de l'appareil doit accepter tout brouillage radioélectrique subi,
même si le brouillage est susceptible d'en compromettre le fonctionne-
ment.
This radio transmitter (identify the device by certification number, or model
number if Category II) has been approved by Industry Canada to operate with
the antenna types listed below with the maximum permissible gain and
required antenna impedance for each antenna type indicated. Antenna types
not included in this list, having a gain greater than the maximum gain indi-
cated for that type, are strictly prohibited for use with this device.
Le présent émetteur radio (identifier le dispositif par son numéro de certifica-
tion ou son numéro de modèle s'il fait partie du matériel de catégorie I) a été
approuvé par Industrie Canada pour fonctionner avec les types d'antenne
énumérés ci-dessous et ayant un gain admissible maximal et l'impédance
requise pour chaque type d'antenne. Les types d'antenne non inclus dans
cette liste, ou dont le gain est supérieur au gain maximal indiqué, sont stricte-
ment interdits pour l'exploitation de l'émetteur.
LASER PRODUCTS
Do not take this unit apart or attempt to make any changes yourself.
This is an intricate unit that uses a laser pickup to retrieve information from
the surface of compact discs.
The laser is carefully shielded so that its rays remain inside the cabinet.
Therefore, never try to disassemble the player or alter any of its parts since
you may be exposed to laser rays and dangerous voltages.
This product utilizes a laser.
Use of controls or adjustments or performance of procedures other than
those specified herein may result in hazardous radiation exposure.
337
5-1. Basic Operations
5
Audio system
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
NOTICE
To prevent battery discharge
Do not leave the audio system on longer than necessary when the engine is
off.
To avoid damaging the audio system
Take care not to spill drinks or other fluids on the audio system.
338
5-1. Basic Operations
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Audio system
: If equipped
Operations such as listening to audio, using the hands-free
phone, confirming vehicle information and changing audio sys-
tem settings are started by using the following buttons.
Audio system operation buttons
“AUDIO” button
Display the “Select Audio Source” screen
or audio top screen. (P. 350)
button
Press this button to access the
Bluetooth
®
hands-free system. (P. 384)
“CAR” button
Press this button to access the vehicle information.
(P. 110)
“SETUP” button
Press this button to customize
the function settings. (P. 345)
339
5-1. Basic Operations
5
Audio system
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
By touching the screen with your finger, you can control the audio sys-
tem, etc.
Drag*
Touch the screen with your finger, and move the screen to the
desired position.
Scrolling the lists
Using scroll bar in lists
Flick*
Touch the screen with your finger and quickly move the screen by
flicking your finger.
Scrolling the main screen page
Returning to the menu screen from the sub-menu screen (screen
one level below)
*: The above operations may not be performed on all screens.
Capacitive touch switches
The control panel uses capacitive touch sensors.
In the following cases, incorrect operation or non-response may occur.
If the operating section is dirty or has liquid attached to it, incorrect opera-
tion or non-response may occur.
If the operating section receives electromagnetic waves, incorrect opera-
tion or non-response may occur.
If wearing gloves during operation, non-response may occur.
If fingernails are used to operate the system, non-response may occur.
If a touch pen is used to operate the system, non-response may occur.
If the palm of your hand touches the operating section during operation,
incorrect operation may occur.
If the palm of your hand touches the operating section, incorrect opera-
tion may occur.
If operations are performed quickly, non-response may occur.
Please do not reach your hand to the part of button when audio system turn
on. Because the button may become unresponsive for a while. But it will be
back to normal for a given time even if audio system turned on under the
condition.
Operating the touch screen
340
5-1. Basic Operations
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
When using the touch screen
If the screen is cold, the display may be dark, or the system may seem to be
operating slightly slower than normal.
The screen may seem dark and hard to see when viewed through sun-
glasses. Change your angle of viewing, adjust the display on the “Display
Settings” screen (P. 348) or remove your sunglasses.
Flick operations may not be performed smoothly in high altitudes.
NOTICE
To avoid damaging the touch screen
To prevent damaging the screen, lightly touch the screen buttons with your
finger.
Do not use objects other than your finger to touch the screen.
Wipe off fingerprints using a glass cleaning cloth. Do not use chemical
cleaners to clean the screen, as they may damage the touch screen.
341
5-1. Basic Operations
5
Audio system
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Volume switch
Increases/decreases volume
Press and hold: Continuously
increases/decreases volume
Cursor switch (“” and “”)
Selects (radio stations/radio
presets/tracks/files/songs)
Press and hold: Fast up/
down (radio stations)
Fast up/down (tracks/files)
Cursor switch (“” and “”)
Seek up/down (radio station)
Press and hold: Continuously seek up/down (radio station)
Press and hold: Fast forward/rewind (tracks/files/songs)
“MODE/HOLD” switch
Changes audio source
Press and hold this switch to mute or pause the current operation
To cancel the mute or pause, press and hold.
Back switch
Returns to the previous screen
Enter switch
Displays the preset/list screen
Selects items
Steering wheel audio switches
Some audio features can be controlled using the switches on
the steering wheel.
Operation may differ depending on the type of audio system or
navigation system. For details, refer to the manual provided with
the audio system or navigation system.
Operating the audio system using the steering wheel switches
1
12
3
4
5
WARNING
To reduce the risk of an accident
Exercise care when operating the audio switches on the steering wheel.
342
5-1. Basic Operations
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
iPod
Open the cover and connect an
iPod using an iPod cable.
Turn on the power of the iPod if
it is not turned on.
USB memory
Open the cover and connect the USB memory device.
Turn on the power of the USB memory device if it is not turned on.
Portable audio player
Open the cover and connect the portable audio player.
Turn on the power of the portable audio player if it is not turned on.
AUX Port/USB Port
Connect an iPod, USB memory device or portable audio player
to the AUX port/USB port as indicated below. Select “iPod”,
“USB”, “AUX” or “A/V” on the audio source selection screen
and the device can be operated via audio system.
Connecting using the AUX port/USB port
WARNING
While driving
Do not connect a device or operate the device controls.
343
5-1. Basic Operations
5
Audio system
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Basic audio operations
Basic audio operations and functions common to each mode are
explained in this section.
Operating the audio system
Press the “” or “” button to
seek up or down for a radio
station, or to access a
desired track or file.
Press this knob to turn the
audio system on and off, and
turn it to adjust the volume.
Press this button
to eject a disc
Press to pause or resume
playing music.
Insert a disc into
the disc slot
Turn this knob to select radio
station bands, tracks and files.
Also the knob can be used to
select items in the list display.
344
5-1. Basic Operations
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Select to change on/off.
Select to change on/off.
Using cellular phones
Interference may be heard through the audio system's speakers if a cellular
phone is being used inside or close to the vehicle while the audio system is
operating.
Certification (caution)
Laser product
This product is a class 1 laser product.
Do not open the cover of the player or attempt to repair the unit yourself.
Refer servicing to qualified personnel.
Laser products
Do not take this unit apart or attempt to make any changes your
self.
This is an intricate unit that uses a laser pickup to retrieve information
from the surface of compact discs. The laser is carefully shielded so that
its rays remain inside the cabinet. Therefore, never try to disassemble the
player or alter any of its parts since you may be exposed to laser rays and
dangerous voltages.
This product utilizes a laser.
Use of controls or adjustments or performance of procedures other than
those specified herein may result in hazardous radiation exposure.
THE USE OF OPTICAL INSTRUMENTS WITH THIS PRODUCT WILL
INCREASE EYE HAZARD.
Random playback
Repeat play
NOTICE
To prevent battery discharge
Do not leave the audio system on longer than necessary when the engine is
off.
To avoid damaging the audio system
Take care not to spill drinks or other fluids on the audio system.
345
5
Audio system
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
5-2. Setup
Press the “SETUP” button to display the “Setup” screen.
Select to adjust the settings for
operation sounds, screen ani-
mation, etc. (P. 346)
Select to set the voice settings.
(P. 349)
Select to adjust the settings for
contrast and brightness of the
screen. (P. 348)
Select to adjust the settings for registering, removing, connecting
and disconnecting Bluetooth
®
devices. (P. 382)
Select to adjust the settings for phone sound, contact, message,
etc. (P. 399)
Select to set audio settings. (P. 347)
Select to turn the screen off.
Select to set the vehicle custmization. (P. 662)
Setup menu
You can adjust the audio system to your desired settings.
Display “Setup” screen
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
346
5-2. Setup
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Press the “SETUP” button.
Select “General” on the “Setup”
screen.
“English”, “Français” or
“Español” can be selected.
On/off can be selected to
sound beeps.
Select to change the screen
color.
Select to change the key-
board layout.
Select to change the capaci-
tive touch button sensor sen-
sitivity.
The animation effect for the screen can be set to on/off.
Select to delete personal data (P. 346)
Select to update program versions. For details, contact your
Toyota dealer.
Select to display the software information. Notices related to third
party software used in this product are enlisted. (This includes
instructions for obtaining such software, where applicable.)
To return to the default volume settings
Select “Default”, and then “Yes”.
Select “Delete Personal Data” on the “General Settings” screen.
Select “Delete”.
Check carefully beforehand, as data cannot be retrieved once deleted.
A confirmation screen will be displayed. Select “Yes”.
The following personal data will be deleted or changed to its default
settings.
General settings
Audio settings
Phone settings
General settings
Settings are available for adjusting the operation sounds,
screen animation, etc.
Screen for general settings
1
2
1
2
3
4
5
Delete personal data
6
7
8
9
1
2
3
347
5-2. Setup
5
Audio system
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Press the “SETUP” button.
Select “Audio” on the “Setup” screen.
Number of Radio Presets
Select the number of radio
preset stations.
Select input video sound.
Select video signal.
Display Cover Art on/off
Automatic Sound Levelizer
(P. 347)
Select “Automatic Sound Levelizer”.
Select “High”, “Mid”, “Low” or “Off”.
About Automatic Sound Leveliser (ASL)
ASL automatically adjusts the volume and tone quality according to the vehi-
cle speed.
Audio settings
Settings are available for adjusting the radio operation, cover
art, etc.
Screen for audio settings
1
2
1
2
3
4
5
Automatic sound leveliser (ASL)
1
2
348
5-2. Setup
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Press the “SETUP” button.
Select “Display” on the “Setup” screen.
Adjust screen contrast/bright-
ness
Adjust screen contrast/bright-
ness of the rear view monitor
camera
Adjust screen contrast/bright-
ness of the video.
Changes to day mode.
Select “General”, “Camera” or “Video” on the “Display Settings”
screen.
Adjust the display as desired by selecting “+” or “-”.
When the headlights are turned on, the screen dims.
However, the screen can be switched to day mode by selecting “Day
Mode”.
The screen will stay in day mode when the headlights are turned on until
“Day Mode” is selected again.
Display settings
Settings are available for adjusting the contrast and brightness
of the screen.
Screen for display settings
1
2
1
2
3
4
Adjusting the screen contrast/brightness
Day mode
1
2
349
5-2. Setup
5
Audio system
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Adjust the voice guidance vol-
ume setting.
Set the voice recognition
prompts “High”, “Low” or “Off”.
Set the train voice recognition.
Set the voice prompt interrupt
on/off.
Voice recognition tutorial
To return to the default volume settings
Select “Default”, and then “Yes”.
Voice settings
This screen is used for guidance for voice command systems
setting.
1
2
3
4
5
350
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
5-3. Using the Multimedia system
Press the “AUDIO” button to display the audio source selection
screen.
If the audio source selection screen is not displayed, press the “AUDIO”
button again.
Select the desired audio
source.
Select the desired audio
source then or to
reorder.
The audio source changes as follows each time the “MODE/HOLD”
switch is pressed.
Selecting the audio source
Switching between audio sources such as radio and CD are
explained in this section.
Changing audio source
1
2
1
Using the steering wheel switches to change audio source
351
5-3. Using the Multimedia system
5
Audio system
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
: Select to scroll to the next
or previous page.
: If appears to the right of
titles, the complete titles are
too long for the display. Select
this button to scroll the title.
Turn the “TUNE
·SCROLL” knob
to move the cursor box to select a
desired item from the list, and
press the “TUNE
·SCROLL” knob
to play it. The track that is being
played is highlighted.
To return to the top screen, select “Now Playing” on the list screen.
List screen operation
When a list screen is displayed, use the appropriate buttons to
scroll through the list.
How to scroll
352
5-3. Using the Multimedia system
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Selecting a track/file/song
Press the “” or “” button on “SEEK/TRACK” or turn the
“TUNE·SCROLL” knob to select the desired track/file/song number.
To fast-forward or reverse, press and hold the “” or “” button on
“SEEK/TRACK”.
Selecting a track/file/song from the track/file/song list
Select “Browse” or cover art.
Select the desired play mode. (USB and iPod)
Select the desired track/file/
song.
When an MP3/WMA/AAC disc or USB memory device is being used,
the folder can be selected. When a Bluetooth
®
device or iPod is being
used, the album can be selected.
According to the audio device, the following is displayed.
Selecting, fast-forwarding and reversing tracks/files/songs
1
2
3
Audio source List name
Audio CD Track
MP3/WMA/AAC disc Folder, File
Bluetooth
®
Album, Track
USB
Artists, Albums, Songs, Genres,
Composers
iPod
Artists, Albums, Songs, Genres,
Composers, Audiobooks, Videos
353
5-3. Using the Multimedia system
5
Audio system
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Select “-” or “+” to adjust
the treble, mid or bass to
a level between -5 and 5.
Select “Front” or “Rear” to
adjust the front/rear audio
balance.
Select “L” or “R” to adjust the
left/right audio balance.
The sound quality level is adjusted individually
The treble, mid and bass levels can be adjusted for each audio mode sepa-
rately.
Optimal use of the audio system
On the “Sound Settings” screen, sound quality (Treble/Mid/
Bass), volume balance can be adjusted.
How to adjust the sound settings and sound quality
1 2 3
4 5
6 7
354
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
5-4.Using the radio
Pressing the “AUDIO” button displays the audio control screen from
any screens of the selected source.
Audio source selection screen
appears
Preset stations
Scanning for receivable station
Select to display a list of receiv-
able stations
Setting the sound (P. 353)
Tune in to the desired station using one of the following methods.
Seek tuning
Press the “” or “” button on “SEEK/TRACK”.
The radio will begin seeking up or down for a station of the nearest
frequency and will stop when a station is found.
Manual tuning
Turn the “TUNE·SCROLL” knob.
Preset stations
Select the desired preset station.
Radio operation
Select “AM” or “FM” on the audio source selection screen to
begin listening to the radio.
Audio control screen
1
2
3
4
5
Selecting a station
355
5-4. Using the radio
5
Audio system
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Search for desired stations by turning the “TUNE·SCROLL” knob or
pressing the “” or “” button on “SEEK/TRACK”.
Select “(add new)”.
To change the preset station to a different one, select and hold the preset
station.
Select “Yes”.
Select “OK” after setting the new preset station.
Refreshing the station list
Select “Refresh” on the “Station List” screen.
To cancel the refresh, select “Cancel Refresh”.
Reception sensitivity
Maintaining perfect radio reception at all times is difficult due to the continu-
ally changing position of the antenna, differences in signal strength and sur-
rounding objects, such as trains, transmitters, etc.
The radio antenna is mounted inside the rear quarter window. To maintain
clear radio reception, do not attach metallic window tinting or other metallic
objects to the antenna wire mounted inside the rear window.
Setting station presets
1
2
3
4
1
356
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
5-5. Playing an audio CD and MP3/WMA/AAC discs
Pressing the “AUDIO” button displays the audio control screen from
any screens of the selected source.
Audio source selection screen
appears
Displaying the track/file list
Random playback (
P. 344)
Repeat play (
P. 344)
Pause
Select to resume play
Setting the sound (
P. 353)
CD player operation
Insert disc or select “CD” on the audio source selection screen
with a disc inserted to begin listening to a CD.
Audio control screen
1
2
3
4
5
6
357
5-5. Playing an audio CD and MP3/WMA/AAC discs
5
Audio system
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Displaying the title and artist name
If a CD-TEXT disc is inserted, the title of the disc and track will be displayed.
Error messages
If an error message is displayed, refer to the following table and take the
appropriate measures. If the problem is not rectified, take the vehicle to your
Toyota dealer.
Discs that can be used
Discs with the marks shown below can be used.
Playback may not be possible depending on recording format or disc fea-
tures, or due to scratches, dirt or deterioration.
CDs with copy-protection features may not play correctly.
CD player protection feature
To protect the internal components, playback is automatically stopped when a
problem is detected.
If a disc is left inside the CD player or in the ejected position for
extended periods
Disc may be damaged and may not play properly.
Lens cleaners
Do not use lens cleaners. Doing so may damage the CD player.
Message Cause Correction procedures
“Check DISC”
The disc is dirty or
damaged.
The disc is inserted
upside down.
The disc is not play-
able with the player.
Clean the disc.
Insert the disc cor-
rectly.
Confirm the disc is
playable with the
player.
“Disc Error”
There is a malfunction
within the system.
Eject the disc.
“No music files found.”
No playable data is
included on the disc.
Eject the disc.
358
5-5. Playing an audio CD and MP3/WMA/AAC discs
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
MP3, WMA and AAC files
MP3 (MPEG Audio LAYER3) is a standard audio compression format.
Files can be compressed to approximately 1/10 of their original size by using
MP3 compression.
WMA (Windows Media Audio) is a Microsoft audio compression format.
This format compresses audio data to a size smaller than that of the MP3 for-
mat.
AAC is short for Advanced Audio Coding and refers to an audio compression
technology standard used with MPEG2 and MPEG4.
MP3, WMA and AAC file and media/formats compatibility are limited.
MP3 file compatibility
Compatible standards
MP3 (MPEG1 LAYER3, MPEG2 LSF LAYER3)
Compatible sampling frequencies
MPEG1 LAYER3: 32, 44.1, 48 (kHz)
MPEG2 LSF LAYER3: 16, 22.05, 24 (kHz)
Compatible bit rates (compatible with VBR)
MPEG1 LAYER3: 32-320 (kbps)
MPEG2 LSF LAYER3: 8-160 (kbps)
Compatible channel modes: stereo, joint stereo, dual channel and mon-
aural
WMA file compatibility
Compatible standards
WMA Ver. 7, 8, 9 (only compatible with Windows Media Audio Standard)
Compatible sampling frequencies
32, 44.1, 48 (kHz)
Compatible bit rates (only compatible with 2-channel playback)
Ver. 7, 8: CBR 48-192 (kbps)
Ver. 9: CBR 48-320 (kbps)
359
5-5. Playing an audio CD and MP3/WMA/AAC discs
5
Audio system
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
AAC file compatibility
Compatible standards
MPEG4/AAC-LC
Compatible sampling frequencies
11.025/12/16/22.05/24/32/44.1/48 (kHz)
Compatible bit rates
16-320 (kbps)
Compatible channel modes: 1ch and 2ch
Compatible media
Media that can be used for MP3, WMA and AAC playback are CD-Rs and
CD-RWs.
Playback in some instances may not be possible if the CD-R or CD-RW is
not finalized. Playback may not be possible or the audio may jump if the
disc is scratched or marked with fingerprints.
Compatible disc formats
The following disc formats can be used.
Disc formats: CD-ROM Mode 1 and Mode 2
CD-ROM XA Mode 2, Form 1 and Form 2
File formats: ISO9660 Level 1, Level 2, (Romeo, Joliet)
UDF (2.01 or lower)
MP3, WMA and AAC files written in any format other than those listed
above may not play correctly, and their file names and folder names may
not be displayed correctly.
Items related to standards and limitations are as follows.
Maximum directory hierarchy: 8 levels (including the root)
Maximum length of folder names/file names: 32 characters
Maximum number of folders: 192 (including the root)
Maximum number of files per disc: 255
File names
The only files that can be recognized as MP3/WMA/AAC and played are
those with the extension .mp3, .wma or .m4a.
Discs containing multi-session recordings
As the audio system is compatible with multi session discs, it is possible to
play discs that contain MP3, WMA and AAC files. However, only the first
session can be played.
360
5-5. Playing an audio CD and MP3/WMA/AAC discs
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
ID3, WMA and AAC tags
ID3 tags can be added to MP3 files, making it possible to record the track
title, artist name, etc.
The system is compatible with ID3 Ver. 1.0, 1.1, and Ver. 2.2, 2.3 ID3 tags.
(The number of characters is based on ID3 Ver. 1.0 and 1.1.)
WMA tags can be added to WMA files, making it possible to record the
track title and artist name in the same way as with ID3 tags.
AAC tags can be added to AAC files, making it possible to record the track
title and artist name in the same way as with ID3 tags.
MP3, WMA and AAC playback
When a disc containing MP3, WMA or AAC files is inserted, all files on the
disc are first checked. Once the file check is finished, the first MP3, WMA or
AAC file is played. To make the file check finish more quickly, we recom-
mend you do not write any files to the disc other than MP3, WMA or AAC
files or create any unnecessary folders.
Discs that contain a mixture of music data and MP3, WMA or AAC format
data cannot be played.
Extensions
If the file extensions .mp3, .wma and .m4a are used for files other than
MP3, WMA and AAC files, they may be mistakenly recognized and played
as MP3, WMA and AAC files. This may result in large amounts of interfer-
ence and damage to the speakers.
Playback
To play MP3 files with steady sound quality, we recommend a fixed bit
rate of at least 128 kbps and a sampling frequency of 44.1 kHz.
CD-R or CD-RW playback may not be possible in some instances,
depending on the characteristics of the disc.
There is a wide variety of freeware and other encoding software for MP3,
WMA and AAC files on the market, and depending on the status of the
encoding and the file format, poor sound quality or noise at the start of
playback may result. In some cases, playback may not be possible at all.
When files other than MP3, WMA or AAC files are recorded on a disc, it
may take more time to recognize the disc and in some cases, playback
may not be possible at all.
Microsoft, Windows, and Windows Media are the registered trademarks
of Microsoft Corporation in the U.S.A. and other countries.
361
5-5. Playing an audio CD and MP3/WMA/AAC discs
5
Audio system
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
NOTICE
Discs and adapters that cannot be used
Do not use the following types of CDs.
Also, do not use 3 in. (8 cm) CD adapters, Dual Discs or printable discs.
Doing so may damage the CD player and/or the CD insert/eject function.
Discs that have a diameter that is not 4.7 in. (12 cm).
Low-quality or deformed discs.
Discs with a transparent or translucent recording area.
Discs that have tape, stickers or CD-R labels attached to them, or that
have had the label peeled off.
Player precautions
Failure to follow the precautions below may result in damage to the discs or
the player itself.
Do not insert anything other than discs into the disc slot.
Do not apply oil to the player.
Store discs away from direct sunlight.
Never try to disassemble any part of the player.
362
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
5-6. Using an external device
P. 342
Pressing the “AUDIO” button displays the audio control screen from
any screens of the selected source.
Audio source selection screen
appears
Displays cover art
Selecting the play mode
(P. 362)
Shuffle play (P. 362)
Repeat play (P. 362)
Pause
Select to resume playback
Setting the sound (P. 353)
Select “Browse” on the screen.
Select the desired play mode. Then select a song to begin using
the selected play mode.
Select to change on/off.
Select to change on/off.
Listening to an iPod
Connecting an iPod enables you to enjoy music from the vehicle
speakers.
Select “iPod” on the audio source selection screen.
When the iPod connected to the system includes iPod video, the
system can only output the sound by selecting the browse
screen.
Connecting an iPod
Audio control screen
1
2
3
4
5
6
Selecting a play mode
Shuffle play
Repeat play
7
1
2
363
5-6. Using an external device
5
Audio system
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
About iPod
“Made for iPod” and “Made for iPhone” mean that an electronic accessory
has been designed to connect specifically to iPod or iPhone, respectively,
and has been certified by the developer to meet Apple performance stan-
dards.
Apple is not responsible for the operation of this device or its compliance
with safety and regulatory standards. Please note that the use of this acces-
sory with iPod or iPhone may affect wireless performance.
iPhone, iPod, iPod classic, iPod nano, and iPod touch are trademarks of
Apple Inc., registered in the U.S. and other countries. Lightning is a trade-
mark of Apple Inc.
iPod cover art
Depending on the iPod and songs in the iPod, iPod cover art may be dis-
played.
This function can be changed to on/off. (P. 347)
It may take time to display iPod cover art, and the iPod may not be operated
while the cover art display is in process.
Only iPod cover art that is saved in JPEG format can be displayed.
iPod functions
When an iPod is connected and the audio source is changed to iPod mode,
the iPod will resume play from the same point in which it was last used.
Depending on the iPod that is connected to the system, certain functions
may not be available. If a function is unavailable due to a malfunction (as
opposed to a system specification), disconnecting the device and recon-
necting it may resolve the problem.
While connected to the system, the iPod cannot be operated with its own
controls. It is necessary to use the controls of the vehicle's audio system
instead.
When the battery level of an iPod is very low, the iPod may not operate. If
so, charge
the iPod before use.
Comp
atible models (P. 365)
364
5-6. Using an external device
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
iPod problems
To resolve most problems encountered when using your iPod, disconnect
your iPod from the vehicle iPod connection and reset it. For instructions on
how to reset your iPod, refer to your iPod Owner's Manual.
Error messages
Message Cause/Correction procedures
“Connection error. Please
consult your Owner’s Man-
ual for instructions on how
to connect the iPod.”
This indicates a problem in the iPod or its con-
nection.
“No music files found.”
This indicates that there is no music data in
the iPod.
“No videos found.”
This indicates that no video files are included
in the iPod.
“There are no songs avail-
able for playback. Please
add compatible files to
your iPod.”
This indicates that songs are not found in a
selected playlist.
“iPod authorization unsuc-
cessful.”
This indicates that the display audio system
failed to authorize the iPod.
Please check your iPod.
365
5-6. Using an external device
5
Audio system
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Compatible models
The following iPod
®
, iPod nano
®
, iPod classic
®
, iPod touch
®
and iPhone
®
devices can be used with this system.
Made for
iPod touch (5th generation)
iPod touch (4th generation)
iPod touch (3rd generation)
iPod touch (2nd generation)
iPod touch (1st generation)
iPod classic
iPod with video
iPod nano (7th generation)
iPod nano (6th generation)
iPod nano (5th generation)
iPod nano (4th generation)
iPod nano (3rd generation)
iPod nano (2nd generation)
iPod nano (1st generation)
iPhone 5
iPhone 4S
iPhone 4
iPhone 3GS
iPhone 3G
iPhone
Depending on differences between models or software versions etc., some
models might be incompatible with this system.
WARNING
While driving
Do not connect an iPod or operate the controls.
NOTICE
To prevent damage to the iPod or its terminals
Do not leave the iPod in the vehicle. The temperature inside the vehicle
may become high, resulting in damage to the iPod.
Do not push down on or apply unnecessary pressure to the iPod while it is
connected.
Do not insert foreign objects into the port.
366
5-6. Using an external device
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
P. 342
Pressing the “AUDIO” button displays the audio control screen from
any screens of the selected source.
Audio source selection screen
appears
Displays cover art
Selecting the play mode
(P. 366)
Random playback (P. 344)
Repeat play (P. 344)
Pause
Select to resume playback
Setting the sound (P. 353)
Select “Browse” on the screen.
Select the desired play mode. Then select a song to begin using
the selected play mode.
Displaying the now playing list
Touch the cover art display.
Listening to a USB memory device
Connecting a USB memory device enables you to enjoy music
from the vehicle speakers.
Touch “USB” on the audio source selection screen.
Connecting a USB memory device
Audio control screen
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Selecting a play mode
1
2
367
5-6. Using an external device
5
Audio system
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
USB memory functions
Depending on the USB memory device that is connected to the system, the
device itself may not be operable and certain functions may not be avail-
able. If the device is inoperable or a function is unavailable due to a mal-
function (as opposed to a system specification), disconnecting the device
and reconnecting it may resolve the problem.
If the USB memory device still does not begin operation after being discon-
nected and reconnected, format the memory.
Error messages for USB memory
USB memory
Compatible devices
USB memory device that can be used for MP3, WMA and AAC playback.
Compatible device formats
The following device format can be used:
USB communication format: USB2.0 HS (480Mbps) and FS (12 Mbps)
File system format: FAT16/32 (Windows)
C
orrespondence class: Mass storage class
MP3, WMA and AAC files written to a device with any format other than
those listed above may not play correctly, and their file names and folder
names may not be displayed correctly.
Items related to standards and limitations are as follows:
Maximum directory hierarchy: 8 levels
Maximum number of folders in a device: 3000 (including the root)
Maximum number of files in a device: 9999
Maximum number of files per folder: 255
MP3, WMA and AAC files
MP3 (MPEG Audio LAYER 3) is a standard audio compression format.
Files can be compressed to approximately 1/10 of their original size using
MP3 compression.
WMA (Windows Media Audio) is a Microsoft audio compression format. This
format compresses audio data to a size smaller than that of the MP3 format.
AAC is short for Advanced Audio Coding and refers to an audio compression
technology standard used with MPEG2 and MPEG4.
Message Cause/Correction procedures
“Connection error. Please
consult your Owner’s Man-
ual for instructions on how
to connect the USB device.”
This indicates a problem with the USB mem-
ory device or its connection.
“There are no files available
for playback. Please add
compatible files to your USB
device.”
This indicates that no MP3/WMA/AAC files
are included on the USB memory device.
368
5-6. Using an external device
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
MP3, WMA and AAC file and media/formats compatibility are limited.
MP3 file compatibility
Compatible standards
MP3 (MPEG1 AUDIO LAYERII, III, MPEG2 AUDIO LAYERII, III)
Compatible sampling frequencies
MPEG1 AUDIO LAYERII, III: 32, 44.1, 48 (kHz)
MPEG2 AUDIO LAYERII, III: 16, 22.05, 24 (kHz)
Compatible bit rates (compatible with VBR)
MPEG1 AUDIO LAYERII, III: 32-320 (kbps)
MPEG2 AUDIO LAYERII, III: 8-160 (kbps)
Compatible channel modes: stereo, joint stereo, dual channel and mon-
aural
WMA file compatibility
Compatible standards
WMA Ver. 7, 8, 9
Compa
tible sampling frequencies
HIGH PROFILE 32, 44.1, 48 (kHz)
Compa
tible bit rates
HIGH PROFIL
E 48-320 (kbps, VBR)
AAC file compatibility
Compatible standards
MPEG4/AAC-LC
Compatible sampling frequencies
11.025/12/16/22.05/24/32/44.1/48 (kHz)
Compatible bit rates
16-320 (kbps)
Compatible channel modes: 1 ch and 2 ch
File names
The only files that can be recognized as MP3/WMA/AAC and played are
those with the extension .mp3, .wma or .m4a.
ID3, WMA and AAC tags
ID3 tags can be added to MP3 files, making it possible to record the track
title, artist name, etc.
The system is compatible with ID3 Ver. 1.0, 1.1, and Ver. 2.2, 2.3 ID3 tags.
(The number of characters is based on ID3 Ver. 1.0 and 1.1.)
WMA tags can be added to WMA files, making it possible to record the
track title and artist name in the same way as with ID3 tags.
AAC tags can be added to AAC files, making it possible to record the track
title and artist name in the same way as with ID3 tags.
369
5-6. Using an external device
5
Audio system
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
MP3, WMA and AAC playback
When a device containing MP3, WMA and AAC files is connected, all
files in the USB memory device are checked. Once the file check is fin-
ished, the first MP3, WMA and AAC file is played. To make the file check
finish more quickly, we recommend that you do not include any files other
than MP3, WMA and AAC files or create any unnecessary folders.
• When a USB memory device is connected and the audio source is
changed to USB memory mode, the USB memory device will start play-
ing the first file in the first folder. If the same device is removed and
reconnected (and the con- tents have not been changed), the USB mem-
ory device will resume play from the same point in which it was last used.
Extensions
If the file extensions .mp3, .wma and .m4a are used for files other than
MP3, WMA and AAC files, they will be skipped (not played).
Playback
To play MP3 files with steady sound quality, we recommend a fixed bit
rate of at least 128 kbps and a sampling frequency of 44.1 kHz.
There is a wide variety of freeware and other encoding software for MP3,
WMA and AAC files on the market, and depending on the status of the
encoding and the file format, poor sound quality or noise at the start of
playback may result. In some cases, playback may not be possible at all.
Microsoft, Windows, and Windows Media are the registered trademarks
of Microsoft Corporation in the U.S.A. and other countries.
WARNING
While driving
Do not connect a USB memory device or operate the device controls.
NOTICE
To prevent damage to the USB memory device or its terminals
Do not leave the USB memory device in the vehicle. The temperature
inside the vehicle may become high, resulting in damage to the USB
memory device.
Do not push down on or apply unnecessary pressure to the USB memory
device while it is connected.
Do not insert foreign objects into the port.
370
5-6. Using an external device
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
P. 342
Operating portable audio players connected to the audio system
The volume can be adjusted using the vehicle's audio controls. All other
adjustments must be made on the portable audio player itself.
When using a portable audio player connected to the power outlet
Noise may occur during playback. Use the power source of the portable
audio player.
Using the AUX port
To use the AUX port, connect a portable player, press the
“AUDIO” button, then select “AUX” or “A/V” to display the audio
control screen.
Connecting a portable audio player
WARNING
While driving
Do not connect a portable audio player or operate the device controls.
371
5
Audio system
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
5-7. Connecting Bluetooth
®
About Bluetooth
®
Preparations to use wireless communica-
tion
The following can be performed using Bluetooth
®
wireless com-
munication:
A portable audio player can be operated and listened to via
audio system
Hands-free phone calls can be made via a cellular phone
In order to use wireless communication, register and connect a
Bluetooth
®
device by performing the following procedures.
The Bluetooth
®
word mark and logos are
registered trademarks owned Bluetooth
SIG, Inc. and any use of such marks by
PIONEER CORPORATION is under
license. Other trademarks and trade
names are those of their respective own-
ers.
372
5-7. Connecting Bluetooth
®
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Certifications for the Bluetooth
(caution)
FCC ID: AJDK068
CAUTION:
Radio Frequency Radiation Exposure
This equipment complies with FCC radiation exposure limits set forth for
uncontrolled equipment and meets the FCC radio frequency (RF) Exposure
Guidelines in Supplement C to OET65. This equipment has very low levels
of RF energy that it deemed to comply without maximum permissive expo-
sure evaluation (MPE). But it is desirable that it should be installed and
operated with at least 20cm and more between the radiator and person's
body (excluding extremities: hands, wrists, feet and ankles).
Co-location: This transmitter must not be co-located or operated in con-
junction with any other antenna or transmitter.
This device complies with part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject
to the following two conditions: (1) This device may not cause harmful
interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference received,
including interference that may cause undesired operation.
FCC WARNING:
Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible
for compliance could void the user's authority to operate the equipment.
IC: 775E-K068
This device complies with Industry Canada licence-exempt RSS stan-
dard(s). Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) this
device may not cause interference, and (2) this device must accept any
interference, including interference that may cause undesired operation
of the device.
CAUTION:
Radio Frequency Radiation Exposure
This equipment complies with IC radiation exposure limits set forth for
uncontrolled equipment and meets RSS-102 of the IC radio frequency (RF)
Exposure rules.
This equipment has very low levels of RF energy that it deemed to comply
without maximum permissive exposure evaluation (MPE).
But it is desirable that it should be installed and operated with at least 20cm
and more between the radiator and person's body (excluding extremities:
hands, wrists, feet and ankles).
373
5-7. Connecting Bluetooth
®
5
Audio system
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Device registration/connection flow
1. Register the Bluetooth
®
device to be used with audio sys-
tem (P. 375, 376, 377)
2. Connect the Bluetooth
®
device to be used
(P. 379)
To be used for audio To be used for hands-free
phone
3. Start Bluetooth
®
connec-
tion (P. 379)
3. Start Bluetooth
®
connec-
tion (P. 379)
4. Check connection status
(P. 383)
4. Check connection status
(P. 385)
5. Use Bluetooth
®
audio
(P. 383)
5. Use Bluetooth
®
phone
(P. 384)
374
5-7. Connecting Bluetooth
®
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
To display the screen shown below, press the “SETUP” button and
select “Bluetooth
*” on the “Setup” screen.
Select to connect the device to
be used with audio system.
(P. 379)
Select to register a Bluetooth
®
device to be used with audio
system. (P. 377)
Select to set detailed
Bluetooth
®
system settings.
(P. 382)
Select to delete registered devices. (P. 378)
*: Bluetooth is a registered trademark of Bluetooth SIG, Inc.
Registering and connecting from the “Bluetooth* Setup” screen
1
2
3
4
375
5-7. Connecting Bluetooth
®
5
Audio system
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Turn the Bluetooth
®
connection setting of your audio player on.
Press the “AUDIO” button.
Select “ Audio”.
Select “Select Device”.
Follow the steps in “How to register a Bluetooth
®
device” from
“STEP 2”. (P. 377)
Registering a Bluetooth
®
audio player for
the first time
To use the Bluetooth
®
Audio, it is necessary to register an audio
player with the system.
Once the player has been registered, it is possible to use the
Bluetooth
®
Audio.
For details about registering a Bluetooth
®
device (P. 377)
1
2
3
4
5
376
5-7. Connecting Bluetooth
®
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Turn the Bluetooth
®
connection setting of your cellular phone on.
Press the “ ” button.
Select “OK” to register a phone.
Follow the steps in “How to register a Bluetooth
®
device” from
“STEP 3”. (P. 377)
Registering a Bluetooth
®
phone for the first
time
To use the hands-free system, it is necessary to register a
Bluetooth
®
phone with the system.
Once the phone has been registered, it is possible to use the
hands-free system.
For details about registering a Bluetooth
®
device (P. 377)
1
2
3
4
377
5-7. Connecting Bluetooth
®
5
Audio system
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Display the “Bluetooth* Setup” screen. (P. 374)
*: Bluetooth is a registered trademark of Bluetooth SIG, Inc.
Select “Add”.
When this screen is displayed,
search for the device name dis-
played on this screen on the
screen of your Bluetooth
®
device.
For details about operating the
Bluetooth
®
device, see the manual
that comes with it.
To cancel the registration, select
“Cancel”.
Register the Bluetooth
®
device using your Bluetooth
®
device.
A PIN-code is not required for SSP (Secure Simple Pairing) compatible
Bluetooth
®
devices. Depending on the type of Bluetooth
®
device being
connected, a message confirming registration may be displayed on the
Bluetooth
®
device’s screen. Respond and operate the Bluetooth
®
device
according to the confirmation message.
Registering a Bluetooth
®
device
Bluetooth
®
compatible phones (HFP) and portable audio players
(AVP) can be registered simultaneously. You can register up to 5
Bluetooth
®
devices.
How to register a Bluetooth
®
device
1
2
3
4
378
5-7. Connecting Bluetooth
®
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Check that this screen is dis-
played when registration is
complete.
Select “OK” when the connection status changes from “Connect-
ing...” to “Connected”.
If an error message is displayed, follow the guidance on the screen to try
again.
Registration can be performed from screens other than the
“Bluetooth* Setup” screen.
When registering from the “Bluetooth* Audio” screen
Display the “Bluetooth* Audio” screen. (P. 350)
Select “Select Device”.
Follow the steps in “How to register a Bluetooth
®
device” from
“STEP 2”. (P. 377)
*: Bluetooth is a registered trademark of Bluetooth SIG, Inc.
Display the “Bluetooth* Setup” screen. (P. 374)
*: Bluetooth is a registered trademark of Bluetooth SIG, Inc.
Select “Remove”.
Select the desired device.
A confirmation message will be displayed, select “Yes” to delete the
device.
Check that a confirmation screen is displayed when the operation is
complete.
5
Deleting a Bluetooth
®
device
6
1
2
3
1
2
3
4
5
379
5-7. Connecting Bluetooth
®
5
Audio system
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Press the “SETUP” button.
Select “Bluetooth*”.
*: Bluetooth is a registered trademark of Bluetooth SIG, Inc.
Select the device to be con-
nected.
Supported profile icons will be dis-
played.
Phone
Audio player
Supported profile icons for cur-
rently connected devices will illumi-
nate.
Dimmed icons can be selected to connect to the function directly.
To turn auto connection mode on, set “Bluetooth* Power” to on.
(P. 382)
When you register a phone, auto connection will be activated. Always
set it to this mode and leave the Bluetooth
®
phone in a place where a
connection can be established.
When the audio system is turned to on, the system will search for a nearby
cellular phone you have registered.
Next, the system automatically connects with the most recent of the
phones connected to in the past. Then, the connection result is displayed.
*: Bluetooth is a registered trademark of Bluetooth SIG, Inc.
Connecting a Bluetooth
®
device
Up to 5 Bluetooth
®
devices (Phones [HFP] and audio players
[AVP]) can be registered.
If more than 1 Bluetooth
®
device has been registered, select
which device to connect to.
1
2
3
1
2
Auto connection
380
5-7. Connecting Bluetooth
®
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
When auto connection has failed or “Bluetooth* Power” is turned off,
you must connect the Bluetooth
®
device manually.
*: Bluetooth is a registered trademark of Bluetooth SIG, Inc.
Follow the steps in “Connecting a Bluetooth
®
device” from “STEP
1”. (P. 379)
Registering an additional device
Select “Select Device” on the Bluetooth
®
audio control screen.
For more information: P. 377
Selecting a registered device
Select “Select Device” on the Bluetooth
®
audio control screen.
For more information: P. 379
Reconnecting a Bluetooth
®
phone
If the system cannot connect due to poor signal strength, the system will
automatically attempt to reconnect.
If the phone is turned off, the system will not attempt to reconnect. In this
case, the connection must be made manually, or the phone must be rese-
lected.
Manual connection
Connecting a Bluetooth
®
audio player
1
1
2
1
2
381
5-7. Connecting Bluetooth
®
5
Audio system
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Display the “Bluetooth* Setup” screen. (P. 374)
*: Bluetooth is a registered trademark of Bluetooth SIG, Inc.
Select the device.
Select “Device Info”.
Following screen is displayed:
Change device Name
Change connection method
(P. 381)
Bluetooth
®
Address
Display your telephone num-
ber
The number may not be dis-
played depending on the
model of phone.
Compatibility profile of the
device
Restore default settings
Select “Connect Audio Player from”.
Select “Vehicle” or “Device”.
“Vehicle”: Connect the audio system to the portable audio player.
“Device”: Connect the portable audio player to the audio system
Displaying a Bluetooth
®
device details
You can confirm and change the registered device details.
Bluetooth
®
device registration status
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
4
5
6
Changing connection method
1
2
382
5-7. Connecting Bluetooth
®
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Display the “Bluetooth* Setup” screen. (P. 374)
Select “System Settings”.
The following screen is displayed:
Bluetooth
®
Power on/off
You can change Bluetooth
®
function on/off
Change Bluetooth
®
Name
Change PIN-code (P. 382)
Bluetooth
®
Address
Display Phone Status
Select to set the phone connec-
tion status display on/off.
Display Audio Player Status
Select to set the connection sta-
tus display of the audio player
on/off.
Compatibility profile of the system
Restore default settings
*: Bluetooth is a registered trademark of Bluetooth SIG, Inc.
You can change the PIN-code that is used to register your Bluetooth
®
devices in the system.
Select “Bluetooth* PIN”.
Input a PIN-code, and select “OK”.
*: Bluetooth is a registered trademark of Bluetooth SIG, Inc.
Detailed Bluetooth
®
system settings
You can confirm and change the detailed Bluetooth
®
settings.
How to check and change detailed Bluetooth
®
settings
1
2
3
1
2
3
4
5
6
Editing the Bluetooth* PIN
7
8
1
2
383
5
Audio system
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
5-8. Bluetooth
®
Audio
You can check such indicators as signal strength and battery charge
on the screen.
Connection status
Battery charge
Select or to Play/Pause.
For details on “Bluetooth
* Audio” screen operation methods, refer to
Basic Audio Operations. (P. 343)
For details on how to select a track or album, refer to selecting, fast-
forwarding and reversing tracks/files/songs. (P. 352)
*: Bluetooth is a registered trademark of Bluetooth SIG, Inc.
Listening to Bluetooth
®
Audio
The Bluetooth
®
audio system enables the user to enjoy music
played on a portable player from the vehicle speakers via wire-
less communication.
When a Bluetooth
®
device cannot be connected, check the connec-
tion status on the “Bluetooth* Audio” screen. If the device is not con-
nected, either register or reconnect the device. (P. 379)
*: Bluetooth is a registered trademark of Bluetooth SIG, Inc.
Status display
1
2
Indicators Conditions
Connection status
Good Not connected
Battery charge
Full Empty
Playing Bluetooth
®
audio
384
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
5-9. Bluetooth
®
phone
To display the screen shown below, press the switch on the steer-
ing wheel or the button.
Several functions are available to operate on each screen that is dis-
played by selecting the 4 tabs.
Device name
Bluetooth
®
connection status
Using a Bluetooth
®
Phone
The hands-free system is a function that allows you to use your
cellular phone without touching it.
This system supports Bluetooth
®
. Bluetooth
®
is a wireless data
system that allows the cellular phone to wirelessly connect to
the hands-free system and make/receive calls.
Before making a phone call, check the connection status, battery
charge, call area and signal strength. (P. 385)
If a Bluetooth
®
device cannot be connected, check the connection
status on the phone screen. If the device is not connected, either
register or reconnect it. (P. 379)
Phone screen
1
2
385
5-9. Bluetooth
®
phone
5
Audio system
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Telephone switch (P. 397)
Microphone
The vehicle’s built in micro-
phone is used when talking on
the phone.
The person you are speaking to
can be heard from the front
speakers.
To use the hands-free system,
you must register your
Bluetooth
®
phone in the sys-
tem. (P. 377)
You can check indicators such as signal strength and battery charge
on the phone screen.
Connection status
Signal strength
Battery charge
Status display
1
2
3
Indicators Conditions
Connection status
Good Poor Not connected
Battery charge
Full Empty
Call area
“Rm”: Roaming area
Signal strength
Excellent Poor
386
5-9. Bluetooth
®
phone
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Display the phone screen. (P. 384)
Select the “Dial Pad” tab and enter a phone number.
To delete the input phone number, select .
For the first digit, you can enter “+” by selecting “” for a while.
Press the switch on the steering wheel or select .
You can dial a number from the contact data imported from your cellu-
lar phone. The system has one contact for each registered phone. Up
to 2500 contacts may be stored in each contact. (P. 386)
Display the phone screen. (P. 384)
Select “Contacts” tab.
Choose the desired contact to call from the list.
Choose the number and then press the switch on the steering
wheel or select .
You can transfer the phone numbers in a Bluetooth
®
phone to the sys-
tem.
Operation methods differ between PBAP (Phone Book Access Profile)
compatible and PBAP incompatible Bluetooth
®
phones. If the cellular
phone does not support either PBAP or OPP (Object Push Profile)
service, you cannot transfer contacts.
Making a call
Once a Bluetooth
®
phone is registered, you can make a call
using the following procedure:
Dialing
Dialing from the contacts list
When the contact is empty
1
2
3
1
2
3
4
387
5-9. Bluetooth
®
phone
5
Audio system
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Press the switch on the steering wheel.
If the phonebook is empty, a message will be displayed.
For a PBAP compatible Bluetooth
®
phone and “Automatic Transfer”
is off
Select the desired item.
Select to transfer new con-
tacts from a cellular phone,
select “Always” and then
enable “Automatic Transfer”.
Select to transfer all the con-
tacts from a connected cellu-
lar phone only once.
Select to cancel transferring.
For a PBAP incompatible but OPP compatible Bluetooth
®
phone
Select the desired item.
Select to transfer the con-
tacts from the connected cel-
lular phone.
Follow the steps in “Update con-
tacts from phone” from “STEP2”.
(P. 400)
Select to add a new contact
manually.
Follow the steps in “Registering
a new contact to the contacts
list” from “STEP2”. (P. 401)
Select to cancel transferring.
1
2
1
2
3
2
1
2
3
388
5-9. Bluetooth
®
phone
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
You can make a call using numbers registered in the contact.
Display the phone screen. (P. 384)
Select “Favorites” tab.
Select the desired number to make a call.
You can make a call using the call history, which has the 3 functions
below.
: calls which you missed
: calls which you received
: calls which you made
Display the phone screen. (P. 384)
Select “Call History” tab.
Select or the desired entry from the list.
When is selected
Check that the “Call” screen is displayed.
When the desired contact is selected
Select the desired number.
Check that the “Call” screen is displayed.
Call history list
If you make a call to or receive a call from a number registered in the con-
tact, the name is displayed in the call history.
If you make multiple calls to the same number, only the last call made is dis-
played in the call history.
International calls
You may not be able to make international calls, depending on the mobile
phone in use.
Calling using favorites list
Dialing from call history
1
2
3
1
2
3
4
4
5
389
5-9. Bluetooth
®
phone
5
Audio system
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Press the switch on the steer-
ing wheel or select .
Press the switch on the steering wheel or select .
Turn the “PWR•VOL” knob. You can also adjust the volume using the
steering switches.
International calls
Received international calls may not be displayed correctly depending on the
cellular phone in use.
Receiving a call
When a call is received, the following screen is displayed
together with a sound.
To answer the phone
To refuse a call
To adjust the incoming call volume
390
5-9. Bluetooth
®
phone
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Select “-” or “+”. You can also adjust the volume using the steering
switches or the volume knob.
Select “Mute”.
When using phone services such as an answering service or a bank,
you can store phone numbers and code numbers in the contact.
Select “0-9”.
Input the number.
Release Tones
“Release Tones” appear when a continuous tone signal(s) contain-
ing a (w) is registered in the contact list.
Select “Release Tones”.
Speaking on the phone
The following screen is displayed when speaking on the phone.
To adjust the call volume
To prevent the other party from hearing your voice
Inputting tones
1
2
1
391
5-9. Bluetooth
®
phone
5
Audio system
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Release Tones
A continuous tone signal is a character string that consists of numbers and
the characters p or w. (e.g.056133w0123p#1)
When the “p” pause tone is used, the tone data up until the next pause tone
will be automatically sent after 2 seconds have elapsed. When the “w”
pause tone is used, the tone data up until the next pause tone will be auto-
matically sent after a user operation is performed.
Release tones can be used when automated operation of a phone based
service such as an answering machine or bank phone service is desired. A
phone number with continuous tone signals can be registered in the contact
list.
Tone data after a “w” pause tone can be operated on voice command during
a call.
392
5-9. Bluetooth
®
phone
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Select “Handset Mode” to on from a hands-free call to a cellular
phone call.
Select “Handset Mode” to off from a cellular phone call to a hands-free
call.
Select “Transmit Volume”.
Select the desired level for the transmit volume.
Select “OK”.
Press the switch on the steering wheel or select .
When a call is interrupted by a third party while talking, an incoming
call message will be displayed.
To talk with the other party:
Press the switch on the
steering wheel.
Select .
To refuse the call:
Press the switch on the
steering wheel.
Select .
Every time you press the switch on the steering wheel or select
during call waiting, you will be switched to the other party.
Transferring calls
If you transfer from the cellular phone to hands-free, the hands-free screen
will be displayed, and you can operate the system using the screen.
Transfer method and operation may vary according to the cellular phone
used.
For operation of the cellular phone in use, see the phone's manual.
Call waiting operation
Call waiting operation may differ depending on your phone company and cel-
lular phone.
To transfer a call
Transmit volume setting
To hang up
Call waiting
1
2
3
393
5-9. Bluetooth
®
phone
5
Audio system
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Press button.
Select .
When an e-mail/SMS/MMS is received, the incoming message screen
pops up with sound and is ready to be operated on the screen.
Select to check the message.
Select to refuse the message.
Select to call the message
sender.
Bluetooth
®
phone message function
Received messages can be forwarded from the connected
Bluetooth
®
phone, enabling checking and replying using the
audio system.
Depending on the type of Bluetooth
®
phone connected, received
messages may not be transferred to the message inbox.
If the phone does not support the message function, this func-
tion cannot be used.
Displaying message inbox screen
Receiving a message
1
2
1
2
3
394
5-9. Bluetooth
®
phone
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Receiving a message
Depending on the cellular phone used for receiving messages, or its regis-
tration status with the audio system, some information may not be dis-
played.
The pop up screen is separately available for incoming e-mail and SMS/
MMS messages under the following conditions:
E-mail:
“Incoming E-mail Display” is set to “Full Screen”. (P. 406)
“E-mail Notification Popup” is set to on. (P. 406)
SMS/MMS:
“Incoming SMS/MMS Display” is set to “Full screen”. (P. 406)
“SMS/MMS Notification Popup” is set to on. (P. 406)
395
5-9. Bluetooth
®
phone
5
Audio system
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Display the message inbox screen. (P. 393)
Select the desired message from the list.
Check that the message is displayed.
E-mails: Select “Mark
Unread” or “Mark Read” to
mark mail unread or read on
the message inbox screen.
This function is available when
“Update Message Read Status
on Phone” is set to on (P. 406)
Select to make a call to the
sender.
Select to have messages read out. To cancel this function, select
“Stop”.
Select to display the previous or next message.
Select to reply the message.
Check the messages
Depending on the type of Bluetooth
®
phone being connected, it may be nec-
essary to perform additional steps on the phone.
Messages are displayed in the appropriate connected Bluetooth
®
phone’s
registered mail address folder.
Select the tab of the desired folder to be displayed.
Only received messages on the connected Bluetooth
®
phone can be dis-
played.
The text of the message is not displayed while driving.
When “Automatic Message Readout” is set to on, messages will be auto-
matically read out. (P. 406)
Turn the “PWR•VOL” knob, or use the volume switch on the steering wheel
to adjust the message read out volume.
The message read out function is available even while driving.
Checking the messages
1
2
3
1
2
3
4
5
396
5-9. Bluetooth
®
phone
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Display the message inbox screen. (P. 393)
Select the desired message from the list.
Select “Quick Message”.
Select the desired message.
Select “Send”.
Editing quick reply message
Select “Quick Message”.
Select corresponding to the desired message to edit.
Select “OK” when editing is completed.
Calls can be made to an e-mail/SMS/MMS message sender's phone
number.
Display the message inbox screen. (P. 393)
Select the desired message.
Select .
Check that the “Call” screen is displayed.
Calling from a number within a message
Calls can be made to a number identified in a message's text area.
Display the Message Inbox screen. (P. 393)
Select the desired message.
Select the text area.
Select corresponding to the desired number.
Check that the “Call” screen is displayed.
Calling from the incoming message screen
P. 392
Replying to a message
Calling the message sender
1
2
3
4
5
1
2
3
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
4
5
397
5-9. Bluetooth
®
phone
5
Audio system
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Volume switch
Increase/Decrease the vol-
ume
Press and hold:
Continuously increase/
decrease the volume
Cursor switch
Select a list/tab
Back switch
Return to the previous
screen
Enter switch
Select an item
On hook switch
End a call
Refuse a call
Off hook switch
Make a call
Receive a call
Display “Phone” screen
Using the steering wheel switches
The steering wheel switches can be used to operate a connected
cellular phone.
Operating a telephone using the steering wheel switches
1
2
3
4
5
6
398
5-9. Bluetooth
®
phone
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
To display the screen shown below, press the “SETUP” button, and
select “Phone” on the “Setup” screen.
Set the phone connection
(P. 377)
Setting the sound (P. 398)
Contact/Call History Settings
(P. 399)
Set the message settings
(P. 406)
Set the phone display
(P. 407)
Display the “Phone/Message Settings” screen. (P. 398)
Select “Sound Settings” on the “Phone/Message Settings” screen.
Set the desired ringtone.
Adjust the ringtone volume.
Adjust the message readout
volume.
Set the desired incoming
SMS/MMS tone.
Adjust the incoming SMS/
MMS tone volume.
Set the incoming e-mail tone.
Adjust the incoming e-mail
tone volume.
Adjust the default volume of the other party's voice.
To return to the default volume settings
Select “Default”, and then “Yes”.
Bluetooth
®
phone settings
You can adjust the hands-free system to your desired settings.
“Phone/Message Settings” screen
1
2
13
14
5
Sound setting
1
2
1
2
13
4
5
6
7
8
399
5-9. Bluetooth
®
phone
5
Audio system
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
The contact can be transferred from a Bluetooth
®
phone to the sys-
tem. The contact also can be added, edited and deleted.
The call history can be deleted and contact and favorites can be
changed.
Display the “Phone/Message Settings” screen. (P. 398)
Select “Contact/Call History Settings”.
Select the desired item to be set.
For PBAP compatible
Bluetooth
®
phones, select to
set automatic contact/history
transfer on/off. When set to
on, the phone’s contact data
and history are automatically
transferred.
Select to update contacts
from the connected phone.
(P. 400)
Select to sort contacts by the
first name or last name field.
Select to add contacts to the favorites list. (P. 403)
Select to delete contacts from the favorites list. (P. 405)
Select to clear contacts from the call history.
*
Select to add new contacts to the contact list.* (P. 401)
Select to edit contacts in the contact list.
* (P. 402)
Select to delete contacts from the contact list.
* (P. 403)
Select to reset all setup items.
*: For PBAP compatible Bluetooth
®
phones only, this function is available
when “Automatic Transfer” is set to off.
(P. 399)
Contact/Call History Settings
1
2
3
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
400
5-9. Bluetooth
®
phone
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Operation methods differ between PBAP compatible and PBAP
incompatible but OPP compatible Bluetooth
®
phones.
If your cellular phone is neither PBAP nor OPP compatible, the con-
tacts cannot be transferred.
For PBAP Compatible Bluetooth
®
Phones
Select “Update Contacts from Phone”.
Check that a confirmation screen is displayed when the opera-
tion is complete.
This operation may be unnecessary depending on the type of cellular
phone.
Depending on the type of cellular phone, OBEX authentication may be
required when transferring contact data. Enter “1234” into the
Bluetooth
®
phone.
If another Bluetooth
®
device is connected when transferring contact
data, depending on the phone, the connected Bluetooth
®
device may
need to be disconnected.
Depending on the type of Bluetooth
®
phone being connected, it may be
necessary to perform additional steps on the phone.
For PBAP Incompatible but OPP compatible Bluetooth
®
Phones
Select “Update Contacts from Phone”.
Transfer the contact data to the system using a Bluetooth
®
phone.
This operation may be unnecessary depending on the type of cellular
phone.
Depending on the type of cellular phone, OBEX authentication may be
required when transferring contact data. Enter “1234” into the
Bluetooth
®
phone.
To cancel this function, select “Cancel”.
Select “Done” when it appears on the screen.
Check that a confirmation screen is displayed when the opera-
tion is complete.
Update contacts from phone
1
2
1
2
3
4
401
5-9. Bluetooth
®
phone
5
Audio system
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Updating the contacts in a different way (From the “Call His-
tory” screen)
For PBAP compatible Bluetooth
®
phones, this function is available
when “Automatic Transfer” is set to off. (P. 399)
Display the phone screen. (P. 384)
Select the “Call History” tab and select a contact not yet regis-
tered in the contact list.
Select “Update Contact”.
Select the desired contact.
Select a phone type for the phone number.
New contact data can be registered. Up to 4 numbers per person can
be registered. For PBAP compatible Bluetooth
®
phones, this function
is available when “Automatic Transfer” is set to off. (P. 399)
Select “New Contact”.
Enter the name and select “OK”.
Enter the phone number and select “OK”.
Select the phone type for the phone number.
To add another number to this contact, select “Yes”.
Registering a new contact in a different way (From the “Call
History” screen)
Display the phone screen. (P. 384)
Select the “Call History” tab and select a contact not yet regis-
tered in the contact list.
Select “Add to Contacts”.
Follow the steps in “Registering a new contact to the contacts
list” from “STEP 3”. (P. 401)
Registering a new contact to the contact list
1
2
3
4
5
1
2
3
4
5
1
2
3
4
402
5-9. Bluetooth
®
phone
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
For PBAP compatible Bluetooth
®
phones, this function is available
when “Automatic Transfer” is set to off. (P. 399)
Select “Edit Contact”.
Select the desired contact.
Select corresponding to the desired name or number.
Follow the steps in “Registering a new contact to the contacts list”
from “STEP 4”. (P. 401)
Editing the contacts in a different way (From the “Contact
Details” screen)
Display the phone screen. (P. 384)
Select the “Contacts”, “Call History” tab or the “Favorites” tab and
select the desired contact.
Select “Edit Contact”.
“E-mail Addresses”: Select to display all registered e-mail addresses for
the contact.
Follow the steps in “Registering a new contact to the contacts
list” from “STEP 4”. (P. 401)
Editing the contact data
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
4
403
5-9. Bluetooth
®
phone
5
Audio system
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
For PBAP compatible Bluetooth
®
phones, this function is available
when “Automatic Transfer” is set to off. (P. 399)
Select “Delete Contacts”.
Select the desired contact and select “Delete”.
Select “Yes” when the confirmation screen appears.
Deleting the contact in a different way (From the “Contact
Details” screen)
Display the phone screen. (P. 384)
Select the “Contacts”, “Call history” tab or the “Favorites” tab and
select the desired contact.
Select “Edit Contact”.
Select “Yes” when the confirmation screen appears.
Up to 15 contacts (maximum of 4 numbers per contact) can be regis-
tered in the favorites list.
Registering the contacts in the favorites list
Select “Add Favorite”.
Select the desired contact to add to the favorites list.
Dimmed contacts are already stored as a favorite.
Check that a confirmation screen is displayed when the opera-
tion is complete.
Deleting the contact data
Favorites list setting
1
2
13
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
404
5-9. Bluetooth
®
phone
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
When 15 contacts have already been registered to the favorites list
When 15 contacts have already been registered to the favorites list,
a registered contact needs to be replaced.
Select “Yes” when the confirmation screen appears to replace a
contact.
Select the contact to be replaced.
Check that a confirmation screen is displayed when the operation is
complete.
Registering contacts in the favorites list in a different way (from the
“Contacts” screen)
Display the phone screen. (P. 384)
Select the “Contacts” tab.
Select at the beginning of the desired contact list name to be
registered in the favorites list.
When selected, is changed to , and the contact is registered in the
favorites list.
Registering contacts in the favorites list in a different way (from the
“Contact Details” screen)
Display the phone screen. (P. 384)
Select the “Contacts” tab or the “Call History” tab and select the
desired contact.
Select “Add Favorite”.
Check that a confirmation screen is displayed when the operation is
complete.
1
2
3
1
2
3
1
2
3
4
405
5-9. Bluetooth
®
phone
5
Audio system
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Deleting the contacts in the favorites list
Select “Remove Favorite”.
Select the desired contacts and select “Remove”.
Select “Yes” when the confirmation screen appears.
Check that a confirmation screen is displayed when the opera-
tion is complete.
Deleting contacts in the favorites list in a different way (from the
“Contacts” screen)
Display the phone screen. (P. 384)
Select the “Contacts” tab.
Select at the beginning of the contact list name to be deleted
from the favorites. list.
When selected, is changed to , and the data is deleted from the list.
Deleting contacts in the favorites list in a different way (from the
“Contact Details” screen)
Display the phone screen. (P. 384)
Select the “Contacts”, “Call History” tab or the “Favorites” tab and
select the desired contact to delete.
Select “Remove Favorite”.
Select “Yes” when the confirmation screen appears.
Check that a confirmation screen is displayed when the operation is
complete.
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
1
2
3
4
5
406
5-9. Bluetooth
®
phone
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Display the “Phone/Message Settings” screen. (P. 398)
Select “Messaging Settings”.
Select the desired item to be set.
Set automatic message
transfer on/off.
Set automatic message
readout on/off.
Set the SMS/MMS notifica-
tion popup on/off.
Set the e-mail notification
popup on/off.
Set adding the vehicle signa-
ture to outgoing messages
on/off.
Set updating message read status on phone on/off.
Change the incoming SMS/MMS display.
“Full Screen”: When an SMS/MMS message is received, the incoming
SMS/MMS display screen is displayed and can be operated on the
screen.
“Drop-Down”: When an SMS/MMS message is received, a message is
displayed on the upper side of the screen.
Change the incoming e-mail display.
“Full Screen”: When an e-mail is received, the incoming e-mail display
screen is the displayed and can be operated on the screen.
“Drop-Down”: When an e-mail is received, a message is displayed on
the upper side of the screen.
Set display of messaging account names on the inbox tab on/off.
When set to on, messaging account names used on the cellular phone
will be displayed.
To return to the default volume settings
Select “Default”, and then “Yes”.
Message Settings
1
2
3
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
407
5-9. Bluetooth
®
phone
5
Audio system
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Displaying the “Messaging Settings” screen in a different way
Display the phone screen. (P. 384)
Select .
Select “Settings”.
Display the “Phone/Message Settings” screen. (P. 398)
Select “Phone Display Settings”.
Select the desired item to be set.
Change the incoming call
display.
“Full Screen”: When a call is
received, the hands-free screen
is displayed and can be oper-
ated on the screen.
“Drop-Down”: A message is dis-
played on the upper side of the
screen.
Set display of the contact/
history transfer completion
message on/off.
Phone Display Settings
1
2
3
1
2
3
1
2
408
5-9. Bluetooth
®
phone
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
If there is a problem with the hands-free system or a Bluetooth
®
device, first check the table below.
When using the hands-free system with a Bluetooth
®
device
What to do if... (Troubleshooting)
The hands-free system or Bluetooth
®
device does not work.
The connected device may not be a compatible Bluetooth
®
cellular phone.
For a list of specific devices which operation has been confirmed
on this system, check with your Toyota dealer or the following web-
site: http://www.toyota.com/entune/enside.html
The Bluetooth version of the connected cellular phone may be older than
the specified version.
Use a cellular phone with Bluetooth version 2.0 or higher (recom-
mended: Ver. 3.0 with EDR or higher). (P. 412)
409
5-9. Bluetooth
®
phone
5
Audio system
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
When registering/connecting a cellular phone
When making/receiving a call
A cellular phone cannot be registered.
An incorrect passcode was entered on the cellular phone.
Enter the correct passcode on the cellular phone.
The registration operation has not been completed on the cellular phone
side.
Complete the registration operation on the cellular phone (approve
registration on the phone).
Old registration information remains on either this system or the cellular
phone.
Delete the existing registration information from both this system
and the cellular phone, then register the cellular phone you wish to
connect to this system. (P. 378)
A Bluetooth
®
connection cannot be made.
Another Bluetooth
®
device is already connected.
Manually connect the cellular phone you wish to use to this sys-
tem. (P. 380)
Bluetooth
®
function is not enabled on the cellular phone.
Enable the Bluetooth
®
function on the cellular phone.
“Please check your device settings.” message is displayed.
Bluetooth
®
function is not enabled on the cellular phone.
Enable the Bluetooth
®
function on the cellular phone.
Old registration information remains on either this system or the cellular
phone.
Delete the existing registration information from both this system
and the cellular phone, then register the cellular phone you wish to
connect to this system. (P. 378)
A call cannot be made/received.
Your vehicle is in a “Out of cellular service area. Please try again later.”
area.
Move to where “Out of cellular service area. Please try again later.”
no longer appears on the display.
410
5-9. Bluetooth
®
phone
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
When using the phonebook
When using the Bluetooth
®
message function
Phonebook data cannot be transferred manually/automatically.
The profile version of the connected cellular phone may not be compatible
with transferring phonebook data.
For a list of specific devices which operation has been confirmed
on this system, check with your Toyota dealer or the following web-
site: http://www.toyota.com/entune/enside.html
Automatic phonebook transfer function on this system is set to off.
Set automatic phonebook transfer function on this system to on.
(P. 399)
Passcode has not been entered on the cellular phone.
Enter the passcode on the cellular phone if requested (default pass-
code: 1234).
Transfer operation on the cellular phone has not completed.
Complete transfer operation on the cellular phone (approve trans-
fer operation on the phone).
Phonebook data cannot be edited.
Automatic phonebook transfer function on this system is set to on.
Set automatic phonebook transfer function on this system to off.
(P. 399)
Messages cannot be viewed.
Message transfer is not enabled on the cellular phone.
Enable message transfer on the cellular phone (approve message
transfer on the phone).
Automatic transfer function on this system is set to off.
Set automatic transfer function on this system to on. (P. 406)
New message notifications are not displayed.
Notification of SMS/MMS/E-mail reception on this system is set to off.
Set notification of SMS/MMS/E-mail reception on this system to on.
(P. 406)
Automatic message transfer function is not enabled on the cellular phone.
Enable automatic transfer function on the cellular phone.
411
5-9. Bluetooth
®
phone
5
Audio system
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
In other situations
Even though all conceivable measures have been taken, the symptom sta-
tus does not change.
The cellular phone is not close enough to this system.
Bring the cellular phone closer to this system.
The cellular phone is the most likely cause of the symptom.
Turn the cellular phone off, remove and reinstall the battery pack,
and then restart the cellular phone.
Enable the cellular phone’s Bluetooth
®
connection.
Stop the cellular phone’s security software and close all applica-
tions.
Before using an application installed on the cellular phone, care-
fully check its source and how its operation might affect this sys-
tem.
412
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
5-10. Bluetooth
®
When using the Bluetooth
®
audio system
In the following conditions, the system may not function.
If the portable audio player is turned off
If the portable audio player is not connected
If the portable audio player’s battery is low
There may be a delay if a cellular phone connection is made during
Bluetooth
®
audio play.
Depending on the type of portable audio player that is connected to the sys-
tem, operation may differ slightly and certain functions may not be available.
When using the hands-free system
The audio system is muted when making a call.
If both parties speak at the same time, it may be difficult to hear.
If the received call volume is overly loud, an echo may be heard.
If the Bluetooth
®
phone is too close to the system, quality of the sound may
deteriorate and connection status may deteriorate.
In the following circumstances, it may be difficult to hear the other party:
When driving on unpaved roads
When driving at high speeds
If a roof or window is open
If the air conditioning is blowing directly on the microphone
If there is interference from the network of the cellular phone
Conditions under which the system will not operate
If using a cellular phone that does not support Bluetooth
®
If the cellular phone is turned off
If you are outside of cellular phone service coverage
If the cellular phone is not connected
If the cellular phone’s battery is low
When outgoing calls are controlled, due to heavy traffic on telephone lines,
etc.
When the cellular phone itself cannot be used
When transferring contact data from the cellular phone
Bluetooth
®
413
5-10. Bluetooth
®
5
Audio system
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Bluetooth
®
antenna
The antenna is built into the display.
If the portable audio player is behind the seat or in the glove box or console
box, or is touching or covered by metal objects, the connection status may
deteriorate.
If the cellular phone is behind the seat or in the console box, or touching or
covered by metal objects, the connection status may deteriorate.
Battery charge/signal status
This display may not correspond exactly with the portable audio player or
cellular phone itself.
This system does not have a charging function.
The portable audio player or cellular phone battery will be depleted quickly
when the device is connected to Bluetooth
®
.
When using the Bluetooth
®
audio and hands-free system at the same
time
The following problems may occur.
The Bluetooth
®
audio connection may be interrupted.
Noise may be heard during Bluetooth
®
audio playback.
About the contact in this system
The following data is stored for every registered cellular phone. When
another phone is connecting, you cannot read the registered data.
Contact data
Call history
Favorite
Message
When removing a Bluetooth
®
phone from the system, the above-mentioned
data is also deleted.
414
5-10. Bluetooth
®
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Compatible models
The Bluetooth
®
audio system supports portable audio players with the follow-
ing specifications
Bluetooth
®
specifications:
Ver. 2.0, or higher (Recommended: Ver. 3.0+EDR or higher)
Profiles:
A2DP (Advanced Audio Distribution Profile) Ver. 1.0, or higher
(Recommended: Ver. 1.2 or higher)
This is a profile to transmit stereo audio or high quality sound to the audio
system.
AVRCP (Audio/Video Remote Control Profile) Ver. 1.0 or higher
(Recommended: Ver. 1.4 or higher)
This is a profile to allow remote control the A/V equipment.
However, please note that some functions may be limited depending on the
type of portable audio player connected.
The hands-free system supports cellular phones with the following specifica-
tions.
Bluetooth
®
specification:
Ver. 2.0 or higher (Recommended: Ver. 3.0+EDR or higher)
Profiles:
HFP (Hands Free Profile) Ver. 1.0 or higher (Recommended: Ver. 1.6 or
higher)
This is a profile to allow hands-free phone calls using a cellular phone or
head set. It has outgoing and incoming call functions.
OPP (Object Push Profile) Ver. 1.1 or higher (Recommended: Ver. 1.2)
This is a profile to transfer contact data. When a Bluetooth
®
compatible
cellular phone has both PBAP and OPP, OPP cannot be used.
PBAP (Phone Book Access Profile) Ver. 1.0 or higher (Recommended:
Ver. 1.1)
This is a profile to transfer contact data.
MAP (Message Access Profile) Ver.1.0 or higher
This is a profile to using phone message.
If the cellular phone does not support HFP, you cannot register it with the
hands-free system. OPP, PBAP or MAP services must be selected individu-
ally.
415
5-10. Bluetooth
®
5
Audio system
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Certification
NOTE:
This device complies with part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to
the following two conditions: (1) This device may not cause harmful interfer-
ence, and (2) this device must accept any interference received, including
interference that may cause undesired operation.
FCC WARNING:
Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for
compliance could void the user's authority to operate the equipment.
CAUTION:
Radio Frequency Radiation Exposure
This equipment complies with FCC radiation exposure limits set forth for
uncontrolled equipment and meets the FCC radio frequency (RF) Exposure
Guidelines in Supplement C to OET65. This equipment has very low levels of
RF energy that it deemed to comply without maximum permissive exposure
evaluation (MPE). But it is desirable that it should be installed and operated
with at least 20 cm and more between the radiator and person's body
(excluding extremities: hands, wrists, feet and ankles).
Co-location:
This transmitter must not be co-located or operated in conjunction with any
other antenna or transmitter.
Reconnecting the portable audio player
If the portable audio player is disconnected due to poor reception, the system
automatically reconnects the portable audio player.
If you have switched off the portable audio player yourself, follow the instruc-
tions below to reconnect:
Select the portable audio player again
Enter the portable audio player
When you sell your car
Be sure to delete your personal data. (P. 346)
416
5-10. Bluetooth
®
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
WARNING
While driving
Do not use the portable audio player, cellular phone or connect a device to
the Bluetooth
®
system.
Caution regarding interference with electronic devices
Your audio unit is fitted with Bluetooth
®
antennas. People with implantable
cardiac pacemakers, cardiac resynchronization therapy-pacemakers or
implantable cardioverter defibrillators should maintain a reasonable dis-
tance between themselves and the Bluetooth
®
antennas. The radio waves
may affect the operation of such devices.
Before using Bluetooth
®
devices, users of any electrical medical device
other than implantable cardiac pacemakers, cardiac resynchronization
therapy-pacemakers or implantable cardioverter defibrillators should con-
sult the manufacturer of the device for information about its operation
under the influence of radio waves. Radio waves could have unexpected
effects on the operation of such medical devices.
NOTICE
When leaving the vehicle
Do not leave your portable audio player or cellular phone in the vehicle. The
inside of the vehicle may become hot, causing damage to the portable
audio player or cellular phone.
417
5
Audio system
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
5-11. Using the voice command system
Press the talk switch.
To cancel the voice command sys-
tem, press and hold the talk switch.
After a beep sounds, say the desired command.
On the list screen, you can select the desired command.
Microphone
P. 385
When using the microphone
It is unnecessary to speak directly into the microphone when giving a com-
mand.
When “Voice Prompt Interrupt” set to on, it is not necessary to wait for the
confirmation beep before speaking a command. (P. 349)
Voice commands may not be recognized if:
Spoken too quickly.
Spoken at a low or high volume.
The roof or windows are open.
Passengers are talking while voice commands are spoken.
The air conditioning speed is set high.
The air conditioning vents are turned towards the microphone.
In the following conditions, the system may not recognize the command
properly and using voice commands may not be possible:
The command is incorrect or unclear. Note that certain words, accents or
speech patterns may be difficult for the system to recognize.
There is excessive background noise, such as wind noise.
Voice command system
The voice command system enables the hands-free system to
be operated using voice commands.
Operations of the voice command system can be performed by
selecting the menu corresponding to each function on the
screen. Even if any menu is selected, commands displayed on
all menus can be operated.
Using the voice command system
1
2
418
5-11. Using the voice command system
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Due to natural language speech recognition technology, this system
enables recognition of a command when spoken naturally. However,
the system cannot recognize every variation of each command.
In some situations, it is possible to omit the command for the proce-
dure and directly state the desired operation.
Not all voice commands are displayed in the short cut menu.
This function is available in English, Spanish and French.
Expression examples for each function
Casual speech recognization
Command Expression examples
“Call <name>
<type>”
Get me <Robert Brown>.
Dial <Robert Brown> on his <mobile> phone.
“Dial <number>”
Dial <3334445555>.
Ring <3334445555>.
419
5-11. Using the voice command system
5
Audio system
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Some recognizable voice commands and their actions are shown
below as examples.
Basic
Phone
Command list
Command Action
“Help”
Prompts voice guidance to offer examples of com-
mands or operation methods
“Go Back” Returns to the previous screen
Command Action
“Redial”
Places a call to the phone number of the latest outgo-
ing call
“Call Back”
Places a call to the phone number of latest incoming
call
“Show Recent
Calls”
Displays the call history screen
“Dial <phone num-
ber>”
Places a call to the said phone number
“Call <contacts>
<phonetypes>”
Place a call to the said phone type of the contact from
the phone book
420
5-11. Using the voice command system
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
421
6
Interior features
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
6-1. Using the air conditioning
system and defogger
Front manual air
conditioning system ........ 422
Front automatic air
conditioning system ........ 428
Rear manual air
conditioning system ........ 435
Rear automatic air
conditioning system ........ 438
Heated steering wheel/
seat heaters/
seat ventilators................ 441
6-2. Using the interior lights
Interior lights list ................ 444
Interior lights ................. 444
Personal lights .............. 445
6-3. Using the storage
features
List of storage features ..... 446
Glove box...................... 447
Console box.................. 447
Bottle holders................ 448
Cup holders .................. 449
Auxiliary boxes.............. 451
Open tray...................... 452
Luggage compartment
features........................... 453
6-4. Using the other interior
features
Other interior features....... 455
Sun visors..................... 455
Vanity mirrors................ 455
Conversation mirror ...... 456
Clock............................. 457
Outside temperature
display........................... 458
Power outlets................ 459
Rear sunshades............ 462
Armrest ......................... 463
Coat hooks.................... 464
Assist grips ................... 464
Side table...................... 465
Garage door opener.......... 466
Safety Connect ................. 473
Compass........................... 479
422
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
6-1. Using the air conditioning system and defogger
Adjusting the temperature setting
To adjust the temperature setting, turn clockwise (warm) or
counterclockwise (cool).
If is not pressed, the system will blow ambient temperature air
or heated air.
For quick cooling, turn to the “MAX A/C” position. The air condi-
tioning will automatically turn on in recirculated air mode.
Fan speed setting
To adjust the fan speed, turn clockwise (increase) or coun-
terclockwise (decrease).
Turning the dial to “OFF” turns off the fan.
Front manual air conditioning system
: If equipped
Air conditioning controls
423
6-1. Using the air conditioning system and defogger
6
Interior features
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Changing airflow modes
To change the airflow mode,
press , , or
.
Air flows to the upper body.
Air flows to the upper body
and feet.
Air flows to the feet.
Air flows to the feet and the windshield defogger operates.
Switching between outside air and recirculated air modes
Press .
The mode switches between outside air mode (indicator off) and recir-
culated air mode (indicator on) each time is pressed.
Defogging the windshield
Defoggers are used to defog the windshield and front side win-
dows.
Press .
If the recirculated air mode is used, it will automatically switch to the out-
side air mode.
Perform the following operations accordingly:
To adjust the fan speed, turn .
To adjust the temperature setting, turn .
If the dehumidification function is not operating, press to
operate the dehumidification function.
To defog the windshield and the side windows early, turn the air
flow and temperature up.
1
2
3
Other functions
4
1
2
424
6-1. Using the air conditioning system and defogger
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Defogging the rear window and outside rear view mirrors
Vehicles without outside rear view mirror defoggers
A defogger is used to defog the rear window.
Press .
The defogger will automatically turn off after a period of time.
Vehicles with outside rear view mirror defoggers
Defoggers are used to defog the rear window, and to remove rain-
drops, dew and frost from the outside rear view mirrors.
Press .
The defoggers will automatically turn off after a period of time.
Windshield wiper de-icer (if equipped)
This feature is used to prevent ice from building up on the wind-
shield and wiper blades.
Press the switch to turn the sys-
tem on/off.
The indicator comes on when
the windshield wiper de-icer is
on.
The windshield de-icer will auto-
matically turn off after a period
of time.
Location of air outlets
The air outlets and air volume
change according to the
selected airflow mode.
Air outlets
425
6-1. Using the air conditioning system and defogger
6
Interior features
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Adjusting the position of and opening and closing the air out-
lets
Front center outlets
Direct air flow to the left or right,
up or down.
Front side outlets
Direct air flow to the left or right,
up or down.
Closes the vent
Slide the knob to the most out-
ward position.
Opens the vent
1
2
426
6-1. Using the air conditioning system and defogger
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Fogging up of the windows
The windows will easily fog up when the humidity in the vehicle is high.
Turning on will dehumidify the air from the outlets and defog the wind-
shield effectively.
If you turn off, the windows may fog up more easily.
The windows may fog up if the recirculated air mode is used.
Outside/recirculated air mode
When driving on dusty roads such as tunnels or in heavy traffic, set the out-
side/recirculated air mode button to the recirculated air mode. This is effec-
tive in preventing outside air from entering the vehicle interior. During
cooling operation, setting the recirculated air mode will also cool the vehicle
interior effectively.
Outside/recirculated air mode may automatically switch depending on the
temperature setting or the inside temperature.
When the outside temperature exceeds 75°F (24°C) and the air condition-
ing system is on
In order to reduce the air conditioning power consumption, the air condition-
ing system may switch to recirculated air mode automatically. This may also
reduce fuel consumption.
Recirculated air mode is selected as a default mode when the engine switch
is turned to “ON” position.
It is possible to switch to outside air mode at any time by pressing .
Ventilation and air conditioning odors
To let fresh air in, set the air conditioning system to the outside air mode.
During use, various odors from inside and outside the vehicle may enter into
and accumulate in the air conditioning system. This may then cause odor to
be emitted from the vents.
To reduce potential odors from occurring:
It is recommended that the air conditioning system be set to outside air
mode prior to turning the vehicle off.
Air conditioning filter
P. 530
427
6-1. Using the air conditioning system and defogger
6
Interior features
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
WARNING
To prevent the windshield from fogging up
Do not use during cool air operation in extremely humid weather.
The difference between the temperature of the outside air and that of the
windshield can cause the outer surface of the windshield to fog up, block-
ing your vision.
To prevent burns
Do not touch the rear view mirror surfaces when the outside rear view mir-
ror defoggers are on.
Do not touch the glass at lower part of the windshield or to the side of the
front pillars when the windshield wiper de-icer is on.
NOTICE
To prevent battery discharge
Do not leave the air conditioning system on longer than necessary when the
engine is stopped.
Do not place anything on the instrument
panel which may cover the air outlets.
Otherwise, air flow may be obstructed,
preventing the windshield defoggers
from defogging.
428
6-1. Using the air conditioning system and defogger
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Adjusting the temperature setting
To adjust the temperature setting, turn clockwise to increase
the temperature and counterclockwise to decrease the tempera-
ture.
The temperature for the driver, front passenger and rear seats can be
adjusted separately when:
is pressed. (The “SYNC” displays disappear.)
The front passenger side dial is turned. (The “PASS SYNC”
display changes to “PASS”.)
The “
” or “” side of is pressed. (The “REAR SYNC” display
changes to “REAR”.)
The air conditioning system switches between individual and synchro-
nized modes each time is pressed.
Front automatic air conditioning system
: If equipped
Air outlets and fan speed are automatically adjusted according
to the temperature setting.
Air conditioning controls
429
6-1. Using the air conditioning system and defogger
6
Interior features
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Fan speed setting
To adjust the fan speed, press
on to increase the fan
speed and “
” to decrease the fan speed.
Press to turn the fan off.
Changing airflow modes
To change the airflow mode,
press .
The air outlets used are
switched each time the button is
pressed.
Air flows to the upper body.
Air flows to the upper body
and feet.
Air flows to the feet.
Air flows to the feet and the
windshield defogger oper-
ates.
Press .
Adjust the temperature setting.
To stop the operation, press .
Automatic mode indicator
If the fan speed setting or air flow modes are operated, the auto-
matic mode indicator goes off. However, automatic mode for func-
tions other than that operated are maintained.
Switching between outside air and recirculated air modes
Press .
The mode switches between outside air mode (indicator off) and recir-
culated air mode (indicator on) each time is pressed.
1
2
3
4
Using automatic mode
Other functions
1
2
3
430
6-1. Using the air conditioning system and defogger
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Defogging the windshield
Defoggers are used to defog the windshield and front side win-
dows.
Press .
Set the outside/recirculated air mode button to outside air mode if the
recirculated air mode is used. (It may switch automatically.)
To defog the windshield and the side windows early, turn the air flow and
temperature up.
To return to the previous mode, press again when the windshield
is defogged.
Defogging the rear window and outside rear view mirrors
Vehicles without outside rear view mirror defoggers
A defogger is used to defog the rear window.
Press .
The defogger will automatically turn off after a period of time.
Vehicles with outside rear view mirror defoggers
Defoggers are used to defog the rear window, and to remove rain-
drops, dew and frost from the outside rear view mirrors.
Press .
The defoggers will automatically turn off after a period of time.
431
6-1. Using the air conditioning system and defogger
6
Interior features
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Windshield wiper de-icer (if equipped)
This feature is used to prevent ice from building up on the wind-
shield and wiper blades.
Press the switch to turn the sys-
tem on/off.
The indicator comes on when
the windshield wiper de-icer is
on.
The windshield de-icer will auto-
matically turn off after a period
of time.
Location of air outlets
The air outlets and air volume
change according to the
selected airflow mode.
Adjusting the position of and opening and closing the air out-
lets
Front center outlets
Direct air flow to the left or right,
up or down.
Air outlets
432
6-1. Using the air conditioning system and defogger
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Front side outlets
Direct air flow to the left or right,
up or down.
Closes the vent
Slide the knob to the most out-
ward position.
Opens the vent
Using automatic mode
Fan speed is adjusted automatically according to the temperature setting and
the ambient conditions.
Therefore, the fan may stop for a while until warm or cool air is ready to flow
immediately after is pressed.
Fogging up of the windows
The windows will easily fog up when the humidity in the vehicle is high.
Turning on will dehumidify the air from the outlets and defog the wind-
shield effectively.
If you turn off, the windows may fog up more easily.
The windows may fog up if the recirculated air mode is used.
Outside/recirculated air mode
When driving on dusty roads such as tunnels or in heavy traffic, set the out-
side/recirculated air mode button to the recirculated air mode. This is effec-
tive in preventing outside air from entering the vehicle interior. During
cooling operation, setting the recirculated air mode will also cool the vehicle
interior effectively.
Outside/recirculated air mode may automatically switch depending on the
temperature setting or the inside temperature.
1
2
433
6-1. Using the air conditioning system and defogger
6
Interior features
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
When the outside temperature exceeds 75F (24C) and the air condition-
ing system is on
In order to reduce the air conditioning power consumption, the air condition-
ing system may switch to recirculated air mode automatically. This may also
reduce fuel consumption.
Recirculated air mode is selected as a default mode when the engine switch
is turned to the “ON” position (vehicles without a smart key system) or IGNI-
TION ON mode (vehicles with a smart key system).
It is possible to switch to outside air mode at any time by pressing .
Ventilation and air conditioning odors
To let fresh air in, set the air conditioning system to the outside air mode.
During use, various odors from inside and outside the vehicle may enter into
and accumulate in the air conditioning system. This may then cause odor to
be emitted from the vents.
To reduce potential odors from occurring:
It is recommended that the air conditioning system be set to outside air
mode prior to turning the vehicle off.
The start timing of the blower may be delayed for a short period of time
immediately after the air conditioning system is started in automatic
mode.
Air conditioning filter
P. 530
Customization
Settings (e.g. A/C auto switch operation) can be changed.
(Customizable features P. 662)
434
6-1. Using the air conditioning system and defogger
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
WARNING
To prevent the windshield from fogging up
Do not use during cool air operation in extremely humid weather.
The difference between the temperature of the outside air and that of the
windshield can cause the outer surface of the windshield to fog up, block-
ing your vision.
To prevent burns
Do not touch the rear view mirror surfaces when the outside rear view mir-
ror defoggers are on.
Do not touch the glass at lower part of the windshield or to the side of the
front pillars when the windshield wiper de-icer is on.
NOTICE
To prevent battery discharge
Do not leave the air conditioning system on longer than necessary when the
engine is stopped.
Do not place anything on the instrument
panel which may cover the air outlets.
Otherwise, air flow may be obstructed,
preventing the windshield defoggers
from defogging.
435
6-1. Using the air conditioning system and defogger
6
Interior features
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Adjusting the temperature setting
To adjust the temperature setting, press
on to increase
the temperature and
to decrease the temperature.
Fan speed setting
To adjust the fan speed, press “
” on to increase the fan
speed and
to decrease the fan speed.
Press to turn the fan off.
Rear manual air conditioning system
: If equipped
Air conditioning controls
436
6-1. Using the air conditioning system and defogger
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Changing airflow modes
To change the airflow mode,
press .
The air outlets used are
switched each time the button is
pressed.
Air flows to the upper body.
Air flows to the upper body
and feet.
Air flows to the feet.
Location of air outlets
The air outlets and air volume
change according to the
selected airflow mode.
1
2
3
Air outlets
437
6-1. Using the air conditioning system and defogger
6
Interior features
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Adjusting the position of and opening and closing the air out-
lets
Direct air flow to the left or right,
forward or backward.
Closes the vent
Slide the knob to the rear-most
position.
Opens the vent
1
2
NOTICE
To prevent battery discharge
Do not leave the air conditioning system on longer than necessary when the
engine is stopped.
438
6-1. Using the air conditioning system and defogger
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Adjusting the temperature setting
To adjust the temperature setting, press
on to increase
the temperature and
to decrease the temperature.
Fan speed setting
To adjust the fan speed, press “
” on to increase the fan
speed and
to decrease the fan speed.
Press to turn the fan off.
Rear automatic air conditioning system
: If equipped
Air outlets and fan speed are automatically adjusted according
to the temperature setting.
Air conditioning controls
439
6-1. Using the air conditioning system and defogger
6
Interior features
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Changing airflow modes
To change the airflow mode,
press .
The air outlets used are
switched each time the button is
pressed.
Air flows to the upper body.
Air flows to the upper body
and feet.
Air flows to the feet.
Press .
Adjust the temperature setting.
To stop the operation, press .
Automatic mode indicator
If the fan speed setting or air flow modes are operated, the auto-
matic mode indicator goes off. However, automatic mode for func-
tions other than that operated are maintained.
1
2
3
Using automatic mode
1
2
3
440
6-1. Using the air conditioning system and defogger
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Location of air outlets
The air outlets and air volume
change according to the
selected airflow mode.
Adjusting the position of and opening and closing the air out-
lets
Direct air flow to the left or right,
forward or backward.
Closes the vent
Slide the knob to the rear-most
position.
Opens the vent
Air outlets
1
2
NOTICE
To prevent battery discharge
Do not leave the air conditioning system on longer than necessary when the
engine is stopped.
441
6-1. Using the air conditioning system and defogger
6
Interior features
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Heated steering wheel
/seat heaters
/seat
ventilators
: If equipped
The heated steering wheel and seat heaters heat the side grips
of the steering wheel and seats, respectively. Seat ventilators
maintain good airflow by blowing air from the seats.
WARNING
Care should be taken to prevent injury if anyone in the following categories
comes in contact with the steering wheel or seats when the heater is on:
Babies, small children, the elderly, the sick and the physically chal-
lenged
Persons with sensitive skin
Persons who are fatigued
Persons who have taken alcohol or drugs that induce sleep (sleeping
drugs, cold remedies, etc.)
Observe the following precautions to prevent the minor burns or overheat-
ing
Do not cover the seat with a blanket or cushion when using the seat
heater.
Do not use the seat heaters more than necessary.
NOTICE
Do not put heavy objects that have an uneven surface on the seat and do
not stick sharp objects (needles, nails, etc.) into the seat.
To prevent battery discharge, do not use the functions when the engine is
stopped.
442
6-1. Using the air conditioning system and defogger
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Turn the heated steering wheel on/off
The indicator light comes on when
the heated steering wheel is oper-
ating.
The heated steering wheel will
automatically turn off after about 30
minutes.
The heated steering wheel can be used when
The engine switch is in IGNITION ON mode.
Seat heaters
Turns the seat heater on
The indicator light comes on.
Adjusts the seat temperature
The further you move the dial
forward, the warmer the seat
becomes.
Seat heaters/ventilators
Turns the seat heater on
The indicator light comes on.
The higher the number is, the
warmer the seat becomes.
Blows air from the seat
The indicator light comes on.
The higher the number is, the
stronger the airflow becomes.
Heated steering wheel
Front seat heaters and ventilators
1
2
1
2
443
6-1. Using the air conditioning system and defogger
6
Interior features
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
The seat heaters and seat heaters/ventilators can be used when
Vehicles without a smart key system
The engine switch is in the “ON” position.
Vehicles with a smart key system
The engine switch is in IGNITION ON mode.
When not in use
Seat heaters
Turn the dial fully backward. The indicator light will turn off.
Seat heaters/ventilators
Set the knob at “0”. The indicator light will turn off.
Hi
Lo
Off
The indicator comes on when the
second seat heater is on.
The second seat heaters can be used when
The engine switch is in IGNITION ON mode.
Second seat heaters
1
2
3
444
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
6-2. Using the interior lights
Rear interior/rear personal lights
Ambient lights (if equipped)
Front interior/front personal lights
Outer foot lights (if equipped)
Engine switch light (vehicles with a smart key system)
Front door courtesy lights
Turns the lights on/off
Turns the lights linked to door
position on/off
Interior lights list
Interior lights
1
2
3
4
5
6
1
2
445
6-2. Using the interior lights
6
Interior features
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Turn the light on/off
Illuminated entry system
Vehicles without a smart key system
The lights automatically turn on/off according to the engine switch position,
whether the doors are locked/unlocked, and whether the doors are open/
closed.
Vehicles with a smart key system
The lights automatically turn on/off according to engine switch mode, the
presence of the electronic key, whether the doors are locked/unlocked, and
whether the doors are opened/closed.
To prevent battery discharge
If the following lights are left on when the engine switch is turned off, the lights
will go off automatically after 20 minutes:
Interior lights
Personal lights
Front door courtesy lights
Ambient lights (if equipped)
Engine switch light (vehicles with a smart key system)
Customization
Settings (e.g. the time elapsed before lights turn off) can be changed.
(Customizable features: P. 662)
Personal lights
Front Rear
446
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
6-3. Using the storage features
List of storage features
Auxiliary boxes (P. 451)
Open tray (P. 452)
Glove box (P. 447)
Bottle holders (P. 448)
Cup holders (P. 449)
Console box (P. 447)
WARNING
Do not leave glasses, lighters or spray cans in the storage spaces, as this
may cause the following when cabin temperature becomes high:
Glasses may be deformed by heat or cracked if they come into contact
with other stored items.
Lighters or spray cans may explode. If they come into contact with other
stored items, the lighter may catch fire or the spray can may release
gas, causing a fire hazard.
When driving or when the storage compartments are not in use, keep the
lids closed.
In the event of sudden braking or sudden swerving, an accident may
occur due to an occupant being struck by an open lid or the items stored
inside.
1
2
3
4
5
6
447
6-3. Using the storage features
6
Interior features
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Unlock with the master key
(vehicles without a smart key
system) or mechanical key
(vehicles with a smart key sys-
tem)
Lock with the master key (vehi-
cles without a smart key sys-
tem) or mechanical key
(vehicles with a smart key sys-
tem)
Open (pull lever)
Power back door main switch (vehicles with power back door)
The power back door main switch is located in the glove box. (P. 132)
To open the console box lids,
press on the knob and slide both
lids.
Glove box
1
2
3
Console box
448
6-3. Using the storage features
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Tray in the console box
Front
Rear
The tray slides forward/backward and can
be removed.
Bottle holders
449
6-3. Using the storage features
6
Interior features
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
When using the bottle holder
When storing a bottle, close the cap.
The bottle may not be stored depending on its size or shape.
Front
Rear (second seats)
Type A
Pull the armrest down.
(P. 463)
WARNING
Do not place anything other than a bottle in the bottle holders.
Other items may be thrown out of the holders in the event of an accident or
sudden braking and cause injury.
Cup holders
450
6-3. Using the storage features
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Type B
Fold the side table up for use.
(P. 465)
Rear (third seats)
Removing the cup holder insert (front cup holder)
The cup holder insert may be removed for
cleaning.
WARNING
Do not place anything other than cups or aluminum cans in the cup holders.
Other items may be thrown out of the holders in the event of an accident or
sudden braking, causing injury. If possible, cover hot drinks to prevent
burns.
451
6-3. Using the storage features
6
Interior features
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Auxiliary boxes
Overhead Driver’s side instrument panel
Push the lid. Pull the tab to open.
WARNING
Items unsuitable for storing (overhead)
Do not store items heavier than 0.4 lb. (0.2 kg).
Doing so may cause the auxiliary box to open and the items inside may fall
out, resulting in an accident.
452
6-3. Using the storage features
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Cable pass through
The open tray is provided with a hole that allows cables to be passed through
the tray from the USB/AUX port or power outlet.
Open tray
Remove the cover.
WARNING
Items unsuitable for the open tray
Observe the following precautions when putting items in the open tray. Fail-
ure to do so may cause items to be thrown out of the tray in the event of
sudden braking or steering. In these cases, the items may interfere with
pedal operation or cause driver distraction, resulting in an accident.
Do not store items in the tray that can easily shift or roll out.
Do not stack items in the tray higher than the tray’s edge.
Do not put items in the tray that may protrude over the tray’s edge.
453
6-3. Using the storage features
6
Interior features
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Raise the hooks to use.
Cargo hooks are provided for
securing loose items.
Luggage compartment features
Cargo hooks
Grocery bag hooks
NOTICE
Do not hang any object heavier than 6.6 lb. (3 kg) on the grocery bag hooks.
454
6-3. Using the storage features
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Center deck under tray
Pull the strap upwards to
open the center deck board.
To secure the center deck
board, remove the hook on
the backside of the center
deck board and attach the
hook to the head restraint on
the third seats as shown.
Deck side box
Pull the strap upwards to open
the side deck board.
Auxiliary boxes
1
2
WARNING
Do not drive with any of the deck boards opened. Items may fall out and
cause injury.
455
6
Interior features
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
6-4. Using the other interior features
To set the visor in the forward
position, flip it down.
To set the visor in the side posi-
tion, flip down, unhook, and
swing it to the side.
To use the side extender, place
the visor in the side position,
then slide it backward.
Open the cover.
The vanity light turns on.
To prevent battery discharge
If the vanity lights remain on for 20 minutes while the engine is off, the lights
will turn off automatically.
Other interior features
Sun visors
1
2
3
Vanity mirrors
456
6-4. Using the other interior features
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Push the lid.
Push the lid back up half way.
To use the overhead console from the conversation mirror state
Fully close the lid, then open it again. (
P. 451)
Conversation mirror
1
2
457
6-4. Using the other interior features
6
Interior features
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
The clock can be adjusted by pressing the buttons.
Adjusts the hours
Adjusts the minutes
The clock is displayed when
Vehicles without a smart key system
The engine switch is in the “ACC” or “ON” position.
Vehicles with a smart key system
The engine switch is in ACCESSORY or IGNITION ON mode.
When the battery is disconnected
The time display will automatically be set to 1:00.
Clock
1
2
458
6-4. Using the other interior features
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
The temperature display shows temperatures within the range of -40F
(-40C) to 122F (50C).
The outside temperature is displayed when
Vehicles without a smart key system
The engine switch is in the “ON” position.
Vehicles with a smart key system
The engine switch is in IGNITION ON mode.
Display
In the following situations, the correct outside temperature may not be dis-
played, or the display may take longer than normal to change.
When the vehicle is stopped, or moving at low speeds (less than 15 mph
[25 km/h]).
When the outside temperature has changed suddenly (at the entrance/exit
of a garage, tunnel, etc.)
When the outside temperature display flashes
Vehicles with monochrome display
If the outside temperature is 37F (3C) or less, the temperature display
flashes 10 times, and then illuminates.
Vehicles with color display
If the outside temperature is 37F (3°C) or less, the ice warning indicator
flashes 10 times, and then illuminates.
When “--” or “E” is displayed
The system may be malfunctioning. Take your vehicle to your Toyota dealer.
Outside temperature display
Vehicles with monochrome dis-
play
Vehicles with color display
459
6-4. Using the other interior features
6
Interior features
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
The power outlet can be used for the following components:
12 V: Accessories that run on less than 10 A
120 VAC: Accessories that use less than 100 W
12 V
Front
Open the lid.
Console box
Open the console box lid (P.
447) and open the lid.
Rear
Open the lid.
Power outlets
460
6-4. Using the other interior features
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
120 VAC (if equipped)
Open the lid.
The power outlets can be used when
12 V
Vehicles without a smart key system:
The engine switch is in the “ACC” or “ON” position.
Vehicles with a smart key system:
The engine switch is in ACCESSORY or IGNITION ON mode.
120 VAC
The engine switch is in IGNITION ON mode.
461
6-4. Using the other interior features
6
Interior features
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
NOTICE
To avoid damaging the power outlets
Close the power outlet lids when the power outlets are not in use.
Foreign objects or liquids that enter the power outlets may cause a short cir-
cuit.
To prevent blown fuses
12 V
Do not use an accessory that uses more than 12 V 10 A.
120 VAC
Do not use a 120 VAC appliance that requires more than 100 W.
If a 120 VAC appliance that consumes more than 100 W is used, the protec-
tion circuit will cut the power supply.
To prevent battery discharge
Do not use the power outlets longer than necessary when the engine is not
running.
Appliances that may not operate properly (120 VAC)
The following 120 VAC appliances may not operate properly even if their
power consumption is under 100 W:
Appliances with high initial peak wattage
Measuring devices that process precise data
Other appliances that require an extremely stable power supply
462
6-4. Using the other interior features
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Pull the tab up.
Hook the sunshade on to the
anchors.
To lower the sunshade, pull the tab
up slightly to unhook the shade
from the anchors, and lower it
slowly.
Rear sunshades (if equipped)
1
2
NOTICE
To ensure normal operation of the rear sunshades, observe the following
precautions.
Do not place anything where it may hinder the opening/closing of a sun-
shade.
Do not place anything on the rear sunshades.
463
6-4. Using the other interior features
6
Interior features
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Type A
Fold down the armrest for use.
Type B
Lower the armrest from the
highest position to the lowest
position.
Raise the armrest to the
desired angle.
To unlock the armrest, lift the arm-
rest to raise it to the highest posi-
tion.
Armrest
1
2
NOTICE
To prevent damage to the armrest, do not apply too much load on the arm-
rest.
464
6-4. Using the other interior features
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Coat hooks are provided on the
rear assist grips.
An assist grip installed on the ceil-
ing can be used to support your
body while sitting on the seat.
Coat hooks
WARNING
Do not hang coat hangers or other hard or sharp objects on the hook. If the
SRS curtain shield airbags deploy, these items may become projectiles,
causing death or serious injury.
Assist grips
WARNING
Do not use the assist grip when getting in or out of the vehicle or rising from
your seat.
NOTICE
To prevent damage to the assist grip, do not hang any heavy object or put a
heavy load on the assist grip.
465
6-4. Using the other interior features
6
Interior features
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Fold the side table up for use.
Side table (if equipped)
To stowing the side table
To fold down the side table, pull up the
lever to release the lock. Hold the table to
let it lower slowly until you hear a click.
WARNING
When not in use, store the side table at the fully lowered position.
NOTICE
To prevent damage to the side table, do not place very heavy objects on it.
466
6-4. Using the other interior features
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
The garage door opener (HomeLink
Universal Transceiver) is manu-
factured under license from HomeLink
.
The HomeLink
®
compatible transceiver in your vehicle has 3 buttons
which can be programmed to operate 3 different devices. Refer to the
programming method below appropriate for the device.
Buttons
HomeLink
®
indicator light
Garage door operation indica-
tors
Before programming HomeLink
®
During programming, it is possible that garage doors, gates, or
other devices may operate. For this reason, make sure that peo-
ple and objects are clear of the garage door or other devices to
prevent injury or other potential harm.
It is recommended that a new battery be placed in the remote
control transmitter for more accurate programming.
Garage door openers manufactured after 1995 may be equipped
with rolling code protection. If this is the case, you will need a
stepladder or other sturdy, safe device to reach the “learn” or
“smart” button on the garage door opener motor.
Garage door opener
: If equipped
The garage door opener can be programmed to operate garage
doors, gates, entry doors, door locks, home lighting systems,
security systems, and other devices.
Programming the HomeLink
®
1
2
3
467
6-4. Using the other interior features
6
Interior features
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Programming HomeLink
®
Point the remote control
transmitter for the device 1 to
3 in. (25 to 75 mm) from the
HomeLink
®
buttons.
Keep the HomeLink
®
indicator
light in view while programming.
For U.S.A. owner’s
Press and hold the
HomeLink
®
button you want
to program and the hand-
held transmitter button simul-
taneously. When the
HomeLink
®
indicator light
changes from slowly flashing
orange to rapidly flashing
green (rolling code) or contin-
uously lit green (fixed code),
release both buttons.
Programming an entry gate (for U.S.A. owners)/Programming a
device in the Canadian market
With one hand, press and hold the HomeLink
®
button you want
to program. With your other hand, press and release the remote
control transmitter every 2 seconds and repeat this cycle until the
HomeLink
®
indicator light starts to flash rapidly. Then, release
the buttons.
1
2
2
468
6-4. Using the other interior features
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Test the HomeLink
®
operation by pressing the newly pro-
grammed button and observing the indicator light:
If the indicator light is solid/continuous, programming has been
completed and your device should activate when the
HomeLink
®
button is pressed and released.
If the indicator light blinks rapidly for 2 seconds and then turns
into a solid/continuous light, proceed to the heading “Program-
ming a rolling code system”.
Repeat the steps above to program another device for any of the
remaining HomeLink
®
buttons.
Programming a rolling code system
Locate the “learn” or “smart”
button on the garage door
opener motor in the garage.
This button can usually be found
where the hanging antenna wire
is attached to the unit. The
name and color of the button
may vary by manufacturer.
Please refer to the owner’s man-
ual supplied with the garage
door opener motor for details.
Press and release the “learn”
or “smart” button.
Perform within 30 sec-
onds after performing .
3
4
1
2
3
2
469
6-4. Using the other interior features
6
Interior features
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Press and hold the pro-
grammed HomeLink
®
button
(located inside the vehicle)
for 2 seconds and release it.
Repeat this sequence (press/
hold/release) up to 3 times to
complete programming.
If the garage door opener motor
activates when the HomeLink
®
button is pressed, the garage
door opener motor recognizes
the HomeLink
®
signal.
Enabling 2-way communication with a garage door (only avail-
able for compatible devices)
When enabled, 2-way communication allows you to check the sta-
tus of the opening and closing of the garage door through indicators
in your vehicle.
2-way communication is only available if the garage door opener
motor used is a compatible device. (To check device compatibility,
refer to the owner’s manual supplied with the garage door opener
motor.)
Press a programmed HomeLink
®
button to operate a garage
door.
Within 1 minute of pressing the HomeLink
®
button, after the
garage door operation has stopped, press the “learn” or “smart”
button on the garage door opener motor. Within 5 seconds of the
establishment of 2-way communication with the garage door
opener, both garage door operation indicators in the vehicle will
flash rapidly (green).
Reprogramming a single HomeLink
®
button
When the following procedure is performed, buttons which already
have devices registered to them can be overwritten:
With one hand, press and hold the desired HomeLink
®
button.
When the HomeLink
®
indicator starts flashing, continue to hold
the HomeLink
®
button and perform “Programming HomeLink
®
from (it takes 20 seconds for the HomeLink
®
indicator to start
flashing).
3
1
2
1
2
1
470
6-4. Using the other interior features
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Press the appropriate HomeLink
®
button. The HomeLink
®
indicator
light should turn on.
The status of the opening and
closing of a garage door is shown
by the indicators.
Opening
Closing
This function is only available if the
garage door opener motor used is
a compatible device. (To check
device compatibility, refer to the
owner’s manual supplied with the
garage door opener motor.)
The indicators can operate within approximately 820 ft. (250 m) of the
garage door. However, if there are obstacles between the garage door
and the vehicle, such as houses and trees, feedback signals from the
garage door may not be received.
To recall the previous door operation status, press and release either
HomeLink
®
buttons “1” and “2” or “2” and “3” simultaneously for 2 sec-
onds. The last recorded status will be displayed for 5 seconds.
Operating HomeLink
®
Garage door operation indicators
1
2
Color Status
Orange (flashing) Currently opening/closing
Green Opening/closing has completed
Red (flashing) Feedback signals cannot be received
471
6-4. Using the other interior features
6
Interior features
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Press and hold the 2 outside but-
tons for 10 seconds until the
HomeLink
®
indicator light
changes from continuously lit
(orange) to rapidly flashing
(green).
If you sell your vehicle, be sure to
erase the programs stored in the
HomeLink
®
memory.
Programs stored in the HomeLink
®
memory
The registered codes are not erased even if the battery cable is discon-
nected.
If learning failed when registering a different code to a HomeLink
®
button
that already has a code registered to it, the already registered code is not
erased.
Before programming
Install a new battery in the transmitter.
The battery side of the transmitter must be pointed away from the
HomeLink
.
Certification for the garage door opener
This device complies with FCC rules part 15 and Industry Canada RSS-210.
Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) This device may not
cause harmful interference, and (2) This device must accept any interference
that may be received including interference that may cause undesired opera-
tion.
WARNING:
The transmitter has been tested and complies with FCC and IC rules.
Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for
compliance could void the user’s authority to operate the device.
The term “IC:” before the certification/registration number only signifies that
Industry Canada technical specifications were met.
IC: 279B-440AHL5 MODEL/FCC ID: CB2440AHL5
Erasing the entire HomeLink
®
memory (all three programs)
472
6-4. Using the other interior features
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Cet appareil est conforme aux normes FCC partie 15 et Industry Canada
RSS-210.
Son fonctionnement est soumis aux deux conditions suivantes: (1) Cet appa-
reil ne doit pas causer d’interférences nuisibles et (2) Cet appareil doit accep-
ter toute interférence qui peuvent être reçues y compris les interférences
pouvant provoquer un fonctionnement indésirable.
AVERTISSEMENT:
L’émetteur a été testé et est conforme aux régles de la FCC et IC. Les chan-
gements ou modifications non expressément approuvés par la partie respon-
sable de la conformité pourrait annuler l’autorité de l’utilisateur de faire
fonctionner le dispositif.
Le terme “IC:” devant le numéro de certification / enregistrement signifie seu-
lement que les spécifications techniques d’Industry Canada ont été respec-
tées.
IC: 279B-440AHL5 MODEL/FCC ID: CB2440AHL5
For additional programming assistance with your HomeLink
®
Universal
Transceiver
Visit on the web at www.homelink.com
or call 1-800-355-3515.
WARNING
When programming a garage door or other remote control device
The garage door may operate, so ensure people and objects are out of dan-
ger to prevent potential harm.
Conforming to federal safety standards
Do not use the HomeLink
Compatible Transceiver with any garage door
opener or device that lacks safety stop and reverse features as required by
federal safety standards.
This includes any garage door that cannot detect an obstruction object. A
door or device without these features increases the risk of death or serious
injury.
When operating or programming HomeLink
®
Never allow a child to operate or play with the HomeLink
®
buttons.
473
6-4. Using the other interior features
6
Interior features
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
System components
Microphone
LED light indicators
“SOS” button
Safety Connect
: If equipped
Safety Connect is a subscription-based telematics service that
uses Global Positioning System (GPS) data and embedded cel-
lular technology to provide safety and security features to sub-
scribers. Safety Connect is supported by Toyota’s designated
response center, which operates 24 hours per day, 7 days per
week.
Safety Connect service is available by subscription on select,
telematics hardware-equipped vehicles.
By using the Safety Connect service, you are agreeing to be
bound by the Telematics Subscription Service Agreement and
its Terms and Conditions, as in effect and amended from time to
time, a current copy of which is available at Toyota.com. All use
of the Safety Connect service is subject to such then-applicable
Terms and Conditions.
1
2
3
474
6-4. Using the other interior features
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Services
Subscribers have the following Safety Connect services available:
Automatic Collision Notification
*
Helps drivers receive necessary response from emergency ser-
vice providers. (P. 476)
*: U.S. Patent No. 7,508,298 B2
Stolen Vehicle Location
Helps drivers in the event of vehicle theft. (P. 477)
Emergency Assistance Button (SOS)
Connects drivers to response-center support. (P. 477)
Enhanced Roadside Assistance
Provides drivers various on-road assistance. (P. 477)
Subscription
After you have signed the Telematics Subscription Service Agree-
ment and are enrolled, you can begin receiving services.
A variety of subscription terms are available for purchase. Contact
your Toyota dealer, call 1-800-331-4331, or push the “SOS” button
in your vehicle for further subscription details.
475
6-4. Using the other interior features
6
Interior features
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Safety Connect Services Information
Phone calls using the vehicle’s Bluetooth
®
technology will not be possible
during Safety Connect.
Safety Connect is available beginning Fall 2009 on select Toyota models.
Contact with the Safety Connect response center is dependent upon the
telematics device being in operative condition, cellular connection availabil-
ity, and GPS satellite signal reception, which can limit the ability to reach the
response center or receive emergency service support. Enrollment and
Telematics Subscription Service Agreement are required. A variety of sub-
scription terms are available; charges vary by subscription term selected.
Automatic Collision Notification, Emergency Assistance, Stolen Vehicle
Location, and Enhanced Roadside Assistance will function in the United
States, including Hawaii and Alaska, and in Canada. No Safety Connect
services will function outside of the United States in countries other than
Canada.
Safety Connect services are not subject to section 255 of the Telecommuni-
cations Act and the device is not TTY compatible.
Languages
The Safety Connect response center will offer support in multiple languages.
The Safety Connect system will offer voice prompts in English and Spanish.
Please indicate your language of choice when enrolling.
When contacting the response center
You may be unable to contact the response center if the network is busy.
476
6-4. Using the other interior features
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
When the engine switch is turned to IGNITION ON mode, the red indi-
cator light comes on for 2 seconds then turns off. Afterward, the green
indicator light comes on, indicating that the service is active.
The following indicator light patterns indicate specific system usage
conditions:
Green indicator light on = Active service
Green indicator light flashing = Safety Connect call in process
Red indicator light (except at vehicle start-up) = System malfunction
(contact your Toyota dealer)
No indicator light (off) = Safety Connect service not active
Automatic Collision Notification
In case of either airbag deployment or severe rear-end collision, the
system is designed to automatically call the response center. The
responding agent receives the vehicle’s location and attempts to
speak with the vehicle occupants to assess the level of emergency.
If the occupants are unable to communicate, the agent automati-
cally treats the call as an emergency, contacts the nearest emer-
gency services provider to describe the situation, and requests that
assistance be sent to the location.
Safety Connect LED light Indicators
Safety Connect services
477
6-4. Using the other interior features
6
Interior features
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Stolen Vehicle Location
If your vehicle is stolen, Safety Connect can work with local author-
ities to assist them in locating and recovering the vehicle. After filing
a police report, call the Safety Connect response center at 1-800-
331-4331 and follow the prompts for Safety Connect to initiate this
service.
In addition to assisting law enforcement with recovery of a stolen
vehicle, Safety-Connect-equipped vehicle location data may, under
certain circumstances, be shared with third parties to locate your
vehicle. Further information is available at Toyota.com.
Emergency Assistance Button (“SOS”)
In the event of an emergency on the road, push the “SOS” button to
reach the Safety Connect response center. The answering agent
will determine your vehicle’s location, assess the emergency, and
dispatch the necessary assistance required.
If you accidentally press the “SOS” button, tell the response-center
agent that you are not experiencing an emergency.
Enhanced Roadside Assistance
Enhanced Roadside Assistance adds GPS data to the already
included warranty-based Toyota roadside service.
Subscribers can press the “SOS” button to reach a Safety Connect
response-center agent, who can help with a wide range of needs,
such as: towing, flat tire, fuel delivery, etc. For a description of the
Enhanced Roadside Assistance services and their limitations,
please see the Safety Connect Terms and Conditions, which are
available at Toyota.com.
478
6-4. Using the other interior features
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Important! Read this information before using Safety Connect.
Exposure to radio frequency signals
The Safety Connect system installed in your vehicle is a low-power
radio transmitter and receiver. It receives and also sends out radio
frequency (RF) signals.
In August 1996, the Federal Communications Commission (FCC)
adopted RF exposure guidelines with safety levels for mobile wire-
less phones. Those guidelines are consistent with the safety stan-
dards previously set by the following U.S. and international
standards bodies.
ANSI (American National Standards Institute) C95.1 [1992]
NCRP (National Council on Radiation Protection and Measure-
ment) Report 86 [1986]
ICNIRP (International Commission on Non-Ionizing Radiation
Protection) [1996]
Those standards were based on comprehensive and periodic eval-
uations of the relevant scientific literature. Over 120 scientists, engi-
neers, and physicians from universities, and government health
agencies and industries reviewed the available body of research to
develop the ANSI Standard (C95.1).
The design of Safety Connect complies with the FCC guidelines in
addition to those standards.
Certification for Safety Connect
FCC ID: O6Y-CDMRF101
FCC ID: XOECDMRF101B
FCC ID: N7NGTM2
NOTE:
This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to
the following two conditions: (1) This device may not cause harmful interfer-
ence, and (2) this device must accept any interference received, including
interference that may cause undesired operation.
FCC WARNING:
Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for
compliance could void the user's authority to operate the equipment.
Safety information for Safety Connect
479
6-4. Using the other interior features
6
Interior features
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
To turn the compass on or off,
press and hold “AUTO” for 3 sec-
onds.
Compass
: If equipped
The compass on the inside rear view mirror indicates the direc-
tion in which the vehicle is heading.
Operation
Displays and directions
Display Direction
N North
NE Northeast
E East
SE Southeast
S South
SW Southwest
W West
NW Northwest
480
6-4. Using the other interior features
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
The direction display deviates from the true direction determined by
the earth’s magnetic field. The amount of deviation varies according to
the geographic position of the vehicle.
If you cross over a map boundary shown in illustration, the compass will
deviate.
To obtain higher precision or perfect calibration, refer to the following.
Deviation calibration
Stop the vehicle.
Press and hold “AUTO” for 6
seconds.
A number (1 to 15) appears on
the compass display.
Press the switch and referring to the map above, select the num-
ber of the zone where you are.
If the direction is displayed several seconds after adjustment, the cali-
bration is complete.
Calibrating the compass
1
2
3
481
6-4. Using the other interior features
6
Interior features
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Circling calibration
Stop the vehicle in a place where it is safe to drive in a circle.
Press and hold “AUTO” for 9
seconds.
“C” appears on the compass
display.
Drive the vehicle at 5 mph (8
km/h) or less in a circle until
a direction is displayed.
If there is not enough space to
drive in a circle, drive around the
block until the direction is dis-
played.
1
2
3
482
6-4. Using the other interior features
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Conditions unfavorable to correct operation
The compass may not show the correct direction in the following conditions:
The vehicle is stopped immediately after turning.
The vehicle is on an inclined surface.
The vehicle is in a place where the earth's magnetic field is subject to inter-
ference by artificial magnetic fields (underground car park/parking lot, under
a steel tower, between buildings, roof car park/parking lot, near an intersec-
tion, near a large vehicle, etc.).
The vehicle has become magnetized.
(There is a magnet or metal object near the inside rear view mirror.)
The battery has been disconnected.
A door is open.
WARNING
While driving the vehicle
Do not adjust the display. Adjust the display only when the vehicle is
stopped.
When doing the circling calibration
Secure a wide space, and watch out for people and vehicles in the neigh-
borhood. Do not violate any local traffic rules while performing circling cali-
bration.
NOTICE
To avoid compass malfunctions
Do not place magnets or any metal objects near the inside rear view mirror.
Doing this may cause the compass sensor to malfunction.
To ensure normal operation of the compass
Do not perform circling calibration of the compass in a place where the
earth's magnetic field is subject to interference by artificial magnetic fields.
During calibration, do not operate electric systems (moon roof, power win-
dows, etc.) as they may interfere with the calibration.
483
7
Maintenance and care
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
7-1. Maintenance and care
Cleaning and protecting
the vehicle exterior.......... 484
Cleaning and protecting
the vehicle interior........... 487
7-2. Maintenance
Maintenance
requirements................... 490
General maintenance........ 493
Emission inspection and
maintenance (I/M)
programs......................... 497
7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
Do-it-yourself service
precautions ..................... 498
Hood ................................. 500
Positioning a floor jack...... 502
Engine compartment......... 503
Tires.................................. 515
Tire inflation pressure ....... 525
Wheels.............................. 528
Air conditioning filter.......... 530
Wireless remote control/
electronic key battery...... 532
Checking and replacing
fuses ............................... 535
Light bulbs......................... 539
484
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
7-1. Maintenance and care
Working from top to bottom, liberally apply water to the vehicle
body, wheel wells and underside of the vehicle to remove any dirt
and dust.
Wash the vehicle body using a sponge or soft cloth, such as a
chamois.
For hard-to-remove marks, use car wash soap and rinse thoroughly
with water.
Wipe away any water.
Wax the vehicle when the waterproof coating deteriorates.
If water does not bead on a clean surface, apply wax when the vehicle
body is cool.
Automatic car washes
Before washing the vehicle:
Fold the mirrors.
Turn off the power back door (if equipped).
Start washing from the front of the vehicle. Make sure to extend the mirrors
before driving.
Brushes used in automatic car washes may scratch the vehicle surface and
harm your vehicle’s paint.
High pressure car washes
Do not allow the nozzles of the car wash to come within close proximity of
the windows.
Before using the car wash, check that the fuel filler door on your vehicle is
closed properly.
Cleaning and protecting the vehicle
exterior
Perform the following to protect the vehicle and maintain it in
prime condition:
485
7-1. Maintenance and care
7
Maintenance and care
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
When using a car wash (vehicles with a smart key system)
If the door handle becomes wet while the electronic key is within the effective
range, the door may lock and unlock repeatedly. In that case, follow the fol-
lowing correction procedures to wash the vehicle:
Place the key in a position 6 ft. (2 m) or more separate from the vehicle
while the vehicle is being washed. (Take care to ensure that the key is not
stolen.)
Set the electronic key to battery-saving mode to disable the smart key sys-
tem. (P. 149)
Aluminum wheels
Remove any dirt immediately by using a neutral detergent. Do not use hard
brushes or abrasive cleaners. Do not use strong or harsh chemical clean-
ers.
Use the same mild detergent and wax as used on the paint.
Do not use detergent on the wheels when they are hot, for example after
driving for long distance in the hot weather.
Wash detergent from the wheels immediately after use.
Bumpers
Do not scrub with abrasive cleaners.
WARNING
When washing the vehicle
Do not apply water to the inside of the engine compartment. Doing so may
cause the electrical components etc. to catch fire.
Precautions regarding the exhaust pipe
Exhaust gasses cause the exhaust pipe to become quite hot.
When washing the vehicle, be careful not to touch the pipe until it has
cooled sufficiently, as touching a hot exhaust pipe can cause burns.
Precaution regarding the rear bumper with Blind Spot Monitor (if
equipped)
If the paint of the rear bumper is chipped or scratched, the system may mal-
function. If this occurs, consult your Toyota dealer.
486
7-1. Maintenance and care
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
NOTICE
To prevent paint deterioration and corrosion on the body and compo-
nents (aluminum wheels etc.)
Wash the vehicle immediately in the following cases:
After driving near the sea coast
After driving on salted roads
If coal tar or tree sap is present on the paint surface
If dead insects, insect droppings or bird droppings are present on the
paint surface
After driving in an area contaminated with soot, oily smoke, mine dust,
iron powder or chemical substances
If the vehicle becomes heavily soiled with dust or mud
If liquids such as benzene and gasoline are spilled on the paint surface
If the paint is chipped or scratched, have it repaired immediately.
To prevent the wheels from corroding, remove any dirt and store in a place
with low humidity when storing the wheels.
Cleaning the exterior lights
Wash carefully. Do not use organic substances or scrub with a hard brush.
This may damage the surfaces of the lights.
Do not apply wax to the surfaces of the lights.
Wax may cause damage to the lenses.
487
7-1. Maintenance and care
7
Maintenance and care
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Remove dirt and dust using a vacuum cleaner. Wipe dirty surfaces
with a cloth dampened with lukewarm water.
Remove dirt and dust using a vacuum cleaner.
Wipe off any excess dirt and dust with a soft cloth dampened with
diluted detergent.
Use a diluted water solution of approximately 5% neutral wool detergent.
Wring out any excess water from the cloth and thoroughly wipe off
all remaining traces of detergent.
Wipe the surface with a dry, soft cloth to remove any remaining
moisture. Allow the leather to dry in a shaded and ventilated area.
Remove loose dirt using a vacuum cleaner.
Apply a mild soap solution to the synthetic leather using a sponge
or soft cloth.
Allow the solution to soak in for a few minutes. Remove the dirt and
wipe off the solution with a clean, damp cloth.
Cleaning and protecting the vehicle
interior
The following procedures will help protect your vehicle’s interior
and keep it in top condition:
Protecting the vehicle interior
Cleaning the leather areas
Cleaning the synthetic leather areas
488
7-1. Maintenance and care
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Caring for leather areas
Toyota recommends cleaning the interior of the vehicle at least twice a year to
maintain the quality of the vehicle’s interior.
Shampooing the carpets
There are several commercial foaming-type cleaners available. Use a sponge
or brush to apply the foam. Rub in overlapping circles. Do not use water.
Wipe dirty surfaces and let them dry. Excellent results are obtained by keep-
ing the carpet as dry as possible.
Seat belts
Clean with mild soap and lukewarm water using a cloth or sponge. Also
check the belts periodically for excessive wear, fraying or cuts.
WARNING
Water in the vehicle
Do not splash or spill liquid in the vehicle.
Doing so may cause electrical components etc. to malfunction or catch
fire.
Do not get any of the SRS components or wiring in the vehicle interior wet.
(P. 42)
An electrical malfunction may cause the airbags to deploy or not function
properly, resulting in death or serious injury.
Cleaning the interior (especially instrument panel)
Do not use polish wax or polish cleaner. The instrument panel may reflect
off the windshield, obstructing the driver’s view and leading to an accident,
resulting in death or serious injury.
489
7-1. Maintenance and care
7
Maintenance and care
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
NOTICE
Cleaning detergents
Do not use the following types of detergent, as they may discolor the vehi-
cle interior or cause streaks or damage to painted surfaces:
Non-seat portions: Organic substances such as benzene or gasoline,
alkaline or acidic solutions, dye, and bleach
Seats: Alkaline or acidic solutions, such as thinner, benzene, and alco-
hol
Do not use polish wax or polish cleaner. The instrument panel’s or other
interior part’s painted surface may be damaged.
Preventing damage to leather surfaces
Observe the following precautions to avoid damage to and deterioration of
leather surfaces:
Remove any dust or dirt from leather surfaces immediately.
Do not expose the vehicle to direct sunlight for extended periods of time.
Park the vehicle in the shade, especially during summer.
Do not place items made of vinyl, plastic, or containing wax on the uphol-
stery, as they may stick to the leather surface if the vehicle interior heats
up significantly.
Water on the floor
Do not wash the vehicle floor with water.
Vehicle systems such as the audio system may be damaged if water comes
into contact with electrical components such as the audio system above or
under the floor of the vehicle. Water may also cause the body to rust.
When cleaning the inside of the windshield (vehicles with LDA [Lane
Departure Alert] and Automatic High Beam)
Be careful not to touch the camera sensor (P. 251, 280).
If the camera is accidentally scratched or hit, LDA and Automatic High
Beam may not operate properly or may cause a malfunction.
Cleaning the inside of the rear window and the rear quarter windows
Do not use glass cleaner to clean the rear window and the rear quarter
windows, as this may cause damage to the rear window defogger heater
wires or antenna. Use a cloth dampened with lukewarm water to gently
wipe the window clean. Wipe the window in strokes running parallel to the
heater wires or antenna.
Be careful not to scratch or damage the heater wires or antenna.
490
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
7-2. Maintenance
General maintenance should be performed on a daily basis. This can
be done by yourself or by a Toyota dealer.
Scheduled maintenance should be performed at specified intervals
according to the maintenance schedule.
For details about maintenance items and schedules, refer to the “Sched-
uled Maintenance Guide” or “Owner’s Manual Supplement”.
You can perform some maintenance procedures by yourself.
Please be aware that do-it-yourself maintenance may affect warranty
coverage.
The use of Toyota Repair Manuals is recommended.
For details about warranty coverage, refer to the separate “Owner’s War-
ranty Information Booklet” or “Owner’s Manual Supplement”.
Maintenance requirements
To ensure safe and economical driving, day-to-day care and reg-
ular maintenance are essential. It is the owner’s responsibility to
perform regular checks. Toyota recommends the following main-
tenance:
General maintenance
Scheduled maintenance
Do-it-yourself maintenance
491
7-2. Maintenance
7
Maintenance and care
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Repair and replacement
It is recommended that genuine Toyota parts be used for repairs to ensure
performance of each system. If non-Toyota parts are used in replacement or if
a repair shop other than a Toyota dealer performs repairs, confirm the war-
ranty coverage.
Reset the maintenance data (U.S.A. only)
After the required maintenance is performed according to the maintenance
schedule, please reset the maintenance data.
To reset the data, follow the procedure described below:
Using the trip meter
Vehicles without a smart key system: Turn the engine switch to the “LOCK”
position with the trip meter A reading shown.
Vehicles with a smart key system: Turn the engine switch off with the trip
meter A reading shown.
Vehicles without a smart key system: While pressing the trip meter reset
button (P. 95), turn the engine switch to the “ON” position (do not start the
engine, reset mode will be canceled).
Vehicles with a smart key system: While pressing the trip meter reset but-
ton (P. 95), turn the engine switch to the IGNITION ON mode (do not start
the engine, otherwise the reset mode will be canceled).
Continue to press and hold the button until the trip meter displays “000000”.
Using the multi-information display (vehicles with color display)
While the engine is running, switch the multi-information display to the “Set-
tings” screen. (P. 94)
Select “Maintenance System” on the “Settings” screen.
Select “Yes” on the “Maintenance System” screen.
“Initialization Completed” will be displayed on the multi-information display
when the reset procedure has been completed.
Allow inspection and repairs to be performed by a Toyota dealer
Toyota technicians are well-trained specialists and are kept up to date with
the latest service information. They are well informed about the operations
of all systems on your vehicle.
Keep a copy of the repair order. It proves that the maintenance that has
been performed is under warranty coverage. If any problem should arise
while your vehicle is under warranty, your Toyota dealer will promptly take
care of it.
1
2
3
1
2
3
492
7-2. Maintenance
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
WARNING
If your vehicle is not properly maintained
Improper maintenance could result in serious damage to the vehicle and
possible death or serious injury.
Handling of the battery
Engine exhaust, some of its constituents, and a wide variety of automobile
components contain or emit chemicals known to the State of California to
cause cancer and birth defects and other reproductive harm. Work in a
well ventilated area.
Oils, fuels and fluids contained in vehicles as well as waste produced by
component wear contain or emit chemicals known to the State of Califor-
nia to cause cancer and birth defects or other reproductive harm. Avoid
exposure and wash any affected area immediately.
Battery posts, terminals and related accessories contain lead and lead
compounds which are known to cause brain damage. Wash your hands
after handling. (P. 511)
493
7-2. Maintenance
7
Maintenance and care
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
General maintenance
Listed below are the general maintenance items that should be
performed at the intervals specified in the “Owner’s Warranty
Information Booklet” or “Owners Manual Supplement/Sched-
uled Maintenance Guide”. It is recommended that any problem
you notice should be brought to the attention of your Toyota
dealer or qualified service shop for advice.
Engine compartment
Items Check points
Battery Check the connections. (P. 511)
Brake fluid Is the brake fluid at the correct level? (P. 510)
Engine coolant
Is the engine coolant at the correct level?
(P. 508)
Engine oil Is the engine oil at the correct level? (P. 505)
Exhaust system
There should not be any fumes or strange
sounds.
Radiator/condenser
The radiator and condenser should be free from
foreign objects. (P. 509)
Washer fluid Is there sufficient washer fluid? (P. 514)
494
7-2. Maintenance
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Vehicle interior
Items Check points
Accelerator pedal
The accelerator pedal should move smoothly
(without uneven pedal effort or catching).
Automatic transmission
“Park” mechanism
When parked on a slope and the shift lever is
in P, is the vehicle securely stopped?
Brake pedal
Does the brake pedal move smoothly?
Does the brake pedal have appropriate clear-
ance from the floor? (P. 641)
Does the brake pedal have the correct
amount of free play? (P. 641)
Brakes
The vehicle should not pull to one side when
the brakes are applied.
The brakes should work effectively.
The brake pedal should not feel spongy.
The brake pedal should not get too close to
the floor when the brakes are applied.
495
7-2. Maintenance
7
Maintenance and care
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Head restraints
• Do the head restraints move smoothly and
lock securely?
Indicators/buzzers
Do the indicators and buzzers function prop-
erly?
Lights Do all the lights come on?
Parking brake
Does the parking brake move smoothly?
When parked on a slope and the parking
brake is on, is the vehicle securely stopped?
Seat belts
Do the seat belts operate smoothly?
The seat belts should not be damaged.
Seats Do the seat controls operate properly?
Steering wheel
Does the steering wheel rotate smoothly?
Does the steering wheel have the correct
amount of free play?
There should not be any strange sounds com-
ing from the steering wheel.
Items Check points
496
7-2. Maintenance
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Vehicle exterior
Items Check points
Doors Do the doors operate smoothly?
Engine hood
Does the engine hood lock system work prop-
erly?
Fluid leaks
There should not be any signs of fluid leakage
after the vehicle has been parked.
Tires
Is the tire inflation pressure correct?
The tires should not be damaged or exces-
sively worn.
Have the tires been rotated according to the
maintenance schedule?
The wheel nuts should not be loose.
Windshield wipers/rear
window wiper
The wiper blades should not show any signs
of cracking, splitting, wear, contamination or
deformation.
The wiper blades should clear the windshield/
rear window without streaking or skipping.
WARNING
If the engine is running
Turn the engine off and ensure that there is adequate ventilation before per-
forming maintenance checks.
497
7-2. Maintenance
7
Maintenance and care
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
The OBD system determines that a problem exists somewhere in the
emission control system. Your vehicle may not pass the I/M test and
may need to be repaired. Contact your Toyota dealer to service the
vehicle.
When the battery is disconnected or discharged
Readiness codes that are set during ordinary driving are erased.
Also, depending on your driving habits, the readiness codes may
not be completely set.
When the fuel tank cap is loose
The malfunction indicator lamp comes on indicating a temporary
malfunction and your vehicle may not pass the I/M test.
The error code in the OBD system will not be cleared unless the vehi-
cle is driven 40 or more times.
Contact your Toyota dealer to prepare the vehicle for re-testing.
Emission inspection and maintenance (I/M)
programs
Some states have vehicle emission inspection programs which
include OBD (On Board Diagnostics) checks. The OBD system
monitors the operation of the emission control system.
If the malfunction indicator lamp comes on
Your vehicle may not pass the I/M test in the following situations:
When the malfunction indicator lamp still remains on after sev-
eral driving trips
If your vehicle does not pass the I/M test
498
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
Do-it-yourself service precautions
If you perform maintenance by yourself, be sure to follow the
correct procedure as given in these sections.
Items Parts and tools
Battery condition
(P. 511)
Warm water Baking soda Grease
Conventional wrench (for terminal clamp bolts)
Brake fluid level
(P. 510)
FMVSS No.116 DOT 3 or SAE J1703 brake fluid
Rag or paper towel
Funnel (used only for adding brake fluid)
Engine coolant
level (P. 508)
“Toyota Super Long Life Coolant” or a similar high
quality ethylene glycol-based non-silicate, non-
amine, non-nitrite and non-borate coolant with long-
life hybrid organic acid technology
For the U.S.A.:
“Toyota Super Long Life Coolant” is pre-mixed with
50% coolant and 50% deionized water.
For Canada:
“Toyota Super Long Life Coolant” is pre-mixed with
55% coolant and 45% deionized water.
Funnel (used only for adding engine coolant)
Engine oil level
(P. 505)
“Toyota Genuine Motor Oil” or equivalent
Rag or paper towel
Funnel (used only for adding engine oil)
Fuses (P. 535) Fuse with same amperage rating as original
Light bulbs
(P. 539)
Bulb with same number and wattage rating as origi-
nal
Phillips-head screwdriver
Flathead screwdriver Wrench
Radiator and con-
denser (
P. 509)
Tire inflation
pressure
(P. 525)
Tire pressure gauge
Compressed air source
Washer fluid
(P. 514)
Water or washer fluid containing antifreeze (for win-
ter use)
Funnel (used only for adding water or washer fluid)
499
7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
7
Maintenance and care
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
WARNING
The engine compartment contains many mechanisms and fluids that may
move suddenly, become hot, or become electrically energized. To avoid death
or serious injury, observe the following precautions.
When working on the engine compartment
Keep hands, clothing and tools away from the moving fan and engine
drive belt.
Be careful not to touch the engine, radiator, exhaust manifold, etc. right
after driving as they may be hot. Oil and other fluids may also be hot.
Do not leave anything that may burn easily, such as paper and rags, in the
engine compartment.
Do not smoke, cause sparks or expose an open flame to fuel or the bat-
tery. Fuel and battery fumes are flammable.
Be extremely cautious when working on the battery. It contains poisonous
and corrosive sulfuric acid.
When working near the electric cooling fans or radiator grille
Vehicles without a smart key system:
Be sure the engine switch is off.
With the engine switch in the “ON” position, the electric cooling fans may
automatically start to run if the air conditioning is on and/or the coolant tem-
perature is high. (P. 509)
Vehicles with a smart key system:
Be sure the engine switch is off.
With the engine switch in IGNITION ON mode, the electric cooling fans may
automatically start to run if the air conditioning is on and/or the coolant tem-
perature is high. (P. 509)
Safety glasses
Wear safety glasses to prevent flying or falling material, fluid spray, etc.
from getting in your eyes.
NOTICE
If you remove the air cleaner filter
Driving with the air cleaner filter removed may cause excessive engine wear
due to dirt in the air.
500
7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Pull the hood lock release lever.
The hood will pop up slightly.
Pull up the auxiliary catch lever
and lift the hood.
Hold the hood open by inserting
the support rod into the slot.
Hood
Release the lock from the inside of the vehicle to open the hood.
1
2
3
501
7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
7
Maintenance and care
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
WARNING
Pre-driving check
Check that the hood is fully closed and locked.
If the hood is not locked properly, it may open while the vehicle is in motion
and cause an accident, which may result in death or serious injury.
After installing the support rod into the slot
Make sure the rod supports the hood securely preventing it from falling
down onto your head or body.
NOTICE
When closing the hood
Be sure to return the support rod to its clip before closing the hood. Closing
the hood with the support rod not clipped could cause the hood to bend.
502
7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Front
Rear
Positioning a floor jack
When using a floor jack, follow the instructions in the manual
provided with the jack and perform the operation safely.
When raising your vehicle with a floor jack, position the jack cor-
rectly. Improper placement may damage your vehicle or cause
injury.
503
7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
7
Maintenance and care
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
2.7 L 4-cylinder (1AR-FE) engine
Engine compartment
Washer fluid tank
(P. 514)
Fuse boxes (P. 535)
Engine oil level dipstick
(P. 505)
Engine oil filler cap
(P. 506)
Engine coolant reservoir
(P. 508)
Battery (P. 511)
Brake fluid reservoir
(P. 510)
Electric cooling fans
Condenser (P. 509)
Radiator (P. 509)
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
504
7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
3.5 L V6 (2GR-FE) engine
Washer fluid tank
(P. 514)
Fuse boxes (P. 535)
Engine oil filler cap
(P. 506)
Engine oil level dipstick
(P. 505)
Engine coolant reservoir
(P. 508)
Battery (P. 511)
Brake fluid reservoir
(P. 510)
Electric cooling fans
Condenser (P. 509)
Radiator (P. 509)
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
505
7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
7
Maintenance and care
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
With the engine at operating temperature and turned off, check the oil
level on the dipstick.
Checking the engine oil
Park the vehicle on level ground. After warming up the engine
and turning it off, wait more than 5 minutes for the oil to drain
back into the bottom of the engine.
Holding a rag under the end, pull the dipstick out.
Wipe the dipstick clean.
Reinsert the dipstick fully.
Holding a rag under the end,
pull the dipstick out and
check the oil level.
Low
Normal
Excessive
Wipe the dipstick and reinsert it fully.
Engine oil
1
2
2.7 L 4-cylinder (1AR-FE)
engine
3.5 L V6 (2GR-FE) engine
3
4
5
1
2
3
6
506
7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Adding engine oil
If the oil level is below or near the low level mark, add engine oil of
the same type as that already in the engine.
Make sure to check the oil type and prepare the items needed
before adding oil.
Remove the oil filler cap by turning it counterclockwise.
Add engine oil slowly, checking the dipstick.
Install the oil filler cap by turning it clockwise.
Engine oil consumption
A certain amount of engine oil will be consumed while driving. In the following
situations, oil consumption may increase, and engine oil may need to be
refilled in between oil maintenance intervals.
When the engine is new, for example directly after purchasing the vehicle or
after replacing the engine
If low quality oil or oil of an inappropriate viscosity is used
When driving at high engine speeds or with a heavy load, when towing, or
when driving while accelerating or decelerating frequently
When leaving the engine idling for a long time, or when driving frequently
through heavy traffic
2.7 L 4-cylinder (1AR-FE)
engine
3.5 L V6 (2GR-FE) engine
Engine oil selection P. 636
Oil quantity
(Low Full)
1.6 qt. (1.5 L, 1.3 Imp. qt.)
Items Clean funnel
1
2
3
507
7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
7
Maintenance and care
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
WARNING
Used engine oil
Used engine oil contains potentially harmful contaminants which may
cause skin disorders such as inflammation and skin cancer, so care
should be taken to avoid prolonged and repeated contact. To remove used
engine oil from your skin, wash thoroughly with soap and water.
Dispose of used oil and filters only in a safe and acceptable manner. Do
not dispose of used oil and filters in household trash, in sewers or onto the
ground.
Call your Toyota dealer, service station or auto parts store for information
concerning recycling or disposal.
Do not leave used engine oil within the reach of children.
NOTICE
To prevent serious engine damage
Check the oil level on a regular basis.
When replacing the engine oil
Be careful not to spill engine oil on the vehicle components.
Avoid overfilling, or the engine could be damaged.
Check the oil level on the dipstick every time you refill the vehicle.
Be sure the engine oil filler cap is properly tightened.
508
7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
The coolant level is satisfactory if it is between the “FULL” and “LOW”
lines on the reservoir when the engine is cold.
Reservoir cap
“FULL” line
“LOW” line
If the level is on or below the
“LOW” line, add coolant up to the
“FULL” line.
Coolant selection
Only use “Toyota Super Long Life Coolant” or a similar high quality ethylene
glycol based non-silicate, non-amine, non-nitrite, and non-borate coolant with
long-life hybrid organic acid technology.
U.S.A.:
“Toyota Super Long Life Coolant” is a mixture of 50% coolant and 50% deion-
ized water. (Minimum temperature: -31F [-35C])
Canada:
“Toyota Super Long Life Coolant” is a mixture of 55% coolant and 45% deion-
ized water. (Minimum temperature: -44F [-42C])
For more details about coolant, contact your Toyota dealer.
If the coolant level drops within a short time of replenishing
Visually check the radiator, hoses, engine coolant reservoir caps, drain cock
and water pump.
If you cannot find a leak, have your Toyota dealer test the cap and check for
leaks in the cooling system.
Engine coolant
1
2
3
509
7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
7
Maintenance and care
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Check the radiator and condenser and clear away any foreign objects.
If either of the above parts is extremely dirty or you are not sure of
their condition, have your vehicle inspected by your Toyota dealer.
WARNING
When the engine is hot
Do not remove the engine coolant reservoir cap and radiator cap.
The cooling system may be under pressure and may spray hot coolant if the
cap is removed, causing serious injuries, such as burns.
NOTICE
When adding coolant
Coolant is neither plain water nor straight antifreeze. The correct mixture of
water and antifreeze must be used to provide proper lubrication, corrosion
protection and cooling. Be sure to read the antifreeze or coolant label.
If you spill coolant
Be sure to wash it off with water to prevent it from damaging parts or paint.
Radiator and condenser
WARNING
When the engine is hot
Do not touch the radiator or condenser as they may be hot and cause seri-
ous injuries, such as burns.
510
7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Checking fluid level
The brake fluid level should be
between the “MAX” and “MIN”
lines on the tank.
Adding fluid
Make sure to check the fluid type and prepare the necessary item.
Brake fluid can absorb moisture from the air
Excess moisture in the brake fluid can cause a dangerous loss of braking effi-
ciency. Use only newly opened brake fluid.
Brake fluid
Fluid type FMVSS No.116 DOT 3 or SAE J1703 brake fluid
Item Clean funnel
WARNING
When filling the reservoir
Take care as brake fluid can harm your hands and eyes and damage
painted surfaces.
If fluid gets on your hands or in your eyes, flush the affected area with clean
water immediately.
If you still experience discomfort, see a doctor.
NOTICE
If the fluid level is low or high
It is normal for the brake fluid level to go down slightly as the brake pads
wear out or when the fluid level in the accumulator is high.
If the reservoir needs frequent refilling, there may be a serious problem.
511
7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
7
Maintenance and care
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Check the battery as follows:
Battery exterior
Make sure that the battery terminals are not corroded and that
there are no loose connections, cracks, or loose clamps.
Terminals
Hold-down clamp
Before recharging
When recharging, the battery produces hydrogen gas which is flammable and
explosive. Therefore, observe the following before recharging:
If recharging with the battery installed on the vehicle, be sure to disconnect
the ground cable.
Make sure the power switch on the charger is off when connecting and dis-
connecting the charger cables to the battery.
Battery
1
2
512
7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
After recharging/reconnecting the battery (vehicles with a smart key sys-
tem)
The engine may not start. Follow the procedure below to initialize the system.
Shift the shift lever to P.
Open and close any of the doors.
Restart the engine.
Unlocking the doors using the smart key system may not be possible imme-
diately after reconnecting the battery. If this happens, use the wireless
remote control or the mechanical key to lock/unlock the doors.
Start the engine with the engine switch in ACCESSORY mode. The engine
may not start with the engine switch turned off. However, the engine will
operate normally from the second attempt.
The engine switch mode is recorded by the vehicle. If the battery is discon-
nected and reconnected, the vehicle will return the engine switch mode to
the status it was in before the battery was disconnected. Make sure to turn
off the engine before disconnecting the battery. Take extra care when con-
necting the battery if the engine switch mode prior to the battery being dis-
connected is unknown.
If the system will not start even after multiple attempts, contact your Toyota
dealer.
WARNING
Chemicals in the battery
Batteries contain poisonous and corrosive sulfuric acid and may produce
hydrogen gas which is flammable and explosive. To reduce the risk of death
or serious injury, take the following precautions while working on or near the
battery:
Do not cause sparks by touching the battery terminals with tools.
Do not smoke or light a match near the battery.
Avoid contact with eyes, skin and clothes.
Never inhale or swallow electrolyte.
Wear protective safety glasses when working near the battery.
Keep children away from the battery.
1
2
3
513
7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
7
Maintenance and care
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
WARNING
Where to safely charge the battery
Always charge the battery in an open area. Do not charge the battery in a
garage or closed room where there is insufficient ventilation.
How to recharge the battery
Only perform a slow charge (5 A or less). The battery may explode if
charged at a quicker rate.
Emergency measures regarding electrolyte
If electrolyte gets in your eyes
Flush your eyes with clean water for at least 15 minutes and get immedi-
ate medical attention. If possible, continue to apply water with a sponge or
cloth while traveling to the nearest medical facility.
If electrolyte gets on your skin
Wash the affected area thoroughly. If you feel pain or burning, get medical
attention immediately.
If electrolyte gets on your clothes
It can soak through clothing on to your skin. Immediately take off the cloth-
ing and follow the procedure above if necessary.
If you accidentally swallow electrolyte
Drink a large quantity of water or milk. Get emergency medical attention
immediately.
NOTICE
When recharging the battery
Never recharge the battery while the engine is operating. Also, be sure all
accessories are turned off.
514
7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
If any washer does not work or the
warning message appears on the
multi-information display, the
washer tank may be empty. Add
washer fluid.
Washer fluid
WARNING
When adding washer fluid
Do not add washer fluid when the engine is hot or running as washer fluid
contains alcohol and may catch fire if spilled on the engine etc.
NOTICE
Do not use any fluid other than washer fluid
Do not use soapy water or engine antifreeze instead of washer fluid.
Doing so may cause streaking on the vehicle’s painted surfaces.
Diluting washer fluid
Dilute washer fluid with water as necessary.
Refer to the freezing temperatures listed on the label of the washer fluid bot-
tle.
515
7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
7
Maintenance and care
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
New tread
Treadwear indicator
Worn tread
The location of treadwear indica-
tors is shown by the “TWI” or “
marks, etc., molded on the side-
wall of each tire.
Check spare tire condition and
pressure if not rotated.
Rotate the tires in the order shown.
Do not fail to initialize the tire pressure warning system after tire rota-
tion.
To equalize tire wear and extend tire life, Toyota recommends that tire
rotation is carried out at the same interval as tire inspection.
Tires
Replace or rotate tires in accordance with maintenance sched-
ules and treadwear.
Checking tires
1
2
3
Tire rotation
Vehicles with compact spare
tire
Vehicles with full-size spare
tire
Front
Front
516
7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Your vehicle is equipped with a tire pressure warning system that uses
tire pressure warning valves and transmitters to detect low tire infla-
tion pressure before serious problems arise.
If the tire pressure drops below a predetermined level, the driver is
warned by a warning light. (P. 565)
Installing tire pressure warning valves and transmitters
When replacing tires or wheels, tire pressure warning valves and
transmitters must also be installed.
When new tire pressure warning valves and transmitters are
installed, new ID codes must be registered in the tire pressure
warning computer and the tire pressure warning system must be
initialized. Have tire pressure warning valve and transmitter ID
codes registered by your Toyota dealer. (P. 518)
Initializing the tire pressure warning system
The tire pressure warning system must be initialized in the fol-
lowing circumstances:
When the tire inflation pressure is changed such as when chang-
ing traveling speed or load weight.
When the tire pressure warning system is initialized, the current tire
inflation pressure is set as the benchmark pressure.
Tire pressure warning system
517
7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
7
Maintenance and care
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
How to initialize the tire pressure warning system
Park the vehicle in a safe place and turn the engine switch to the
“LOCK” position (vehicles without a smart key system) or off
(vehicles with a smart key system).
Initialization cannot be performed while the vehicle is moving.
Adjust the tire inflation pressure to the specified cold tire inflation
pressure level. (P. 642)
Make sure to adjust the tire pressure to the specified cold tire infla-
tion pressure level. The tire pressure warning system will operate
based on this pressure level.
Turn the engine switch to the “ON” position (vehicles without a
smart key system) or IGNITION ON mode (vehicles with a smart
key system).
Press and hold the tire pres-
sure warning reset switch
until the tire pressure warn-
ing light blinks slowly 3 times.
Vehicles without a smart key system: Wait for a few minutes with
the engine switch in the “ON” position and then turn the engine
switch to the “ACC” or “LOCK” position.
Vehicles with a smart key system: Wait for a few minutes with the
engine switch in IGNITION ON mode and then turn the engine
switch off.
1
2
3
4
5
518
7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Registering ID codes
The tire pressure warning valve and transmitter is equipped with a
unique ID code. When replacing a tire pressure warning valve and
transmitter, it is necessary to register the ID code. Have the ID code
registered by your Toyota dealer.
When to replace your vehicles tires
Tires should be replaced if:
You have tire damage such as cuts, splits, cracks deep enough to
expose the fabric, and bulges indicating internal damage
A tire goes flat repeatedly or cannot be properly repaired due to the size
or location of a cut or other damage
If you are not sure, consult with your Toyota dealer.
Replacing tires and wheels
If the ID code of the tire pressure warning valve and transmitter is not reg-
istered, the tire pressure warning system will not work properly. After driv-
ing for about 20 minutes, the tire pressure warning light blinks for 1
minute and stays on to indicate a system malfunction.
Tire life
Any tire over 6 years old must be checked by a qualified technician even
if it has seldom or never been used or damage is not obvious.
Proper storage of the spare tire
As an improperly stored spare tire may cause damage to the wire cable
that holds it, check that the spare tire is stored properly on a daily basis.
If the spare tire is slanted, the hoist assembly may be stuck in the
wheel opening. If the spare tire rattles while driving, it may not be fully
raised. Lower the spare tire to the ground and make sure that the
hoist assembly is perpendicular to the wheel opening.
Raise the tire slowly and steadily until a click is heard and the jack
handle skips.
If the spare tire cannot be lowered, the wire cable may be severed.
Have the vehicle inspected at your Toyota dealer.
If the stored spare tire is slanted or
causes a rattle while driving, properly
store the spare tire by following the tire
change procedure correctly (P. 590).
519
7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
7
Maintenance and care
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Routine tire inflation pressure checks
The tire pressure warning system does not replace routine tire inflation
pressure checks. Make sure to check tire inflation pressure as part of
your routine of daily vehicle checks.
Maximum load of tire
Check that the number given by dividing the maximum load by 1.10 of the
replacement tire is greater than 1/2 of the Gross Axle Weight Ratings
(GAWR) of either the front axle or the rear axle, whichever is greater.
Tire types
Summer tires
Summer tires are high-speed performance tires best suited to highway
driving under dry conditions. Since summer tires do not have the same
traction performance as snow tires, summer tires are inadequate for
driving on snow-covered or icy roads. For driving on snow-covered
roads or icy roads, the use of snow tires is recommended. When install-
ing snow tires, be sure to replace all four tires.
All season tires
All season tires are designed to provide better traction in snow and to
be adequate for driving in most winter conditions as well as for use
year-round. All season tires, however, do not have adequate traction
performance compared with snow tires in heavy or loose snow. Also, all
season tires fall short in acceleration and handling performance com-
pared with summer tires in highway driving.
Snow tires
For driving on snow-covered roads or icy roads, we recommend using
snow tires. If you need snow tires, select tires of the same size, con-
struction and load capacity as the originally installed tires. Since your
vehicle has radial tires as original equipment, make sure your snow
tires also have radial construction. Do not install studded tires without
first checking local regulations for possible restrictions. Snow tires
should be installed on all wheels. (P. 323)
If the tread on snow tires wears down below 0.16 in. (4 mm)
The effectiveness of the tires as snow tires is lost.
For the GAWR, see the Certification
Label. For the maximum load of the tire,
see the load limit at maximum cold tire
inflation pressure mentioned on the
sidewall of the tire. (P. 649)
520
7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Situations in which the tire pressure warning system may not oper-
ate properly
In the following cases, the tire pressure warning system may not operate
properly.
If non-genuine Toyota wheels are used.
A tire has been replaced with a tire that is not an OE (Original Equip-
ment) tire.
A tire has been replaced with a tire that is not of the specified size.
Tire chains etc. are equipped.
Lock nuts are equipped.
An auxiliary-supported run-flat tire is equipped.
If a window tint that affects the radio wave signals is installed.
If there is a lot of snow or ice on the vehicle, particularly around the
wheels or wheel housings.
• If the tire inflation pressure is extremely higher than the specified
level.
If the spare tire is in a location subject to poor radio wave signal
reception.
*
If a large metallic object which can interfere with signal reception is
put in the luggage compartment.
*
*
: Vehicles with a full-size spare tire only
Performance may be affected in the following situations.
Near a TV tower, electric power plant, gas station, radio station, large
display, airport or other facility that generates strong radio waves or
electrical noise
When carrying a portable radio, cellular phone, cordless phone or
other wireless communication device
When the vehicle is parked, the time taken for the warning to start or go
off could be extended.
When tire inflation pressure declines rapidly for example when a tire has
burst, the warning may not function.
521
7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
7
Maintenance and care
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
The initialization operation
Make sure to carry out initialization after adjusting the tire inflation pres-
sure.
Also, make sure the tires are cold before carrying out initialization or tire
inflation pressure adjustment.
If you have accidentally turned the engine switch to the “LOCK” position
(vehicles without a smart key system) or off (vehicles with a smart key
system) during initialization, it is not necessary to press the reset switch
again as initialization will restart automatically when the engine switch
has been turned to the “ON” position (vehicles without a smart key sys-
tem) or IGNITION ON mode (vehicles with a smart key system) for the
next time.
If you accidentally press the reset switch when initialization is not neces-
sary, adjust the tire inflation pressure to the specified level when the
tires are cold, and conduct initialization again.
When initialization of the tire pressure warning system has failed
Initialization can be completed in a few minutes. However, in the following
cases, the settings have not been recorded and the system will not oper-
ate properly. If repeated attempts to record tire inflation pressure settings
are unsuccessful, have the vehicle inspected by your Toyota dealer.
When operating the tire pressure warning reset switch, the tire pressure
warning light does not blink 3 times.
After carrying out the initialization procedure, the tire pressure warning
light blinks for 1 minute then stays on after driving for 20 minutes.
522
7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Tire pressure warning system certification
TRW Automotive
Tire Pressure Monitoring Sensor
FCC ID: GQ4-51T
NOTE:
This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules.
Operation is subject to the following two conditions:
(1) This device may not cause harmful interference, and
(2) This device must accept any interference received, including interfer-
ence that may cause undesired operation.
WARNING:
Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party
responsible for compliance could void the user’s authority to operate the
equipment.
TRW Automotive
Tire Pressure Monitoring Sensor
Model: 228408
IC: 1470A-32T
MADE IN U.S.A
NOTE:
This device complies with Industry Canada license-exempt RSS
standard(s). Operation is subject to the following two conditions:
(1) This device may not cause harmful interference, and
(2) This device must accept any interference received, including interfer-
ence that may cause undesired operation of the device.
Le présent appareil est conforme aux CNR d’lndustrie Canada
applicables aux appareils radio exempts de licence. L’exploitation est
autorisée aux deux conditions suivantes :
(1) l’appareil ne doit pas produire de brouillage, et
(2) l’utilisateur de l’appareil doit accepter tout brouillage radioélectrique
subi, même si le brouillage est susceptible d’en compromettre le
fonctionnement.
FCC ID: PAXPMVC010
NOTE:
This device complies with part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject
to the following two conditions: (1) This device may not cause harmful
interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference received,
including interference that may cause undesired operation.
FCC WARNING:
Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party
responsible for compliance could void the user’s authority to operate the
equipment.
523
7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
7
Maintenance and care
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
NOTE:
Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) this device may
not cause interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference,
including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device.
NOTE:
L’utilisation de ce dispositif est autorisée seulement aux deux conditions
suivantes : (1) il ne doit pas produire de brouillage, et (2) l’utilisateur du
dispositif doit être prêt à accepter tout brouillage radioélectrique reçu,
même si ce brouillage est susceptible de compromettre le
fonctionnement du dispositif.
WARNING
When inspecting or replacing tires
Observe the following precautions to prevent accidents.
Failure to do so may cause damage to parts of the drive train as well as
dangerous handling characteristics, which may lead to an accident
resulting in death or serious injury.
Do not mix tires of different makes, models or tread patterns.
Also, do not mix tires of remarkably different treadwear.
Do not use tire sizes other than those recommended by Toyota.
Do not mix differently constructed tires (radial, bias-belted or bias-ply
tires).
Do not mix summer, all season and snow tires.
Vehicles with a compact spare tire: Do not tow if your vehicle has a
compact spare tire installed.
When initializing the tire pressure warning system
Do not operate the tire pressure warning reset switch without first
adjusting the tire inflation pressure to the specified level. Otherwise, the
tire pressure warning light may not come on even if the tire inflation
pressure is low, or it may come on when the tire inflation pressure is
actually normal.
524
7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
NOTICE
Repairing or replacing tires, wheels, tire pressure warning valves,
transmitters and tire valve caps
When removing or fitting the wheels, tires or the tire pressure warning
valves and transmitters, contact your Toyota dealer as the tire pres-
sure warning valves and transmitters may be damaged if not handled
correctly.
Make sure to install the tire valve caps. If the tire valve caps are not
installed, water could enter the tire pressure warning valves and the
tire pressure warning valves could be bound.
When replacing tire valve caps, do not use tire valve caps other than
those specified. The cap may become stuck.
To avoid damage to the tire pressure warning valves and transmit-
ters
When a tire is repaired with liquid sealants, the tire pressure warning
valve and transmitter may not operate properly. If a liquid sealant is
used, contact your Toyota dealer or other qualified service shop as soon
as possible. Make sure to replace the tire pressure warning valve and
transmitter when replacing the tire. (P. 516)
Driving on rough roads
Take particular care when driving on roads with loose surfaces or pot-
holes.
These conditions may cause losses in tire inflation pressure, reducing
the cushioning ability of the tires. In addition, driving on rough roads
may cause damage to the tires themselves, as well as the vehicle’s
wheels and body.
If tire inflation pressure of each tire becomes low while driving
Do not continue driving, or your tires and/or wheels may be ruined.
525
7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
7
Maintenance and care
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
The recommended cold tire infla-
tion pressure and tire size are dis-
played on the tire and loading
information label. (P. 642)
Tire valve
Tire pressure gauge
Remove the tire valve cap.
Press the tip of the tire pressure gauge onto the tire valve.
Read the pressure using the gauge gradations.
If the tire inflation pressure is not at the recommended level, adjust
the pressure.
If you add too much air, press the center of the valve to deflate.
After completing the tire inflation pressure measurement and
adjustment, apply soapy water to the valve and check for leakage.
Put the tire valve cap back on.
Tire inflation pressure
Tire inflation pressure
Inspection and adjustment procedure
1
2
1
2
3
4
5
6
526
7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Tire inflation pressure check interval
You should check tire inflation pressure every two weeks, or at least once
a month.
Do not forget to check the spare.
Effects of incorrect tire inflation pressure
Driving with incorrect tire inflation pressure may result in the following:
Reduced fuel efficiency
Reduced driving comfort and tire life
Reduced safety
Damage to the drive train
If a tire needs frequent inflating, have it checked by your Toyota dealer.
Instructions for checking tire inflation pressure
When checking tire inflation pressure, observe the following:
Check only when the tires are cold.
If your vehicle has been parked for at least 3 hours or has not been
driven for more than 1 mile or 1.5 km, you will get an accurate cold tire
inflation pressure reading.
Always use a tire pressure gauge.
The appearance of the tire can be misleading. In addition, tire inflation
pressure that is even just a few pounds off can affect ride quality and
handling.
Do not reduce tire inflation pressure after driving. It is normal for tire
inflation pressure to be higher after driving.
Never exceed the vehicle capacity weight.
Passengers and luggage weight should be placed so that the vehicle is
balanced.
527
7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
7
Maintenance and care
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
WARNING
Proper inflation is critical to save tire performance
Keep your tires properly inflated. Otherwise, the following conditions
may occur and result in an accident causing death or serious injury:
Excessive wear
Uneven wear
Poor handling
Possibility of blowouts resulting from overheated tires
Poor sealing of the tire bead
Wheel deformation and/or tire separation
A greater possibility of tire damage from road hazards
NOTICE
When inspecting and adjusting tire inflation pressure
Be sure to put the tire valve caps back on.
Without the valve caps, dirt or moisture could get into the valve and
cause air leakage, which could result in an accident. If the caps are lost,
replace them as soon as possible.
528
7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
When replacing wheels, care should be taken to ensure that they are
equivalent to those removed in load capacity, diameter, rim width and
inset
*.
Replacement wheels are available at your Toyota dealer.
*: Conventionally referred to as “offset”.
Toyota does not recommend using the following:
Wheels of different sizes or types
Used wheels
Bent wheels that have been straightened
Use only Toyota wheel nuts and wrenches designed for use with
your aluminum wheels.
When rotating, repairing or changing your tires, check that the
wheel nuts are still tight after driving 1000 miles (1600 km).
Be careful not to damage the aluminum wheels when using tire
chains.
Use only Toyota genuine balance weights or equivalent and a plas-
tic or rubber hammer when balancing your wheels.
When replacing wheels
The wheels of your vehicle are equipped with tire pressure warning
valves and transmitters that allow the tire pressure warning system to
provide advance warning in the event of a loss in tire inflation pressure.
Whenever wheels are replaced, tire pressure warning valves and trans-
mitters must be installed. (P. 516)
Wheels
If a wheel is bent, cracked or heavily corroded, it should be
replaced. Otherwise, the tire may separate from the wheel or
cause a loss of handling control.
Wheel selection
Aluminum wheel precautions
529
7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
7
Maintenance and care
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
WARNING
When replacing wheels
Do not use wheels that are a different size from those recommended in
the Owner’s Manual, as this may result in a loss of handling control.
Never use an inner tube in a leaking wheel which is designed for a
tubeless tire. Doing so may result in an accident, causing death or seri-
ous injury.
When installing the wheel nuts
Never use oil or grease on the wheel bolts or wheel nuts.
Oil and grease may cause the wheel nuts to be excessively tightened,
leading to bolt or disc wheel damage. In addition, the oil or grease can
cause the wheel nuts to loosen and the wheel may fall off, causing an
accident and resulting in death or serious injury. Remove any oil or
grease from the wheel bolts or wheel nuts.
NOTICE
Replacing tire pressure warning valves and transmitters
Because tire repair or replacement may affect the tire pressure warn-
ing valves and transmitters, make sure to have tires serviced by your
Toyota dealer or other qualified service shop. In addition, make sure to
purchase your tire pressure warning valves and transmitters at your
Toyota dealer.
Ensure that only genuine Toyota wheels are used on your vehicle.
Tire pressure warning valves and transmitters may not work properly
with non-genuine wheels.
Be sure to install the wheel nuts with
the tapered ends facing inward.
Installing the nuts with the tapered
ends facing outward can cause the
wheel to break and eventually cause
the wheel to come off while driving,
which could lead to an accident
resulting in death or serious injury.
530
7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Vehicles without a smart key system:
Turn the engine switch to the “LOCK” position.
Vehicles with a smart key system:
Turn the engine switch off.
Open the glove box. Slide off
the damper.
Push in the glove box on the
vehicle’s outer side to discon-
nect the claws. Then pull out
the glove box and disconnect
the lower claws.
Pull down the cover.
Air conditioning filter
The air conditioning filter must be changed regularly to maintain
air conditioning efficiency.
Removal method
1
2
3
4
531
7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
7
Maintenance and care
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Remove the filter cover.
Remove the air conditioning fil-
ter and replace it with a new
one.
The “UP” marks shown on the fil-
ter should be pointing up.
Checking interval
Inspect and replace the air conditioning filter according to the maintenance
schedule. In dusty areas or areas with heavy traffic flow, early replacement
may be required. (For scheduled maintenance information, please refer to the
“Schedule maintenance guide” or “Owner’s Manual Supplement”.)
If air flow from the vents decreases dramatically
The filter may be clogged. Check the filter and replace if necessary.
5
6
NOTICE
When using the air conditioning system
Make sure that a filter is always installed.
Using the air conditioning system without a filter may cause damage to the
system.
532
7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Flathead screwdriver
Small flathead screwdriver
Lithium battery CR2016 (vehicles without a smart key system), or
CR2032 (vehicles with a smart key system)
Vehicles without a smart key system
Remove the cover.
To prevent damage to the key,
cover the tip of the flathead screw-
driver with a rag.
To prevent the buttons from being
disassembled, face the button sur-
face downward.
Remove the module.
Wireless remote control/electronic key
battery
Replace the battery with a new one if it is depleted.
You will need the following items:
Replacing the battery
1
2
533
7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
7
Maintenance and care
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Open the case cover using a
coin protected with tape etc.
and remove the depleted bat-
tery using a small flathead
screwdriver.
Insert a new battery with the “+”
terminal facing up.
Vehicles with a smart key system
Take out the mechanical key.
Remove the cover.
To prevent damage to the key,
cover the tip of the flathead screw-
driver with a rag.
Remove the depleted battery.
Insert a new battery with the “+”
terminal facing up.
3
1
2
3
534
7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Use a CR2016 (vehicles without a smart key system) or CR2032 (vehicles
with a smart key system) lithium battery
Batteries can be purchased at your Toyota dealer, local electrical appliance
shops or camera stores.
Replace only with the same or equivalent type recommended by the manu-
facturer.
Dispose of used batteries according to local laws.
If the key battery is depleted
The following symptoms may occur:
The smart key system (if equipped) and wireless remote control will not
function properly.
The operational range will be reduced.
WARNING
Removed battery and other parts
These parts are small and if swallowed by a child, they can cause choking.
Keep away from children. Failure to do so could result in death or serious
injury.
NOTICE
For normal operation after replacing the battery
Observe the following precautions to prevent accidents:
Always work with dry hands.
Moisture may cause the battery to rust.
Do not touch or move any other component inside the remote control.
Do not bend either of the battery terminals.
535
7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
7
Maintenance and care
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Vehicles without a smart key system:
Turn the engine switch to the “LOCK” position.
Vehicles with a smart key system:
Turn the engine switch off.
Open the fuse box cover.
Engine compartment (type A fuse box)
Push the tab in and lift the lid off.
Engine compartment (type B fuse box)
Push the tab in and lift the lid off.
Checking and replacing fuses
If any of the electrical components do not operate, a fuse may
have blown. If this happens, check and replace the fuses as nec-
essary.
1
2
536
7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Under the driver’s side instrument panel
Remove the lid.
Remove the fuse with the pull-
out tool.
Only type A fuses can be removed
using the pullout tool.
3
537
7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
7
Maintenance and care
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Check if the fuse is blown.
Normal fuse
Blown fuse
Type A and B:
Replace the blown fuse with a new fuse of an appropriate amperage rat-
ing. The amperage rating can be found on the fuse box lid.
Type C:
Contact your Toyota dealer.
4
1
2
Type A Type B
Type C
538
7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
After a fuse is replaced
If the lights do not turn on even after the fuse has been replaced, a bulb may
need replacement. (P. 539)
If the replaced fuse blows again, have the vehicle inspected by your Toyota
dealer.
If there is an overload in a circuit
The fuses are designed to blow, protecting the wiring harness from damage.
When replacing light bulbs
Toyota recommends that you use genuine Toyota products designed for this
vehicle. Because certain bulbs are connected to circuits designed to prevent
overload, non-genuine parts or parts not designed for this vehicle may be
unusable.
WARNING
To prevent system breakdowns and vehicle fire
Observe the following precautions.
Failure to do so may cause damage to the vehicle, and possibly a fire or
injury.
Never use a fuse of a higher amperage rating than that indicated, or use
any other object in place of a fuse.
Always use a genuine Toyota fuse or equivalent.
Never replace a fuse with a wire, even as a temporary fix.
Do not modify the fuses or fuse boxes.
NOTICE
Before replacing fuses
Have the cause of electrical overload determined and repaired by your
Toyota dealer as soon as possible.
539
7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
7
Maintenance and care
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Check the wattage of the light bulb to be replaced. (P. 645)
P. 132
Light bulbs
You may replace the following bulbs by yourself. The difficulty
level of replacement varies depending on the bulb. If necessary
bulb replacement seems difficult to perform, contact your
Toyota dealer.
For more information about replacing other light bulbs, contact
your Toyota dealer.
Preparing for light bulb replacement
Turning off the power back door main switch (if equipped)
540
7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Front
Rear
Bulb locations
Headlight high beam/day-
time running light
Headlight low beam
Front fog light (if equipped)
Front turn signal light/park-
ing light
Front side marker light
1
2
3
4
5
Tail light
Stop/tail light and rear side
marker light
Rear turn signal light
Back-up light
License plate lights
1
2
3
4
5
541
7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
7
Maintenance and care
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Headlight low beams
For the right side only:
Remove the washer fluid
tank opening.
Turn the bulb base counter-
clockwise.
Unplug the connector while
pressing the lock release.
Replace the light bulb, and
install the bulb base.
Align the 3 tabs on the light bulb
with the mounting and insert.
Replacing light bulbs
1
2
3
4
542
7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Turn and secure the bulb
base.
Shake the bulb base gently to
check that it is not loose, turn
the headlight low beams on
once and visually confirm that
no light is leaking through the
mounting.
For the right side only: Install the washer fluid tank.
5
6
543
7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
7
Maintenance and care
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Headlight high beams/daytime running lights
Turn the bulb base counter-
clockwise.
Unplug the connector while
pressing the lock release.
Replace the light bulb, and
install the bulb base.
Align the 3 tabs on the light bulb
with the mounting, and insert.
Turn and secure the bulb
base.
Shake the bulb base gently to
check that it is not loose, turn
the headlights on once and visu-
ally confirm that no light is leak-
ing through the mounting.
1
2
3
4
544
7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Front turn signal lights/parking lights
Remove the 2 clips and
remove the side cover.
Turn the bulb base counter-
clockwise.
Remove the light bulb.
Install by conducting and with the directions reversed.
Install the side cover and
then install the 2 clips.
1
2
3
4 3 2
5
545
7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
7
Maintenance and care
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Front side marker lights
Remove the 2 clips and
remove the side cover.
Turn the bulb base counter-
clockwise.
Remove the light bulb.
Install by conducting and with the directions reversed.
Install the side cover and
then install the 2 clips.
1
2
3
4 2 3
5
546
7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Front fog lights (if equipped)
Remove the 3 screws and
partly remove the fender
liner.
Unplug the connector while
pressing the lock release.
Turn the bulb base counter-
clockwise.
Install a new light bulb.
Align the 3 tabs on the light bulb
with the mounting and insert.
1
2
3
4
547
7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
7
Maintenance and care
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Turn clockwise and secure
the bulb base.
Install the connector.
Shake the connector gently to
check that it is not loose, turn
the front fog lights on once and
visually confirm that no light is
leaking through the mounting.
When installing the fender liner, install by conducting with the
directions reversed.
Make sure that the fender liner is attached to the inside of the bumper.
5
6
7 1
548
7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Stop/tail lights and rear side marker lights, and rear turn signal
lights
Open the back door and
remove the 2 screws, and
remove the lamp assembly
by pulling it directly backward
from the rear of the vehicle.
Remove the wire harness.
Turn the bulb base counterclockwise.
1
2
3
Stop/tail lights and rear side
marker lights
Rear turn signal lights
549
7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
7
Maintenance and care
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Remove the light bulb.
When installing the light bulb, install by conducting , and
with the directions reversed.
Install the lamp assembly
and then install the 2 screws.
Align the guide ( ) and pin
( ) on the lamp assembly with
the mounting when installing it.
4
Stop/tail lights and rear side
marker lights
Rear turn signal lights
5 4 3
2
6
1
2
550
7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Tail lights and back-up lights
Open the back door and
remove the cover.
Insert a flathead screwdriver or
similar into the hole at the top of
the cover and remove it as
shown in the illustration.
To prevent damaging the vehi-
cle, wrap the flathead screw-
driver with a tape.
Turn the bulb base counterclockwise.
Remove the light bulb.
When installing, reverse the steps listed.
1
2
Tail lights Back-up lights
3
Tail lights Back-up lights
4
551
7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
7
Maintenance and care
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
License plate lights
Remove the lens.
Insert a properly sized screwdriver into the hole of the lens on the inner
side and disengage the claw and pry the lens toward the outer side as
shown in the illustration.
To prevent damaging the vehicle, wrap the tip of the screwdriver with
tape.
Remove the light bulb.
When installing, reverse the steps listed.
1
2
3
552
7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Replacing the following bulbs
If any of the lights listed below has burnt out, have it replaced by
your Toyota dealer.
Side turn signal lights
Daytime running lights (LED type)
High mounted stoplight
Outer foot lights (if equipped)
LED light bulbs
The side turn signal lights, daytime running lights (LED type), high mounted
stoplight and outer foot lights (if equipped) consist of a number of LEDs. If
any of the LEDs burns out, take your vehicle to your Toyota dealer to have the
light replaced.
Condensation build-up on the inside of the lens
Temporary condensation build-up on the inside of the headlight lens does not
indicate a malfunction.
Contact your Toyota dealer for more information in the following situations:
Large drops of water have built up on the inside of the lens.
Water has built up inside the headlight.
When replacing light bulbs
P. 538
WARNING
Replacing light bulbs
Turn off the lights. Do not attempt to replace the bulb immediately after
turning off the lights.
The bulbs become very hot and may cause burns.
Do not touch the glass portion of the light bulb with bare hands. When it is
unavoidable to hold the glass portion, use and hold with a clean dry cloth
to avoid getting moisture and oils on the bulb.
Also, if the bulb is scratched or dropped, it may blow out or crack.
Fully install light bulbs and any parts used to secure them. Failure to do so
may result in heat damage, fire, or water entering the headlight unit. This
may damage the headlights or cause condensation to build up on the lens.
To prevent damage or fire
Make sure bulbs are fully seated and locked.
553
8
When trouble arises
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
8-1. Essential information
Emergency flashers .......... 554
If your vehicle has to
be stopped in an
emergency...................... 555
8-2. Steps to take in an
emergency
If your vehicle needs to
be towed ......................... 557
If you think something is
wrong.............................. 561
Fuel pump shut off
system ............................ 562
If a warning light turns
on or a warning buzzer
sounds ............................ 563
If a warning message
is displayed..................... 572
If you have a flat tire.......... 590
If the engine will not
start................................. 615
If the shift lever cannot
be shifted from P............. 617
If the electronic key does
not operate properly........ 618
If the vehicle battery is
discharged ...................... 621
If your vehicle
overheats........................ 626
If the vehicle becomes
stuck ............................... 629
554
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
8-1. Essential information
Press the switch.
All the turn signal lights will flash.
To turn them off, press the switch
once again.
Emergency flashers
If the emergency flashers are used for a long time while the engine is not
operating, the battery may discharge.
Emergency flashers
The emergency flashers are used to warn other drivers when the
vehicle has to be stopped in the road due to a breakdown, etc.
555
8-1. Essential information
8
When trouble arises
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Steadily step on the brake pedal with both feet and firmly depress it.
Do not pump the brake pedal repeatedly as this will increase the effort
required to slow the vehicle.
Shift the shift lever to N.
If the shift lever is shifted to N
After slowing down, stop the vehicle in a safe place by the road.
Stop the engine.
If the shift lever cannot be shifted to N
Keep depressing the brake pedal with both feet to reduce vehicle
speed as much as possible.
Vehicles without a smart key
system: Stop the engine by
turning the engine switch to the
“ACC” position.
Vehicles with a smart key sys-
tem: To stop the engine, press
and hold the engine switch for 2
consecutive seconds or more,
or press it briefly 3 times or
more in succession.
Stop the vehicle in a safe place by the road.
If your vehicle has to be stopped in an
emergency
Only in an emergency, such as if it becomes impossible to stop
the vehicle in the normal way, stop the vehicle using the follow-
ing procedure:
1
2
3
4
3
4
Press and hold for 2 seconds or
more, or press briefly 3 times or
more
4
5
556
8-1. Essential information
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
WARNING
If the engine has to be turned off while driving
Power assist for the brakes and steering wheel will be lost, making the
brake pedal harder to depress and the steering wheel heavier to turn.
Decelerate as much as possible before turning off the engine.
Vehicles without a smart key system: Never attempt to remove the key, as
doing so will lock the steering wheel.
557
8
When trouble arises
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
8-2. Steps to take in an emergency
The following may indicate a problem with your transmission. Contact
your Toyota dealer or commercial towing service before towing.
The engine is running but the vehicle will not move.
The vehicle makes an abnormal sound.
Do not tow with a sling-type truck
to prevent body damage.
If your vehicle needs to be towed
If towing is necessary, we recommend having your vehicle
towed by your Toyota dealer or commercial towing service,
using a lift-type truck or flatbed truck.
Use a safety chain system for all towing, and abide by all state/
provincial and local laws.
2WD models: If towing your vehicle with a wheel-lift type truck
from the front, the vehicle’s rear wheels and axles must be in
good conditions. (P. 558, 559)
If they are damaged, use a towing dolly or flatbed truck.
AWD models: If towing your vehicle with a wheel-lift type truck,
use a towing dolly. (P. 558, 559)
Situations needs to contact dealers before towing
Towing with a sling-type truck
558
8-2. Steps to take in an emergency
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
If your Toyota is transported by a
flatbed truck, it should be tied
down at the locations shown in the
illustration.
Towing with a wheel-lift type truck
From the front (2WD models) From the front (AWD models)
Release the parking brake. Use a towing dolly under the rear
wheels.
From the rear
Use a towing dolly under the front
wheels.
Using a flatbed truck
559
8-2. Steps to take in an emergency
8
When trouble arises
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
If you use chains or cables to tie
down your vehicle, the angles
shaded in black must be 45.
Do not overly tighten the tie
downs or the vehicle may be dam-
aged.
WARNING
Observe the following precautions.
Failure to do so may result in death or serious injury.
When towing the vehicle
2WD models: Be sure to transport the
vehicle with the front wheels raised or
with all four wheels raised off the ground.
If the vehicle is towed with the front
wheels contacting the ground, the driv-
etrain and related parts may be dam-
aged.
AWD models: Be sure to transport the
vehicle with all four wheels raised off the
ground. If the vehicle is towed with the
tires contacting the ground, the drivetrain
or related parts may be damaged, the
vehicle may fly off the truck.
560
8-2. Steps to take in an emergency
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
NOTICE
To prevent damage to the vehicle when towing using a wheel-lift type
truck
When raising the vehicle, ensure adequate ground clearance for towing at
the opposite end of the raised vehicle. Without adequate clearance, the
vehicle could be damaged while being towed.
To prevent body damage when towing with a sling-type truck
Do not tow with a sling-type truck, either from the front or rear.
Recreational towing (behind motor home, etc.)
Never dinghy tow your vehicle to prevent
causing serious damage to the Dynamic
Torque Control AWD system (AWD mod-
els) and transmission. (P. 224)
561
8-2. Steps to take in an emergency
8
When trouble arises
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Fluid leaks under the vehicle.
(Water dripping from the air conditioning after use is normal.)
Flat-looking tires or uneven tire wear
Engine coolant temperature gauge needle continually points higher
than normal.
Changes in exhaust sound
Excessive tire squeal when cornering
Strange noises related to the suspension system
Pinging or other noises related to the engine
Engine missing, stumbling or running roughly
Appreciable loss of power
Vehicle pulls heavily to one side when braking
Vehicle pulls heavily to one side when driving on a level road
Loss of brake effectiveness, spongy feeling, pedal almost touches
the floor
If you think something is wrong
If you notice any of the following symptoms, your vehicle proba-
bly needs adjustment or repair. Contact your Toyota dealer as
soon as possible.
Visible symptoms
Audible symptoms
Operational symptoms
562
8-2. Steps to take in an emergency
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Follow the procedure below to restart the engine after the system is
activated.
Vehicles without a smart key system
Turn the engine switch to the “ACC” or “LOCK” position.
Restart the engine.
Vehicles with a smart key system
Turn the engine switch to ACCESSORY mode or turn it off.
Restart the engine.
Fuel pump shut off system
To minimize the risk of fuel leakage when the engine stalls or
when an airbag inflates upon collision, the fuel pump shut off
system stops the supply of fuel to the engine.
NOTICE
Before starting the engine
Inspect the ground under the vehicle.
If you find that fuel has leaked onto the ground, the fuel system has been
damaged and is in need of repair. Do not restart the engine.
1
2
1
2
563
8-2. Steps to take in an emergency
8
When trouble arises
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
If a warning light turns on or a warning
buzzer sounds
Calmly perform the following actions if any of the warning lights
comes on or flashes. If a light comes on or flashes, but then
goes off, this does not necessarily indicate a malfunction in the
system. However, if this continues to occur, have the vehicle
inspected by your Toyota dealer.
Warning light and warning buzzer list
Warning light Warning light/Details/Actions
(U.S.A.)
(Canada)
Brake system warning light (warning buzzer)*
1
Indicates that:
The brake fluid level is low; or
The brake system is malfunctioning
This light also comes on when the parking brake is not
released. If the light turns off after the parking brake is
fully released the system is operating normally.
Immediately stop the vehicle in a safe place and con-
tact your Toyota dealer. Continuing to drive the vehi-
cle may be dangerous.
Charging system warning light*
2
Indicates a malfunction in the vehicle’s charging system
Immediately stop the vehicle in a safe place and con-
tact your Toyota dealer.
Low engine oil pressure warning light (warning
buzzer)
*
2
Indicates that the engine oil pressure is too low.
Immediately stop the vehicle in a safe place and con-
tact your Toyota dealer.
(U.S.A.)
(Canada)
Malfunction indicator lamp
Indicates a malfunction in:
The electronic engine control system;
The electronic throttle control system; or
The electronic automatic transmission control system.
Have the vehicle inspected by your Toyota dealer
immediately.
564
8-2. Steps to take in an emergency
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
SRS warning light
Indicates a malfunction in:
The SRS airbag system;
The front passenger occupant classification system; or
The seat belt pretensioner system
Have the vehicle inspected by your Toyota dealer
immediately.
(U.S.A.)
(Canada)
ABS warning light
Indicates a malfunction in:
The ABS; or
The brake assist system
Have the vehicle inspected by your Toyota dealer
immediately.
Electric power steering system warning light (warning
buzzer)
Indicates a malfunction in the EPS (Electric Power Steer-
ing) system
Have the vehicle inspected by your Toyota dealer
immediately.
(Flashes)
Pre-collision system warning light*
3, 4
Indicates a malfunction in the PCS (Pre-Collision System)
The warning light will operate as follows, even when the
system is not malfunctioning:
The light will flash quickly when the system is operating.
(P. 306)
The light will turn on when the pre-collision system is
disabled. (P. 307)
The light will turn on when the VSC (Vehicle Stability
Control) system is disabled. (P. 301)
The light will flash when the system cannot temporarily
be used. (P. 583)
Have the vehicle inspected by your Toyota dealer
immediately.
Slip indicator
Indicates a malfunction in:
The VSC (Vehicle Stability Control) system;
The TRAC (Traction Control) system;
The hill-start assist control system; or
The downhill assist control system
*
4
The light will flash when the VSC or the TRAC system is
operating.
Have the vehicle inspected by your Toyota dealer
immediately.
Warning light Warning light/Details/Actions
565
8-2. Steps to take in an emergency
8
When trouble arises
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Open door warning light (warning buzzer)*
2, 5
Indicates that one or more of the doors, the back door or
the glass hatch
*
4
is not fully closed
Check that all the doors, the back door and the glass
hatch
*
4
are closed.
Low fuel level warning light
Indicates that remaining fuel is approximately 2.9 gal.
(10.7 L, 2.4 Imp. gal.) or less
Refuel the vehicle.
Seat belt reminder light (warning buzzer)*
6
Warns the driver and/or front passenger to fasten their
seat belts
Fasten the seat belt.
If the front passengers seat is occupied, the front
passengers seat belt also needs to be fastened to
make the warning light (warning buzzer) turn off.
Master warning light
A buzzer sounds and the warning light comes on and
flashes to indicate that the master warning system has
detected a malfunction.
P. 572
Tire pressure warning light
When the light comes on:
Low tire inflation pressure such as
Natural causes (P. 567)
Flat tire (P. 590)
Adjust the tire inflation pressure (including the
full-size spare tire) to the specified level.
The light will turn off after a few minutes. In case
the light does not turn off even if the tire inflation
pressure is adjusted, have the system checked by
your Toyota dealer.
When the light comes on after blinking for 1 minute:
Malfunction in the tire pressure warning system
(P. 568)
Have the system checked by your Toyota dealer.
Warning light Warning light/Details/Actions
566
8-2. Steps to take in an emergency
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
*
1
: Parking brake engaged warning buzzer:
P. 577
*
2
: Vehicles with monochrome display
*
3
: Vehicles with color display
*
4
: If equipped
*
5
: Open door warning buzzer:
P. 574
*
6
: Driver’s seat belt buzzer:
Vehicles without a smart key system: The driver’s seat belt buzzer sounds
to alert the driver that his or her seat belt is not fastened. Once the engine
switch is turned to the “ON” position, the buzzer sounds for 6 seconds. If
the vehicle reaches a speed of 12 mph (20 km/h), the buzzer sounds once.
If the seat belt is still unfastened after 25 seconds, the buzzer will sound
intermittently for 10 seconds. Then, if the seat belt is still unfastened, the
buzzer will sound in a different tone for 20 more seconds.
Vehicles with a smart key system: The driver’s seat belt buzzer sounds to
alert the driver that his or her seat belt is not fastened. Once the engine
switch is turned to IGNITION ON mode, the buzzer sounds for 6 seconds.
If the vehicle reaches a speed of 12 mph (20 km/h), the buzzer sounds
once. If the seat belt is still unfastened after 25 seconds, the buzzer will
sound intermittently for 10 seconds. Then, if the seat belt is still unfas-
tened, the buzzer will sound in a different tone for 20 more seconds.
Front passenger’s seat belt buzzer:
The front passenger’s seat belt buzzer sounds to alert the front passenger
that his or her seat belt is not fastened. The buzzer sounds once if the
vehicle reaches a speed of 12 mph (20 km/h). If the seat belt is still unfas-
tened after 25 seconds, the buzzer will sound intermittently for 10 seconds.
Then, if the seat belt is still unfastened, the buzzer will sound in a different
tone for 20 more seconds.
567
8-2. Steps to take in an emergency
8
When trouble arises
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
SRS warning light
This warning light system monitors the airbag sensor assembly, front impact
sensors, side impact sensors (front door), side impact sensors (rear), driver’s
seat position sensor, driver’s seat belt buckle switch, front passenger occu-
pant classification system (ECU and sensors), “AIR BAG ON” indicator light,
“AIR BAG OFF” indicator light, front passenger’s seat belt buckle switch,
driver’s seat belt pretensioner, front passenger’s seat belt pretensioner and
force limiter, airbags, interconnecting wiring and power sources. (P. 42)
Front passenger detection sensor, seat belt reminder and warning
buzzer
If luggage is placed on the front passenger seat, the front passenger detec-
tion sensor may cause the warning light to flash and the warning buzzer to
sound even if a passenger is not sitting in the seat.
If the malfunction indicator lamp comes on while driving
First check the following:
Is the fuel tank empty?
If it is, fill the fuel tank immediately.
Is the fuel tank cap loose?
If it is, tighten it securely.
The light will go off after several driving trips.
If the light does not go off even after several trips, contact your Toyota dealer
as soon as possible.
Electric power steering system warning light (warning buzzer)
When the battery charge becomes insufficient or the voltage temporarily
drops, the electric power steering system warning light may come on and the
warning buzzer may sound.
When the tire pressure warning light comes on
Check the tire inflation pressure and adjust to the appropriate level. Push-
ing the tire pressure warning reset switch will not turn off the tire pressure
warning light.
The tire pressure warning light may come on due to natural causes
The tire pressure warning light may come on due to natural causes such
as natural air leaks and tire inflation pressure changes caused by temper-
ature. In this case, adjusting the tire inflation pressure will turn off the
warning light (after a few minutes).
568
8-2. Steps to take in an emergency
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
When a tire is replaced with a spare tire
Vehicles with a compact spare tire
The compact spare tire is not equipped with a tire pressure warning valve
and transmitter. If a tire goes flat, the tire pressure warning light will not
turn off even though the flat tire has been replaced with the spare tire.
Replace the spare tire with the repaired tire and adjust the tire inflation
pressure. The tire pressure warning light will go off after a few minutes.
Vehicles with a full-size spare tire
The spare tire is also equipped with the tire pressure warning valve and
transmitter. The tire pressure warning light will turn on if the tire inflation
pressure of the spare tire is low. If a tire goes flat, even though the flat tire
is replaced with the spare tire, the tire pressure warning light does not
turn off. Replace the spare tire with the repaired tire and adjust to the
proper tire inflation pressure. The tire pressure warning light will turn off
after a few minutes.
Conditions that the tire pressure warning system may not function
properly
P. 520
If the tire pressure warning light frequently comes on after blinking
for 1 minute
If the tire pressure warning light frequently comes on after blinking for 1
minute when the engine switch is turned on, have it checked by your
Toyota dealer.
Customization that can be configured at Toyota dealer
The vehicle speed linked seat belt reminder buzzer can be disabled.
(Customizable features P. 670) However, Toyota recommends that the seat
belt reminder buzzer be operational to alert the driver and front passenger
when seat belts are not fastened.
Warning buzzer
In some cases, the buzzer may not be heard because of noisy place or an
audio sound.
569
8-2. Steps to take in an emergency
8
When trouble arises
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
WARNING
If both the ABS and the brake system warning lights remain on
Stop your vehicle in a safe place immediately and contact your Toyota
dealer. The vehicle will become extremely unstable during braking, and the
ABS system may fail, which could cause an accident resulting in death or
serious injury.
When the electric power steering system warning light comes on
The steering wheel may become extremely heavy.
If the steering wheel becomes heavier than usual when operating, hold
firmly and operate using more force than usual.
If the tire pressure warning light comes on
Be sure to observe the following precautions. Failure to do so could
cause a loss of vehicle control and result in death or serious injury.
Stop your vehicle in a safe place as soon as possible. Adjust the tire
inflation pressure immediately.
If the tire pressure warning light comes on even after tire inflation pres-
sure adjustment, it is probable that you have a flat tire. Check the tires.
If a tire is flat, change it with the spare tire and have the flat tire
repaired by the nearest Toyota dealer.
Avoid abrupt maneuvering and braking. If the vehicle tires deteriorate,
you could lose control of the steering wheel or the brakes.
If a blowout or sudden air leakage should occur
The tire pressure warning system may not activate immediately.
570
8-2. Steps to take in an emergency
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
WARNING
Maintenance of the tires
Each tire, including the spare (if provided), should be checked monthly
when cold and inflated to the inflation pressure recommended by the
vehicle manufacturer on the vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure
label (tire and load information label). (If your vehicle has tires of a dif-
ferent size than the size indicated on the vehicle placard or tire inflation
pressure label [tire and load information label], you should determine
the proper tire inflation pressure for those tires.)
As an added safety feature, your vehicle has been equipped with a tire
pressure monitoring system (TPMS-tire pressure warning system) that
illuminates a low tire pressure telltale (tire pressure warning light) when
one or more of your tires is significantly under-inflated. Accordingly,
when the low tire pressure telltale (tire pressure warning light) illumi-
nates, you should stop and check your tires as soon as possible, and
inflate them to the proper pressure. Driving on a significantly under-
inflated tire causes the tire to overheat and can lead to tire failure.
Under-inflation also reduces fuel efficiency and tire tread life, and may
affect the vehicle’s handling and stopping ability.
Please note that the TPMS (tire pressure warning system) is not a sub-
stitute for proper tire maintenance, and it is the driver’s responsibility to
maintain correct tire pressure, even if under-inflation has not reached
the level to trigger illumination of the TPMS low tire pressure telltale (tire
pressure warning light).
Your vehicle has also been equipped with a TPMS (tire pressure warn-
ing system) malfunction indicator to indicate when the system is not
operating properly. The TPMS (tire pressure warning system) malfunc-
tion indicator is combined with the low tire pressure telltale (tire pressure
warning light). When the system detects a malfunction, the telltale will
flash for approximately one minute and then remain continuously illumi-
nated. This sequence will continue upon subsequent vehicle start-ups
as long as the malfunction exists. When the malfunction indicator is illu-
minated, the system may not be able to detect or signal low tire pres-
sure as intended.
TPMS (tire pressure warning system) malfunctions may occur for a vari-
ety of reasons, including the installation of replacement or alternate tires
or wheels on the vehicle that prevent the TPMS (tire pressure warning
system) from functioning properly. Always check the TPMS (tire pres-
sure warning system) malfunction telltale after replacing one or more
tires or wheels on your vehicle to ensure that the replacement or alter-
nate tires and wheels allow the TPMS (tire pressure warning system) to
continue to function properly.
571
8-2. Steps to take in an emergency
8
When trouble arises
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
NOTICE
To ensure the tire pressure warning system operates properly
(vehicles with a tire pressure warning system)
Do not install tires with different specifications or makers, as the tire
pressure warning system may not operate properly.
572
8-2. Steps to take in an emergency
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Master warning light
The master warning light also
comes on or flashes in order to
indicate that a message is cur-
rently being displayed on the multi-
information display.
Multi-information display
If any of the warning message or indicator comes on again after the
following actions have been performed, contact your Toyota dealer.
If a warning message is displayed
If a warning message is shown on the multi-information display,
stay calm and perform the following actions:
1
2
573
8-2. Steps to take in an emergency
8
When trouble arises
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Warning message and warning buzzer list
Warning message Details/Actions
Color display only
(If equipped)
Indicates that:
There is a high possibility of a frontal collision;
or
The pre-collision braking function is operating
A buzzer also sounds.
Slow the vehicle by applying the brakes.
Indicates that the engine was stopped with the
shift lever not in P
A buzzer also sounds.
Shift the shift lever to P.
Indicates that the engine was stopped while driv-
ing
A buzzer also sounds.
Stop the vehicle in a safe place such as the
shoulder of a road.
Color display only
(If equipped)
Indicates that your vehicle is nearing the vehicle
ahead (in vehicle-to-vehicle distance mode)
A buzzer also sounds.
Slow the vehicle by applying the brakes.
(Flashes)
(Flashes)
(Flashes)
574
8-2. Steps to take in an emergency
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Monochrome display
Color display
(If equipped)
Alerts the driver that the vehicle has deviated
from the lane (while the LDA [Lane Departure
Alert] system is operating)
The lane line on the side the vehicle has devi-
ated from flashes.
The warning buzzer sounds continuously.
Check around the vehicle and back to
inside of the lane lines.
Monochrome display
Color display
Indicates that one or more of the doors is not fully
closed
The system also indicates which doors are not
fully closed.
If the vehicle reaches a speed of 3 mph (5 km/
h), flashes and a buzzer sounds to indi-
cate that the door(s) are not yet fully closed.
Make sure that all the doors are closed.
Warning message Details/Actions
575
8-2. Steps to take in an emergency
8
When trouble arises
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Monochrome display
Color display
Indicates that the hood is not fully closed
If the vehicle reaches a speed of 3 mph (5 km/
h), flashes and a buzzer sounds to indi-
cate that the hood is not yet fully closed.
Close the hood.
Monochrome display
Color display
Indicates that the back door is not fully closed
If the vehicle reaches a speed of 3 mph (5 km/
h), flashes and a buzzer sounds to indi-
cate that the back door is not yet fully closed.
Close the back door.
Warning message Details/Actions
576
8-2. Steps to take in an emergency
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Monochrome display
Color display
(If equipped)
Indicates that the glass hatch is not fully closed
If the vehicle reaches a speed of 3 mph (5 km/
h), flashes and a buzzer sounds to indi-
cate that the glass hatch is not yet fully closed.
Close the glass hatch.
Monochrome display
Color display
(If equipped)
Indicates a malfunction in the intuitive parking
assist-sensor
The assist-sensors flash.
A buzzer also sounds.
Have the vehicle inspected by your Toyota
dealer.
Warning message Details/Actions
577
8-2. Steps to take in an emergency
8
When trouble arises
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Monochrome display
Color display
(If equipped)
Indicates that an intuitive parking assist-sensor is
dirty or covered with ice
A buzzer also sounds.
Clean the sensor.
Indicates a malfunction in the EPS (Electric
Power Steering) system
A buzzer also sounds.
Have the vehicle inspected by your Toyota
dealer.
Indicates that the vehicle is being driven at 3 mph (5
km/h) or more with the parking brake still engaged
A buzzer also sounds.
Release the parking brake.
Warning message Details/Actions
(U.S.A.) (Canada) (Flashes)
578
8-2. Steps to take in an emergency
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Color display only
Indicates that the engine coolant temperature is
too high
A buzzer also sounds.
P. 626
Color display only
Indicates a malfunction in the vehicle’s charging
system.
Immediately stop the vehicle in a safe place
and contact your Toyota dealer. Continuing
to drive the vehicle may be dangerous.
Color display only
(If equipped)
Indicates that the radar sensor is dirty or covered
with ice
A buzzer also sounds.
Clean the sensor.
Color display only
(If equipped)
Indicates that the dynamic radar cruise control
system is unable to judge vehicle-to-vehicle dis-
tance
A buzzer also sounds.
Turn off snow mode.
If the windshield wipers are on, turn them
off or set them to a mode other than high
speed wiper operation.
(If equipped)
Indicates that the LDA (Lane Departure Alert)
system is suspended (The camera sensor tem-
perature is higher than the operation temperature
range)
A buzzer also sounds.
Restart the LDA after driving for a while.
(If equipped)
Indicates that a Blind Spot Monitor sensor or the
surrounding area on the bumper is dirty or cov-
ered with ice
A buzzer also sounds.
Clean the sensor and its surrounding area
on the bumper.
Warning message Details/Actions
579
8-2. Steps to take in an emergency
8
When trouble arises
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
(If equipped)
Indicates a malfunction in:
The cruise control system; or
The dynamic radar cruise control system
Press the “ON-OFF” button once to deactivate
the system, and then press the button again to
reactivate the system.
A buzzer also sounds.
Have the vehicle inspected by your Toyota
dealer.
(If equipped)
Indicates a malfunction in the LDA (Lane Depar-
ture Alert) system
A buzzer also sounds.
Have the vehicle inspected by your Toyota
dealer.
Color display only
(If equipped)
Indicates a malfunction in the PCS (Pre-Collision
system)
A buzzer also sounds.
Have the vehicle inspected by your Toyota
dealer.
(If equipped)
Indicates a malfunction in the BSM (Blind Spot
Monitor) system
A buzzer also sounds.
Have the vehicle inspected by your Toyota
dealer.
Color display only
Indicates abnormal engine oil pressure
A buzzer also sounds.
Immediately stop the vehicle in a safe place
and contact your Toyota dealer.
Indicates that the automatic transmission fluid
temperature is too high
A buzzer also sounds.
Have the vehicle inspected by your Toyota
dealer.
Warning message Details/Actions
(Flashes)
580
8-2. Steps to take in an emergency
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
(AWD models)
Indicates a malfunction in the AWD system
A buzzer also sounds.
Have the vehicle inspected by your Toyota
dealer.
(If equipped)
Indicates that the LDA (Lane Departure Alert)
system cannot be used because the vehicle
speed is lower than approximately 32 mph (50
km/h)
Drive the vehicle at 32 mph (50 km/h) or
higher.
Indicates that the engine was stopped while driv-
ing
A buzzer also sounds.
Operate the steering wheel with more force
than usual.
Indicates that the engine switch is turned off or
turned to ACCESSORY mode and the driver’s
door is opened while the lights are turned on
A buzzer also sounds.
Turn the lights off.
(If equipped)
Indicates that the moon roof or panoramic moon
roof is not fully closed (with the engine switch off,
and the driver’s door open)
A buzzer also sounds.
Close the moon roof or panoramic moon
roof.
(AWD models)
Indicates that the AWD system is not currently
functional
A buzzer also sounds.
Reduce vehicle speed or stop the vehicle in
a safe place until the warnings clear. In this
case, do not stop the engine.
Warning message Details/Actions
(Flashes)
(Flashes)
(Flashes)
581
8-2. Steps to take in an emergency
8
When trouble arises
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
(AWD models)
Indicates the AWD system has overheated
Immediately stop the vehicle in a safe place
and contact your Toyota dealer.
Monochrome display
Color display
Indicates a malfunction in the brake override sys-
tem
A buzzer also sounds.
Have the vehicle inspected by your Toyota
dealer.
(If equipped)
Indicates a malfunction in the Automatic High
Beam system
A buzzer also sounds.
Have the vehicle inspected by your Toyota
dealer.
Warning message Details/Actions
(Flashes)
582
8-2. Steps to take in an emergency
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Monochrome display
Color display
Indicates that the accelerator and brake pedal
are being depressed simultaneously
Release the accelerator or brake pedal.
Indicates that the washer fluid level is low
Add washer fluid.
Indicates that remaining fuel is approximately 2.9
gal. (10.7 L, 2.4 Imp. gal.) or less
Refuel the vehicle.
Indicates that the TRAC (Traction Control) sys-
tem has been deactivated
Turn the TRAC on. (P. 301)
(U.S.A. only)
Indicates that all maintenance according to the
driven distance on the maintenance schedule*
should be performed soon.
Comes on approximately 4500 miles (7200 km)
after the maintenance data has been reset.
If necessary, perform maintenance.
(U.S.A. only)
Indicates that all maintenance is required to cor-
respond to the driven distance on the mainte-
nance schedule*.
Comes on approximately 5000 miles (8000 km)
after the maintenance data has been reset.
(The indicator will not work properly unless the
maintenance data has been reset.)
Perform the necessary maintenance.
Please reset the maintenance data after the
maintenance is performed (P. 491)
Warning message Details/Actions
(Flashes)
583
8-2. Steps to take in an emergency
8
When trouble arises
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
*: Refer to the separate “Scheduled Maintenance Guide” or “Owner’s Manual
Supplement” for the maintenance interval applicable to your vehicle.
(If equipped)
Indicates that the Automatic High Beam switch is
pressed while the headlights are in low beam.
Turn the high beam on and press the Auto-
matic High Beam switch again.
Color display only
(If equipped)
Indicates that, since the VSC (Vehicle Stability
Control) system was turned off, the pre-collision
brake system operation is stopped
Turn the VSC on. (P. 301)
Color display only
(If equipped)
Indicates that the PCS (Pre-collision system) is
not currently functional because the grille cover
or the sensor is dirty
Check the grille cover and the sensor and
clean them if they are dirty.
Warning message Details/Actions
(Flashes)
584
8-2. Steps to take in an emergency
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Messages displays
The message illustrations used are intended as examples, and may differ
from the image that is actually displayed on the multi-information display.
Warning message in dynamic radar cruise control mode (if equipped)
In the following situations, the warning message may not be displayed even if
vehicle-to-vehicle distance decreases:
When your vehicle and the vehicle ahead are traveling at the same speed or
the vehicle ahead is traveling more quickly than your vehicle
When the vehicle ahead is traveling at a very low speed
Immediately after cruise control speed is set
At the instant the accelerator pedal is depressed
The LDA (Lane Departure Alert) lane departure warning function (if
equipped)
In the following situations, a warning message will not be displayed even if a
lane line is crossed.
When the vehicle speed deviates from the operating range of the LDA sys-
tem functions
When the lane lines cannot be recognized
Conditions that the tire pressure warning system may not function prop-
erly
P. 491
Warning buzzer
P. 568
585
8-2. Steps to take in an emergency
8
When trouble arises
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
After taking the specified steps to correct the suspected problem,
check that the warning message and light go off.
Have the malfunction repaired immediately. (vehicles with a
smart key system)
Interior
buzzer
Exterior
buzzer
Warning message Details/Actions
Con-
tinu-
ous
The driver’s door was opened
when the shift lever was not in
P and the engine switch was
not turned off.
Shift the shift lever to P.
Con-
tinu-
ous
Contin-
uous
The driver’s door was opened
and closed while the electronic
key was not in the vehicle, the
shift lever was not in P and the
engine switch was not turned
off.
Shift the shift lever to P.
Bring the electronic key
back into the vehicle.
Once
Contin-
uous
An attempt was made to exit
the vehicle with the electronic
key and lock the doors without
first turning the engine switch
off when the shift lever was in P.
Turn the engine switch off
and lock the doors again.
(Flashes)
(Displayed alternately)
(Flashes)
(Displayed alternately)
(Flashes)
586
8-2. Steps to take in an emergency
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Once
3 times
The driver’s door was opened
and closed while the electronic
key was not in the vehicle, the
shift lever was in P and the
engine switch was not turned
off.
Turn the engine switch off.
Bring the electronic key
back into the vehicle.
The electronic key was carried
outside the vehicle and a door
other than the driver’s door was
opened and closed while the
engine switch was in a mode
other than off.
Bring the electronic key
back into the vehicle.
Once
The electronic key is not
detected when an attempt is
made to start the engine.
Start the engine with the
electronic key present.
9
times
An attempt was made to drive
when the electronic key was not
inside the vehicle.
Confirm that the elec-
tronic key is inside the
vehicle.
Contin-
uous
An attempt was made to lock
the doors using the smart key
system while the electronic key
was still inside the vehicle.
Retrieve the electronic key
from the vehicle and lock
the doors again.
Interior
buzzer
Exterior
buzzer
Warning message Details/Actions
(Flashes)
(Flashes)
(Flashes)
(Flashes)
587
8-2. Steps to take in an emergency
8
When trouble arises
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Once
Contin-
uous
An attempt was made to lock
either front door by opening a
door and putting the inside lock
button into the lock position,
then closing the door with the
electronic key still inside the
vehicle.
Retrieve the electronic key
from the vehicle and lock
the doors again.
Once
The electronic key has a low
battery.
Replace the electronic key
battery. (P. 532)
Once
The steering lock could not be
released within 3 seconds of
the engine switch being
pressed.
Press the engine switch
while depressing the brake
pedal and moving the
steering wheel left and
right.
Once
Indicates a malfunction in the
smart key system
Have the vehicle inspected
by your Toyota dealer.
Interior
buzzer
Exterior
buzzer
Warning message Details/Actions
(Flashes)
(Flashes)
(Flashes)
588
8-2. Steps to take in an emergency
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Once
When the doors were
unlocked with the mechanical
key and then the engine
switch was pressed, the elec-
tronic key could not be
detected in the vehicle.
The electronic key could not
be detected in the vehicle
even after the engine switch
was pressed two consecu-
tive times.
Touch the electronic key to
the engine switch while
depressing the brake
pedal.
Once
Monochrome display
Color display
During a engine starting proce-
dure in the event that the elec-
tronic key was not functioning
properly (P. 618), the engine
switch was touched with the
electronic key.
Press the engine switch
within 10 seconds of the
buzzer sounding.
Monochrome display
Color display
Indicates that:
With the engine switch off,
the doors were unlocked and
then the driver’s door was
opened and closed
The engine switch was turned
to ACCESSORY mode with-
out starting the engine
The shift lever was shifted to
P from another position with
the engine switch in ON
mode.
Press the engine switch
while depressing the brake
pedal.
Interior
buzzer
Exterior
buzzer
Warning message Details/Actions
(Flashes)
589
8-2. Steps to take in an emergency
8
When trouble arises
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
*: The engine may not be restarted depending on the vehicle condition.
Messages displays
The message illustrations used are intended as examples, and may differ
from the image that is actually displayed on the multi-information display.
Warning buzzer
P. 568
Once
The engine switch has been
turned off with the shift lever in
a position other than P.
Shift the shift lever to P.
Once
After the engine switch has
been turned off with the shift
lever in a position other than P,
the shift lever has been shifted
to P.
Turn the engine switch off.
Con-
tinu-
ous
Indicates that the engine was
stopped in an emergency while
driving
To restart the engine, shift
the shift lever to N and turn
the engine switch to ON
mode.
*
Once
Indicates that the engine switch
has been pressed while driving
Except when emergency
stopping of the vehicle is
needed, immediately
release the engine switch.
Interior
buzzer
Exterior
buzzer
Warning message Details/Actions
(Flashes)
(Flashes)
(Flashes)
(Flashes)
590
8-2. Steps to take in an emergency
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Stop the vehicle on a hard, flat surface.
Set the parking brake.
Shift the shift lever to P.
Stop the engine.
Turn on the emergency flashers. (P. 554)
If you have a flat tire
Your vehicle is equipped with a spare tire. The flat tire can be
replaced with the spare tire.
For details about tires: P. 515
WARNING
If you have a flat tire
Do not continue driving with a flat tire.
Driving even a short distance with a flat tire can damage the tire and the
wheel beyond repair, which could result in an accident.
Before jacking up the vehicle
591
8-2. Steps to take in an emergency
8
When trouble arises
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Location of the spare tire, jack and tools
Spare tire
Jack handles
Wheel nut wrench
Jack
Adapter socket
1
2
3
4
5
592
8-2. Steps to take in an emergency
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
WARNING
Using the tire jack
Observe the following precautions.
Improper use of the tire jack may cause the vehicle to suddenly fall off
the jack, leading to death or serious injury.
Do not use the tire jack for any purpose other than replacing tires or
installing and removing tire chains.
Only use the tire jack that comes with this vehicle for replacing a flat
tire.
Do not use it on other vehicles, and do not use other tire jacks for
replacing tires on this vehicle.
Put the jack properly in its jack point.
Do not put any part of your body under the vehicle while it is supported
by the jack.
Do not start the engine or drive the vehicle while the vehicle is sup-
ported by the jack.
Do not raise the vehicle while someone is inside.
When raising the vehicle, do not put an object on or under the jack.
Do not raise the vehicle to a height greater than that required to
replace the tire.
Use a jack stand if it is necessary to get under the vehicle.
When lowering the vehicle, make sure that there is no-one near the
vehicle. If there are people nearby, warn them vocally before lowering.
593
8-2. Steps to take in an emergency
8
When trouble arises
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Pull the strap upwards to open
the center deck board.
To secure the center deck
board, remove the hook on the
backside of the center deck
board and attach the hook to
the head restraint on the third
seats as shown.
Remove the jack cover.
Remove the jack after removing
the hook.
Taking out the jack
1
2
3
4
594
8-2. Steps to take in an emergency
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Pull the strap upwards to open
the center deck board.
To secure the center deck
board, remove the hook on the
backside of the center deck
board and attach the hook to
the head restraint on the third
seats as shown.
Remove the mat.
Remove the cover.
If it is difficult to remove the
cover, you can use your key.
Taking out the spare tire
1
2
3
4
595
8-2. Steps to take in an emergency
8
When trouble arises
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Attach the adapter socket to the
spare tire clamp bolt.
Assembling the jack handle.
Remove the jack handle and
assemble it by following these
steps.
Loosen the screw.
Assemble the jack handle
and tighten the screw.
Check that the screw is firmly
tightened.
Connect the jack handle to the
adapter socket. Turn the jack
handle counterclockwise.
The tire will be lowered com-
pletely to the ground.
Turn the jack handle slowly to
lower the spare tire. If the handle
is turned quickly, the wire cable
may slip off of the shaft inside the
unit and the tire may not be low-
ered.
If the spare tire cannot be lowered: P. 602
5
6
1
2
7
596
8-2. Steps to take in an emergency
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Pull out the spare tire and stand
it against the bumper.
With a compact spare tire
With a full-size spare tire
8
597
8-2. Steps to take in an emergency
8
When trouble arises
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Vehicles with a compact spare tire
Fully depress the secondary
latch (A) and remove the hold-
ing bracket (B) from the hoist
assembly (C).
Tilt the bracket (B) and pass it
through the wheel opening.
Then remove the hoist assem-
bly (C).
9
10
598
8-2. Steps to take in an emergency
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Vehicles with a full-size spare tire
Remove the inside spare tire
cover.
Fully depress the secondary
latch (A) and remove the hold-
ing bracket (B) from the hoist
assembly (C).
Tilt the holding bracket (B) so
that it can easily be passed
through the wheel opening.
After passing the holding
bracket through the wheel
opening, remove the hoist
assembly (C).
9
10
11
599
8-2. Steps to take in an emergency
8
When trouble arises
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Remove the outside spare tire
cover.
12
600
8-2. Steps to take in an emergency
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Chock the tires.
Slightly loosen the wheel nuts
(one turn).
Turn the tire jack portion “A” by
hand until the notch of the jack
is in contact with the jack point.
The jack point guides are located
under the rocker panel. They
indicate the jack point positions.
Replacing a flat tire
1
Flat tire Wheel chock positions
Front
Left-hand side Behind the rear right-hand side tire
Right-hand side Behind the rear left-hand side tire
Rear
Left-hand side In front of the front right-hand side tire
Right-hand side In front of the front left-hand side tire
2
3
601
8-2. Steps to take in an emergency
8
When trouble arises
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Raise the vehicle until the tire is
slightly raised off the ground.
Remove all the wheel nuts and
the tire.
When resting the tire on the
ground, place the tire so that the
wheel design faces up to avoid
scratching the wheel surface.
4
5
602
8-2. Steps to take in an emergency
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
If the spare tire cannot be lowered
If the spare tire cannot be lowered, it may not have been stowed properly.
Perform the following procedure:
If the spare tire still cannot be lowered, the wire cable may be severed.
Have the vehicle inspected by your Toyota dealer.
Fully tighten the spare tire clamp bolt
by turning the jack handle clockwise
until two clicks are heard and the jack
handle skips.
Turn the jack handle counterclock-
wise to lower the spare tire.
If the spare tire still cannot be low-
ered, attempt to fully tighten the spare
tire clamp bolt again by turning the
jack handle clockwise. Then turn it
counterclockwise at least 2 turns to
lower the spare tire.
1
2
603
8-2. Steps to take in an emergency
8
When trouble arises
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
WARNING
Replacing a flat tire
Do not touch the disc wheels or the area around the brakes immedi-
ately after the vehicle has been driven.
After the vehicle has been driven the disc wheels and the area around
the brakes will be extremely hot. Touching these areas with hands, feet
or other body parts while changing a tire, etc. may result in burns.
Failure to follow these precautions could cause the wheel nuts to
loosen and the tire to fall off, resulting in death or serious injury.
Have the wheel nuts tightened with a torque wrench to 76 ft•lbf (103
N•m, 10.5 kgf•m) as soon as possible after changing wheels.
Do not attach a heavily damaged wheel ornament, as it may fly off
the wheel while the vehicle is moving.
When installing a tire, only use wheel nuts that have been specifi-
cally designed for that wheel.
If there are any cracks or deformations in the bolt screws, nut
threads or bolt holes of the wheel, have the vehicle inspected by
your Toyota dealer.
When installing the wheel nuts, be sure to install them with the
tapered ends facing inward. (P. 529)
Observe the following precautions.
Failure to do so may result in serious injury:
Do not try to remove the wheel ornament by hand. Take due care in
handling the ornament to avoid unexpected personal injury.
Lower the spare tire completely to the ground before removing it
from under the vehicle.
604
8-2. Steps to take in an emergency
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Remove any dirt or foreign mat-
ter from the wheel contact sur-
face.
If foreign matter is on the wheel
contact surface, the wheel nuts
may loosen while the vehicle is in
motion, causing the tire to come
off.
Install the spare tire and loosely tighten each wheel nut by hand by
approximately the same amount.
Vehicles with a compact spare tire
Tighten the nuts until the
tapered portion comes into
loose contact with the disc
wheel seat.
Vehicles with a full-size spare tire
Turn the nuts until the washers
come into contact with the
wheel.
Installing the spare tire
1
2
Disc
wheel
seat
Tapered portion
Washer
Disc wheel
605
8-2. Steps to take in an emergency
8
When trouble arises
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Lower the vehicle.
Firmly tighten each wheel nut
two or three times in the order
shown in the illustration.
Tightening torque:
76 ft•lbf (103 N•m, 10.5 kgf•m)
3
4
606
8-2. Steps to take in an emergency
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Remove the center wheel ornament by pushing from the reverse
side.
Be careful not to lose the wheel ornament.
Stand the tire against the
bumper with the inner surface
facing toward you. Pass the
hoist assembly (C) and holding
bracket (B) through the wheel
opening.
Fully depress the secondary
latch (A) and install the bracket
(B) to the hoist assembly (C).
Stowing the flat tire, jack and all tools (with a compact spare tire)
1
2
3
607
8-2. Steps to take in an emergency
8
When trouble arises
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Lay the tire on the ground with
the outer surface (valve stem)
facing up.
Before raising the tire, make
sure that the hoist assembly is
perpendicular to the wheel
opening. (Try to place the tire
directly beneath the vehicle,
near where the wire cable is
hanging from.)
Using the jack handle and adapter socket, tighten the tire clamp
bolt by turning it clockwise until the tire is in the correct position and
two clicks are heard as the jack handle skips.
Stow the jack and all tools.
4
Valve stem
5
6
7
608
8-2. Steps to take in an emergency
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Remove the center wheel ornament by pushing from the reverse
side.
Be careful not to lose the wheel ornament.
Stand the tire against the
bumper with the inner surface
facing toward you and install
the outside spare tire cover.
Pass the hoist assembly (C)
and holding bracket (B) through
the wheel opening.
Fully depress the secondary
latch (A) and install the bracket
(B) to the hoist assembly (C).
Stowing the flat tire, jack and all tools (with a full-size spare tire)
1
2
3
4
609
8-2. Steps to take in an emergency
8
When trouble arises
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Lay the tire on the ground with
the outer surface (valve stem)
facing up.
When stowing the tire, make
sure that the hoist assembly is
placed perpendicular to the
wheel opening.
Using the jack handle and adapter socket, tighten the spare tire
clamp bolt by turning it clockwise until the tire is in the correct posi-
tion and two clicks are heard as the jack handle skips.
Install the inside spare tire
cover to the outside spare tire
cover.
Stow the jack and all tools.
5
Valve stem
6
7
8
9
610
8-2. Steps to take in an emergency
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
The compact spare tire (vehicles with a compact spare tire)
The compact spare tire is identified by the label “TEMPORARY USE
ONLY” on the tire sidewall.
Use the compact spare tire temporarily, and only in an emergency.
Make sure to check the tire inflation pressure of the compact spare tire.
(P. 642)
When the compact spare tire is installed (vehicles with a compact
spare tire)
The vehicle is lower when the compact spare tire is installed compared to
when standard tires are installed.
When using the compact spare tire (vehicles with a tire pressure
warning system)
As the compact spare tire is not equipped with a tire pressure warning
valve and transmitter, low inflation pressure of the spare tire will not be
indicated by the tire pressure warning system. Also, if you replace the
compact spare tire after the tire pressure warning light comes on, the light
remains on.
If you have a flat front tire on a road covered with snow or ice (vehi-
cles with a compact spare tire)
Install the compact spare tire on one of the rear wheels of the vehicle.
Perform the following steps and fit tire chains to the front tires:
Replace a rear tire with the compact spare tire.
Replace the flat front tire with the tire removed from the rear of the vehi-
cle.
Fit tire chains to the front tires.
1
2
3
611
8-2. Steps to take in an emergency
8
When trouble arises
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
WARNING
When using the compact spare tire (vehicles with a compact spare
tire)
Remember that the compact spare tire provided is specifically
designed for use with your vehicle. Do not use your compact spare tire
on another vehicle.
Do not use more than one compact spare tires simultaneously.
Replace the compact spare tire with a standard tire as soon as possi-
ble.
Avoid sudden acceleration, abrupt steering, sudden braking and shift-
ing operations that cause sudden engine braking.
When the compact spare tire is attached (vehicles with a compact
spare tire)
The vehicle speed may not be correctly detected, and the following sys-
tems may not operate correctly:
Also, not only can the following system not be utilized fully, but it may
even negatively affect the drive-train components:
AWD system (if equipped)
ABS & Brake assist
VSC
•TRAC
Cruise control (if equipped)
Dynamic radar cruise control
(if equipped)
Pre-Collision System
(if equipped)
EPS
Automatic High Beam (if
equipped)
LDA (Lane Departure Alert)
(if equipped)
Intuitive parking assist (if
equipped)
Navigation system (if equipped)
612
8-2. Steps to take in an emergency
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
WARNING
Speed limit when using the compact spare tire (vehicles with a
compact spare tire)
Do not drive at speeds in excess of 50 mph (80 km/h) when a compact
spare tire is installed on the vehicle.
The compact spare tire is not designed for driving at high speeds. Fail-
ure to observe this precaution may lead to an accident causing death or
serious injury.
Replacing a flat tire for vehicles with power back door
In cases such as when replacing tires, make sure to turn off the power
back door main switch (P. 132). Failure to do so may cause the back
door to operate unintentionally if the power back door switch is acciden-
tally touched, resulting in hands and fingers being caught and injured.
After using the tools and jack
Before driving, make sure all the tools and jack are securely in place in
their storage location to reduce the possibility of personal injury during a
collision or sudden braking.
613
8-2. Steps to take in an emergency
8
When trouble arises
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
NOTICE
Be careful when driving over bumps with the compact spare tire
installed on the vehicle.
The vehicle becomes lower when driving with the compact spare tire
compared to when driving with standard tires. Be careful when driving
over uneven road surfaces.
Driving with tire chains and the compact spare tire
Do not fit tire chains to the compact spare tire.
Tire chains may damage the vehicle body and adversely affect driving
performance.
When replacing the tires (vehicles with a tire pressure warning sys-
tem)
When removing or fitting the wheels, tires or the tire pressure warning
valve and transmitter, contact your Toyota dealer as the tire pressure
warning valve and transmitter may be damaged if not handled correctly.
To avoid damage to the tire pressure warning valves and transmit-
ters (vehicles with a tire pressure warning system)
When a tire is repaired with liquid sealants, the tire pressure warning
valve and transmitter may not operate properly. If a liquid sealant is
used, contact your Toyota dealer or other qualified service shop as soon
as possible. Make sure to replace the tire pressure warning valve and
transmitter when replacing the tire. (P. 516)
When stowing the flat tire
Ensure that there is no object caught between the tire and the vehicle
underbody.
Securely tighten the spare tire clamp bolt to hold the spare wheel car-
rier by the hook.
Stow the flat tire in the spare tire location. Failure to do so may cause
damage to the spare tire carrier. Proper storage reduces the possibility
of injury in a collision or during sudden braking.
Have the flat tire repaired and the spare tire replaced with it as soon as
possible.
614
8-2. Steps to take in an emergency
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
NOTICE
Proper storage of the spare tire
Do not attempt to turn the spare tire clamp bolt without a tire on the
hoist assembly, as doing so may cause the wire cable to slip off of the
shaft inside the unit and the wire cable may not be able to be raised or
lowered. If the spare tire clamp bolt has been turned without a tire on
the hoist assembly and the wire cable cannot be raised or lowered,
contact your Toyota dealer.
If the hoist assembly is slanted when
stowing a tire, the hoist assembly may
become stuck in the wheel opening
and the tire may not be raised prop-
erly, causing damage to the wheel or
the wire cable.
615
8-2. Steps to take in an emergency
8
When trouble arises
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
One of the following may be the cause of the problem:
There may not be sufficient fuel in the vehicle’s tank.
Refuel the vehicle.
The engine may be flooded.
Try to restart the engine again following correct starting procedures.
(P. 225, 228)
There may be a malfunction in the engine immobilizer system.
(P. 80)
One of the following may be the cause of the problem:
The battery may be discharged. (P. 621)
The battery terminal connections may be loose or corroded.
The engine starting system may be malfunctioning due to an electrical
problem such as electronic key battery depletion or a blown fuse.
However, an interim measure is available to start the engine.
(P. 615)
If the engine will not start
If the engine will not start even though correct starting proce-
dures are being followed (P. 225, 228), consider each of the fol-
lowing points:
The engine will not start even though the starter motor operates
normally.
The starter motor turns over slowly, the interior lights and head-
lights are dim, or the horn does not sound or sounds at a low
volume.
The starter motor does not turn over (vehicles with a smart key
system)
616
8-2. Steps to take in an emergency
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
One of the following may be the cause of the problem:
One or both of the battery terminals may be disconnected.
The battery may be discharged. (P. 621)
There may be a malfunction in the steering lock system.
Contact your Toyota dealer if the problem cannot be repaired, or if repair
procedures are unknown.
When the engine does not start, the following steps can be used as an
interim measure to start the engine if the engine switch is functioning
normally:
Set the parking brake.
Shift the shift lever to P.
Turn the engine switch to ACCESSORY mode.
Press and hold the engine switch for about 15 seconds while
depressing the brake pedal firmly.
Even if the engine can be started using the above steps, the system
may be malfunctioning. Have the vehicle inspected by your Toyota
dealer.
The starter motor does not turn over, the interior lights and head-
lights do not turn on, or the horn does not sound.
Emergency start function (vehicles with a smart key system)
1
2
3
4
617
8-2. Steps to take in an emergency
8
When trouble arises
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Set the parking brake.
Vehicles without a smart key system: Turn the engine switch to the
“ACC” position.
Vehicles with a smart key system: Turn the engine switch to
ACCESSORY mode.
Depress the brake pedal.
Pry the cover up with a flathead
screwdriver or equivalent tool.
To prevent damage to the cover,
cover the tip of the screwdriver with
a rag.
Press the shift lock override
button.
The shift lever can be shifted while
the button is pressed.
If the shift lever cannot be shifted from P
If the shift lever cannot be shifted with your foot on the brake
pedal, there may be a problem with the shift lock system (a sys-
tem to prevent accidental operation of the shift lever). Have the
vehicle inspected by your Toyota dealer immediately.
The following steps may be used as an emergency measure to
ensure that the shift lever can be shifted:
1
2
3
4
5
618
8-2. Steps to take in an emergency
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Use the mechanical key (P. 116)
in order to perform the following
operations:
Locks all the doors
Closes the windows and moon
roof*
1
(turn and hold)*
2
(P. 180, 183)
Unlocks the door
Turning the key rearward unlocks the driver’s door. Turning the key once
again within 5 seconds unlocks the other doors.
Opens the windows and moon roof*
1
(turn and hold)*
2
(P. 180, 183)
*
1
: If equipped
*
2
: This setting must be customized at your Toyota dealer.
If the electronic key does not operate prop-
erly (vehicles with a smart key system)
If communication between the electronic key and vehicle is
interrupted (P. 150) or the electronic key cannot be used
because the battery is depleted, the smart key system and wire-
less remote control cannot be used. In such cases, the doors
can be opened and the engine can be started by following the
procedure below.
Locking and unlocking the doors and key linked functions
1
2
3
4
619
8-2. Steps to take in an emergency
8
When trouble arises
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Ensure that the shift lever is in P and depress the brake pedal.
Touch the Toyota emblem side
of the electronic key to the
engine switch.
When the electronic key is
detected, a buzzer sounds and the
engine switch will turn to IGNITION
ON mode.
When the smart key system is
deactivated in customization set-
ting, the engine switch will turn to
ACCESSORY mode.
Firmly depress the brake pedal.
Vehicles with monochrome display:
Check that is shown on the multi-information display.
Vehicles with color display:
Check that and a message are shown on the multi-information dis-
play.
Press the engine switch.
In the event that the engine still cannot be started, contact your Toyota
dealer.
Starting the engine
1
2
3
4
620
8-2. Steps to take in an emergency
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Stopping the engine
Shift the shift lever to P and press the engine switch as you normally do when
stopping the engine.
Replacing the key battery
As the above procedure is a temporary measure, it is recommended that the
electronic key battery be replaced immediately when the battery is depleted.
(P. 532)
Changing engine switch modes
Release the brake pedal and press the engine switch in step above.
The engine does not start and modes will be changed each time the switch is
pressed. (P. 229)
When the electronic key does not work properly
Make sure that the smart key system has not been deactivated in the cus-
tomization setting. If it is off, turn the function on.
(Customizable features P. 662)
Check if battery-saving mode is set. If it is set, cancel the function.
(P. 149)
3
621
8-2. Steps to take in an emergency
8
When trouble arises
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
If you have a set of jumper (or booster) cables and a second vehicle
with a 12-volt battery, you can jump start your vehicle by following the
steps below.
Open the hood. (P. 500)
Connect the jumper cables according to the following procedure:
2.7 L 4-cylinder (1AR-FE) engine
If the vehicle battery is discharged
The following procedures may be used to start the engine if the
vehicle’s battery is discharged.
You can also call your Toyota dealer or a qualified repair shop.
1
2
622
8-2. Steps to take in an emergency
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
3.5 L V6 (2GR-FE) engine
Connect a positive jumper cable clamp to the positive (+) battery
terminal on your vehicle.
Connect the clamp on the other end of the positive cable to the
positive (+) battery terminal on the second vehicle.
Connect a negative cable clamp to the negative (-) battery termi-
nal on the second vehicle.
Connect the clamp at the other end of the negative cable to a
solid, stationary, unpainted metallic point away from the battery
and any moving parts, as shown in the illustration.
1
2
3
4
623
8-2. Steps to take in an emergency
8
When trouble arises
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Start the engine of the second vehicle. Increase the engine speed
slightly and maintain at that level for approximately 5 minutes to
recharge the battery of your vehicle.
Vehicles with a smart key system: Open and close any of the doors
of your vehicle with the engine switch off.
Vehicles without a smart key system:
Maintain the engine speed of the second vehicle and turn the
engine switch to the “ON” position, then start the vehicle's engine.
Vehicles with a smart key system:
Maintain the engine speed of the second vehicle and turn the
engine switch to IGNITION ON mode, then start the vehicle's
engine.
Once the vehicle’s engine has started, remove the jumper cables in
the exact reverse order from which they were connected.
Once the engine starts, have the vehicle inspected at your Toyota
dealer as soon as possible.
3
4
5
6
624
8-2. Steps to take in an emergency
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Starting the engine when the battery is discharged
The engine cannot be started by push-starting.
To prevent battery discharge
Turn off the headlights and the audio system while the engine is off.
Turn off any unnecessary electrical components when the vehicle is running
at a low speed for an extended period, such as in heavy traffic.
When recharging or replacing the battery
Vehicles with a smart key system: In some cases, it may not be possible to
unlock the doors using the smart key system when the battery is dis-
charged. Use the wireless remote control or the mechanical key to lock or
unlock the doors.
Vehicles with a smart key system: The engine may not start on the first
attempt after the battery has recharged but will start normally after the sec-
ond attempt. This is not a malfunction.
Vehicles with a smart key system: The engine switch mode is memorized by
the vehicle. When the battery is reconnected, the system will return to the
mode it was in before the battery was discharged. Before disconnecting the
battery, turn the engine switch off.
If you are unsure what mode the engine switch was in before the battery dis-
charged, be especially careful when reconnecting the battery.
Vehicle with power back door: The power back door must be initialized.
(P. 672)
Charging the battery
The electricity stored in the battery will discharge gradually even when the
vehicle is not in use, due to natural discharge and the draining effects of cer-
tain electrical appliances. If the vehicle is left for a long time, the battery may
discharge, and the engine may be unable to start. (The battery recharges
automatically during driving.)
625
8-2. Steps to take in an emergency
8
When trouble arises
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
WARNING
Avoiding battery fires or explosions
Observe the following precautions to prevent accidentally igniting the flam-
mable gas that may be emitted from the battery:
Make sure each jumper cable is connected to the correct terminal and that
it is not unintentionally in contact with any other than the intended terminal.
Do not allow the other end of the jumper cable connected to the “+” termi-
nal to come into contact with any other parts or metal surfaces in the area,
such as brackets or unpainted metal.
Do not allow the + and - clamps of the jumper cables to come into contact
with each other.
Do not smoke, use matches, cigarette lighters or allow open flame near
the battery.
Battery precautions
The battery contains poisonous and corrosive acidic electrolyte, while
related parts contain lead and lead compounds. Observe the following pre-
cautions when handling the battery:
When working with the battery, always wear safety glasses and take care
not to allow any battery fluids (acid) to come into contact with skin, clothing
or the vehicle body.
Do not lean over the battery.
In the event that battery fluid comes into contact with the skin or eyes,
immediately wash the affected area with water and seek medical attention.
Place a wet sponge or cloth over the affected area until medical attention
can be received.
Always wash your hands after handling the battery support, terminals, and
other battery-related parts.
Do not allow children near the battery.
NOTICE
When handling jumper cables
When connecting the jumper cables, ensure that they do not become entan-
gled in the cooling fan or engine drive belt.
626
8-2. Steps to take in an emergency
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
The needle of the engine coolant temperature gauge (P. 94)
enters the red zone or a loss of engine power is experienced. (For
example, the vehicle speed does not increase.)
Steam comes out from under the hood.
Stop the vehicle in a safe place and turn off the air conditioning sys-
tem, and then stop the engine.
If you see steam:
Carefully lift the hood after the steam subsides.
If you do not see steam:
Carefully lift the hood.
After the engine has cooled
down sufficiently, inspect the
hoses and radiator core (radia-
tor) for any leaks.
Radiator
Cooling fans
If a large amount of coolant
leaks, immediately contact your
Toyota dealer.
The coolant level is satisfactory
if it is between the “FULL” and
“LOW” lines on the reservoir.
Reservoir
“FULL”
“LOW”
Radiator cap
If your vehicle overheats
The following may indicate that your vehicle is overheating.
Correction procedures
1
2
3
1
2
4
1
2
3
4
627
8-2. Steps to take in an emergency
8
When trouble arises
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Add coolant if necessary.
Water can be used in an emer-
gency if coolant is unavailable.
Start the engine and turn the air conditioning system on to check
that the radiator cooling fans operate and to check for coolant leaks
from the radiator or hoses.
The fans operate when the air conditioning system is turned on immedi-
ately after a cold start. Confirm that the fans are operating by checking the
fan sound and air flow. If it is difficult to check these, turn the air condition-
ing system on and off repeatedly. (The fans may not operate in freezing
temperatures.)
If the fans are not operating:
Stop the engine immediately and contact your Toyota dealer.
If the fans are operating:
Have the vehicle inspected at the nearest Toyota dealer.
5
WARNING
When inspecting under the hood of your vehicle
Observe the following precautions.
Failure to do so may result in serious injury such as burns.
If steam is seen coming from under the hood, do not open the hood until
the steam has subsided. The engine compartment may be very hot.
Keep hands and clothing (especially a tie, a scarf or a muffler) away from
the fans and belts.
Do not loosen the radiator cap and the coolant reservoir cap while the
engine and radiator are hot.
6
7
628
8-2. Steps to take in an emergency
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
NOTICE
When adding engine coolant
Add coolant slowly after the engine has cooled down sufficiently. Adding
cool coolant to a hot engine too quickly can cause damage to the engine.
To prevent damage to the cooling system
Observe the following precautions:
Avoid contaminating the coolant with foreign matter (such as sand or dust
etc.).
Do not use any coolant additive.
629
8-2. Steps to take in an emergency
8
When trouble arises
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Stop the engine. Set the parking brake and shift the shift lever to P.
Remove the mud, snow or sand from around the front wheels.
Place wood, stones or some other material under the front wheels
to help provide traction.
Restart the engine.
AWD models: Activate all-wheel drive lock mode. (P. 297)
Shift the shift lever to D or R and release the parking brake. Then,
while exercising caution, depress the accelerator pedal.
When it is difficult to free the vehicle
If the vehicle becomes stuck
Carry out the following procedures if the tires spin or the vehicle
becomes stuck in mud, dirt or snow:
Press to turn off TRAC.
1
2
3
4
5
6
630
8-2. Steps to take in an emergency
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
WARNING
When attempting to free a stuck vehicle
If you choose to push the vehicle back and forth to free it, make sure the
surrounding area is clear to avoid striking other vehicles, objects or people.
The vehicle may also lunge forward or lunge back suddenly as it becomes
free. Use extreme caution.
When shifting the shift lever
Be careful not to shift the shift lever with the accelerator pedal depressed.
This may lead to unexpected rapid acceleration of the vehicle that may
cause an accident resulting in death or serious injury.
NOTICE
To avoid damaging the transmission and other components
Avoid spinning the front wheels and depressing the accelerator pedal
more than necessary.
If the vehicle remains stuck even after these procedures are performed,
the vehicle may require towing to be freed.
631
9
Vehicle specifications
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
9-1. Specifications
Maintenance data
(fuel, oil level, etc.).......... 632
Fuel information ................ 646
Tire information................. 649
9-2. Customization
Customizable features ...... 662
9-3. Initialization
Items to initialize ............... 672
632
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
9-1. Specifications
*
1
: Unladen vehicles
*
2
: With a seating capacity of 7 occupants
*
3
: With a seating capacity of 8 occupants
*
4
: Without a towing package
*
5
: With a towing package
Maintenance data (fuel, oil level, etc.)
Dimensions and weights
Overall length 191.1 in. (4855 mm)
Overall width 75.8 in. (1925 mm)
Overall height*
1
Without roof antenna
68.1 in. (1730 mm)
With roof antenna
70.1 in. (1780 mm)
Wheelbase 109.8 in. (2790 mm)
Front tread 64.4 in. (1635 mm)
Rear tread 64.2 in. (1630 mm)
Vehicle capacity weight
(Occupant + luggage)
1385 lb. (625 kg)*
2
1455 lb. (660 kg)*
3
Trailer Weight Rating
(Trailer weight + cargo weight)
2.7 L 4-cylinder (1AR-FE)
engine
1500 lb. (680 kg)
3.5 L V6 (2GR-FE) engine
2000 lb. (900 kg)
*
4
5000 lb. (2000 kg)*
5
633
9-1. Specifications
9
Vehicle specifications
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Vehicle identification number
The vehicle identification number (VIN) is the legal identifier for
your vehicle. This is the primary identification number for your
Toyota. It is used in registering the ownership of your vehicle.
This number is stamped on the
top left of the instrument panel.
On some models, this number
is stamped under the right-hand
front seat.
This number is also on the Cer-
tification Label.
Vehicle identification
634
9-1. Specifications
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Engine number
The engine number is stamped on the engine block as shown.
2.7 L 4-cylinder (1AR-FE)
engine
3.5 L V6 (2GR-FE) engine
635
9-1. Specifications
9
Vehicle specifications
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Engine
Model 1AR-FE 2GR-FE
Type
4-cylinder in line,
4-cycle, gasoline
6-cylinder V type,
4-cycle, gasoline
Bore and stroke
3.54 4.13 in.
(90.0 105.0 mm)
3.70 3.27 in.
(94.0 83.0 mm)
Displacement
163.1 cu. in.
(2672 cm
3
)
210.9 cu. in.
(3456 cm
3
)
Valve clearance
Automatic adjustment
Drive belt tension
Fuel
Fuel type Unleaded gasoline only
Octane rating 87 (Research Octane Number 91) or higher
Fuel tank capacity
(Reference)
19.2 gal. (72.5 L, 15.9 Imp. gal.)
636
9-1. Specifications
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
*: The engine oil capacity is a reference quantity to be used when changing
the engine oil. Warm up and turn off the engine, wait more than 5 minutes,
and check the oil level on the dipstick.
Engine oil selection
“Toyota Genuine Motor Oil” is used in your Toyota vehicle. Use
Toyota approved “Toyota Genuine Motor Oil” or equivalent to satisfy
the following grade and viscosity.
Oil grade: ILSAC GF-5 multigrade engine oil
Recommended viscosity: SAE 0W-20
SAE 0W-20 is the best choice
for good fuel economy and
good starting in cold weather.
If SAE 0W-20 is not available,
SAE 5W-20 oil may be used.
However, it must be replaced
with SAE 0W-20 at the next oil
change.
Lubrication system
Oil capacity
(Drain and refill reference
*)
With filter
2.7 L 4-cylinder (1AR-FE) engine
4.6 qt. (4.4 L, 3.9 Imp. qt.)
3.5 L V6 (2GR-FE) engine
6.4 qt. (6.1 L, 5.4 Imp. qt.)
Without filter 2.7 L 4-cylinder (1AR-FE) engine
4.2 qt. (4.0 L, 3.5 Imp. qt.)
3.5 L V6 (2GR-FE) engine
6.0 qt. (5.7 L, 5.0 Imp. qt.)
Outside temperature
637
9-1. Specifications
9
Vehicle specifications
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Oil viscosity (0W-20 is explained here as an example):
• The 0W in 0W-20 indicates the characteristic of the oil which
allows cold startability. Oils with a lower value before the W allow
for easier starting of the engine in cold weather.
The 20 in 0W-20 indicates the viscosity characteristic of the oil
when the oil is at high temperature. An oil with a higher viscosity
(one with a higher value) may be better suited if the vehicle is
operated at high speeds, or under extreme load conditions.
How to read oil container label:
The International Lubricant Specification Advisory Committee
(ILSAC) Certification Mark is added to some oil containers to help
you select the oil you should use.
638
9-1. Specifications
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Cooling system
Capacity
(Reference)
2.7 L 4-cylinder
(1AR-FE)
engine
10.0 qt. (9.5 L, 8.3 Imp. qt.)
3.5 L V6 (2GR-
FE) engine
Without towing package
11.5 qt. (10.9 L, 9.6 Imp. qt.)
With towing package
11.9 qt. (11.2 L, 9.9 Imp. qt.)
Coolant type
Use either of the following.
“Toyota Super Long Life Coolant”
Similar high-quality ethylene glycol-
based non-silicate, non-amine, non-
nitrite, and non-borate coolant with
long-life hybrid organic acid technol-
ogy
Do not use plain water alone.
Ignition system
Spark plug
Make 2.7 L 4-cylinder (1AR-FE) engine
DENSO SK16HR11
3.5 L V6 (2GR-FE) engine
DENSO FK20HR11
Gap 0.043 in. (1.1 mm)
NOTICE
Iridium-tipped spark plugs
Use only iridium-tipped spark plugs. Do not adjust the spark plug gap.
639
9-1. Specifications
9
Vehicle specifications
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
*: The fluid capacity is a reference quantity.
If replacement is necessary, contact your Toyota dealer.
Electrical system
Battery
Open voltage at 68F
(20C):
12.6 12.8 V Fully charged
12.2
12.4 V Half charged
11.8
12.0 V Discharged
(Voltage is checked 20 minutes after the engine
and all lights are turned off.)
Charging rates 5 A max.
Automatic transaxle
Fluid capacity*
2.7 L 4-cylinder (1AR-FE) engine
6.9 qt. (6.5 L, 5.7 Imp. qt.)
3.5 L V6 (2GR-FE) engine
2WD models:
6.9 qt. (6.5 L, 5.7 Imp. qt.)
AWD models:
7.1 qt. (6.7 L, 5.9 Imp. qt.)
Fluid type Toyota Genuine ATF WS
NOTICE
Automatic transmission fluid type
Using automatic transmission fluid other than “Toyota Genuine ATF WS”
may cause deterioration in shift quality, locking up of your transmission
accompanied by vibration, and ultimately damage the automatic transmis-
sion of your vehicle.
640
9-1. Specifications
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Your Toyota vehicle is filled with “Toyota Genuine Differential Gear Oil” at the
factory.
Use Toyota approved “Toyota Genuine Differential Gear Oil” or an equivalent
of matching quality to satisfy the above specification. Please contact your
Toyota dealer for further details.
Your Toyota vehicle is filled with “Toyota Genuine Differential Gear Oil” at the
factory.
Use Toyota approved “Toyota Genuine Differential Gear Oil” or an equivalent
of matching quality to satisfy the above specification. Please contact your
Toyota dealer for further details.
Transfer (AWD models)
Oil capacity 0.8 qt. (0.8 L, 0.7 Imp. qt.)
Oil type and viscosity
Toyota Genuine Differential Gear Oil LT
75W-85 GL-5 or equivalent
Rear differential (AWD models)
Oil capacity 0.5 qt. (0.5 L, 0.4 Imp. qt.)
Oil type and viscosity
Toyota Genuine Differential Gear Oil LT
75W-85 GL-5 or equivalent
641
9-1. Specifications
9
Vehicle specifications
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
*
1
: Minimum pedal clearance when depressed with a force of 110 lbf (490 N,
50 kgf) while the engine is running
*
2
: Parking brake pedal travel when depressed with a force of 67 lbf (300 N,
31 kgf)
Brakes
Pedal clearance*
1
3.4 in. (85 mm) Min.
Pedal free play 0.04 0.08 in. (1 2 mm)
Brake pad wear limit 0.04 in. (1.0 mm)
Parking brake lining
wear limit
0.04 in. (1.0 mm)
Parking brake pedal
travel
*
2
8 11 clicks
Fluid type SAE J1703 or FMVSS No.116 DOT 3
Steering
Free play Less than 1.2 in. (30 mm)
642
9-1. Specifications
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Type A
Type B
Type C
Tires and wheels
Tire size 245/60R18 105T, T165/90D18 107M (spare)
Tire inflation pres-
sure
(Recommended
cold tire inflation
pressure)
Front
35 psi (240 kPa, 2.4 kgf/cm
2
or bar)
Rear
35 psi (240 kPa, 2.4 kgf/cm
2
or bar)
Spare
60 psi (420 kPa, 4.2 kgf/cm
2
or bar)
Wheel size 18 7 1/2 J, 18 4T (spare)
Wheel nut torque 76 ft•lbf (103 N•m, 10.5 kgf•m)
Tire size P245/60R18 104T, T165/90D18 107M (spare)
Tire inflation pres-
sure
(Recommended
cold tire inflation
pressure)
Front
35 psi (240 kPa, 2.4 kgf/cm
2
or bar)
Rear
35 psi (240 kPa, 2.4 kgf/cm
2
or bar)
Spare
60 psi (420 kPa, 4.2 kgf/cm
2
or bar)
Wheel size 18 7 1/2 J, 18 4T (spare)
Wheel nut torque 76 ft•lbf (103 N•m, 10.5 kgf•m)
Tire size 245/55R19 103T, T165/90D18 107M (spare)
Tire inflation pres-
sure
(Recommended
cold tire inflation
pressure)
Front
35 psi (240 kPa, 2.4 kgf/cm
2
or bar)
Rear
35 psi (240 kPa, 2.4 kgf/cm
2
or bar)
Spare
60 psi (420 kPa, 4.2 kgf/cm
2
or bar)
Wheel size 19 7 1/2 J, 18 4T (spare)
Wheel nut torque 76 ft•lbf (103 N•m, 10.5 kgf•m)
643
9-1. Specifications
9
Vehicle specifications
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Type D
Type E
Type F
Tire size 245/60R18 105T
Tire inflation pres-
sure
(Recommended
cold tire inflation
pressure)
Front
35 psi (240 kPa, 2.4 kgf/cm
2
or bar)
Rear
35 psi (240 kPa, 2.4 kgf/cm
2
or bar)
Spare
35 psi (240 kPa, 2.4 kgf/cm
2
or bar)
Wheel size 18 7 1/2 J
Wheel nut torque 76 ft•lbf (103 N•m, 10.5 kgf•m)
Tire size P245/60R18 104T
Tire inflation pres-
sure
(Recommended
cold tire inflation
pressure)
Front
35 psi (240 kPa, 2.4 kgf/cm
2
or bar)
Rear
35 psi (240 kPa, 2.4 kgf/cm
2
or bar)
Spare
35 psi (240 kPa, 2.4 kgf/cm
2
or bar)
Wheel size 18 7 1/2 J
Wheel nut torque 76 ft•lbf (103 N•m, 10.5 kgf•m)
Tire size 245/55R19 103T
Tire inflation pres-
sure
(Recommended
cold tire inflation
pressure)
Front
35 psi (240 kPa, 2.4 kgf/cm
2
or bar)
Rear
35 psi (240 kPa, 2.4 kgf/cm
2
or bar)
Spare
35 psi (240 kPa, 2.4 kgf/cm
2
or bar)
Wheel size 19 7 1/2 J
Wheel nut torque 76 ft•lbf (103 N•m, 10.5 kgf•m)
644
9-1. Specifications
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
When towing a trailer (245/55R19 103T tires)
On rear tires, add 1 psi (10.0 kPa, 0.1 kgf/cm
2
or bar) to the recom-
mended tire inflation pressure and drive at speeds below 65 mph (104
km/h).
645
9-1. Specifications
9
Vehicle specifications
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Light bulbs
Light bulbs Bulb No. W Type
Exterior
Headlights
High beam
Low beam
9005
60
55
A
B
Parking and front turn signal
lights
7444NA 28/8 C
Front side marker lights 5D
Front fog lights* 19 E
Rear turn signal lights 21 C
Back-up lights 16 D
Stop/tail and rear side marker
lights
21/5 D
Tail lights 5D
License plate lights 5D
Interior
Vanity lights 1.26 D
Front interior/front personal
lights
5D
Rear interior/rear personal
lights
8D
Door courtesy lights 168 5 D
Luggage compartment light 5F
A: HB3 halogen bulbs
C: Wedge base bulbs (amber)
E: H16 halogen bulbs
*: If equipped
B: H11 halogen bulbs
D: Wedge base bulbs (clear)
F: Double end bulbs
646
9-1. Specifications
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Fuel tank opening for unleaded gasoline
To help prevent incorrect fueling, your vehicle has a fuel tank opening that
only accommodates the special nozzle on unleaded fuel pumps.
Gasoline quality
In very few cases, driveability problems may be caused by the brand of gaso-
line you are using. If driveability problems persist, try changing the brand of
gasoline. If this does not correct the problem, consult your Toyota dealer.
Gasoline quality standards
Automotive manufacturers in the U.S.A., Europe and Japan have developed
a specification for fuel quality called the World-Wide Fuel Charter (WWFC),
which is expected to be applied worldwide.
The WWFC consists of four categories that are based on required emission
levels. In the U.S., category 4 has been adopted.
The WWFC improves air quality by lowering emissions in vehicle fleets, and
improves customer satisfaction through better performance.
Fuel information
You must only use unleaded gasoline in your vehicle.
Select octane rating 87 (Research Octane Number 91) or higher.
Use of unleaded gasoline with an octane rating lower than 87
may result in engine knocking. Persistent knocking can lead to
engine damage.
At minimum, the gasoline you use should meet the specifications of
ASTM D4814 in the U.S.A. and CGSB3.5-M93 in Canada.
647
9-1. Specifications
9
Vehicle specifications
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Recommendation of the use of gasoline containing detergent additives
Toyota recommends the use of gasoline that contains detergent additives to
avoid the build-up of engine deposits.
All gasoline sold in the U.S.A. contains minimum detergent additives to
clean and/or keep clean intake systems, per EPA’s lowest additives concen-
tration program.
Toyota strongly recommends the use of Top Tier Detergent Gasoline. For
more information on Top Tier Detergent Gasoline and a list of marketers,
please go to the official website www.toptiergas.com.
Recommendation of the use of cleaner burning gasoline
Cleaner burning gasoline, including reformulated gasoline that contains oxy-
genates such as ethanol or MTBE (Methyl Tertiary Butyl Ether) is available in
many areas.
Toyota recommends the use of cleaner burning gasoline and appropriately
blended reformulated gasoline. These types of gasoline provide excellent
vehicle performance, reduce vehicle emissions and improve air quality.
Non-recommendation of the use of blended gasoline
If you use gasohol in your vehicle, be sure that it has an octane rating no
lower than 87.
Toyota does not recommend the use of gasoline containing methanol.
Use only gasoline containing up to 15%
ethanol.
DO NOT use any flex-fuel or gasoline
that could contain more than 15% etha-
nol, including from any pump labeled
E30, E50, E85 (which are only some
examples of fuel containing more than
15% ethanol).
648
9-1. Specifications
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Non-recommendation of the use of gasoline containing MMT
Some gasoline contains an octane enhancing additive called MMT (Methylcy-
clopentadienyl Manganese Tricarbonyl).
Toyota does not recommend the use of gasoline that contains MMT. If fuel
containing MMT is used, your emission control system may be adversely
affected.
The malfunction indicator lamp on the instrument cluster may come on. If this
happens, contact your Toyota dealer for service.
If your engine knocks
Consult your Toyota dealer.
You may occasionally notice light knocking for a short time while accelerat-
ing or driving uphill. This is normal and there is no need for concern.
NOTICE
Notice on fuel quality
Do not use improper fuels. If improper fuels are used, the engine will be
damaged.
Do not use leaded gasoline.
Leaded gasoline can cause damage to your vehicle’s three-way catalytic
converters causing the emission control system to malfunction.
Do not use gasohol other than the type previously stated.
Other gasohol may cause fuel system damage or vehicle performance
problems.
Using unleaded gasoline with an octane number or rating lower than the
level previously stated will cause persistent heavy knocking.
At worst, this will lead to engine damage.
Fuel-related poor driveability
If poor driveability is encountered after using a different type of fuel (poor
hot starting, vaporization, engine knocking, etc.), discontinue the use of that
type of fuel.
When refueling with gasohol
Take care not to spill gasohol. It can damage your vehicle’s paint.
649
9-1. Specifications
9
Vehicle specifications
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Full-size tire
Compact spare tire
Tire information
Typical tire symbols
650
9-1. Specifications
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Tire size (P. 652)
DOT and Tire Identification Number (TIN) (P. 651)
Location of treadwear indicators (P. 515)
Tire ply composition and materials
Plies are layers of rubber-coated parallel cords. Cords are the strands
which form the plies in a tire.
Radial tires or bias-ply tires
A radial tire has “RADIAL” on the sidewall. A tire not marked “RADIAL”
is a bias-ply tire.
TUBELESS or TUBE TYPE
A tubeless tire does not have a tube and air is directly put into the tire.
A tube type tire has a tube inside the tire and the tube maintains the air
pressure.
Load limit at maximum cold tire inflation pressure (P. 656)
Maximum cold tire inflation pressure (P. 656)
This means the pressure to which a tire may be inflated.
Uniform tire quality grading
For details, see “Uniform Tire Quality Grading” that follows.
Summer tires or all season tires (P. 519)
An all season tire has “M+S” on the sidewall. A tire not marked “M+S”
is a summer tire.
“TEMPORARY USE ONLY”
A compact spare tire is identified by the phrase “TEMPORARY USE
ONLY” molded on its sidewall. This tire is designed for temporary
emergency use only.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
651
9-1. Specifications
9
Vehicle specifications
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
DOT symbol*
Tire Identification Number (TIN)
Tire manufacturers identifica-
tion mark
Tire size code
Manufacturer’s optional tire
type code (3 or 4 letters)
Manufacturing week
Manufacturing year
*: The DOT symbol certifies that
the tire conforms to applicable
Federal Motor Vehicle Safety
Standards.
Typical DOT and Tire Identification Number (TIN)
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
652
9-1. Specifications
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Typical tire size information
The illustration indicates typical
tire size.
Tire use (P = Passenger car,
T = Temporary use)
Section width (millimeters)
Aspect ratio
(tire height to section width)
Tire construction code
(R = Radial, D = Diagonal)
Wheel diameter (inches)
Load index
(2 digits or 3 digits)
Speed symbol
(alphabet with one letter)
Tire dimensions
Section width
Tire height
Wheel diameter
Tire size
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
1
2
3
653
9-1. Specifications
9
Vehicle specifications
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Bead
Sidewall
Shoulder
Tread
Belt
Inner liner
Reinforcing rubber
Carcass
Rim lines
Bead wires
Chafer
Tire section names
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
654
9-1. Specifications
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
This information has been prepared in accordance with regulations
issued by the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration of the
U.S. Department of Transportation.
It provides the purchasers and/or prospective purchasers of Toyota
vehicles with information on uniform tire quality grading.
Your Toyota dealer will help answer any questions you may have as
you read this information.
DOT quality grades
All passenger vehicle tires must conform to Federal Safety Require-
ments in addition to these grades. Quality grades can be found
where applicable on the tire sidewall between tread shoulder and
maximum section width.
For example: Treadwear 200 Traction AA Temperature A
Treadwear
The treadwear grade is a comparative rating based on the wear
rate of the tire when tested under controlled conditions on a speci-
fied government test course.
For example, a tire graded 150 would wear one and a half (1 - 1/2)
times as well on the government course as a tire graded 100.
The relative performance of tires depends upon the actual condi-
tions of their use. Performance may differ significantly from the norm
due to variations in driving habits, service practices and differences
in road characteristics and climate.
Traction AA, A, B, C
The traction grades, from highest to lowest, are AA, A, B and C,
and they represent the tire’s ability to stop on wet pavement as
measured under controlled conditions on specified government test
surfaces of asphalt and concrete.
A tire marked C may have poor traction performance.
Warning: The traction grade assigned to this tire is based on braking
(straight ahead) traction tests and does not include cornering (turn-
ing) traction.
Uniform Tire Quality Grading
655
9-1. Specifications
9
Vehicle specifications
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Temperature A, B, C
The temperature grades are A (the highest), B, and C, representing
the tire’s resistance to the generation of heat and its ability to dissi-
pate heat when tested under controlled conditions on a specified
indoor laboratory test wheel.
Sustained high temperature can cause the material of the tire to
degenerate and reduce tire life, and excessive temperature can lead
to sudden tire failure.
Grade C corresponds to a level of performance which all passenger
car tires must meet under the Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Stan-
dard No. 109.
Grades B and A represent higher levels of performance on the labo-
ratory test wheel than the minimum required by law.
Warning: The temperature grades of a tire assume that it is properly
inflated and not overloaded.
Excessive speed, underinflation, or excessive loading, either sepa-
rately or in combination, can cause heat buildup and possible tire
failure.
656
9-1. Specifications
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Glossary of tire terminology
Tire related term Meaning
Cold tire inflation pres-
sure
Tire pressure when the vehicle has been
parked for three hours or more, or has not
been driven more than 1 mile or 1.5 km under
that condition
Maximum inflation
pressure
The maximum cold inflated pressure to which
a tire may be inflated, shown on the sidewall
of the tire
Recommended infla-
tion pressure
Cold tire inflation pressure recommended by a
manufacturer
Accessory weight
The combined weight (in excess of those stan-
dard items which may be replaced) of auto-
matic transmission, power steering, power
brakes, power windows, power seats, radio
and heater, to the extent that these items are
available as factory-installed equipment
(whether installed or not)
Curb weight
The weight of a motor vehicle with standard
equipment, including the maximum capacity of
fuel, oil and coolant, and if so equipped, air
conditioning and additional weight optional
engine
Maximum loaded vehi-
cle weight
The sum of:
(a) Curb weight
(b) Accessory weight
(c) Vehicle capacity weight
(d) Production options weight
Normal occupant
weight
150 lb. (68 kg) times the number of occupants
specified in the second column of Table 1
*
that follows
Occupant distribution
Distribution of occupants in a vehicle as speci-
fied in the third column of Table 1
* below
657
9-1. Specifications
9
Vehicle specifications
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Production options
weight
The combined weight of installed regular pro-
duction options weighing over 5 lb. (2.3 kg) in
excess of the standard items which they
replace, not previously considered in curb
weight or accessory weight, including heavy
duty brakes, ride levelers, roof rack, heavy
duty battery, and special trim
Rim
A metal support for a tire or a tire and tube
assembly upon which the tire beads are
seated
Rim diameter
(Wheel diameter)
Nominal diameter of the bead seat
Rim size designation Rim diameter and width
Rim type designation
The industry manufacturer’s designation for a
rim by style or code
Rim width Nominal distance between rim flanges
Vehicle capacity
weight (Total load
capacity)
The rated cargo and luggage load plus 150 lb.
(68 kg) times the vehicle’s designated seating
capacity
Vehicle maximum load
on the tire
The load on an individual tire that is deter-
mined by distributing to each axle its share of
the maximum loaded vehicle weight, and
dividing by two
Vehicle normal load on
the tire
The load on an individual tire that is deter-
mined by distributing to each axle its share of
curb weight, accessory weight, and normal
occupant weight (distributed in accordance
with Table 1
* below), and dividing by two
Weather side
The surface area of the rim not covered by the
inflated tire
Bead
The part of the tire that is made of steel wires,
wrapped or reinforced by ply cords and that is
shaped to fit the rim
Bead separation
A breakdown of the bond between compo-
nents in the bead
Tire related term Meaning
658
9-1. Specifications
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Bias ply tire
A pneumatic tire in which the ply cords that
extend to the beads are laid at alternate
angles substantially less than 90 degrees to
the centerline of the tread
Carcass
The tire structure, except tread and sidewall
rubber which, when inflated, bears the load
Chunking
The breaking away of pieces of the tread or
sidewall
Cord The strands forming the plies in the tire
Cord separation
The parting of cords from adjacent rubber
compounds
Cracking
Any parting within the tread, sidewall, or inner-
liner of the tire extending to cord material
CT
A pneumatic tire with an inverted flange tire
and rim system in which the rim is designed
with rim flanges pointed radially inward and
the tire is designed to fit on the underside of
the rim in a manner that encloses the rim
flanges inside the air cavity of the tire
Extra load tire
A tire designed to operate at higher loads and
at higher inflation pressures than the corre-
sponding standard tire
Groove The space between two adjacent tread ribs
Innerliner
The layer(s) forming the inside surface of a
tubeless tire that contains the inflating medium
within the tire
Innerliner separation
The parting of the innerliner from cord material
in the carcass
Intended outboard
sidewall
(a) The sidewall that contains a whitewall,
bears white lettering, or bears manufac-
turer, brand, and/or model name molding
that is higher or deeper than the same
molding on the other sidewall of the tire, or
(b) The outward facing sidewall of an asym-
metrical tire that has a particular side that
must always face outward when mounted
on a vehicle
Tire related term Meaning
659
9-1. Specifications
9
Vehicle specifications
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Light truck (LT) tire
A tire designated by its manufacturer as pri-
marily intended for use on lightweight trucks
or multipurpose passenger vehicles
Load rating
The maximum load that a tire is rated to carry
for a given inflation pressure
Maximum load rating
The load rating for a tire at the maximum per-
missible inflation pressure for that tire
Maximum permissible
inflation pressure
The maximum cold inflation pressure to which
a tire may be inflated
Measuring rim
The rim on which a tire is fitted for physical
dimension requirements
Open splice
Any parting at any junction of tread, sidewall,
or innerliner that extends to cord material
Outer diameter The overall diameter of an inflated new tire
Overall width
The linear distance between the exteriors of
the sidewalls of an inflated tire, including ele-
vations due to labeling, decorations, or protec-
tive bands or ribs
Passenger car tire
A tire intended for use on passenger cars,
multipurpose passenger vehicles, and trucks,
that have a gross vehicle weight rating
(GVWR) of 10,000 lb. or less.
Ply A layer of rubber-coated parallel cords
Ply separation
A parting of rubber compound between adja-
cent plies
Pneumatic tire
A mechanical device made of rubber, chemi-
cals, fabric and steel or other materials, that,
when mounted on an automotive wheel, pro-
vides the traction and contains the gas or fluid
that sustains the load
Radial ply tire
A pneumatic tire in which the ply cords that
extend to the beads are laid at substantially 90
degrees to the centerline of the tread
Reinforced tire
A tire designed to operate at higher loads and
at higher inflation pressures than the corre-
sponding standard tire
Tire related term Meaning
660
9-1. Specifications
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
*: Table 1 Occupant loading and distribution for vehicle normal load for
various designated seating capacities
Section width
The linear distance between the exteriors of
the sidewalls of an inflated tire, excluding ele-
vations due to labeling, decoration, or protec-
tive bands
Sidewall
That portion of a tire between the tread and
bead
Sidewall separation
The parting of the rubber compound from the
cord material in the sidewall
Snow tire
A tire that attains a traction index equal to or
greater than 110, compared to the ASTM E-
1136 Standard Reference Test Tire, when
using the snow traction test as described in
ASTM F-1805-00, Standard Test Method for
Single Wheel Driving Traction in a Straight
Line on Snow-and Ice-Covered Surfaces, and
which is marked with an Alpine Symbol ( )
on at least one sidewall
Test rim
The rim on which a tire is fitted for testing, and
may be any rim listed as appropriate for use
with that tire
Tread
That portion of a tire that comes into contact
with the road
Tread rib
A tread section running circumferentially
around a tire
Tread separation Pulling away of the tread from the tire carcass
Treadwear indicators
(TWI)
The projections within the principal grooves
designed to give a visual indication of the
degrees of wear of the tread
Wheel-holding fixture
The fixture used to hold the wheel and tire
assembly securely during testing
Tire related term Meaning
661
9-1. Specifications
9
Vehicle specifications
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Designated seating
capacity, Number of
occupants
Vehicle normal load,
Number of occupants
Occupant distribution
in a normally loaded
vehicle
2 through 4 2 2 in front
5 through 10 3
2 in front, 1 in second
seat
11 through 15 5
2 in front, 1 in second
seat, 1 in third seat, 1
in fourth seat
16 through 20 7
2 in front, 2 in second
seat, 2 in third seat, 1
in fourth seat
662
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
9-2. Customization
Audio system with “CAR” button
Press the “SETUP” button.
Touch “Vehicle” on the “Setup” screen.
Select the desired item.
Audio system with “APPS” button
Press the “APPS” button.
Touch “Setup” on the “Apps” screen and select “Vehicle”.
Select the desired item.
Various setting can be changed. Refer to the list of settings that can
be changed for details.
Changing by the meter control switches
P. 99, 102
Customizable features
Your vehicle includes a variety of electronic features that can be
personalized to your preferences. The settings of these features
can be changed by the meter control switches, on the audio sys-
tem screen or at your Toyota dealer.
Customizing vehicle features (audio system screen)
Customizing vehicle features (meter control switches)
1
2
1
2
663
9-2. Customization
9
Vehicle specifications
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Some function settings are changed simultaneously with other func-
tions being customized. Contact your Toyota dealer for further details.
Settings that can be changed on the audio system screen
Settings that can be changed by the meter control switches
Settings that can be changed by your Toyota dealer
Definition of symbols: O = Available, — = Not available
Gauges, meters and multi-information display (P. 94, 97, 101)
Vehicles with monochrome display
Vehicles with color display
Customizable features
1
2
3
Function*
1
Default setting
Customized set-
ting
Language*
2
English
French
O O
Spanish
Units*
2
miles (MPG US)
km (km/L)
O O
km (L/100 km)
miles (MPG
Imperial)
Eco Driving Indicator
Light
On
(Self-lighting)
Off O
1
2 3
Function*
1
Default setting
Customized set-
ting
Language*
2
English
French
O O
Spanish
Units*
2
miles (MPG US)
km (km/L)
O O
km (L/100 km)
miles (MPG
Imperial)
Maintenance system ini-
tialization
*
3
Off On O
Eco Driving Indicator
Light
On
(Self-lighting)
Off O
1
2 3
664
9-2. Customization
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
*
1
: For details about each function: P. 99, 104
*
2
: The default setting varies according to country.
*
3
: U.S.A. only
*
4
: Some status screens cannot be registered (indicated on multi-information
display).
*
5
: 6 of the following items: current fuel consumption, average fuel economy
(after reset), average fuel economy (after refuel), average fuel economy
(after start), average vehicle speed (after reset), average vehicle speed
(after start), distance (driving range), elapsed time (after reset), elapsed
time (after start), distance (after start), driving distance (after reset), blank.
*
6
: Speed limit display may not be available for some regions.
switch settings
Drive informa-
tion 1
Desired status
screen
*
4
O
Drive information 1
Current fuel con-
sumption
*
5
O
Average fuel
economy (after
reset)
O
Drive information 2
Distance (driving
range)
*
5
O
Average fuel
economy (after
refueling)
O
Drive information 3
Driving distance
(after reset)
*
5
O
Average vehicle
speed (after
reset)
O
Pop-up display On Off O
Accent color Light blue
Blue
O O Orange
Yellow
Speed limit display*
6
On with the
speed limit cau-
tion indicator
(yellow) enabled
On with the
speed limit cau-
tion indicator
(yellow) not
enabled
O O
Off
Function*
1
Default setting
Customized set-
ting
1
2 3
665
9-2. Customization
9
Vehicle specifications
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Door lock (P. 121, 129, 618)
Smart key system* and wireless remote control (P. 121, 129)
*: If equipped
Function Default setting
Customized set-
ting
Unlocking using a key
Driver’s door
unlocked in one
step, all doors
unlocked in two
steps
All doors
unlocked in one
step
O
Automatic door lock
Shifting the shift
lever to position
other than P
Off
O O
Vehicle speed is
approximately 12
mph (20 km/h) or
higher
Automatic door unlock
Shifting the shift
lever to P
Off
O O
Driver’s door is
opened
1
2 3
Function Default setting
Customized set-
ting
Operation buzzer vol-
ume
Level 5
Off
O O
Level 1 to 7
Operation signal
(Emergency flashers)
On Off O O
Time elapsed before
automatic door lock
function is activated if
door is not opened after
being unlocked
60 seconds
Off
O O
30 seconds
120 seconds
Open door warning
buzzer
On Off O
1
2 3
666
9-2. Customization
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Smart key system* (P. 121, 129, 147)
*: If equipped
Wireless remote control (P. 114, 121, 129)
*: Vehicles without smart key system
Power back door* (P. 129)
*: If equipped
Function Default setting
Customized set-
ting
Smart key system On Off O
Number of consecutive
door lock operations
2 times
As many as
desired
O
1
2 3
Function Default setting
Customized set-
ting
Wireless remote control On Off O
Unlocking operation
Driver’s door
unlocked in one
step, all doors
unlocked in two
steps
All doors
unlocked in one
step
O O
Reservation lock* On Off O O
Alarm (panic mode) On Off O
1
2 3
Function Default setting
Customized set-
ting
Power back door open-
ing angle
Opening angle 5
Opening angle 1
to 4
O O
1
2 3
667
9-2. Customization
9
Vehicle specifications
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Driving position memory* (P. 164)
*: If equipped
Power windows and moon roof*(P. 178, 182)
*: If equipped
Power windows (P. 178)
Function Default setting
Customized set-
ting
Selecting the door link-
ing driving position mem-
ory with door unlock
operation
Driver’s door All doors O
1
2 3
Function Default setting
Customized set-
ting
Key linked operation Off On O
Wireless remote control
linked operation (open
only)
Off On O
Wireless remote control
linked operation signal
(buzzer)
On Off O
1
2 3
Function Default setting
Customized set-
ting
One-touch close opera-
tion using the power win-
dow switches on the
front passenger door
and each rear door
On Off O
One-touch front passen-
ger window or rear side
window close operation
using the power window
switch on the driver’s
door
On Off O
1
2 3
668
9-2. Customization
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Moon roof* (P. 182)
*: If equipped
Turn signal lever (P. 239)
*
1
: After flashing the turn signal lights when turning left or right while this func-
tion is off and the turn signal lever is moved to the first position in the direc-
tion of the flashing light, the turn signal lights can be selected to be flashing
or off.
*
2
: The turn signal lights will be off if the turn signal lever is moved to the first
position in the direction of flashing light.
Function Default setting
Customized set-
ting
Linked operation of com-
ponents when mechani-
cal key is used (open
only)
Slide only Tilt only O
Linked operation of com-
ponents when wireless
remote control is used
Slide only Tilt only O
1
2 3
Function Default setting
Customized set-
ting
The number of times the
turn signal lights flash
automatically when the
turn signal lever is
moved to the first posi-
tion during a lane
change
*
1
3
Off*
2
O
4 to 7
1
2 3
669
9-2. Customization
9
Vehicle specifications
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Automatic light control system (P. 241)
Lights (P. 241)
*: U.S.A. only
Intuitive parking assist*
1
(Refer to “Navigation and Multimedia
System Owners Manual”)
*
1
: If equipped
*
2
: When intuitive parking assist is operating.
Automatic air conditioning system* (P. 428)
*: If equipped
Function Default setting
Customized set-
ting
Light sensor sensitivity Standard -2 to 2 O O
Time elapsed before
headlights automatically
turn off after doors are
closed
30 seconds
Off
O O60 seconds
90 seconds
1
2 3
Function Default setting
Customized set-
ting
Daytime running light
system
*
On Off O O
1
2 3
Function Default setting
Customized set-
ting
Detection distance of the
rear center sensor
Far Near O O
Buzzer volume Level 3 Level 1 to 5 O O
Display setting*
2
All sensors dis-
played
Display off O O
1
2 3
Function Default setting
Customized set-
ting
A/C auto switch opera-
tion
On Off O O
1
2 3
670
9-2. Customization
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Illumination (P. 444)
*
1
: Vehicles with a smart key system
*
2
: Vehicles with driving position memory
Seat belt reminder (P. 565)
Function Default setting
Customized set-
ting
Time elapsed before the
interior lights turn off
15 seconds
Off
O O7.5 seconds
30 seconds
Operation after the
engine switch is turned
off
On Off O
Operation when the
doors are unlocked
On Off O
Operation when you
approach the vehicle
with the electronic key
on your person
*
1
On Off O
Ambient lights*
2
On Off O
Time elapsed before the
outer foot lights turn
off
*
2
15 seconds
Off
O O7.5 seconds
30 seconds
Operation of the outer
foot lights when you
approach the vehicle
with the electronic key
on your person
*
2
On Off O
Operation of the outer
foot lights when the
doors are unlocked
*
2
On Off O
1
2 3
Function Default setting
Customized set-
ting
Vehicle speed linked
seat belt reminder
buzzer
On Off O
1
2 3
671
9-2. Customization
9
Vehicle specifications
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Vehicle customization
When the smart key system is off, the entry unlock function cannot be cus-
tomized.
When the doors remain closed after unlocking the doors and the timer acti-
vated automatic door lock function activates, signals will be generated in
accordance with the operation buzzer volume and operational signal (Emer-
gency flashers) function settings.
Changing of the power back door opening angle (if equipped)
The opening angle setting can be changed through operation of either the
power back door switch or the audio system screen.
However, if the engine switch is on and the power back door switch is used to
change the opening angle setting, the changed opening angle will not be
reflected on the audio system screen until the engine switch is turned off and
then on again.
When customizing on the audio system screen
Stop the vehicle in a safe place, apply the parking brake, and shift the shift
lever to P. Also, to prevent battery discharge, leave the engine running while
customizing the features.
WARNING
During customization
As the engine needs to be running during customization, ensure that the
vehicle is parked in a place with adequate ventilation. In a closed area such
as a garage, exhaust gases including harmful carbon monoxide (CO) may
collect and enter the vehicle. This may lead to death or a serious health
hazard.
NOTICE
During customization
To prevent battery discharge, ensure that the engine is running while cus-
tomizing features.
672
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
9-3. Initialization
*: If equipped
Items to initialize
The following items must be initialized for normal system opera-
tion after such cases as the battery being reconnected, or main-
tenance being performed on the vehicle:
Item When to initialize Reference
Power back door*
After reconnecting or chang-
ing the battery
After changing a fuse
P. 129
Maintenance data
(U.S.A. only)
After the maintenance is per-
formed
P. 491
Tire pressure warning sys-
tem
When changing the tire infla-
tion pressure by changing trav-
eling speed or load weight, etc.
P. 517
673
For owners
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
10
Reporting safety defects
for U.S. owners........................ 674
Seat belt instructions
for Canadian owners
(in French)............................... 675
SRS airbag instructions
for Canadian owners
(in French)............................... 678
674
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Reporting safety defects for U.S. owners
If you believe that your vehicle has a defect which could cause a
crash or could cause injury or death, you should immediately inform
the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSA) in addi-
tion to notifying Toyota Motor Sales, U.S.A., Inc. (Toll-free: 1-800-
331-4331).
If NHTSA receives similar complaints, it may open an investigation,
and if it finds that a safety defect exists in a group of vehicles, it may
order a recall and remedy campaign. However, NHTSA cannot
become involved in individual problems between you, your dealer,
or Toyota Motor Sales, U.S.A., Inc.
To contact NHTSA, you may call the Vehicle Safety Hotline toll-free
at 1-888-327-4236 (TTY: 1-800-424-9153); go to http://
www.safercar.gov
; or write to: Administrator, NHTSA, 1200 New
Jersey Ave, S.E., Washington, DC 20590. You can also obtain other
information about motor vehicle safety from http://www.safercar.gov.
675
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
10
For owners
Déroulez la sangle diagonale
de telle sorte qu’elle passe bien
sur l’épaule, sans pour autant
être en contact avec le cou ou
glisser de l’épaule.
Placez la sangle abdominale le
plus bas possible sur les han-
ches.
Réglez la position du dossier de siège. Asseyez-vous le dos droit et
calez-vous bien dans le siège.
Ne vrillez pas la ceinture de sécurité.
Seat belt instructions for Canadian owners
(in French)
The following is a French explanation of seat belt instructions
extracted from the seat belt section in this manual.
See the seat belt section for more detailed seat belt instructions in
English.
Utilisation correcte des ceintures de sécurité
676
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Si la sangle diagonale est proche du cou d’une personne, utilisez le
guide de confort de la ceinture de sécurité.
Sortez le guide de confort de sa
poche.
Glissez la ceinture dans la fente
du guide.
Le cordon élastique doit être der-
rière la ceinture de sécurité.
Attachez la ceinture de sécurité
et placez-la confortablement.
Guide de confort de ceinture de sécurité (siège central de la troi-
sième rangée)
1
2
3
677
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
10
For owners
Ceintures de sécurité
Nettoyez avec un chiffon ou une éponge humectée d’eau savon-
neuse tiède. Vérifiez régulièrement que les ceintures ne sont pas
effilochées, entaillées ou exagérément usées.
Entretien et soin
AVERTISSEMENT
Détérioration et usure des ceintures de sécurité
Inspectez le système de ceintures de sécurité périodiquement. Contrôlez
l'absence de coupures, d'effilochages et de pièces desserrées. N’utilisez
pas une ceinture de sécurité défectueuse avant qu’elle ne soit remplacée.
Une ceinture de sécurité défectueuse ne protège pas l’occupant de
blessures graves ou mortelles.
678
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Coussins gonflables frontaux SRS
Le coussin gonflable conducteur/le coussin gonflable passager
avant SRS
Participent à la protection de la tête et du thorax du conducteur
et du passager avant contre les chocs contre les éléments de
l’habitacle
Coussin gonflable SRS de genoux du conducteur
Participe à la protection du conducteur
Coussin gonflable d'assise SRS
Participe à la protection du passager avant
SRS airbag instructions for Canadian
owners (in French)
The following is a French explanation of SRS airbag instructions
extracted from the SRS airbag section in this manual.
See the SRS airbag section for more detailed SRS airbag instruc-
tions in English.
1
2
3
679
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
10
For owners
Coussins gonflables latéraux et rideau SRS
Coussins gonflables latéraux SRS
Peuvent aider à protéger le torse des passagers avant
Coussins gonflables rideau SRS
Participent principalement à la protection de la tête des occu-
pants assis aux places extérieures
Contribuent à empêcher les occupants d'être éjectés du véhi-
cule en cas de tonneau
Composants du système de coussins gonflables SRS
4
5
680
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Votre véhicule est équipé de COUSSINS GONFLABLES INTELLI-
GENTS conçus selon les normes de curité américaines applicables
aux véhicules à moteur (FMVSS208). Le boîtier électronique (ECU)
des coussins gonflables régule le déploiement des coussins gonfla-
bles sur la base des informations qu’il reçoit des capteurs, etc., indi-
qués ci-dessus dans le schéma illustrant les composants du système.
Parmi ces informations figurent la gravité du choc et l’occupation du
véhicule par les passagers. Le déploiement rapide des coussins gon-
flables est obtenu au moyen d’une réaction chimique dans les dispo-
sitifs pyrotechniques, qui produit un gaz inoffensif permettant
d’amortir le mouvement des occupants.
Coussin gonflable passager
avant
Coussins gonflables rideau
Capteurs d’impact latéral (por-
tes avant)
Témoins indicateurs “AIR
BAG ON” et “AIR BAG OFF”
Prétensionneurs de ceintures
de sécurité et limiteurs de
force
Coussins gonflables latéraux
Coussin gonflable d'assise
Témoin d’avertissement SRS
Coussin gonflable conducteur
Capteurs d’impact latéral
(arrière)
Contacteur de boucle de cein-
ture de sécurité du siège pas-
sager avant
Capteur de position du siège
conducteur
Contacteur de boucle de cein-
ture de sécurité conducteur
Coussin gonflable de genoux
du conducteur
Système de classification de
l’occupant du siège passager
avant (ECU et capteurs)
Capteurs d’impact avant
Boîtier électronique de cous-
sins gonflables
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
681
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
10
For owners
AVERTISSEMENT
Précautions concernant les coussins gonflables SRS
Respectez les précautions suivantes concernant les coussins gonflables
SRS.
Autrement, des blessures graves, voire mortelles, pourraient s’ensuivre.
Le conducteur et tous les passagers du véhicule doivent porter correcte-
ment leur ceinture de sécurité.
Les coussins gonflables SRS sont des dispositifs supplémentaires à utili-
ser avec les ceintures de sécurité.
Le coussin gonflable SRS conducteur se déploie avec une violence consi-
dérable, qui peut causer des blessures graves, voire mortelles, si le con-
ducteur se trouve très près du coussin gonflable. La NHTSA (National
Highway Traffic Safety Administration) conseille:
Sachant que la zone de danger pour le coussin gonflable conducteur se
trouve dans les premiers 2 à 3 in. (50 - 75 mm) de déploiement, vous pla-
cer à 10 in. (250 mm) de votre coussin gonflable conducteur vous garantit
une marge de sécurité suffisante. Cette distance est à mesurer entre le
centre du volant et le sternum. Si vous êtes assis à moins de 10 in. (250
mm), vous pouvez changer votre position de conduite de plusieurs
façons:
Reculez votre siège le plus possible, de manière à pouvoir encore
atteindre confortablement les pédales.
Inclinez légèrement le dossier du siège.
Bien que les véhicules puissent être différents les uns des autres, la
plupart des conducteurs peuvent s’asseoir à une distance de 10 in.
(250 mm), même avec le siège conducteur complètement avancé, sim-
plement en inclinant un peu le dossier de siège. Si vous avez des diffi-
cultés à voir la route après avoir incliné votre siège, utilisez un coussin
ferme et antidérapant pour vous rehausser ou remontez le siège si
votre véhicule est équipé de cette fonction.
Si votre volant est réglable, inclinez-le vers le bas. Cela a pour effet
d’orienter le coussin gonflable en direction de votre poitrine plutôt que
de votre tête et de votre cou.
Réglez votre siège selon les recommandations de la NHTSA ci-dessus,
tout en conservant le contrôle des pédales, du volant et la vue des com-
mandes du tableau de bord.
682
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
AVERTISSEMENT
Précautions concernant les coussins gonflables SRS
Le coussin gonflable SRS passager avant se déploie également avec une
violence considérable, qui peut causer des blessures graves, voire mortel-
les, si le passager avant se trouve très près du coussin gonflable. Éloignez
le siège du passager avant au maximum du coussin gonflable et réglez le
dossier de siège de façon à être assis bien droit dans le siège.
Les nourrissons et les enfants qui ne sont pas correctement assis et/ou
protégés peuvent être grièvement blessés ou tués par le déploiement d’un
coussin gonflable. Installez dans un siège de sécurité enfant les nourris-
sons et les enfants trop petits pour pouvoir utiliser la ceinture de sécurité.
Toyota recommande vivement que les nourrissons et les jeunes enfants
soient installés sur les sièges arrière du véhicule et convenablement atta-
chés. Les sièges arrière sont plus sûrs pour les nourrissons et les enfants
que le siège du passager avant.
N’installez jamais de siège de sécurité enfant type dos à la route sur le
siège du passager avant, même si le témoin indicateur “AIR BAG OFF” est
allumé.
En cas d'accident, par la violence et la vitesse de son déploiement, le
coussin gonflable passager avant peut blesser grièvement, voire tuer
l'enfant si le siège de sécurité enfant type dos à la route est installé sur le
siège du passager avant.
Si vous attachez une rallonge de cein-
ture de sécurité aux boucles de ceinture
de sécurité avant, mais pas au pêne de
la ceinture de sécurité, les coussins
gonflables avant SRS détectent que le
conducteur et le passager avant ont
attaché leur ceinture de sécurité, alors
même que ce n’est pas le cas. Dans ce
cas, il se peut que les coussins gonfla-
bles avant SRS ne se déploient pas
correctement en cas de collision et vous
risquez d’être tué ou grièvement blessé.
Veillez à porter la ceinture de sécurité
avec la rallonge de ceinture de sécurité.
683
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
10
For owners
AVERTISSEMENT
Précautions concernant les coussins gonflables SRS
Ne vous asseyez pas sur le bord du
siège et ne vous appuyez pas contre le
tableau de bord.
Ne laissez pas un enfant rester debout
devant le coussin gonflable SRS passa-
ger avant ou bien s’asseoir sur les
genoux du passager avant.
Ne laissez pas les occupants des siè-
ges avant voyager avec un objet sur les
genoux.
Ne vous appuyez pas contre la porte,
contre le rail latéral de toit ou contre les
montants avant, latéraux et arrière.
Ne laissez personne se mettre à
genoux sur le siège du passager en
appui contre la porte ou sortir la tête ou
les mains à l’extérieur du véhicule.
684
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
AVERTISSEMENT
Précautions concernant les coussins gonflables SRS
Ne fixez rien et ne posez rien sur la
planche de bord, la garniture du volant
et la partie inférieure du tableau de
bord.
Au déploiement des coussins gonfla-
bles SRS conducteur, passager avant
et de genoux du conducteur, ces objets
risquent de se transformer en projecti-
les.
Ne fixez rien aux portes, à la vitre du
pare-brise, aux vitres latérales, aux
montants avant et arrière, au rail latéral
de toit et à la poignée d’assistance.
Véhicules dépourvus de système
d'accès et de démarrage “mains libres”:
N’attachez pas à la clé d'objets lourds,
pointus ou très durs, comme d’autres
clés et accessoires. Ces objets risquent
d'entraver le déploiement du coussin
gonflable de genoux SRS du conduc-
teur ou d'être projetés vers le siège con-
ducteur par la force de déploiement du
coussin gonflable, entraînant ainsi un
danger.
685
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
10
For owners
AVERTISSEMENT
Précautions concernant les coussins gonflables SRS
Si un cache en vinyle recouvre la partie où le coussin gonflable de genoux
pour conducteur SRS se déploie, veillez à l'enlever.
N’utilisez aucun accessoire de siège qui couvrirait les zones de déploie-
ment des coussins gonflables latéraux SRS et du coussin gonflable
d'assise SRS, car il risquerait de gêner le déploiement des coussins gon-
flables. De tels accessoires peuvent empêcher les coussins gonflables
latéraux et le coussin gonflable d’assise de fonctionner correctement,
désactiver le dispositif ou entraîner le déploiement accidentel des cous-
sins gonflables latéraux et du coussin gonflable d’assise, entraînant la
mort ou des blessures graves.
Ne faites pas subir de chocs ou de pressions excessives à la zone renfer-
mant les composants de coussin gonflable SRS.
En effet, cela pourrait entraîner un fonctionnement anormal des coussins
gonflables SRS.
Ne touchez aucun composant du système immédiatement après le
déploiement (gonflage) des coussins gonflables SRS, car ils peuvent être
chauds.
Si vous avez des difficultés à respirer après le déploiement des coussins
gonflables SRS, ouvrez une porte ou une vitre pour faire entrer de l’air
frais, ou bien descendez du véhicule si cela ne présente pas de danger.
Essuyez tout résidu dès que possible afin d’éviter d’éventuelles irritations
de la peau.
Si les parties renfermant les coussins gonflables SRS, telles que la garni-
ture du volant et les garnitures de montants avant et arrière, sont abîmées
ou craquelées, faites-les remplacer par votre concessionnaire Toyota.
Ne disposez rien sur le siège du passager avant, comme par exemple un
coussin. Cela aurait pour conséquence de répartir le poids du passager
sur toute la surface du siège, ce qui empêche le capteur de détecter cor-
rectement le poids du passager. Il en résulte que les coussins gonflables
avant SRS du passager avant risquent de ne pas se déployer en cas de
collision.
686
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
AVERTISSEMENT
Modification et mise au rebut des éléments du système de coussins
gonflables SRS
Consultez votre concessionnaire Toyota avant de mettre votre véhicule au
rebut ou de procéder à l'une des modifications suivantes. Les coussins gon-
flables SRS peuvent être défaillants ou se déployer (se gonfler) accidentel-
lement, provoquant la mort ou de graves blessures.
Installation, dépose, démontage et réparation des coussins gonflables
SRS
Réparations, modifications, démontage ou remplacement du volant, du
tableau de bord, de la planche de bord, des sièges ou de leur garniture,
des montants avant, latéraux et arrière ou des rails latéraux de toit
Réparations ou modifications des ailes avant, du pare-chocs avant ou des
flancs de l’habitacle
Installation d’un protège-calandre (pare-buffle, pare-kangourou, etc.), de
chasse-neiges, de treuils ou d'une galerie de pavillon
Modifications du système de suspension du véhicule
Installation d’appareils électroniques, tels qu’un émetteur/récepteur radio
mobile ou un lecteur CD
Aménagements de votre véhicule pour une personne atteinte d’un handi-
cap physique
687
Index
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
What to do if...
(Troubleshooting) .................... 688
Alphabetical index ..................... 694
688
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
What to do if... (Troubleshooting)
What to do if... (Troubleshooting)
If you lose your keys or mechanical keys, new genuine keys or mechanical
keys can be made by your Toyota dealer. (P. 117)
If you lose your keys or electronic keys, the risk of vehicle theft increases
significantly. Contact your Toyota dealer immediately. (P. 120)
Is the key battery weak or depleted? (P. 532)
Vehicles with a smart key system:
Is the engine switch in IGNITION ON mode?
When locking the doors, turn the engine switch off. (P. 229)
Vehicles with a smart key system:
Is the electronic key left inside the vehicle?
When locking the doors, make sure that you have the electronic key on
your person.
The function may not operate properly due to the condition of the radio
wave. (P. 117, 150)
Is the child-protector lock set?
The rear door cannot be opened from inside the vehicle when the lock is
set. Open the rear door from outside and then unlock the child-protector
lock. (P. 126)
If you have a problem, check the following before contacting
your Toyota dealer.
The doors cannot be locked, unlocked, opened or closed
You lose your keys
The doors cannot be locked or unlocked
The rear door cannot be opened
689
What to do if... (Troubleshooting)
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Is the shift lever in P? (P. 225)
Is the steering wheel unlocked? (P. 225)
Is the battery discharged? (P. 621)
Did you press the engine switch while firmly depressing the brake pedal?
(P. 228)
Is the shift lever in P? (P. 230)
Is the electronic key anywhere detectable inside the vehicle?
(P. 148)
Is the steering wheel unlocked? (P. 231)
Is the electronic key battery weak or depleted?
In this case, the engine can be started in a temporary way.
(P. 619)
Is the battery discharged? (P. 621)
If you think something is wrong
The engine does not start
(vehicles without a smart key system)
The engine does not start
(vehicles with a smart key system)
690
What to do if... (Troubleshooting)
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Vehicles without a smart key system:
Is the engine switch in the “ON” position?
If you cannot release the shift lever by depressing the brake pedal with the
engine switch in the “ON” position. (P. 617)
Vehicles with a smart key system:
Is the engine switch in IGNITION ON mode?
If you cannot release the shift lever by depressing the brake pedal with the
engine switch in IGNITION ON mode. (P. 617)
Vehicles without a smart key system:
It is locked to prevent theft of the vehicle if the key is pulled from the engine
switch. (P. 226)
Vehicles with a smart key system:
It is locked automatically to prevent theft of the vehicle. (P. 231)
Is the window lock switch pressed?
The power window except for the one at the driver’s seat cannot be oper-
ated if the window lock switch is pressed. (P. 179)
The shift lever cannot be shifted from P even if you depress
the brake pedal
The steering wheel cannot be turned after the engine is
stopped
The windows do not open or close by operating the power
window switches
691
What to do if... (Troubleshooting)
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
The auto power off function will be operated if the vehicle is left in ACCES-
SORY or IGNITION ON mode (the engine is not running) for a period of
time. (P. 230)
The seat belt reminder light is flashing
Are the driver and the front passenger wearing the seat belts? (P. 565)
The parking brake indicator is on
Is the parking brake released? (P. 240)
Depending on the situation, other types of warning buzzer may also sound.
(P. 563, 572)
Did anyone inside the vehicle open a door during setting the alarm?
The sensor detects it and the alarm sounds. (P. 82)
Vehicles without a smart key system:
To stop the alarm, turn the engine switch to the “ON” position or start the
engine.
Vehicles with a smart key system:
To stop the alarm, turn the engine switch to IGNITION ON mode or start the
engine.
The engine switch is turned off automatically
(vehicles with a smart key system)
A warning buzzer sounds during driving
An alarm is activated and the horn sounds
(vehicles with an alarm)
692
What to do if... (Troubleshooting)
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Is the electronic key left inside the vehicle or the moon roof or panoramic
moon roof open?
Check the message on the multi-information display. (P. 572)
When a warning light turns on or a warning message or indicator is dis-
played, refer to P. 563, 572.
A warning buzzer sounds when leaving the vehicle
(vehicles with a smart key system)
A warning light turns on or a warning message or indicator
is displayed
693
What to do if... (Troubleshooting)
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Stop the vehicle in a safe place and replace the flat tire with the spare tire.
(P. 590)
Try the procedure for when the vehicle becomes stuck in mud, dirt, or
snow. (P. 629)
When a problem has occurred
If you have a flat tire
The vehicle becomes stuck
694
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Alphabetical index
Alphabetical index
A/C
Air conditioning filter .............530
Front automatic air
conditioning system............ 428
Front manual air conditioning
system................................422
Rear automatic air
conditioning system............ 438
Rear manual air conditioning
system................................435
ABS
(Anti-lock Brake
System) ..................................298
Function................................298
Warning light......................... 564
Air conditioning filter .............. 530
Air conditioning system
Air conditioning filter .............530
Front automatic air
conditioning system............ 428
Front manual air conditioning
system................................422
Rear automatic air
conditioning system............ 438
Rear manual air conditioning
system................................435
Airbags....................................... 40
Airbag operating conditions.... 48
Airbag precautions for
your child.............................. 43
Airbag warning light.............. 564
Correct driving posture ........... 28
Curtain shield airbag
operating conditions............. 49
Curtain shield airbag
precautions........................... 46
Front passenger occupant
classification system ............ 53
General airbag precautions .... 43
Locations of airbags ............... 40
Modification and
disposal of airbags ............... 47
Side airbag operating
conditions............................. 49
Side airbag precautions.......... 43
Side and curtain shield
airbags operating
conditions............................. 49
Side and curtain shield
airbags precautions.............. 43
SRS airbags ........................... 40
Alarm .......................................... 82
Alarm ...................................... 82
Warning buzzer ............ 563, 572
All-wheel drive system............ 297
Anchor brackets........................ 65
Antennas (smart key
system) .................................. 147
A
695
Alphabetical index
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Anti-lock Brake System
(ABS) ......................................298
Function................................298
Warning light......................... 564
Armrest.....................................463
Assist grips..............................464
Audio input...............................342
Audio system...........................338
Audio input............................ 342
AUX port/
USB port............................. 342
CD player..............................356
iPod....................................... 362
MP3/WMA disc ..................... 356
Optimal use........................... 353
Portable music player ...........370
Radio ....................................354
Steering wheel audio
switch ................................. 341
USB memory ........................366
Automatic High Beam.............246
Automatic light control
system.................................... 241
Automatic transmission..........234
If the shift lever cannot be
shifted from P ..................... 617
S mode ................................. 236
AUX port...................................342
Auxiliary boxes................451, 454
Back door ................................ 129
Back-up lights
Replacing light bulb .............. 539
Wattage ................................ 645
Battery...................................... 511
Battery checking................... 511
If the vehicle has discharged
battery ................................ 621
Preparing and checking
before winter ...................... 323
Warning light......................... 563
Bluetooth
®
Audio system........................ 383
Hands-free system
(for cellular phone) ............. 371
Bottle holders.......................... 448
Brake
Fluid...................................... 641
Parking brake ....................... 240
Warning light......................... 563
Brake assist ............................. 298
Break-in tips ............................ 193
Brightness control
Instrument panel light
control .................................. 96
BSM (Blind Spot Monitor)....... 313
Blind Spot Monitor
function............................... 317
Rear Cross Traffic Alert
function............................... 320
B
696
Alphabetical index
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Care................................... 484, 487
Aluminum wheels..................485
Exterior .................................484
Interior...................................487
Seat belts..............................488
Cargo hooks.............................453
CD player..................................356
Chains.......................................325
Child restraint system...............61
Booster seats, definition .........62
Booster seats, installation.......73
Convertible seats,
definition...............................62
Convertible seats,
installation ............................ 69
Front passenger occupant
classification system.............53
Infant seats, definition............. 62
Infant seats, installation .......... 69
Installing CRS with
LATCH anchors.................... 67
Installing CRS with seat
belts...................................... 69
Installing CRS with top
tether strap ........................... 75
Child safety................................ 60
Airbag precautions.................. 43
Back door precautions.......... 135
Battery precautions....... 512, 625
Child restraint system............. 61
Glass hatch precautions....... 144
How your child should wear
the seat belt.......................... 36
Installing child restraints ......... 65
Moon roof precautions.......... 185
Panoramic moon roof
precautions......................... 190
Power window lock switch.... 179
Power window precautions... 181
Rear door child-protectors.... 126
Removed electronic key
battery precautions............. 534
Seat belt extender
precautions........................... 39
Seat belt precautions.............. 38
Seat heater precautions ....... 441
C
697
Alphabetical index
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Child-protectors.......................126
Cleaning ...........................484, 487
Aluminum wheels..................485
Exterior .................................484
Interior...................................487
Seat belts..............................488
Clock......................................... 457
Coat hooks...............................464
Compass .................................. 479
Condenser................................509
Console box............................. 447
Conversation mirror................ 456
Cooling system........................508
Engine overheating...............626
Cruise control
Cruise control........................ 261
Dynamic radar cruise
control.................................266
Cup holders..............................449
Curtain shield airbags...............41
Customizable features ............662
DAC (Downhill Assist
Control system).................... 304
Daytime running light
system.................................... 242
Deck board............................... 454
Defogger
Outside rear view
mirrors........................ 424, 430
Rear window................. 424, 430
Windshield.................... 423, 430
Dimensions.............................. 632
Dinghy towing.......................... 224
Display
Drive information ............ 97, 103
Dynamic radar cruise
control ................................ 266
LDA (Lane Departure
Alert)................................... 281
Multi-information
display.......................... 97, 101
Warning message ................ 572
Do-it-yourself maintenance.... 498
Door lock
Doors.................................... 121
Smart key system................. 121
Wireless remote control........ 122
D
698
Alphabetical index
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Doors
Automatic door locking
and unlocking system.........126
Back door.............................. 129
Door lock...............................121
Door windows ....................... 178
Open door warning buzzer ...124
Open door warning
light............................. 565, 574
Outside rear view mirrors......176
Rear door child-protector......126
Side doors.............................121
Downhill assist control
system (DAC)......................... 304
Driver’s seat position
memory ..................................164
Driving ......................................192
Break-in tips.......................... 193
Correct driving posture ...........28
Procedures ........................... 192
Winter drive tips....................323
Dynamic radar cruise
control....................................266
Dynamic Torque Control
AWD system .......................... 299
Eco Driving Indicator .............. 107
EDR (Event data recorder)........ 10
Electric Power Steering
(EPS) ...................................... 299
Function................................ 299
Warning light......................... 564
Electronic key.......................... 114
Battery-saving function......... 149
If the electronic key does not
operate properly................. 618
Replacing the battery............ 532
Emergency flashers ................ 554
Emergency, in case of
If a warning buzzer
sounds................................ 563
If a warning light turns on ..... 563
If a warning message is
displayed............................ 572
If the battery is discharged ... 621
If the electronic key does
not operate properly........... 618
If the engine will not start...... 615
If the shift lever cannot be
shifted from P..................... 617
If you have a flat tire ............. 590
If you think something is
wrong ................................. 561
If your vehicle becomes
stuck................................... 629
If your vehicle has to be
stopped in an emergency... 555
If your vehicle needs to be
towed.................................. 557
If your vehicle overheats....... 626
E
699
Alphabetical index
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Engine.......................................635
“ACC” position ......................225
ACCESSORY mode............. 229
Compartment........................ 503
Engine switch................ 225, 228
Hood .....................................500
How to start the
engine......................... 225, 228
Identification number ............634
If the engine will not start......615
Ignition switch
(engine switch)...........225, 228
Overheating.......................... 626
Engine coolant.........................508
Capacity................................638
Checking...............................508
Preparing and checking
before winter....................... 323
Engine coolant temperature
gauge........................................ 94
Engine immobilizer system ......80
Engine oil .................................505
Capacity................................636
Checking...............................505
Oil pressure warning light.....563
Oil pressure warning
message............................. 579
Preparing and checking
before winter....................... 323
Engine switch ..................225, 228
Enhanced VSC.........................298
EPS
(Electric Power Steering)......299
Function................................299
Warning light......................... 564
Event data recorder (EDR)........10
Flat tire ..................................... 590
Floor mats.................................. 26
Fluid
Automatic transaxle.............. 639
Brake .................................... 641
Washer ................................. 514
Fog lights ................................. 252
Replacing light bulbs ............ 539
Switch................................... 252
Wattage ................................ 645
Front automatic air
conditioning system............. 428
Front door courtesy lights
Location................................ 444
Wattage ................................ 645
Front fog lights........................ 252
Replacing light bulbs ............ 539
Switch................................... 252
Wattage ................................ 645
Front manual air
conditioning system............. 422
Front passenger occupant
classification system.............. 53
Front personal lights............... 445
Wattage ................................ 645
Front seats............................... 155
Adjustment............................ 155
Cleaning ............................... 487
Correct driving posture ........... 28
Driving position memory....... 164
Head restraints ..................... 168
Seat heaters......................... 442
Seat position memory........... 164
Seat ventilators..................... 442
F
700
Alphabetical index
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Front side marker lights..........241
Light switch........................... 241
Replacing light bulbs.............539
Wattage ................................ 645
Front turn signal lights ...........239
Replacing light bulbs.............539
Turn signal lever ...................239
Wattage ................................ 645
Fuel ........................................... 257
Capacity................................635
Fuel gauge..............................94
Fuel pump shut off system....562
Information............................646
Refueling...............................257
Type..............................257, 635
Warning light......................... 565
Fuel consumption
Average fuel economy.... 97, 103
Current fuel
consumption.................97, 103
Fuel filler door..........................257
If the fuel filler door
cannot be opened...............259
Refueling...............................257
Fuel pump shut off system.....562
Fuses ........................................535
Garage door opener ................ 466
Gauges .......................................94
Glass hatch..............................142
Glove box .................................447
Grocery bag hooks..................453
Hands-free system
(for cellular phone)
*............. 371
Head restraints ........................ 168
Headlights................................ 241
Automatic High Beam
system................................ 241
Light switch........................... 241
Replacing light bulbs ............ 539
Wattage ................................ 645
Heaters
Front automatic air
conditioning system............ 428
Front manual air conditioning
system................................ 422
Heated steering wheel.......... 442
Outside rear view
mirrors........................ 424, 430
Rear automatic air
conditioning system............ 438
Rear manual air conditioning
system................................ 435
Seat heaters......................... 442
Hill-start assist control ........... 298
Hood ......................................... 500
Open..................................... 500
Hooks
Cargo hooks ......................... 453
Coat hooks ........................... 464
Grocery bag hooks............... 453
Retaining hooks (floor mat) .... 26
Horn.......................................... 172
G
H
701
Alphabetical index
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
I/M test ......................................497
Identification ............................633
Engine...................................634
Vehicle.................................. 633
Ignition switch
(engine switch)..............225, 228
Illuminated entry system ........445
Immobilizer system...................80
Indicators ...................................91
Initialization
Maintenance ......................... 491
Moon roof..............................184
Panoramic moon roof ........... 184
Power back door...................135
Power windows.....................180
Tire pressure
warning system .................. 517
Inside rear view mirror............174
Interior lights............................444
Switch ................................... 444
Wattage ................................ 645
Intuitive parking assist
*
Jack
Positioning the jack............... 502
Vehicle-equipped jack...........591
Jack handle..............................591
Jam protection function
Moon roof..............................183
Panoramic moon roof ........... 188
Power back door...................134
Power windows.....................179
Keyless entry
Smart key system................. 121
Wireless remote
control ........................ 122, 130
Keys.......................................... 114
Battery-saving function......... 149
Electronic key ....................... 114
Engine switch ............... 225, 228
If the electronic key does not
operate properly................. 618
If you lose your keys............. 117
Key number plate ................. 114
Keyless entry................ 121, 130
Mechanical key..................... 116
Replacing the battery............ 532
Warning buzzer .................... 148
Wireless remote control
key...................................... 115
Knee airbags.............................. 41
I
J
K
*: Refer to “Navigation and Multimedia System Owner’s Manual”
702
Alphabetical index
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Lane Departure Alert (LDA) ....280
Language
(multi-information
display).............................99, 104
LATCH anchors .........................67
LDA (Lane Departure Alert)....280
Lever
Auxiliary catch lever.............. 500
Hood lock release lever ........500
Shift lever..............................234
Tilt and telescopic steering
lock release lever ............... 172
Turn signal lever ...................239
Wiper lever....................253, 255
License plate lights .................241
Light switch........................... 241
Replacing light bulbs.............539
Wattage ................................ 645
Light bulbs
Replacing..............................539
Wattage ................................ 645
Lights
Automatic High Beam
system................................246
Fog light switch.....................252
Headlight switch.................... 241
Illuminated entry system....... 445
Interior lights ......................... 444
Interior lights list....................444
Luggage compartment
light..................................... 133
Personal lights ......................445
Replacing light bulbs.............539
Turn signal lever ...................239
Vanity lights .......................... 455
Wattage ................................ 645
Lock steering column ............. 172
Luggage compartment
light......................................... 133
Wattage ................................ 645
Maintenance
Do-it-yourself maintenance... 498
General maintenance........... 493
Maintenance data................. 632
Maintenance
requirements...................... 490
Malfunction indicator lamp..... 563
Master warning light ............... 565
Meter........................................... 94
Indicators................................ 91
Instrument panel light
control .................................. 96
Meters..................................... 94
Multi-information display
(with color display) ............. 101
Multi-information display
(with monochrome
display)................................. 97
Warning lights......................... 89
Mirrors
Inside rear view mirror.......... 174
Outside rear view mirror
defoggers ................... 424, 430
Outside rear view mirrors ..... 176
Vanity mirrors ....................... 455
Moon roof................................. 182
Door lock linked
moon roof operation........... 183
Jam protection function ........ 183
Operation.............................. 182
L
M
703
Alphabetical index
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
MP3 disc...................................356
Multi-information display
(with color display) ............... 101
Audio system-linked..............101
Drive information................... 103
Dynamic radar cruise
control.................................266
LDA (Lane Departure
Alert)................................... 281
Navigation
system-linked .....................101
Settings display.....................104
Switching the display ............102
Warning message................. 572
Multi-information display
(with monochrome
display)..................................... 97
Drive information..................... 97
Settings display....................... 99
Warning message................. 572
Navigation system
*
Noise from under vehicle............8
Odometer ................................... 94
Oil
Differential oil........................ 640
Engine oil.............................. 636
Opener
Back door ............................. 130
Fuel filler door....................... 259
Glass hatch........................... 142
Hood..................................... 500
Outer foot lights ...................... 444
Outside rear view mirrors....... 176
Adjusting and folding ............ 176
BSM (Blind spot monitor)...... 313
Mirror position memory......... 164
Outside rear view mirror
defoggers ................... 424, 430
Outside temperature
display.................................... 458
Overheating, Engine ............... 626
N
O
*: Refer to “Navigation and Multimedia System Owner’s Manual”
704
Alphabetical index
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Panoramic moon roof .............186
Jam protection function......... 188
Operation..............................186
Parking assist sensors
(intuitive parking
assist)
*
Parking brake...........................240
Operation..............................240
Parking brake engaged
warning buzzer...................577
Parking brake engaged
warning message ...............577
Parking lights...........................241
Light switch........................... 241
Replacing light bulbs.............539
Wattage ................................ 645
PCS
(Pre-Collision System)..........306
Function................................306
PCS OFF switch ...................307
Warning light......................... 564
Personal lights.........................445
Wattage ................................ 645
Power back door...................... 129
Power outlets...........................459
Power steering
(Electric power steering)......299
Warning light......................... 564
Power windows........................ 178
Door lock linked
window operation ............... 180
Jam protection function......... 179
Operation..............................178
Window lock switch............... 179
Pre-Collision System
(PCS) ......................................306
Function................................306
PCS OFF switch ...................307
Warning light......................... 564
Radar cruise control (dynamic
radar cruise control)............. 266
Radiator.................................... 509
Radio ........................................ 354
Rear automatic air
conditioning system............. 438
Rear manual air conditioning
system.................................... 435
Rear personal lights................ 445
Wattage ................................ 645
Rear seat .................................. 157
Adjustment............................ 157
Folding down ................ 159, 161
Rear seat entertainment
system
*
Rear side marker lights........... 241
Light switch........................... 241
Replacing light bulbs ............ 539
Wattage ................................ 645
Rear sunshade......................... 462
Rear turn signal lights ............ 239
Replacing light bulbs ............ 539
Turn signal lever................... 239
Wattage ................................ 645
P
R
705
Alphabetical index
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Rear view mirror
Inside rear view mirror .......... 174
Outside rear view mirrors......176
Rear view monitor system
*....288
Rear window
defogger.........................424, 430
Rear window wiper..................255
Refueling ..................................257
Capacity................................635
Fuel types .....................257, 635
If the fuel filler door
cannot be opened...............259
Opening the fuel tank cap.....259
Replacing
Electronic key battery ...........532
Fuses.................................... 535
Light bulbs ............................ 539
Tires...................................... 590
Wireless remote control
battery ................................532
Reporting safety defects
for U.S. owners......................674
Reset the maintenance
data......................................... 491
Roof rails..................................204
Safety Connect ........................ 473
Seat belt reminder light .......... 565
Seat belts ................................... 30
Adjusting the seat belt ............ 33
Automatic Locking
Retractor .............................. 35
Child restraint system
installation ............................ 69
Cleaning and maintaining
the seat belt........................ 488
Emergency Locking
Retractor .............................. 35
How to wear your seat belt..... 28
How your child should wear
the seat belt.......................... 36
Pregnant women, proper
seat belt use......................... 37
Reminder light and buzzer.... 565
Seat belt extender .................. 36
Seat belt pretensioners........... 34
SRS warning light................. 564
S
*: Refer to “Navigation and Multimedia System Owner’s Manual”
706
Alphabetical index
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Seat heaters............................. 442
Seat position memory.............164
Seat ventilators........................442
Seating capacity ......................206
Seats................................. 155, 157
Adjustment.................... 155, 157
Adjustment
precautions.................156, 163
Child seats/child restraint
system installation................ 65
Cleaning................................488
Driving position memory .......164
Head restraints .....................168
Properly sitting in the seat ......28
Seat heaters .........................442
Seat position memory...........164
Seat ventilators..................... 442
Sensor
Automatic headlight
system................................243
Automatic High Beam
system................................251
Inside rear view mirror .......... 175
Intuitive parking assist
*
LDA (Lane Departure
Alert)................................... 280
Radar sensor........275, 307, 316
Shift lever................................. 234
Automatic transmission ........ 234
If the shift lever cannot
be shifted from P................ 617
S mode ................................. 236
Shift lock system..................... 617
Shopping bag hooks............... 453
Side airbags............................... 41
Side marker lights ................... 241
Light switch........................... 241
Replacing light bulbs ............ 539
Wattage ................................ 645
Side mirrors ............................. 176
Adjusting and folding ............ 176
BSM (Blind Spot Monitor)..... 313
Mirror position memory......... 164
Side table ................................. 465
Side turn signal lights............. 239
Replacing light bulbs ............ 552
Turn signal lever................... 239
Smart key system.................... 147
Antenna location................... 147
Entry functions...................... 121
Starting the engine ............... 228
Warning message................. 587
Snow mode .............................. 235
707
Alphabetical index
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Snow tires ................................326
Spare tire..................................590
Inflation pressure ..................642
Storage location....................591
Spark plug................................638
Specifications..........................632
Speedometer..............................94
Steering lock
Column lock release.....226, 231
Steering lock system
warning message ...............587
Steering wheel.........................172
Adjustment............................172
Audio switches...................... 341
Heated steering wheel..........442
Stop/tail lights
Replacing light bulbs.............539
Wattage ................................ 645
Storage feature ........................446
Stuck
If the vehicle becomes
stuck................................... 629
Sun visors ................................455
Sunshade
Panoramic roof .....................186
Rear......................................462
Roof ......................................183
Switches
All-wheel drive lock
switch ................................. 297
Audio remote control
switches ............................. 341
Automatic High Beam
switch ................................. 246
Back door opener switch...... 130
BSM (Blind Spot Monitor)
switch ................................. 313
Cruise control switch ............ 261
Door lock switch ................... 125
Driving position memory
switches ............................. 164
Dynamic radar cruise
control switch ..................... 266
Emergency flashers switch... 554
Engine switch ............... 225, 228
Fog light switch..................... 252
Garage door opener
switches ............................. 466
Heated steering wheel
switch ................................. 442
Ignition switch............... 225, 228
Intuitive parking assist
*
LDA (Lane Departure Alert)
switch ................................ 281
Light switches....................... 241
*: Refer to “Navigation and Multimedia System Owner’s Manual”
708
Alphabetical index
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Meter control switches.......... 102
Moon roof switches............... 182
Outside rear view mirror
switches.............................. 176
Panoramic moon roof
switches.............................. 186
PCS OFF switch ...................307
Power back door main
switch ................................. 132
Power back door opener
and closer switch................129
Power door lock switch......... 125
Power window switch............178
Rear window and outside
rear view mirror
defoggers switch ........424, 430
Rear window wiper and
washer switch.....................255
Seat heater switches ............442
Seat ventilator switches........442
“SNOW” button ..................... 235
“SOS” button.........................473
Talk switch............................417
Telephone switches..............397
Tire pressure warning
reset switch ........................ 517
Vehicle-to-vehicle distance
button ................................. 266
VSC OFF switch ...................300
Window lock switch............... 179
Windshield wiper and
washer switch.....................253
Tachometer................................ 94
Tail lights.................................. 241
Light switch........................... 241
Replacing light bulbs ............ 539
Wattage ................................ 645
Talk switch............................... 417
Telephone switches ................ 397
Theft deterrent system
Alarm ...................................... 82
Engine immobilizer system..... 80
Theft prevention labels............. 85
Tire inflation pressure............. 525
Maintenance data................. 642
Warning light......................... 565
Tire information....................... 649
Glossary ............................... 656
Size....................................... 652
Tire identification number ..... 651
Uniform Tire Quality
Grading .............................. 654
Tire pressure warning
system.................................... 516
Function................................ 516
Initializing.............................. 516
Installing tire pressure
warning valves and
transmitters ........................ 516
Registering ID codes............ 518
Tire pressure warning reset
switch ................................. 517
Warning light......................... 565
T
709
Alphabetical index
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Tires..........................................515
Chains...................................325
Checking...............................515
If you have a flat tire ............. 590
Inflation pressure ..................642
Information............................649
Replacing..............................590
Rotating tires......................... 515
Size....................................... 642
Snow tires............................. 326
Spare tire ..............................590
Tire pressure warning
system................................516
Warning light......................... 565
Tools.........................................591
Top tether strap .........................75
Towing
Dinghy towing.......................224
Emergency towing................ 557
Trailer towing ........................ 207
TRAC (Traction Control) ......... 298
Traction Control
(TRAC)....................................298
Trailer towing .......................... 207
Transmission........................... 234
Automatic transmission.........234
If the shift lever cannot be
shifted from P ..................... 617
S mode ................................. 236
Turn signal lights..................... 239
Replacing light bulbs.............539
Turn signal lever ...................239
Wattage ................................ 645
USB port................................... 342
Utility vehicle precautions...... 327
Valet key................................... 114
Vanity lights............................. 455
Wattage ................................ 645
Vanity mirrors.......................... 455
Vehicle data recordings.............. 9
Vehicle identification
number................................... 633
Vehicle Stability Control
(VSC) ...................................... 298
Voice command system
*.......417
VSC (Vehicle Stability
Control).................................. 298
U
V
*: Refer to “Navigation and Multimedia System Owner’s Manual”
710
Alphabetical index
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
Warning buzzers
Brake system........................563
Downshifting ......................... 237
Electric power steering
system................................564
Key reminder ........................586
Open back door ....................565
Open door.............................565
Open glass hatch..................565
Open moon roof.................... 565
Seat belt reminder ................ 565
Warning lights............................89
ABS.......................................564
Brake system........................563
Charging system................... 563
Electric power steering
system................................564
Low engine oil pressure........563
Low fuel level........................ 565
Malfunction indicator lamp....563
Master warning light.............. 565
Open back door ....................565
Open door.............................565
Open glass hatch..................565
Open moon roof.................... 565
Pre-collision system.............. 564
Seat belt reminder light.........565
Slip indicator .........................564
SRS ......................................564
Tire pressure......................... 565
Warning messages.................. 572
Washer ............................. 253, 255
Checking............................... 514
Preparing and checking
before winter ...................... 323
Switch........................... 253, 255
Washing and waxing............... 484
Weight
Cargo capacity...................... 206
Load limits ............................ 206
Weights................................. 632
Wheels...................................... 528
Replacing.............................. 528
Size....................................... 642
Window glasses ...................... 178
Window lock switch ................ 179
Windows................................... 178
Power windows..................... 178
Rear window
defogger..................... 424, 430
Windshield wiper
de-icer ............................ 424, 431
Windshield wipers........... 253, 255
Intermittent wiper.................. 253
Winter driving tips................... 323
Wireless remote control
key.......................................... 115
Battery-saving function......... 149
Locking/Unlocking ........ 122, 130
Replacing the battery............ 532
WMA disc ................................. 356
W
711
Alphabetical index
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
712
HIGHLANDER_U (OM48E98U)
GAS STATION INFORMATION
Auxiliary catch lever Fuel filler door
P. 500 P. 259
Hood lock release
lever
Fuel filler
door opener
Tire inflation pressure
P. 500 P. 259 P. 642
Fuel tank capacity
(Reference)
19.2 gal. (72.5 L, 15.9 Imp. gal.)
Fuel type Unleaded gasoline only P. 257, 635
Cold tire inflation
pressure
P. 642
Engine oil capacity
(Drain and refill —
reference)
P. 636
Engine oil type
“Toyota Genuine Motor Oil” or equivalent
P. 636
708


Need help? Post your question in this forum.

Forumrules


Report abuse

Libble takes abuse of its services very seriously. We're committed to dealing with such abuse according to the laws in your country of residence. When you submit a report, we'll investigate it and take the appropriate action. We'll get back to you only if we require additional details or have more information to share.

Product:

For example, Anti-Semitic content, racist content, or material that could result in a violent physical act.

For example, a credit card number, a personal identification number, or an unlisted home address. Note that email addresses and full names are not considered private information.

Forumrules

To achieve meaningful questions, we apply the following rules:

Register

Register getting emails for Toyota Highlander 2015 at:


You will receive an email to register for one or both of the options.


Get your user manual by e-mail

Enter your email address to receive the manual of Toyota Highlander 2015 in the language / languages: English as an attachment in your email.

The manual is 11,1 mb in size.

 

You will receive the manual in your email within minutes. If you have not received an email, then probably have entered the wrong email address or your mailbox is too full. In addition, it may be that your ISP may have a maximum size for emails to receive.

Others manual(s) of Toyota Highlander 2015

Toyota Highlander 2015 User Manual - French - 755 pages


The manual is sent by email. Check your email

If you have not received an email with the manual within fifteen minutes, it may be that you have a entered a wrong email address or that your ISP has set a maximum size to receive email that is smaller than the size of the manual.

The email address you have provided is not correct.

Please check the email address and correct it.

Your question is posted on this page

Would you like to receive an email when new answers and questions are posted? Please enter your email address.



Info